illlBliPiiii^^ 


OCT  171954 


I 


e 


THE 

LIFE 


LORD    JESUS    CHRIST, 


GREAT  MASTER 


CROSS  AND    SERPENT: 

ALONG    WITH    HIS    DISCOURSES    TO    HIS     DISCIPLES, 

ACCORDING        TO         THE        TESTIMONY     OF 

SAINT    MATTHEW    THE     APOSTLE 

AND     EVANGELIST. 

fienbcreb     from      t\t       ©ngiiial     documents. 


MY  HOLDEN  E.  SAMPSON, 
C  "LIGHT."  ) 

VOLUME   I. 


PETER  DAVIDSON,  Loudsville,  White  Co.,  Ga.,  U.  S.  A. 

JOHN  WALSH,  85   Cardigan  Terrace,   Heaton, 

Newcastle-on-Tyne,  England. 

1904. 


COHYKIQHTEn,     1004, 

PETER    OAVIDSON". 

C    ALT-    RIGHTS     RESERVED.    J 

Entered  at  Stationer's  Hall,  London. 


Cleveland,    <iA. 


THE  LIFE    OF   JESUS,    THE    GREAT   MASTER 

OF    THE 

CROSS  AND  SERPENT. 


THE  SIGN 

OF  THE  CULT 

OF  THE 

CROSS  AND  SERPENT. 


WORKS   BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR. 

\'olume  II  of  this  Series  will  be  published  in  due  course. 
It  is  11  work  of  tiie  most  momentous  interest  and  import, 
containing  Revelations  of  the  Sacred  Truth  of  the  Logos 
that  will  powerfully  appeal  to  all  chisves  cf  Society,  demon- 
strating the  Philosophy  of  the  Christ,  by  the  practice  of 
which  the  entire  edifice  of  human  thought  will  be  revolu- 
tionised and  reconstructed,  all  the  anomalies  of  the  world 
removed,    all    th.e    vexed    problems    of    life    find    their    true 

I  solution,  and  all  the  dreams  of  Sages,  Philosophers,  and 
Prophets,  pertaining  to  the  "Golden  Age,"  be  brought  to 
completion  and  fruition,  giving  at  the  same  time  the 
practical,    rational,    and    scientific    exposition    of    the    only 

(      world-wide  Way  of  vSalvation  and  Human  Redemption. 


The    Author    and    Publisher   of    this    book    invite 
communications  from  those  who  would  wish  to  see  a 

SCHOOL    OF    THE    PROPHETS 

re-established  in  harmony  with  these  Revelations.  We 
would  wish  to  re-unite  upon  one  broad  and  firm  basis  all 
whose  faith  has  been  shaken  by  the  medley  of  'isms  and 
'ologies  which  vitiate  Christianity.  We  believe  that  there 
are  many  who  only  want  to  form  a  common  centre  as  a 
nucleus  of  the  Children  of  Heaven,  having  Divine  Truth 
for  its  basis,  and  the  Fatherliood  of  God  and  the  Brother- 
iiood  of  Man  for  its  Creed. 


At  an  early  date  the  following  works  by  the  same  Author 
are  to  be  issued  in  this 

CULT  OF  THE  CROSS   AND  SERPENT  SERIES  : 

No.  I.  The  Happiest  People  in  the  World,  or  the  Beati- 
tudes according  to  the  Original  Teachings  of  Jesus 
Christ. 

No.  II.  The  Symbols  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  the  Tau 
and  Circle,  and  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  briefly 
Interpreted. 

Other    Vo/iivu's  ill  Pre/^arafion, 


TO 

"EMMANUEL" 

THE  ANGEL  OF  THE  PRESENCE  OF 

JESUS  CHRIST, 

THE   GREAT    MASTER   OF  THE 

CROSS  AND  serpent; 

BY   WHOSE   GUIDANCE  AND   HAND 

THE   WRITER  WAS  LED  AND 

INITIATED 

IN  THE  STEPS  AND  DEGREES  OF 

THE  PATH  OF  THE  CROSS  AND  SERPENT, 

UNTO  THE 

SQUARE  AND  CIRCLE; 

I    DEDICATE 

THIS    BOOK  : 

AND    IN    AFFECTIONATE    MEMORY    OF    THE    LATE 

ASA  MAHAN,  D.D.,  L.L.D., 

(one-time    PRINCIPAL    OF    OBERLIN    UNIVERSITY,    U.  S.    A.) 

MY   BELOVED  AND  EVER-REVERED 

SPIRITUAL    FATHER    AND    FIRST 

EARTHLY    TEACHER, 


IN  JESUS   CHRIST. 


PUBLISHER'S  PREFACE. 


A  few  introductory  words  are  only  necessary  upon  the 
part  of  the  Publisher  of  this  volume,  in  order  to  shew  the 
Reader  how^  deep  and  great  is  the  significance  and  import 
of  the  matter  contained  therein.  No  sensible  mind  can 
deny  that  within  the  pages  of  this  remarkable  work  are 
embraced  the  elucidation  of  the  very  highest  problems 
which  have  ever  engaged  the  attention  of  the  human  race. 
The  Publisher  considers  himself  deeply  honoured  in  acced- 
ing to  the  desire  of  his  revered  Brother — the  Writer — in 
issuing  this  first  edition  of  his  work  to  the  world,  although 
we  are  well  aware  of  a  few  unavoidable  defects  and  short- 
comings upon  our  part,  which  have  arisen  from  circumstan- 
ces entirely  beyond  our  control. 

The  Writer  makes  no  claim  of  "Authorship"  in  regard 
to  the  production  of  this  book,  as  will  be  seen  in  his  Preface 
which  follows,  neither  does  he  consider  himself  bound  to 
make  any  statements  with  a  view  of  satisfying  curious 
or  sceptical  minds,  those  who  desire  "proofs"  of  the  author- 
ity of  the  utterances  therein  contained,  or  of  the  authentic- 
ity of  the  facts  there  asserted.  As  explained  in  his  Preface, 
he  claims  only  to  be  the  amanuensis,  or  agent,  of  those 
Divine  and  Spiritual  Authorities  who  have  graciously 
honoured  him  with  their  trust  and  service.  To  the  curious 
and  sceptical,  and  to  the  unenlightened  creed-bound  follow- 
ers of  the  "orthodox"  faiths  and  philosophies,  these  vol- 
umes of  "2/;^  Life  and  Discourses  of  Jesus'' '  will  appear 
only  as  bewildering  and  foolish  writings,  containing  noth- 
ing that  can  be  relied  upon,  according  to  their  liuman 
standards  of  judgment  and  acceptation.  But  to  the 
"Elect,"  the  Spiritually  emancipated — and  to  truly  spirit- 
ual minds  that  have  "ears  to  hear,"  these  volumes  will  be 
found  to  be  the  most  soul-satisfying  and  inspiring. 


PUBLISHER   S    PREFACE. 


Those  Teachings  huve  been  received  from  no  human 
sources,  save  as  being  rescripts  and  renderings  from  the 
vast  Treasures  of  Inspired  Writings  that  lie  hid  in  their 
sacred  archives,  unknown,  and  lost  to  the  world,  from  the 
days  long  past,  when  tlie  Magian  and  Essenian  Libraries 
were  destroyed,  and  their  priceless  contents  secretly  con- 
veyed to  the  Orient,  under  the  care  and  protection  of  the 
Essene  Brotherhood,  by  the  direction  of  their  Masters,  the 
Magi — the  "Wise  Men  of  the  East" — whose  Home  exists 
to-day,  as  securely  and  secretly  guarded,  as  in  the  days  of 
the  Roman  autocracy. 

Those  writings  were  received  by  inspirational  and  tele- 
pathic communication,  w^iich  is  no  "Mystery"  to  those  who 
possess  a  knowledge  of  those  Forces  of  Nature  that  the 
uninitiated  are  unenlightened  upon.  That  those  writings 
were  obtained  from  the  above  mentioned  sources,  yea,  even 
from  the  Truth  Himself,  through  Spiritual  Communion 
with  the  Divine  Beings — the  Elohim  or  Gods — with  whom 
the  highly  gifted  Writer  was,  by  certain  Mysteries  and 
processes  of  gradual  Initiation,  brought  into  rapport,  he 
deliberately  declares  ;  and  that  these  books  are  the  literary 
outcome  of  this  Communion,  he  also  asserts,  without  offer- 
ing any  tangible  evidences  of  proofs,  appealing  to  merely 
"five-sense"  organisms.  Nevertheless  our  talented  Brother 
is  quite  prepared  to  substantiate  his  assertions  and  claims, 
when  those  who  are  sincere  and  honest  seekers  after  Truth, 
are  willing  to  seek  guidance  and  knowledge  concerning 
those  '"'■Mysteries  of  the  Kingdojfi  of  Goifih-Ai  those  writings 
reveal.  Let  the  Reader,  however,  well  understand  that 
these  Pearls  of  the  Divine  Wisdom  are  judiciously  safeguard- 
ed from  all  irreverent  and  dishonest  handling,  and  that 
none  but  \\\e^  faithful  and  predestined  Elect  oi  God  can  hope 
to  partake  for  tiiemselves  of  the  Mysteries  that  are  herein 
set  fortli.  Great  indeed  is  the  peril  of  those  wlio  thought- 
lessly and  wantonly  intrude  themselves  within  the  Portals 
of  the  Sacred  Temple  of  the  Divine  Mysteries,  and  who 
dare  to  sit  down  at  the  Banquet-Table  of  the  Lord  of  Heav- 


PUBLISHER   S     PREP'ACE. 


) 

en  and  Earth,  that  have  not  on    the   "  Weddiiig-Garmeut''''  of     ) 
Sincerity  and  Triitli,  the  identifying  Sign  of  the  '■'■Elect.'''' 

To  ull  those  therefore  vvlio  feel  their  hearts  burning  with- 
in them,  as  they  read  these  pages,  and  who  are  inspired  "^ 
with  tlie  sense  that  these  are  Words  of  God,  and  not  the  ) 
mere  wisdom  of  man,  be  it  understood  that  the  Writer 
offers  them  the  /uvid  of  a  Brother,  along  with  that  fuller 
Revelation  which  will  open  to  them  the  Gates  of  the  King- 
dom of  Heaven. 

THE  PUBLISHER. 
Easter,    1904. 


THE    WRITER'S  PREFACE. 

o 

I  have  dedicated  this  volume  to  a  Spirit,  a  discarnate 
Man,  .'I  dweller  in  a  Planet  ruled  bv  Mercury,  a  inan  who 
lias  qualified  for  liabitalion  in  Planetary  Realms  not  open 
to  most  who  pass  from  the  Earth-Sphere.  Emmanuel  has 
been  th.e  "An<.)el  of  the  Presence"  of  the  Most  Sacred  and 
Worshipful  MasLer  of  Masters,  the  God  of  the  Go'ds,  Jesu» 
Christ,  to  me.  even  as  there  is  an  Angel  of  the  same  Pres- 
ence unto  all  Souls  incarnate  on  the  earth.  I  dedicate  this 
Book  fo  this  Sublime  Soul,  because  be  has  been  my  Genius, 
my  (niide,  my  Master,  from  days  far  anterior  to  the  time  of 
my  birth.  We  have  lived  and  loved  together  in  realms  of 
service  and  joy,  before  we  entered  this  earth.  It  pleased 
the  Father  to  send  Emmanuel  before  me  to  this  earth,  that 
in  the  fulness  of  time,  he  might  be  mv  earthly  Guide  and 
Spiritual  Pastor  and  Master.  Born  of  human  parentage  in 
America,  Emmanuel  appeared  on  the  earth  in  the  person  of 
Asa  Mahan.  I  knew  him  not.  nor  met  him,  until  he  was 
close  upon  his  ninetieth  year,  and  I  bad  reached  tlie  age  of 
thirty-three.  I  met  him  when  I  was  a  student  in  a  Church 
of  England  I'heological  College  in  London.  He  met  me 
when,  retired  from  his  arduous  professional  life  at  Oberlin, 
he  enjoved  the  retreat  of  a  new  vocation  in  N.  London. 
There  he  laboured  in  his  IxKiry  age,  writ ing  books  and 
holding  (juiet,  contemj:)lative,  but  wondrously  powerful, 
meetings,  in  a  private  house,  for  t  lie  etlif;cation  of  a  few 
choice  souls  who  loved  him,  and  drank  in  his  precious 
teaching  of  the  "'Baptism  of  the  Holy  Ghost,"  which 
"Baptism  of  Fire"  he  had  fully  demonstrated  in  his  glorious 
co-partnership  with  the  late  Professor  Finney,  (Theologi- 
cal Lecturer  of  Oberlin,  contemporary  with  Asa  Malian's 
Principa!ship)  in  his  great  "Revival"  labours  in  America 
during  that  [leriod. 


THE    WRITER   S    PREFACE. 


He  died,  when  I  was  passing  through  one  of  tlie  storm- 
iest and  most  troublous  periods  of  my  life-career.  I  will 
not  state  here  what  was  then  happening  to  me.  His  last 
dying  message  to  me  was  :  ^'Tfll .  .  .  .he  ivill finish  my  work.'''' 
I  received  that  message  at  a  time  when  I  could  only  rever- 
ently accept  the  call,  but  could  not  fulfil  it.  It  is  only 
recently — within  the  past  five  years — that  1  realized  the 
profound  and  wondrous  nature  and  significance  of  that 
message.  Five  years  ago,  in  a  strange  country,  and  in  the 
-strangest  of  all  manners,  I  once  more  met  Asa  Mahan.  He 
came  to  me  in  Spirit-form.  I  knew  him  at  once.  He  then 
told  me  that  his  name  was  "Emmanuel."  From  that  time 
I  have  never  known  an  hour  of  my  life  in  which  I  have  felt 
the  absence  of  Emmanuel.  He  is  with  me  as  the  immedi- 
ate Medium,  or  Mediator,  of  the  Light,  Truth,  and  Wis- 
dom ;  the  Power,  Grace,  and  Inspiration  ;  by  which  I  have 
been  led  onward  and  upward,  to  the  very  Heaven  of  Heavens, 
into  the  Presence  of  Jehovah.  Through  him  are  Mediated 
to  me  the  Truths  that  are  set  forth  in  this  Book,  and  day 
by  day  I  receive  messages  from  Heaven,  of  the  profoundest 
import,  of  the  deepest  significanje;  messages  that  it  were 
impossible  to  communicate  to  my  fellow-mortals,  except 
to  the  one  or  two  whom  I  know  are  able  to  receive  them. 
But  let  me  here  say  that  it  is  only  as  a  Messenger  and  Guide 
that  Emmanuel  serves  me  and  ministers  to  me.  He  brings 
me  into  the  presence  of  Higher  Beings — -the  Gods — aye, 
through  Emmanuel  it  has  been  my  lot  to  behold  Jesus 
Christ,  and  to  enjoy  His  Most  Sacred  Presence,  to  hear 
His  beloved  voice,  and  to  receive  from  Him  the  Great 
Truths  of  His  Wisdom.  Emmanuel  is  the  Spirit-mouth- 
piece of  Elohim,  as  I  am  the  human  tnouthpiece  of  Emman- 
uel. This  is  the  plain  truth  of  how,  in  fullest  consciousness, 
I  am  the  recipient  of  the  Word  of  God  conveyed  to  my 
readers  in  this   Book. 

A  few  words  are  necessary  to  explain  to  the  Reader  the 
nature  of  the  following  pages.  This  is  the  First  of  a  series 
of    Volumes,    entitled,    '■'■The   Life  and   Discourses   of  fesus 


THE    WRITER   S    PREFACE. 


Christ.''''  Until  recentlv  tlie  world  of  to-day  had  never 
any  idea  nor  suspicion  tiiat  the  Books  of  the  Old,  and  New 
Testament  did  not  contain  all  that  exists,  and  that  ever  has 
existed,  of  the  utterances  and  the  history  of  those  Sacred 
Cliaracters  of  which  they  speak.  But  a  few  decades  ago, 
and  he  would  have  been  denounced  as  a  heretic  and  ignor- 
ant fanatic,  who  tlareil  even  to  suggest  that  the  Bible  did 
not  contain  the  whole  Word  of  God.  And  even  now  the 
formularies  of  the  Catholic  and  Protestant  Churches  assert 
that  the  Bible  contains  all  that  is  "necessary  for  salvation." 
But  of  late  ye<irs  the  fields  of  research  and  enquiry  have 
been  so  widely  extended,  that  many  of  the  most  devout  and 
learned  "divines"  h;ive  stated  tiieir  doubts  as  to  the  accur- 
acy and  authenticity  of  much  that  the  Bible  contains;  and 
every  year  there  are  added  increasing  evidences  of  the 
untrustworthiness  of  much  in  those  compilations  of  Texts 
of  which  the  Bible  is  composed.  More  and  more  is  it 
becoming  apparent  that  the  Books  of  the  Bible  are  only 
remains,  excerpts,  and  sometimes,  corrupted  portions  of 
greater  documents  and  more  complete  records  than  are  now 
in  the  possession  of  the  Church.  And  at  the  present  period 
there  is  not  a  more  eager  and  keener  search  for  anything 
else  in  the  world  than  there  is  for  traces  of  ancient  manu- 
scripts that  may  throw  light  upon  cpiestions  of  Biblical 
Criticism,  and  that  may  add  to  the  present  meagre  store 
of  documents  already  possessed.  The  whole  world  is  inter- 
ested when  news  comes  of  the  discovery  of  the  smallest 
scrap  of  parchment,  papyri,  or  tablet  containing  cuneiform 
inscriptions  and  hieroglpyhics. 

There  have  been  many  authorities  that,  in  recent  years, 
have  darkly  hinted  ;il  the  probability  that  vast  treasures  of 
vScriptures,  of  the  earliest  date,  both  pre-Christian  and  post- 
Christian,  are  hidden  away  in  some  corner  of  the  earth, 
unbeknown  to  Western  Christianity;  carried  away,  for 
safe  custody,  by  the  last  of  the  ancient  Egy[)tian  and  Jew- 
ish ctmm.inities  of  tlic  Essenes  and  other  Fraternities,  who, 
it     is    known,    were   ct)lonies    and   olTslioots   ol    the   ancient 


TIIK    WRITER   S    PRKFACE. 


Order  of  the  Magi,  whose  S  icred  City  and  Colleges  were 
situated  somewhere  in  the  far  East.  It  is  believed  by  many 
learned  and  well-informed  persons,  who  have  made  research 
into  these  byeways  of  religio.is  archaeology,  who  are  "ex-  \ 
perts"  in  all  that  is  known  and  knowable  of  those  obscure 
days  which  preceded  and  succeeded  the  days  of  Jesus  and 
the  Apostles,  that  there  do  exist  vast  libraries  of  ancient 
History,  Philosophy,  and  Theology,  of  which  the  world 
possesses  to-day  only  small,  scattered,  and  much  corrupted 
remnants.  Yet,  these  remnants  that  we  possess  are  not  to 
be  supposed  to  be  without  the  highest  value  that  has  ever 
been  given  to  them.  Though  remnants,  and  much  marred 
and  spoliated  by  mischievous  scribes,  and  by  the  ravages  of 
time,  yet  they  are  a  sublime  literature,  and  they  contain  so 
much  of  the  inspired  Word  of  God  as  to  have,  for  the  past 
centuries,  sustained  for  themselves  tiaat  unimpeachable  rep- 
utation which  the  most  orthodox  of  Churchmen  have 
attached  to  the  Bible.  What  is  suggested  in  the  foregoing 
is,  fio^  that,  the  Bible  docs  not  contain  the  true  Word  of  God,  but 
that  it  does  not  contain  more  than  a  small  fraction  of  the  Word  of 
God  that  has,  in  times  past,  been  written;  and  that  that  fraction 
is  largely  mixed  with  much  that  is  sp-iirioiis  and  corrupt. 

Now  we  know  that  these  libraries,  if  they  exist,  are  in- 
accessible to  the  world,  that  they  are,  as  they  have  been, 
for  so  many  centuries,  kept  secretly  concealed,  and  safely 
guarded  from  intrusion  by  any  but  those  Brothers  of  the 
Magian  Order  who  are  admitted  into  these  Sacred  Ar- 
chives. But  who  are  tliese  mysterious  people  that  have 
kept  their  Secret  so  inviolably,  and  for  so  long  a  period.? 
The  reader  may  well  ask  that  question,  for  it  is  a  question 
that  no  man  can  answer;  no,  not  even  a  "Brother"  of  the 
Order  himself.  But  let  me  here  say,  that  any  devout  and 
true  man  has  it  in  himself  to  answer  this  question  for  him- 
self. I  have  said  that  these  Sacred  Repositories  of  literary 
treasures,  more  precious  than  gold  and  precious  stones,  are 
'■' inaccessible''''  to  the  world.  Yet  is  there  a  way,  and  only  one 
way,  by  which  any  man  may  walk  those  secret  vaults,  may 


XIV  THE    writer's    PREFACE. 

handle  those  Sacred  Books  and  Docuineuts,  may  transcribe 
and  extract  all  that  they  contain,  and  may  bring  them  forth 
to  the  light  of  day.  I  do  not  ask  the  reader  to  believe  me, 
when  I  say  this.  I  only  ask  that  he  will  not  dis-believe  me. 
Let  him  hold  the  matter  in  suspense  until  I  can  produce  the 
evidence  he  requires  to  convince  him.  Not  that  I  should 
be  careful  or  eager  to  do  this.  Time  will  produce  the 
evidence.  Let  iiim  wait,  and  events  will  shew  to  him  that 
this  is  no  romance,  no  phantasy,  but  a  true  and  scientific 
fact,  which  I  am  now  relating. 

I  say  there  is  a  way,  by  which  any  man  may  enter  the 
Holy  City  of  the  Magi,  may  commune  with  these  aged 
Wise  Men,  and  may  search  and  ransack  all  the  immense 
subterranean  chambers,  whose  shelves  contain  the  whole 
vast  and  stupendous  Treasures  of  all  literature,  quantities 
of  which  are  utterly  unknown  to  any  School  of  Thought 
this  day  existing.  There  are  conditions  (Physical,  Mental, 
and  Spiritual,)  which  are  within  the  reach  of  every  man's 
attainment,  which  give  to  the  Initiates  who  have  thus 
attained,  powers,  and  developments  of  faculties,  latent  in 
all  men,  enabling  them  to  penetrate  space,  and  to  set  at 
defiance   the  limitations   of   the   common    physical    organs. 

These  powers  and  developments  are  known,  in  Scripture 
language,  by  the  terms  "Prophecy,"  "Seership,"  "Divina- 
tion," and  the  "Spiritual  Gifts."  Readers  of  these  pages 
will  therein  see  and  learn  the  great  Truths  of  Christ,  which 
have  to  do  with  these  very  "Gifts,"  Truths  which  the 
Church  has  lost  entirely,  save  in  name  only,  and  in  certain 
crusted  Doctrines  and  Creeds,  which  are  learned  and  re- 
hearsed in  their  rites  of  worship,  but  which  have  no  more 
practical  and  dynamic  meaning  tluin  the  vainest  of  vain 
repetitions. 

It  was  the  venerable  and  beloved  Doctor  of  Divinity, 
Asa  Mahan,  who  lived  his  last  days,  and  died  in  obscurity, 
"of  whom  the  world  was  not  worthy,"  wiio  first  opened 
my  eyes  to  see  and  know  that  in  these  crusted  Doctrines 
and  Creeds,    there  was  a  dynamic    force   that    the    Church 


THE    writer's    preface. 


knew  not  of,  caring  more  for  the  "symbol  and  the  letter," 
than  for  the  "Spirit."  In  Dr.  Asa  Mahan's  little  book, 
'■'■The  Baptism  of  the  Holy  Ghost, '^  is  contained,  "in  a  nut- 
shell," the  general  principle  of  the  Spirit,  which  later  was 
opened  out  to  me  in  its  fullest  philosophy  and  experimental 
detail,  but  the  fullness  and  grand  magnificence  of  which 
even  he  had  no  conception,  being  ignorant  of  the  "gradu- 
ated" system  of  development  of  the  human  faculties, 
required  to  purify  them,  and  to  equilibrate  the  seven  struc- 
tural natures  of  the  microcosmic  being,  into  perfect  har- 
mony and  equipoise.  And  of  this  ••graduated  systejn'''  I 
learned  the  truth  five  years  ago,  when,  putting  myself  into 
the  requisite  Physical,  Mental,  Psychical,  and  Spiritual 
conditions,  I  yielded  myself  to  the  Great  Master  of  Spirits, 
and  underwent  the  whole  long  and  painful  course  of  Initia- 
tions into  the  Greater  and  Lesser  Mysteries,  which  are, 
in  this  volume,  treated  of  by  the  Master-Mind  of  the  Great 
Master  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  Jesus  Christ.  And  this 
is  the  Way,  the  only  Way,  by  which  mankind  may  pene- 
trate all  Mysteries  and  Secrets  in  this  world, 7^r  Matter  has 
no  power  over  Spirit,  when-  Spirit  is  emancipated  from  Matter, 
and  Matter  and  Spirit  have  been  Redeemed  and  At-oned.  And 
this  is  the  great  scientific  truth  that  has  been  discovered 
to  me,  the  Truth  which,  in  its  following,  creates  Prophets, 
Seers,  Christs,  and  Apostles,  and  gives  to  man  the  Divine 
Powers  which  prove  him  a  Divine  organism. 

By  these  Powers  I  have  been  enabled  to  visit  these  secret 
places  of  the  earth,  and  to  commune  with  Sages  and  Phil- 
osophers, Masters  and  Brethren,  of  the  ancient  and  still 
surviving  Order  of  the  Magi,  who  are  the  custodians  of  the 
Sacred  Scriptures,  saved  from  Anti-Christian  demolition, 
and  carefully  guarded  by  them,  until  the  "Times  of  the 
Gentiles,"  and  the  days  of  "Anti-Christ"  have  been  fulfill- 
ed. It  is  from  these  sources  that  the  Truth  in  these  and 
forthcoming  pages  has  been  derived,  and  by  which  I  have 
been  able  to  confirm  all  that  has  been  imparted  to  me  in  the 
"Visions  and  Revelations"  from  Jesus  Christ,  and  the  Spir- 


\ 

(     xvr  THE  writer's  preface. 


itual  Masters,  from  whom  I  have  received  the  Wisdom  from 
Above  that  it  is  my  blessed  privilege  and  duty  to  preach  to 
my  fellow-creatiires — the  "Gospel  of  the  Kingdom,"  or  the 
One  Cosmic  and  Universal  Faith-Worship,  that  governs 
and  rules  all  beings  in  all  the  worlds  and  spheres  of  the 
Universe. 

From  the  foregoing,  let  it  not  be  thought  that  I  count 
myself  as  a  man  superior  to  other  men.  In  the  Kingdom 
of  Heaven  there  is  no  superiority^  none  is  before  or  better 
than  another,  all  are  the  Children  of  the  Most  High  ;  and 
what  attainments  one  man  has  reached,  are  what  other  men 
may  reach.  The  Steps  of  the  Cross  and  the  Gates  of  the 
Serpent  are  all  the  same  equally  to  all.  There  is  no  differ- 
ence (between  mankind),  for  all  have  sinned  and  fallen 
short  of  the  Glory  of  God,  and  the  Remedy  and  Redemp- 
tion is  the  same  to  all.  The  Duty  of  those  who  have  At- 
tained, the  Initiated,  the  Apostles  and  Prophets,  whom 
God  has  Redeemed  and  Purified  and  (Qualified,  by  the  only 
Way  of  Initiation,  is  to  "Go  into  all  the  world,  and  preach 
the  Gospel  to  every  creature."  And  the  "Gospel"  is  this 
Gospel  of  the  Kingdom,  taught  in  this  Volume,  which  will 
be  more  fully  elucidated  in  subsequent  Volumes ;  and  which 
it  is  the  duty  of  all  to  enquire  into,  and  of  those  who  have 
"believed"  and  accepted,  to  pursue  "unto  the  end,"  and  of 
those  who  have  "endured  unto  the  end,"  and  are  "saved," 
to  proclaim  to  the  world,  until  they  shall  enter  the  last  Gate 
of«all,  that  leadeth  unto  the  Throne  and  Home  of  the  Fath- 
er, and  shall  pass  into  the  most  Supreme  and  Worshipful 
Order  of  Elohim,   in  the  Supernal  Temple  of  Jehovah. 

HOLDEN  E.  SAMPSON. 
("light") 
January  24M,  1904. 
In  the  Feast  of  the  Epiphany. 


COA'rEN7^S. 

o 

CHAPTER  I. 

The  Birth  of  Jesus. 

Joseph  and  Marv  are  Initiates — The  Great  Master  of  the  Magi  in- 
vests Jesus  with  Supreme  Office —Joseph  and  Mary  depart  with 
the  Magi  to  the  Temple  of  Memphis,  Egypt — Jesus' .Speecli  to  the 
Masters  and  Brethren .' i 

CHAPTER  II. 

The  Baptism  of  Jesus. 

The  Birth  of  John  Baptist — The  Ministry  of  John  Baptist — The  Bap- 
tism of  Repentance — The  Nazarites — The  Effects  of  John's 
i'ltacliing — John's  Discourse  to  the  Pharisees  and  Sadducees — 
Jesus  at  Nazareth — The  Baptism  of  Jesus — The  Appearance  of 
J^nimanuel  and    His  Discourse 23 

CHAPTER  III. 

The  Temptation  of  Jesus  in  the  Wilderness. 

Speech  of  Jesus  to  His  Disciples — Jesus  enters  course  of  Prayer  and 
Fasting — Jesus  becomes  Despondent — His  Sufferings — Jesus' 
Speech  to    Satan  -He    rebukes  the  Evil  One 60 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Jesus  Commmences  His  Ministry. 

Discourse  of  Jesus  to  the  Brothers — First  Discourse  of  Jesus  to  the 
Twelve  Apostles — Cult  of  Cross  and  Serpent  e.xplained — 'i'he 
Xew  Race  -Jesus  calls  His  Disciples 102 

CHAPTER  V. 

The  Mystery   of  Mediation. 

The  Constitution  of  the  Macrocosm  and  Microcosm-  The  Central 
Temple  of  the  Universe  -The  Centre  of  the  Mediatorial  Function 
of  the  Macrocosm-  The  Throne-  The  Four  Living  Ones  -T!i< 
Lamb  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne  -The  Twenty-Four  llierophants 
of  the  Zodiacal  Hierarchies- The  Seven  Luminaries,  or  Spirits 
of     Jehovah m. 


COXTENTS. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

The  Mystery  ok  the  Trf-Une  Godhead.     P.\rt  I.  i 

\ 

Jehovah  the    All-Parent,    and    Central    All-Creating    Microcosm — the  ^ 
Universe,  how  Organised — Functions    of   Heart   and  Brain — The 
Universal  Planetary  ('ircles — The  Temple  of  Jehovah  described — 
The  Twenty-Four  Hierophants  and  Seven  Luminaries — The  Mys- 
tery  of  Mysteries .  __207 

CHAPTER  VII. 

The  Mystery  or  the  Tri-Une  Godhead.     Part  II.  ) 

The  Law  of  Centrality — The  Basis  of  Creation  and  Life  of  Jehovah, 
the  All-Parent" — Motion  the  primal  cause  of  Creation — Prayer  and 
Fasting,  their  Importance — Motion  and  Life,  Eternal — Magnetism 
and    Electricity — The    Divine    Logos 241 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

The  Mystery  of  the  Tri-Une  Godhead  Part  III. 

The  Mystery  of  the  Logos,  Primordial  Light,  or  the  Embryos  in  the 
Mind  of  Jehovah  described — His  Sacred  Temple  in  the  Sun  of 
Suns — Pilgrimages  of  the  Primitive  Soul — Elohim  have  many 
Wives  and  Consorts — How  the    Soul  returneth  for  Final  Incarna-  { 

tion    on   Earth 26/] 

CHAPTER  IX. 

The  My.stery  of  the  Trt-Une  Godhead.  Part  IV. 

The  Son  of  Jehovah — The  Central  Mediator  between  Jehovah  and  the 
Macrocosm— How  Jehovah  is  the  Father-Mother  of  the  Uni- 
vers-e— Maria-Isha  the  Queen  of  Heaven — Conception  and  Birth  of 
Jesus  Christos — The    Double    or    Counterpart    Souls — Heavenly  , 

Generation  — Mergence    of    the    ^licrocosms  in    Jehovah-Ish    and  \ 

!Maria-Isha  — 

CMAPIER  X. 

The  Mystery  of  the    Tri-Une  Godhkvd.     I'aki"  V. 

The  Mystery  of  the  Four  Living  Forms  The  Mystery  of  Se.\ho()d 
and  Natural  Generation — The  La\v  of  Generation — 'I'he  Sons  of 
Jtrhovah — The  Supreme  Hierarchy  of  Eloliini — Sex  Symbols — 
Woman  tlu^  true  Wife  of  Jeliovah  —  Love  and  Marriage — Mystery 

of     S^■X 

Index 


% 


THE 

LIFE  AND  DISCOURSES 
OF  JESUS. 


CHAPTER  I, 


THK    BIRTH    OF    JESUS, 

I.  The  Book  of  the  Generation  of  Jesus,  the  Great 
Master,  who  was  descended,  in  the  Royal  line  of  David, 
from  Abraham  ;  the  ancestral  Founder  and  Father  of  the 
Jewish  Race. 

3.  Then  follows  the  Genealogy  of  Jesus  in  the  family  of 
Joseph,  who  was  the  husband  of  Mary,  of  whom  was  born 
Jesus,  who  was  called  the  Christ,  being  the  Great  Master, 
the  Great  Hierophant,  of  the  Universe,  whose  time  had 
come  that  He  should  be  incarnate  on  the  Earth,  at  the 
opening  of  the  next  Duo-Millennial  Age. 

3.  And  the  Genealogy  of  the  family  of  Jesus  was  traced 
through  fourteen  Generations,  from  Abraham  to  David;  ) 
and  fourteen  Generations  from  David  to  the  carrying  away 
of  the  Jews  into  Babylon ;  and  through  fourteen  Gener- 
ations from  the  carrying  away  into  Babylon  to  the  Birth  of 
Jesus  Christ. 

4.  Now  the  true  story  of  the  Birth  of  Jesus  Christ  was 
as  follows  : 

5.  Mary  was  married  to  Joseph,  and  they    had    not    had 
any  children,  nor  had    they    come    together.      And    before     \ 
Mary  had  been  married  to  Joseph,  she  had  lived  in   expect-     I 


■2  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

ation  of  tlie  great  thing  that  should  be  her  lot  in  life.  For 
Mary  bad  been  brougiit  up  in  the  secret  Truth  of  the 
Square  and  Circle,  being  a  woman  of  Spiritual  attainment, 
and  deeply  taught  in  the  Truth  of  Elohim,  which  had  been 
taught  her  from  her  childhood  by  her  parents,  who  were 
Secret  Adepts  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  under  the  secret  \ 
Mastership  of  the  Magi  who  secretly  taught  the  Truth  of  > 
the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  and 
had  Disciples  and  Initiates,  unknown  to  the  World,  in  all 
parts,  to  whom  they  ministered  in  the  Sacred  Mysteries  by 
their  Emissaries  whom  they  sent  from  their  Sacred  City  in 
the  far  East. 

6.  And  Mary,  being  the  chiLl  of  parents  who  had  purged 
their  natures  by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  developed  their 
Spiritual  Nature  to  the  Sixth  Degree  of  the  Square  and 
Circle,  and  were  Adepts  in  the  Sacred  P'aith  and  Wisdom  ( 
of  Elohim,  was  born  in  a  state  of  Purity  and  Freedom  from 
all  Evil  Aura  and  Corruption.  And  being  surrounded  from 
her  Birth  by  Pure  and  Holy  environment  in  the  home  of 
her  parents,  no  Evil  Aura  cair.e  near  her  to  corrupt  her  in 
any  part  of  her  four-fold  nature. 

7.  And  when  the  time  catne  for  Mary  to  marry,  her  pa- 
rents sought  out  in  the  Books  of  the  Genealogies  of  the 
Families  of  the  Jews,  for  the  family  of  Joseph,  the  lineal 
descendant  of  David.  And  they  brought  Mary  to  Naz- 
areth, where  Joseph  lived,  in  the  humble  employment  of  a 
carpenter,  and  they  established  their  home  in  Nazareth. 

8.  Now  Joseph  had  for  some  time  past  discarded  the 
faith  of  the  Jews,  being  an  honest  and  intelligent  inan,  and 
was  not  minded  to  worship  God  in  forms  and  ways  which 
were  hypocritical  and  unintelligent.  And  he  was  deeply 
cogitating  whither  he  should  turn  for  the  Truth  and  the 
I^ight  to  satisfy  his  craving  Soul. 

9.  And  already  Joseph's  mi  ml  had  been  turned  to  the 
Faith  of  the  Magi,  who  conser\ed  the  Ancient  Wisdom  of 
Elohim.  and  secretly  taught  it  to  the  Jews,  having  a  Col- 
lege of  the  Magi  established  among    the    mountains   of  Sa- 


THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


maria.  And  the  Emissaries  of  the  Magi  went  here  and 
there,  secretly  sowing  the  Seed  of  Truth,  soine  of  whicli  had 
been  imphinted  in  the  heart  of  Joseph.  , 

10.  Therefore  was  Joseph  prepared  beforehand    to    hear     ) 
the  Word  of  God  from  the  mouth    of    Mary's    father,    wiio 
was  one  of  the  Masters  of  the  Square  and  Circle. 

11.  And  in  a  short  space  of  time  Joseph  sought  Initiation 
in  the  ]Mysteries  of  the  Kingdom  of  Jehovah,  and  became  a 
Neophyte  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  seeking  Purification 
and  Spiritual  Development. 

12.  When  he  had  attained  to  Purification,  and  had  taken 
the  Degree  of  Baptism,  in  token  of  his  Purification,  and 
had  become  an  Initiate,  then  did  Mary's  father  reveal  unto 
him  the  Sacred  Honour  which  he  had  inherited,  and  the 
purpose  of  Elohim  concerning  him,  that  he  was  destined  to 
be  the  father  of  the  Christ, 

13.  For  Elohim  had  fore-advised  the  father  of  Mary  that 
Mary  was  to  be  the  mother  of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  the 
Christ,  and  that  Joseph,  the  descendant  of  David,  in 
direct  line  from  Abraham,  the  Master,  and  Founder  of  the 
House  of  Israel,  was  to  be  the  father, 

14.  Now  it  was  not  the  custom  among  the  Brethren  of 
the  Cross  and  Serpent  to  conform  to  the  forms  and  rites  of 
the  Religions  that  were  corrupt  and  false  representations  of 
the  Ancient  Wisdom,  but  they  had  their  own  forms  and 
rites,  which  they  conducted  according  to  the  ancient 
usages,  of  which  the  modern  ceremonies  were  but  a  super- 
stitious and  gross  representation. 

15.  Therefore  Joseph  and  Mary  were  married  according 
to  the  Sacred  Rites  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  and  were  not 
married  according  to  the  Jewish  rites.  \ 

16.  It  came  to  pass  therefore  that  the  marriage  of  Joseph 
and  Mary  was  not  recognized  among  the  Jews,  nor  was 
it  announced  or  known  among  the  Jews.  Mary  therefore 
was  looked  upon  by  the  Jews  as  a  Virgin,  and  for  some 
time  Joseph  and  Mary  lived  not  outwardly  as  man  and  wife, 
for  the  sake  of  the    scandal  that    would    inevitably    follow 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


their  living     together    without    having    gone    through     the 
Jewish  form  of  Marriage. 

17.  But  when  Mary  became  with  child  of  Joseph,  and 
the  time  of  her  retirement  was  approaching,  her  condition 
could  no  longer  be  concealed  from  the  public  eye. 

18.  And  Joseph,  being  an  honourable  man,  and  anxious 
to  save  his  wife  from  public  notoriety,  meditated  corxeal- 
ing  her  privately  until  the  birth  of  her  child. 

19.  And  whilst  he  was  thinking  the  matter  over,  he  took 
counsel  of  Elohim  through  the  Mediumship  of  Mary's 
father,  and  Mary's  father  bade  him  wait  in  Prayer,  and 
Elohim  would  answer  his  petition  Himself,  Joseph  having 
attained  to  the  Degrees  of  Adeptship,  and  being  now  able 
to  receive  cominunicalions  from  Elohim. 

20.  So  Joseph  remained  in  prayer,  fasting  and  commun- 
ing with  Elohim  many  days,  and  waiting  for  the  Counsel 
of  Elohim,  when  it  should  be  vouclisafed. 

21.  And  on  a  certain  night,  when  Joseph  had  retired  to 
his  chamber  to  pray,  he  fell  into  a  deep  sleep.  And  there 
appeared  unto  him,  as  he  lay  entranced,  the  form  of  a 
Spirit  of  Elohim,  one  of  the  Angels  sent  by  Jehovah.  And 
the  Angel  conversed  with  him,  and  spake  unto  him,  saying  : 

23.  "Joseph,  fear  not  to  take  Mary  thy  wife,  unto  thee, 
for  no  harm  shall  befall  either  thy  wife  or  the  babe  that 
shall  be  born  unto  thee,  for  thou  knowest  that  the  babe  who 
will  be  born  of  Mary  and  thee,  is  the  Son  of  Jehovah  the 
Christ,  who  is  to  be  reincarnated  for  the  opening  of  the  new 
yEonial  Period. 

23.  And  Mary,  thy  wife,  shall  bring  forth  a  Son,  who  is 
called  Jesus,  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  for  by  Him  shall  Mankind 
be  saved  from  Sin,  and  restored  from  Evil." 

24.  Now  all  these  occurrences  happened  in  precise  ful- 
filment of  the  Word  of  Elohim  which  the  Prophet  spake. 
saying: 

25.  "Beliold  a  Virgin  shall  be  with  child,  and  shall  bring 
fortii  a  Son,  who  will  be  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  and  they  will 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  5 

call  His  name,  Emmanuel,    which    means  by  interpretation, 
God  is  come  to  dwell  with  us." 

26.  Then  Joseph,  when  he  had  awakened  from  sleep,  did 
as  the  Angel  of  Jehovah  had  bidden  him,  and  took  his  wife 
unto  his  own  house,  and  publicly  acknowledged  her  as  his 
wife. 

27.  And  the  people  of  Nazareth,  knowing  that  Mary  was 
a  child  that  had  been  conceived  of  sinless  parents,  her 
father  and  mother  being  Adepts  in  the  Secret  Wisdom  of 
the  Magi,  and  that  Joseph  was  also  an  Initiate,  knew  also 
that  the  Virgin,  according  to  the  laws  of  the  Jews,  was  not 
a  Virgin,  but  a  married  woman,  according  to  the  custom 
of  Brethren  of  the  Square  and  Circle. 

28.  For  the  Brethren  of  the  Square  and  Circle  were  held 
in  great  reverence  among  the  people,  and  the  father  of 
Mary  being  a  Wise  Man  and  a  Master,  was  honoured  in 
Nazareth  by  all  who  were  aware  of  his  position  and  dignity. 

29.  And  after  this,  when  Joseph  had  notified  the  father 
of  Mary  of  the  Vision  that  had  appeared  unto  him  of  the 
Angel  of  Jehovah,  and  the  message  of  Jehovah  that  the 
Angel  had  brought,  the  father  of  Mary  presented  unto 
Joseph  his  daughter,  and  Joseph  took  Mary  his  wife  to  his 
own   home. 

30.  And  the  parents  of  Mary  returned  into  the  far  East, 
unto  their  home  in  the  Sacred  City,  having  performed  the 
duty  for  which  they  had  come  to  the  country  of  the  Jews, 
and  they  left  Mary,  their  daughter,  with  Joseph,  in  Naz- 
areth, and  took  the  journey. 

31.  Now  it  so  happened  that,  about  the  time  of  the  Birth 
of  Jesus,  Joseph  must  return  to  his  native  town,  the  town  of 
his  ancestors,  which  was  Bethleheni  in  Judea.  And  he 
took  with  him  Mary,  his  wife,  and  journeyed  to  Bethlehem. 

32.  And  when  they  reached  Bethlehem  Mary  brought 
forth  her  firstborn  son,  and  they  called  His  [name  Jesus. 
And  they  remained  many  days  in  Bethlehem,  until  Mary 
and  the  child  were  able  to  travel. 

33.  But  Joseph  had  been    counselled   by    Elohim    not    to 


6  THE    LIKE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

leave  Betlileheni  until  the  arrival  of  certain  of  the  Map^i, 
who,  when  the  time  of  the  Birth  of  the  Great  Master  had 
come,  had  set  out  from  the  Sacred  City,  in  company  with 
the  (jreat  Master  of  the  Earth,  who  came  into  the,  country 
of  the  Jews  in  order  to  do  homage  to  the  Great  Master  who 
should  surpass  him,  whom  he  knew  to  be  none  other  than 
the  vSon  of  Jehovali,  the  Supreme  Hierophant  of  the  Uni- 
l     verse,  incarnate  upon  the  Earth. 

\  34.    And  the  Masters  had  fore-knowledge  of  the  impend- 

(,  ing  Incarnation  of  Jesus,  the  Supreme  Hierophant  of  the 
Universe,  knowing  that  the  time  had  come  when  the  next 
yEonial  Period  was  on  the  point  of  commencing.  And 
they  had  watched  for  the  Sign  of  the  descent  of  the  Spirit 
of  jesus  into  the  Earth,  and  fortiicoming  Conception  and 
Birth  of  the  Incarnate  form  of  the  Great  Master. 

3:^.  And  when  the  Earth-Planet  entered  the  Sign  of  the 
Zodiac  in  which  was  then  situated  the  Constellation  con- 
taining the  .Star  of  the  Nativity  of  Jesus,  then  the  Wise 
Men  knew  that  the  Conception  of  Jesus  must  take  place  in 
due  course,  and  His  Birth  would  follow.  And,  calculating 
the  mean  time  for  these  eventualities  to  take  place,  they  set 
forth  so  as  to  arrive  at  about  the  date  of  the  Birth  of  their 
Great  Master. 

36.  And  the  Magi  brought  with  them  many  beautiful 
and  sacred  Vestments  and  Jewels,  the  ancient  symbolical 
Robes  and  Insignia  of  the  Great  Master  of  the  Square  and 
Circle,  of  priceless  worth  and  beyond  all  value,  because 
of  their  use  and  historical  associations.  Likewise  they 
brought  vessels  for  use  in  the  Sacred  Rites  they  must  per- 
form when  they  arrived  in  the  presence  of  Jesus  ;  and  costly 
incense  and  unguents  for  use  in  these   Rites. 

37.  For  the  Great  Master  was  about  to  invest  Jesus  with 
the  Supreme  OlVice  and  Dignity  which  he  himself  uTust  va- 
cate, being  only  the  Deputy  Great  Master  of  the  last   (ireat 

,      Hierophant,  who  lived  the  incarnate  life  at  the  opening   of 
\     the    previous    ,'Eonial   Period,    which    had   elapsed   at    the 
time  of  the  Birth  of  Jesus. 


THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  7 

38.  Therefore  the  Great  Master  travelled  from  the  .Sacred 
City  to  Bethleliem,  that  he  might  hand  over  unto  Jesus, 
the  Supreme  Hierophant  of  the  Universe,  the  Insignia  and 
Vestments  of  the  Great  Master,  and  himself  should  retire 
from  the  ofHce,  and  pass  over  to  the  Heavenly  Places. 

39.  And  the  Magi  journeyed  to  Jerusalem,  with  a  great 
retinue  of  Brethren,  bearing  the  Sacred  Insignia  and  Vest- 
ments, and  all  that  tiiey  had  brought  with  them. 

40.  And  when  they  had  entered  Jerusalem,  which  at 
that  time  was  filled  with  Jewish  travellers,  who  weie  em- 
igrants in  different  parts  of  the  world,  gathered  to  their 
ancestral  homes  for  the  purpose  of  the  Census  of  the  Jews, 
inaugurated  by  Herod  the  King  of  Judea,  at  the  instance 
of  the  Roman  .State  ;  the  Magi  made  a  great  commotion 
in  Jerusalem,  when  it  was  circulated  among  the  people 
that  these  great  personages  had  come. 

41.  So  much  so,  that  the  tidings  reached  the  ears  of 
Herod  in  his  Palace,  and,  being  greatly  impressed  by  this 
unusual  event,  he  expressed  a  desire  to  give  audience  to  the 
venerable  visitor.  For  never  had  such  an  event  been  known 
among  men,  that  the  Great  Master  of  the  Magi  had  crossed 
the  boundary  of  the  Sacred  Territory,  and  travelled  pub- 
licly to  any  City   without. 

42.  Therefore  the  curiosity  of  Herod  was  excited  by  his 
advent,  and  he  desired  to  know  the  purpose  of  liis  visit  to 
Jerusalem.  For  Herod,  and  all  learned  Jews,  were  fully 
acquainted  with  the  Word  of  Jehovah-Elohim,  which  were 
preserved'in  the  Sacred  Books  of  the  Jews,  and  had  been 
uttered  by  many  Past-Masters,  Prophets  and  Seers  in  the 
generations  past. 

43.  And  it  was  common  knowledge  among  the  Jews,  and 
indeed  in  all  the  Gentile  world,  likewise,  among  whom, 
both  Jews  and  Gentiles,  the  Wisdom  6i  the  Magi  was 
highly  reverenced,  that,  at  about  this  time,  according  to 
Astrological  calculations  these  Prophecies;  of  the  Advent  of 
the'next  Great  Master,  were  to  be  fulfilled. 

^4.    Therefore  there  was  great  expectation  among  all  the 


8  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

people  of  the  world,  an  expectation  that  was  variously 
expressed  and  articulated  by  the  Philosophers  and  Teachers. 
For  the  Truth  of  the  Magi  was  not  spread  publicly  or  even 
generally,  in  the  world,  being  too  severe  and  rigorous  in  its 
demands  upon  the  lines  and  conduct  of  men  to  gain  any  de-  ' 
gree  of  popularity. 

4:^.  The  Philosophies  of  Greece.  Rome,  Phenicia  and 
Egypt  were  less  rigorous,  and  more  pleasing  to  the  senses. 
Highly  intellectual ;  full  of  profound  Wisdom  and  Beauty 
of  ideal ;  sensuous  and  esthetic,  they  drew  a  world-wide 
sympathy  and  popularity. 

46.  But  lacking  the  Spiritual  Force  and  Wisdom  which 
were  possessed  by  the  Magi,  which  were  not  possible  of 
attainment  but  by  the  most  rigid  and  ascetic  life,  lived  only 
for  the  pursuit  of  Truth  and  Spiritual  development ;  the 
World-Philosophies  appealed  to  a  decadent  and  listless  age 
of  thinkers  and  pleasure-loving  votaries  of  Bacchus  and 
Venus. 

47.  It  was  easy  and  pleasant  to  pass  from  the  Bath,  or 
the  Chambers  of  the  wanton,  to  the  Halls  of  Philosophers, 
who  in  their  Lectures  and  Discourses,  passed  lightly  over 
the  vices  and  corruptions  of  Society — Greek,  Roman,  or 
Jewish--and  tickled  the  ears  of  their  pupils  with  plausible 
and  abstruse  generalisations  on  Virtue  and  cheaply  pur- 
chased Wisdom. 

48.  Nevertheless,  there  was  a  deep  undercurrent  of 
Thought  and  Aspiration  in  the  Souls  of  all  men,  though  in 
varying  degrees  of  consciousness,  and  the  stronger,  deeper, 
and  more  exacting  Wisdom  of  the  Magi  found  Response 
in  all  Souls;  though  few  gave  themselves  to  the  painful  and 
arduous  task  of  seeking  to  possess  the  Power  and  Wisdom 
of  the  Magi  in  themselves.  The  Purchase-Price  of  Truth 
was  too  high  for  the  Valetudinarian  and  Egotistical  ma- 
jority of  mankind. 

^9.  And  the  general  expectation  of  a  great  Crisis  in  the 
World-History  was  intensified  by  the  very  rottenness  and 
patent  efFcteness  of  the  old  Faiths  and  Religions.   The  Greek 


THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


survival  of  the  most    ancient    True    Worship    of    Jehovah-     > 
Elohim,  had  degenerated  to  a  gross  form  of  Pantheism,    in 
which  men  ignorantly  worshipped  as  Gods    every  form  of 
Nature  in  the  Universe  and  ignored  the    gods    whom    they     !> 
represented. 

50.  Under  the  vain  delusion  that  these    Gods  of    innuin- 
erabla  characters  and  representations,  devoted  to  the    grat- 
ification of  every  sense  and  appetite,  to  the  grossest  excess, 
with  the  pleasant  delusion    that    such  sense-gratifications —     1 
which  were  only  the  worst  forms   of   debauchery — were  the     \ 
True  Gods,  the  material  representatives  of    the    Spirits    of     \ 
Elohim  ;  the  whole  race  of  mankind  that  had  come  under  the     \ 
vitiating  influence   of    Greek     culture    and     Greek     super-     ( 
stition,  became  steeped  in  sensualit}"  and    the    most    unmit-     { 
igated  Egotism.  [c 

51.  The  rise  of  the  Roman  World-Power,  with  the   iron-    ]\ 
handed  rule,  checked  for  a  time  the   decline  of    Truth    and 
Culture;   but  only    for   a    brief    time.      The    rapid    consol- 
idation of  the  Roman  Empire,  and  the  diffusion  and    amal- 
gamation   of   Greek    Thought    and    Vices,    served  only  to     / 
finally  change  the  erz/z/d',  and  Rome,  instead  of  Athens,    be- 
came the  centre  of  profligacy  and  superstition.      The  Greek 
Gods  received  Latin  names,  the  Greek    Philosophies    were     > 
repeated  by  Latin  Philosophers,  and  the  world  was  ruled  by     \ 

\  a  more  forceful  Power,  which  compelled  by  force  the  prac-  ) 
(  tices  that  formerly  were  induced  by  taste  and  correspond-  I; 
ence  of  desire.  The  Roman  power  drove  more  deeply  into  ) 
the  human  system  the  Vices  which  were  a  shallow  covering  ; 
to  better  thought  among  the  Greeks.  ) 

52.  Consequently,  at  the  time  of  the  Birth  of  Jesus,  whilst  \ 
all  the  world  expected  the  rise  of  a  phenomenal  Man,  a  new  ') 
Personality;  everybody  supposed  that  such  a  Man  should  ( 
be  only  a  new  Conqueror,  a  new  innovator,  a  new  World-  ( 
Ruler,  who  should  surpass  both  Alexander  and  Caisar.  \\ 

53.  Only  did  the  few  scattered  Neophytes,  Initiates  and  A 
Adepts  know  that  such  expectation   was  not  to  be  realised. 

54.  The  Jews,  who   in    what    remained    to    them    of   the 


I) 


lO  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

ancient  writings  of  Moses  and  the  Prophets,  ignoring  the 
positive  and  decipherable  statements  of  their  own  most 
venerated  Scriptures,  followed  the  general  opinion,  and 
looked  for  a  great  Monarch  of  their  own  Race,  who  should 
lead  them,  conquering  and  to  conquer,  over  the  whole 
world,  and  subjugate  to  his  dominion  their  hated  masters, 
the  Romans. 

5^.  Therefore,  when  Herod  heard  of  the  mvsteriouscom- 
ing  of  no  less  a  personage  than  the  Great  Master  of  the 
Magi,  his  curiosity  and  interest  were  violently  excited. 
Only  one  explanation  could  account  for  such  an  unlooked- 
for  visitation.  Only  one  object  could  have  brought  the 
Great  Master  from  his  far-ofP  Eastern  seclusion  to  Jerusalem. 

^6.  As  soon  therefore  as  Herod  heard  of  the  event  that 
happened,  he  was  greatly  perturbed  in  his  mind.  Following 
the  popular  opinion,  he  believed  that  the  coming  "Messiah," 
so  long  looked  for,  would  appear  as  a  Conqueror,  and  ) 
would,  by  force  of  arms,  overthrow  the  Empire  of  Caesar,  ) 
and  raise  the  Jewish  nation  to  the  position  of  the  Ruling 
State  in  the  World,  thereby  doing  to  Rome  what  Rome  had 
done  to  Athens. 

^'j.  He  knew  that  the  rise  of  a  Jewish  Monarch  meant 
the  fall  of  the  Roman  Monarch.  And  t'lat,  he  knew  also, 
would  mean  his  own  dethronement  and   destruction. 

58.    Herod  therefore  troubled  exceedingly  when  he  heard 
that  the  Chief  of  the  Magi  was  in  Jerusalem,  and  cogitated 
in  his  mind  what  he  should  do  to  prevent  the  comingcatas-      ) 
trophe  to  the  Empire  of  which  he  was  a  parasite. 

^C).   Then  he  bethought  him  to  verify  the  predictions  and 
to  discover,  if  he  could,  what  Astrological  or  other  evidence     ) 
there  were  of  the  fulfilment  of  his  worst   fears. 

60.  To  this  end  he  called  into  his  presence  the  Chief 
Authorities  of  the  Jewish  Hierarchy,  the  Chief  Priests  and 
Lawyers,  Scribes  and  Elders,  who  were  learned  in  the 
Scriptures. 

61.  And  he  demanded  of  them  what  they  knew  concern- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  II 

ing  the  approximate  period  of  the  expected  Advent  of    the 
Messiah,  and  where  he  should  be  born. 

62.  And  they  replied  that,  according  to  the  Scriptures, 
the  Messiah  would  be  born  by  descent  from  the  line  of 
David,  and  Bethlehem  being  the  Birth-place  of  David's  ) 
house,  it  was  more  than  probable  that,  if  it  had  taken  place 
at  this  time,  then  th.e  family  of  whom  he  had  been  born 
were  in  Bethlehem. 

63.  Also,  corroborating  their  opinion,  they  quoted  from 
the  Scriptures  this  saying  : 

64.  "And  thou,  O  David,  Prince  of  Bethlehem,  in  the 
land  of  Judah,  art  not  the  least  among  the  Princes  of  Judah  ; 
for  in  thy  posterity,  thou  shalt  bring  forth  a  Son  ;  and  out 
of  thee  shall  come  forth  a  Ruler,  who  shall  be  the  Great 
Master  of  my  people  Israel."  \ 

65.  Now  the  Jewish  Authorities  knew  not  that  this 
passage  had  suffered  from  manipulation  at  the  hands  of 
copyists,  and  read  differently  in  the  original  text.  They 
knew  not  that  Israel  means  always,  not  a  particular  nation, 
but  all  Brethren  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  and  the  Square 
and  Circle.  Jehovah  having  not,  by  His  own  doing,  caused 
the  division  of  mankind  into  nations. 

66.  Therefore  their  interpretation  of  the  passage  sup- 
ported the  popular  idea  of  a  Temporal  Power  and  World- 
Ruler.  And  this  the  Jews  were  well  contented  to  sup- 
pose, for  their  greatest  hope  and  ambition  as  a  Nation,  was 
to  rule  the  world,  and  to  be  the  Sovereign  Power  over  all 
the  other  nations. 

67.  On  this  they  built  all  their  hopes  of  a  future  Messiah, 
and  it  kept  them    comparatively    patient,  bearing  the  yoke     \ 
of  their  present  thraldom  under  the  Roman  Power. 

68.  Then  Herod's  fears  were  redoubled,  and  he  deter-, 
mined  that,  for  his  own  sake,  and  for  the  sake  of  the  safety 
of  his  imperial  master,  he  must  contrive  some  means  of 
ridding  the  world  of  so  powerful  an  enemy,  and  so  great  a 
peril. 

69.  For,  knowing  as  he  did,  the  many  factors    in    favour 


12  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.        , 

of  the  success  of  a  Man,  appearing  under  tlie  auspices,  and 
with  the  countenance  and  support  of  tiie  Magi,  he  had  good 
reason  to  fear  the  Advent  of  such  a  Personality. 

70.  Such  a  Man  would  win  the  support  of  the  populace, 
that  dread  uncertain  but  absolute  force,  which  lies  like  a 
latent  volcano  ever  rumbling  beneath  the  most  stable  Gov- 
ernment, and  only  kept  down  b_v  physical  force. 

71.  Then  the  large  mass  of  Philosophers  and  Thinkers, 
who.  though  floating  with  the  stream  at  present;  still,  in 
their  oftimes  bold  vSa.tires  of  llie  prevailing  hypocrisy  and 
superficial  virtuosity  that  veiled,  and  were  a  pretence  of  an 
apology  for  the  Vicfe  and  Sensuality  which  reeked  in  the 
cultured  circles  of  Society,  revealed  their  true  sense  of  con- 
tempt for  men  and  things;  these,  most  of  them  (those,  at 
any  rate,  who  had  not  too  much  to  fear  or  lose  by  anv 
change  of  venue)  would  most  probably  side  with  the 
Messiah,  the  nominee  of  the  Magi. 

72.  The  Jews  in  particular,  too,  who  hated  Herod,  but 
who  feared  him,  being  the  partisans  of  Rome,  and  who 
hated  and  feared  Rome  also,  would  rise  up,  in  all  their  sev- 
eral factions  and  sects,  and  rally  round  their  conquering 
Messiah. 

73.  Verily  then,  was  it  a  bounden  duty  to  crush  in  the 
bud  this  dawning  Peril,  if  not  for  the  sake  of  hated  Ctrsar, 
at  any  rate  for  his  own  sake. 

74.  A  babe  had  been  born — one  babe  in  an  obscure  vil- 
lage of  his  Province.  This  he  knew,  for  the  Magi  had  not 
concealed  the  object  of  their  visit,  nor  was  it  a  secret  that 
this  obscure  birth  had  taken  place. 

75.  And  Herod  thought  within  himself  that  the  death  of 
this  babe,  at  his  command,  if  judiciously  reported  to  the 
Emperor  would  be  an  act  of  loyalty  to  Cicsar,  that  would 
cover  a  multitude  of  Sins  against  Ca-sar,  that  made  him  not 
a  particular  favorite  in  the  Court  of  Civsar,  or  in  the 
estimation  of  the  Procurator  at  Jerusalem. 

76.  ,So  Herod  sent  for  the   Oreat    Master    into    his    pres- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OJ^    JESUS.  I3       ) 


ence.      And  the  aged  and    venerated    Master    stood    before 
Herod,  and  perceived  the  evil  design  of  the   King, 

77.    And  Herod  put  many  questions  to  the  Great  Master, 
and  sought  to  elicit  from  him  the  precise  day  and  hour  that 


the  Star  of   [esus  entered  the  circle  of  the  Earth's  attraction,      ) 
and  when  the  Birth  of  Jesus  would  actually  take  place. 

78.  And  the  Master  answered  Herod,  saying:  "The 
Earth  passed  through  the  Constellation  of  Jesus  at  such  a 
time,  and  at  this  very  moment  the  Birth  of  Jesus  has  taken 
place."  ) 

79.  And  the  Great  Master  enquired  of  Herod  whither 
the  Birth  of  Jesus  should  take  place,  and  Herod  directed 
the  Master  to  Bethlehem,  the  City  of  David,  and,  bidding 
them  Good  vSpeed,  he  hypocritically  begged  the  Magi  to 
return  to  him  wlien  they  left  Bethlehem,  that,  when  he 
knew  of  a  certainty  that  the  young  child  was  indeed  born, 
he  might  himsslf  go  and  do  homage  to  him  also. 

80.  The  Master  listened  to  the  King  as  he  spake  the^e 
words,  knowing  his  hypocrisy  and  deceit,  and'  reading  the 
secret  purpose  in  the  mind  of  the  King,  and  he  looked  stead- 
fastly in  the  face  of  Herod,  and  answered  him  not  a    word. 

81.  And  the  Magi  departed  from  Jerusalem,  and  took 
their  journey  to  Bethlehem,  that  same  night.  And  they 
beheld  in  the  Heavens  the  Constellation  of  the  Star  of  Jesus, 
and  the  Star  shone  with  brilliance  in  the  Eastern  sky,  as 
they  journeyed  to  Bethlehem. 

82.  And  when  they  beheld  the  Star  they  rejoiced  with 
exceeding  great  joy. 

83.  For  the  Star  reminded  them  of  the  Advent  of  Him 
whom  they  had  waited  for,  the  Christ,  the  Supreme  Hiero- 
phant  of  the  Universe,  whose  Coming  betokened  the  New 
yEonial  Period  and  the  Dawning  of  another  Day  of  Redemp- 
tion and  Light  for  the  World. 

84.  They  rejoiced  that  once  moi-e  would  be  disseminated 
the  good  Seed  of  the  Truth,  the  Revelation  of  the  Mysteries 
of  the  Cross  and  vSerpent,  and  tlie  foiTodations  would  be 
restored  of  the   Sacred    Spiritual   Temple-,    which   had  been 


14  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

destroyed  in  the  Three  ^^onial  Days  of  Sin  and  Abnormal- 
ity that  had  corrupted  the  Human  Race. 

85.  For  since  the  Carrying  away  into  Captivity,  and  the 
destruction  of  the  material  Temple  of  vSolomon,  (signifying 
also  the  demolition  of  the  Spiritual  Temple  partially  restored 
by  him)  the  Truth  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  had  been  taken 
from  the  world,  and  was  only  faithfully  preserved  and  fol- 
lowed by  the  Magi,  who  were  bidden  to  keep  it  Secret  from 
the  world  and  to  preserve  it  among  the  faithful,  until  the 
Advent  of  the  Master. 

86.  Therefore  the  Magi  rejoiced  that  they  were  so  soon 
to  see  the  babe,  and  to  do  homage  to  Him  who  was  the 
Great  Master,  for  whose  Coming  they  had  so  long  pos- 
sessed their  Souls  in   patience. 

87.  And  when  the  Magi  arrived  at  Bethlehem,  they  went 
direct  to  a  roadside  Inn,  and  to  the  apartments  where,  in 
times  of  great  crowding,  travellers  were  accomodated  who 
could  not  pay  the  excessive  prices  of  the  small  but  superior 
accomodation  of  the  house. 

88.  And  in  a  Stable,  amid  many  asses  and  cattle,  they 
found  Joseph  and  Mary,  and  the  child  lying  asleep  in  the 
manger.  And  Joseph  did  obeisance  unto  the  Great  Master, 
and  likewise  did  Mary. 

89.  But  the  Great  Master  went  unto  the  manger  and  pros- 
trated himself  upon  the  ground,  with  the  Brethren  that 
accompanied  him,  and  worshipped  the  sleeping  babe,  and 
made  upon  himself  the  Sign  of  the  Cross,  as  did  all  the 
Brethren,  and  Joseph  and  Mary. 

90.  And  the  Great  Master  then  spake  unto  Joseph  and 
Mary,  and  pronounced  the  Sacred  Benediction  of  the  Square 
and  Circle,  which  only  a  Great  Master  is  permitted  to  pro- 
nounce. And  he  said  unto  Mary,  the  spotless  Mother  of 
Jesus : 

91.  "O  Mary  Benign  and  Inunaculatc  Woman,  Mother 
of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  who  is  the  First-Begotten  of  the 
(jods  who  reign    with    Jehovah    over    the    Universe;     alone 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


among  all  women,  chosen   of  Jehovah   to   be  the  Mother  of 
our  Supreme  Hierophant ; 

92.  "I  have  journeyed  to  thee  that  I  may  perform  those 
functions  of  mine  office  in  behalf  of  our  God  and  Master, 
this  helpless  and  humble  child,  whom  thou  hast  brought 
forth  from  thy  sinless  being. 

93.  "Most  Sacred  and  Perfect  of  Womankind,  the  one 
only  Woman  who,  since  the  Fall  of  our  First  Parents,  has 
never  known  Sin,  Corruption,  or  contact  with  Evil  in 
thyself;  We,  thy  humble  Brethren,  who  were  brought  to  a 
state  of  Purity  from  Evil  and  Sin,  do  bow  low  before  thee, 
Immaculate  One,  twice  honorable  and  honored,  for  that 
thou  art  Thyself  Pure-born  and  Pure-lived,  and  because 
thou  art  the  chosen  and  fit  Mother  of  God,  the  Greatest  of 
the  Sons  of  Jehovah. 

94.  "First,  O  Mary,  it  is  my  duty  to  inform  thee,  that, 
as  Thou  Thyfelf  art  Pure,  in  nature  and  constitution,  inherit- 
ing only  the  Body  of  this  Abnormal  Race  to  which  we 
belong,  so  is  it  the  case  with  thy  child. 

95.  "And  as  thou,  by  reason  of  the  Care  that  w^as  taken 
of  thee  from  the  day  of  thy  birth,  thou  didst  remain  in  thy 
Purity,  and  conformedst  only  unto  thy  Pure  and  Holy 
environment,  and  never  knewedst  nor  breathedst  into  thy 
nature  one  atom  of  Evil  and  Corrupt  Aura  which  are  drawn 
into  the  Natures  of  the  children  of  this  Abnormal  Race  ;  so 
also  shall  it  be  the  case  with  thy  child. 

96.  "Thou  knowest  that,  by  the  ministrations  of  thy 
most  noble  and  honorable  parents,  and  by  the  course  of 
discipline  and  culture  in  the  Mysteries  of  the  Square  and 
Circle  v/hich  thou  didst  undergo  at  my  hands.  Step  by  Step, 
and  Degree  after  Degree,  thou  didst  rise  into  the  Nature  of 
Elohim,  and  didst  altogether  escape  the  Corruption  which 
pervadeth  this  world. 

97.  "Therefore  it  is  appointed  by  Jehovah,  our  Father, 
and  by  Elohim,  that  I  shall  undertake,  for  this  child,  the 
same  duties,  and  perform  the  same  functions,  as  I  undertook 
and  performed  in  their  own  case. 


l6  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

98.  "And  for  this  reason,  well  knowing  indeed  that  th.is 
was  to  be,  thou  and  Joseph,  thy  most  honored  and  wor- 
shipped Husband,  and  our  most  noble  Brother,  didst  keep 
thyselves  and  the  child  in  absolute  seclusion  from  mankind, 
permitting  none  in  this  Inn  to  approach  unto  him,  saving 
those  Beloved  Brethren,  the  company  of  Shepherds,  whom 
Eloliim  forewarned  of  the  Birth  of  the  child,  and  whom 
Thev  did  command  to  enter  this  village  and  form  a  body- 
guard all  around  him,  to  keep  off,  by  Prayer  and  Faith,  all 
Evil  Spirits  and  Aura,  from  his  most  Sacred  Person. 
\  99.  "Now  hasten  thy  preparations,  thou,  O  Mary,  and 
thou  most  noble  Joseph,  that  this  very  nigjit  thou  mayest 
accompany  me,  under  the  protective  escort  of  my  Brethren 
who  have  accompanied  me,  unto  the  place  of  retreat  and 
safety,  in  which  we  may  watch  over  the  young  child's  life, 
until  such  time  as,  having  taken  the  Degrees,  he  may  be 
safe  from  evil  contamination,  and  from  the  hands  of  those 
who  seek  to  slay  him. 

100.  "For  I  say  unto  you  that,  already  the  arm  of  man  is 
outstretched  to  slay  Him  whom  no  power,  unpermitted  by 
Jehovah-Elohim,  can  touch  or  injure,  provided  all  due  care 
is  taken  bv  those  responsible  for  His  human  life  and 
conditions." 

loi.  And  the  Master  explained  unto  Mary  and  Joseph 
that  Herod,  in  a  state  of  fear  and  jealousy,  had  sent  oflF 
soldiers  who  were  now  preparing  to  depart  to  Bethlehem,  to 
arrest  Mary  and  Joseph  and  to  slay  the  child  Jesus. 

102.  Then  did  Mary  and  Joseph  arise  hastily  and  made 
preparations  for  departure  at  the  dawn  of  the  coming   day. 

103.  And  Joseph,  in  a  Vision  that  night,  was  again 
visited  by  a  Spirit  of  Elohim,  who  confirmed  the  words 
spoken  by  the  Master,  and  bade  him  have  no  fear  for  the 
young  child's  life,  but  to  obey  diligently  the  injunctions  of 
the  Master,  and  to  flee  from  the  place  of  danger  with 
instant  despatch. 

104.  And  on  the  following  day,  with  the  rising  Sun, 
Joseph  and  Mary  departed  from  Bethlehem,  with  the  child. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  17 

iq:^.  Now  the  Magi,  with  the  Master,  had  departed  during 
the  night,  that  none  should  take  knowledge  that  they  were 
departing  in  company  with  Joseph  and  Mary. 

106.  And  the  shepherds  having  performed  their  duties 
as  the  temporary  guardians  of  the  young  child,  and  His 
parents,  returned  to  their  flocks,  glorifying  and  praising 
God  for  ail  they  had  seen  and  heard,  and  for  what  they  had 
been  privileged  to  do,  at  Bethlehem. 

loy.  And  the  parents  of  Jesus  travelled  all  that  day,  and 
were  rejoined  by  the  Master  and  the  Brethren  in  the  evening. 
And  they  travelled  day  and  night,  until  they  entered  the 
land  of  Egypt, 

108.  NoAV  there  was  in  Egypt,  in  the  City  of  Memphis, 
an  ancient  Temple  and  College  of  the  Magi,  once  the  Head- 
quarters of  the  Masters  and  Brethren  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  and  at  this  time  continuing  to  be  a  Centre  of  the 
Brethren  in  that  part  of  the  world,  from  which  the  Seed  of 
the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah-Elohim  was  disseminated  in  the 
land  of  Egypt  and  in  the  regions  beyond. 

109.  To  this  City  the  Master  led  Mary  and  Joseph,  and  | 
the  young  child.  And  in  this  Sacred  Retreat  Jesus  remained 
during  the  young  and  tender  years  of  His  infancy,  tended 
and  cherished  by  His  mother,  and  watched  over  with  the 
utmost  diligence  by  the  Master,  and  the  Brethren,  and  by 
His  father  Joseph. 

no.  In  that  safe  abode  Jesus  grew  in  mind  and  soul  and 
body,  drawing  the  Pure  Aura  which  environed  Him  from 
the  Prayers  and  Spiritual  intercourse  of  the  Brethren  and 
Sisters  who  abode  together  in  the  Sacred  College. 

111.  And  Jesus  had  many  child-companions,  who  were  *i 
also  Pure  and  Free  from  Corruption  and  Evil,  with  whom 
He  played,  and  joined  in  the  education  of  mind  and  body, 
and  with  whom  also  He  shared  in  the  ministrations,  discip- 
line and  instructions  continually  imparted  unto  them  by 
their  parents  and  the  Master. 

112.  Therefore,  in  a  short  time  Jesus  had  taken  all  the 
Steps   and    Degrees   of   the     Square    and    Circle,    and    was 


lb  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF,  JESUS. 

c'eveloped  i  n'.o  the  Sevenlh  Degree,  Spiritually,  and  unto 
the  Sixth  Degree,  in  the  Rites  of  the  Square  and  Circle, 
under  the  Mastership  of  the  Great  Master. 

113.  And  so,  though  but  a  child  of  tender  years,  Jesus 
was  raised  unto  the  Degree  of  Master,  and  endowed  with 
the  Perfect  Wisdom  and  Power  of  Elohim. 

iiq.  Tlicn  tl;e  time  came  that  Jesiis  should  be  invested 
with  the  Dignity  and  Office  of  Great  Master,  previous  to 
His  return  to  the  land  of  the  Jews,  and  the  departure  of  the 
Master  and  the  Brethren  "to  the  Sacred  City  in  the  East. 

115.  And  in  the  Great  Temple  of  the  Magi  at  Memphis, 
in  the  presence  of  tlie  assembled  Masters  and  Brethren,  the 
child  Jesus  received  the  Honiage  of  the  Brethren,  and  the 
Master  placed  upon  Him  the  Robes  and  Insignia  of  the 
Great  Master. 

116.  And  He  was  anointed  with  the  Sacred  Oil  which 
had  been  brought  from  the  East,  in  token  of  the  descent  of 
the  Spirit  of  Elohim  upon  Him. 

1 17.  And  all  the  Solemn  and  Sacred  Rites  of  the  Square 
and  Circle,  for  the  Installation  of  a  Great  Master,  were 
performed. 

ii<S.  And  in  the  presence  of  the  Brethren,  when  the 
I  Anointing  had  taken  place,  Jesus  str  od  forth,  and  spake 
'    unto  the  Brethren,  and  said  : 

I  19.  '■'•Masters  and  Brethren,  Adepts  and  Initiates  of  the 
Wisdom  of  Jehovah-Elohim,  and  thou,  our  Beloved  Master, 
who  this  day  hath  placed  Me  in  the  Seat  which  thou  hast 
vacated.  It  has  seemed  good  to  our  Father  to  once  more 
permit  Me,  in  my  turn,  to  revisit  this  Earth,  to  exercise  the 
ancient  office  of  Great  Master  in  the  opening  of  the  new 
yEnnial  Period. 

•  120.  "It  is  with  sadness  of  heart  that  I  stand  before  you, 
your  acknowledged  Great  Master,  for  it  seems  but  yesterday 
when  I  stood  upon  the  Earth,  the  acknowledged  Great 
Master  of  a  world  of  Beings  so  different,  and  in  a  world  so 
differei:t,from  the  present  Earth  and  its  unhappy  inhabitants. 

I  _M  .    "My  heart  breaks  to  contemplate  the  terrible  change 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I9 

which  Sin  has  broach:  into  this  Earth,  its  very  constitution, 

and  that  of  every  creature  that  dwelieth  upon  it.  i  ^ 

122.  "I  look  upon  this  Body  with  which  I  am  now  ■ 
clothed,  so  small,  so  puny,  so  weak  ;  I  behold  my  Mind,  so  ) 
sensitive  to  the  Abnormality  from  which  it  suflFers,  the  ) 
exceeding  limitations  Avhich  render  Thought  and  Perception,  ) 
even  under  the  Purest  conditions,  such  a  labour  and  pain;  \) 
and  I  compare  myself  with    what  I  was    when  I    lived    that  | ', 

Beatific  Life,  surrounded    by    the    Noblest   of  creatures,  of    i! 

.  . .  .  \{ 

all    Kingdoms  and   Species   of  lite,    so   different    from    the 

creatures  which  now  occupy  the  Earth.  ',{ 

123.  "And  I  behold  the  sufferings  of  creation,  of  plants  ■{ 
and  beasts,  and  man ;  I  hear  the  groaning  and  sobbing  of  'I 
all  creation,  the  weeping  of  the  vast  Soul  that  lies  in  sorrow  \\ 
and  travail  in  this  great  living,  pulsating,  throbbing  thing 
they  call  Life;    and  my  Soul    weeps  in  sympathy, 

124.  "For,  in  coming  to  this  Earth  I  have  taken  the 
Earth  upon  my  shoulders,  to  bear  its  weight  of  cruel  pain 
and  grief,  to  sustain  it  in  its  anguish,  to  suffer  its  afflictions, 
to  live  its  life,  and  to  die  its  death. 

125.  "I  hide  not  from  myself  the  knowledge  that  I,  as  a 
vSon  of  Jehovah,  possess  of  the  life  that  now  awaits  Me. 
No  Royal  Progress  is  mine;  no  great  conquest  of  Human- 
ity;  no  Homage  and  Respect  from    mankind  will  be  mine. 

126.  "For  a  time  I  have    put  off  my    Divinity,    my    Dig-    j) 
nity  and  my  Glory,   and   have    put  on  the  Humanity  of  the 
present    Human     Nature ;      I     have    clothed    Myself    with 
Abnormality;   and,  as  a  Son  of  Jehovah  in  my  Spirit,  lam 
a  Son  of  Man  in  my  flesh. 

127.  "Heir  of  Trouble  and  Grief,  Inheritor  of  Afflictions 
and  Anguish,  I  stand  to  this  World  as  its  only  Way  to  God, 
the  only  Truth  of  God,  the  only  Life  of  God. 

128.  "The  Life  that  awaits  Me  will  be  one  of  Humil- 
iation and  not  Triumph,  of  Poverty  and  not  \\'eahh,  of 
Grief  and  not  Joy,  of  Temptation  and  not  Rest,  of  Conflict 
and  not  Peace,  of  the  Cross  and  not  the  Crown. 

129.  "But  my  Life  shall    be   the    Life  of  the  World  ;   mv 


20  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Truth  shall  be  the  Light  of  the  World;  my  Death  the 
World's  Redemption.  From  this  hour  I  set  about  to  perform 
my  task,  and  to  discharge  the  business  of  my  Father. 

130.  "Many  years,  as  men  count  time,  must  I  wait,  before 
my  work  can  truly  begin.  I  must,  as  a  child,  grow  to 
man's  years,  and  learn,  by  obedience,  what  obedience  is  in 
a  Body,  and  in  a  world,  in  which  self-indulgence  comes 
most  natural. 

131.  "'I  must  learn  what  it  is  to  endure  the  ills  of  mor- 
tality, by  enduring  them  Myself;   what   the  pressure  of  the 

\     yoke  of  labour  and  service  is,  by   being  Myself  harnessed  to 
(     my  fellowmen. 

132.  "I  must  gauge  the  depth  of  human  woes  and  suffer- 
ings, that  I  may  know  what  they  are  to  my  fellow-creatures. 

133.  "It  is  not  good  that  the  Great  Master,  clothed  in 
this  Bod}'  of  Abnormality,  should  be  free  from  the  pains 
and  ills  and  temptations  of  Mankind  in  His  present 
abnormal  state;  or,  coming  to  the  day  of  Deliverance,  from 
a  pinnacle  of  His  own  pre-eminence  and  immunity,  to  look 
down  upon  the  sufferings  of  His  fellow-creatures. 

134.  "As  the  Preacher  and  Exemplar  of  the  Cross,  to 
point  men  to  the  Cross,  it  is  for  Me  to  lead  the  Way,  and 
not  merely  to  show  the  Way;  to  practice  the  Truth,  and 
not  merely  to  preach  the  Truth  ;  to  Give  the  Life,  and  not 
only  to  be  the  Life. 

135.  "I  must,  in  all   points,    be  like  unto  my  brethren  in 
the  world.   Sin    only   excepted.      But,    in    that  exception,  I     i 
shall  prove  to  the  world  that  Sinlessness  need  not  be  excep- 
tional nor  singular. 

136.  "For  what  I,  a  Man,  in  all  points  like  unto  them- 
selves am,  in  Purity  and  Wisdom,  so  may  all  men  become, 
and  by  the  same  means,  the  Cross  and  Serpent.  ) 

137.  "And  to  this  end  am  I  come,  in  this  another  ^'Eonial     ) 


Period  of  this  Earth's  history,  that  I  may  be  lifted  up  as  a 
spectacle  unto  all  men  ;  that  all  men  may  see  exposed  in  Me 
their  own  nature  of  Sin  and  Corruption  and  Abnormality, 
set  free  from  Sin  and  Corruption,  but  ^et  Abnormal  ;    their 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  21 

own  natures  of  weakness  and  liability  to  Sin,  in  the  midst 
of  vSin,  tempted  in  all  points  as  they  are  to  Sin  ;  yet  free 
from  Sin,  overcoming  and  resisting  Sin,  and  exemplifying 
the  Power  of  the  Cross  to  Deliver  from  the  Evil,  and  of  the 
Serpent  to  Perfect  them  in  Knowledge,  Power,  and  Holiness. 

138.  "Therefore,  my  Brethren,  I  go  forth,  in  due  time, 
after  I  have  first  learned  obedience,  humility,  and  meekness, 
in  the  school  of  labour  and  service,  under  my  parent's 
tuition,  and  at  the  hands  of  human  authorities  and  masters, 
to  suflFer  and  live  the  life  of  men  who  suflFer  and  groan  in 
the  bonds  of  Servitude,  under  the  tyranny  and  yoke  of 
a  bondage  of  conditions  that  are  cruel  and  abnormal. 

139.  "Alone  I  must  tread  the  winepress  of  Life, 
unattended  by  my  Brethren,  and  only  accompanied  by  those 
followers  who  shall  become  Disciples  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent. 

140.  "Brethren,  I  need  say  no  more.  We  are  about  to 
part  from  one  another,  most  of  us  for  the  last  time  in  this 
incarnation.  We  shall  none  of  us  see  each  others'  faces 
again  in  the  flesh.  To  one  and  all  I  bid  you  farewell  in  the 
flesh  (though  in  the  Spirit  there  is  no  parting),  and  I  pro- 
nounce upon  you  ths  Sacred  Benediction,  so  full  of  Power 
and  Life." 

141.  Then  all  the  Brethren  arose,  and  signed  themselves 
with  the  Sacred  Sign  of  the  Cross,  as  Jesus  extended 
Heavenwards  His  two  hands,  and  pronounced  the  Sacred 
Word  of  Benediction. 

142.  Then  was  fulfilled  the  Word  of  Jehovah  spoken  by 
the  Prophet,  saying  :   "Out  of  Egypt  I  have  called  My  Son." 

143.  Now  Herod,  when  he  discovered  that  the  Magi  had 
eluded  him,  though  being  unaware  that  Joseph  and  Mary 
had  fled,  with  the  child,  and  still  supposing  that  the  babe 
was  in  Bethlehem,  was  exceedingly  angry,  and  hastened  to 
dispatch  soldiers  to  Bethlehem,  with  instructions  to  slay  all 
the  babes  in  Bethlehem   that    were   under  two  years  of  age. 

144.  For  thus  he  imagined  that  he  would  succeed  in 
destroying  the  child  Jesus. 


52  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

)  145.   And  the  soldiers  did  as  they  were  instructed,  and  the 

streets  of  Bethlehem  were  filled  with  the  bodies  of  slain 
infants,  whose  blood  flowed  from  their  pierced  bodies,  and 
with  women  weeping  frantically,  and  with  men  in  abjetf 
despair,  murmuring  bitter  curses  against  the  barbarous 
tyranny  of  a  government  that  could  countenance  such 
barbarity. 

146.   Then  was  fulfilled  the  Word  of  Jehovah  which  was 

I     spoken  by  the  Prophet  Jeremiah,  saying: 

(.  147.    "In  Rama  there  was  a   sound  heard,  of  lamentation 

and  weeping,  and  of  great  distress.  For  the  women  of  the 
City  of  Rachel  are  weeping  bitterly  for  their  dead  babes, 
and  would  not  be  comforted,  because  no  comforting  could 
restore  the  babes  that  were  not." 

148.  And  when  the  tidings  came  of  the  death  of  Herod, 
there  appeared  unto  Joseph  in  a  Vision,  a  vSpirit  of  the 
Elohim,  when  he  was  still  in  Egypt.      And  the  Angel  said: 

149.  "Arise,  and  take  the  young  child,  and  His  mother, 
and  return  to  the  land  of  Israel  ;  for  he  is  dead  that  sought 
the  child's  life." 

150.  And  Joseph  arose  and  took  the  child  and  His 
mother,  and  i-eturned  to  the  land  of  Israel. 

151.  x\nd  hearing  that  Archelaus  had  succeeded  to  the 
throne  of  Herod  his  father,  he  hesitated  to  return  to  Judea, 
and  took  counsel  of  the  Elohim,  and  in  a  Vision,  being 
entranced,  he  was  counselled  by  Elohim  to  turn  aside  from 
the  land  of  Judea,  and  to  enter  the  country  of  Galilee. 

152.  So  Joseph  conducted  Mary,  and  the  child  Jesus,  to 
Nazareth,  His  former  dwelling-place,  and  there  they  resided, 
Joseph  again  pursuing  his  calling,  for  he  was  a  carpenter 
by  trade,  and  Jesus,  as  He  grew  older,  working  at  the  same 
trade  imder  the  authority  of  His  father. 

153.  Tiierefore  was  fulfilled  the  Word  of  the  Prophets, 
who  were  accustomed  to  call  the  Messiah  a  "Nazarene." 


CHAPTER  II. 

THE    BAPTISM    OF    JESUS. 
THE    BIRTH    OF    JOHN    BAPTIST. 

1.  About  six  months  previous  to  the  Birth  of  Jesus  there 
was  born  of  the  wife  of  a  certain  Priest,  named  Zachariah, 
who  was  of  the  family  of  Aaron,  and  whose  name  was 
Eh'zabiith,  a  chikrwhom  ihev'namcd   John. 

2.  Now  Zachariah  and  Elizabeth  were  both  of  them 
secretly  Adepts  in  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  and  had  attained 
unto  the  Degree  of  Master. 

3.  Therefore  they  were  both  in  a  state  of  Purity,  and  in 
Communion  with  Elohim,  and  lived  in  perfect  Equilibrium 
and  obedience  to  the    Principles    of  the  .Square  and  Circle. 

4.  And  Zachariah  executed  the  office  of  a  Priest  in  the 
Temple  at  Jerusalem,  being  warned  by  Elohim  that,  in  due 
time,  a  son  would  be  bo;i:n  to  him,  whose  .destiny  would  be 
great  in  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

5.  And  in  due  time  it  came  to  pass  as  the  Angel  had 
said,  and  Elizabeth  brought  forth  a  son,  whom  tliey  called 
John. 

6.  And  John  was  born  in  a  state  of  Purity,  and  was  in 
communion  with  Elohim  from  the  day  of  his  birth. 

7.  And  his  parents,  being  taught  by  Elohim  concerning 
the  destiny  of  John,  and  being  fully  instructed  in  what 
manner  they  were  to  conduct  his  early  training,  taught 
John,  from  his  infancy,  in  the  Truth  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  and  in  particular,  those  matters  which  related  to 
his  own  life  in  connection  with  the  Great  Master,  who  had 
been  born  six  months  after  his  own  birth. 

8.  For  the  Angel  from  Jehovah  had  said  unto  Zacharias 
that  John  was  to  be  the  Forerunner  of  the  Great  Alaster,  to 
prepare  the    minds   of  niankind    for    the    Manifestation    of 

-Jesus  as  the  Messiah. 

9.  And  many  instructions  had  been  given  by  Elohim  con- 


24  THE    LIFE    AXD    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

ceniing  tlie  training  of  John,  whose  work  was  particidarly 

to  arouse  mankind  to  the  consciousness  of  Sin  and  Corrup- 

I     tion,  and  to  awaken  in  their  Souls  the  desire  for  Purification 

(     and  Salvation  from  Sin  and  the  Power  and  Presence  of  Evil 

within  them. 

10.  Therefore  John,  when  he  came  forth,  and  commenced 
his  ministry,  was  to  appear  before  the  world  as  an  Eremite, 
an  Ascetic,  and  a  man  separated  from  the  world  altogether. 

11.  By  his  life  of  intense  rigor  and  asceticism,  and  by  his 
Preaching,  in  which  he  would  lay  bare  and  expose  the 
wantonness  and  sensuality,  the  hypocrisy  and  egotism,  the 
tyranny  and  cruelty,  which  characterised,  in  various  degrees, 
all  classes  of  Society  ;  John  would  go  before  Jesus,  in  the 
spirit  and  power  of  Elijah,  the  Prophet,  to  turn  the  hearts 
of  the  present  generation  to  consider  the  evil  that  must 
result  to  the  future  generations,  of  so  much  licentious  and 
corrupt  living;  and  to  make  men's  hearts  to  seek  deliver- 
ance from  Abnormality  by  the  Wisdom  of  Normality.  And 
thus  would  the  people  be  prepared  to  follow  the  Teaching 
of  Jesus,  who  should  unfurl  the  banner  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent. 

13.  And  when  John  had  attained  to  Manhood,  and  was 
Spiritually  developed  unto  the  Sixth  Degree  of  the  Square 
and  Circle,  he  left  his  home  and  parents,  and  lived  alone  in 
the  wilderness,  and  practiced  the  life  of  an  Eremite. 

13.  And  the  fame  of  John  soon  spread  all  over  the  land 
of  Judea  and  the  neighbouring  provinces,  because  of  his 
strange  mode  of  life,  his  powers  of  doing  mighty  works, 
and  the  power  of  his  Preaching,  which  attracted  thousands 
to  hear  him  wherever  he  was  known  to  be  wandering. 

14.  For  men  all  knew  that  John  was  one  of  the  Magi, 
who  only,  of  all  men,  were  known  to  practice  severe 
asceticism,  and  self-mortification,  for  the  sake  of  develop- 
ing the  Spiritual  Gifts,  which  they  possessed. 

15.  And  John's  Wisdom  and  Knowledge  of  the  Truth  of 
the  Universe,  and  of  all  those  subtle  Sciences  and  questions 
which  none  other  than   the  Magi    knew,    or  could  discover, 


.THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  2  c^ 

attracted  unto  him,  not  only  vast  crowds  of  the  populace, 
to  gaze  upon  him,  and  to  admire  his  remarkable  personality, 
but  large  numbers  of  the  cultured   classes   also,  who  sought 

him  for  the  sake  of  his  Wisdom.  ') 

) 


THE    MINISTRY    OF    JOHN    BAPTIST. 


i6.  John,  whom  the  people  called  the  "Baptist,"  preached 
in  the  Wilderness  of  Judea,  whither  flocked  great  multi- 
tudes to  hear  him,  and  to  question  him  concerning  the 
Truths  and  Wisdom  that  he  uttered.  J 

17.  And  John  went  everywhere  proclaiming  the  Advent 
of  the  Christ,  the  Great  Master,  and  preparing  the  way  of 
Jesus  by  the  preliminary  Message  of  Repentance  and  Con- 
version of  Mind  from  Sin  and  Corruption,  for  the  Purifica- 
tion of  the  Flesh  and  Mind  and  Soul  from  Evil.  ) 

18.  He  preached  the  necessity  of  Salvation,  not  by  any 
Sacrifices  wrought  by  Priests,  on  the  altars  of  material 
Temples,  but  by  the  immolation  of  Soul  and  Body  on  the 
Cross  of  self-crucifixion  and  self-mortification. 

19.  He  denounced  in  scathing  words  of  burning  eloquence 
the  vain  self-delusive  and  monstrous  system  of  Blood- 
Sacrifices,  the  slaughter  of  innocent  and  suffering  beasts,  of  ) 
bulls  and  heifers  and  goats  and  pigeons,  which  the  Priests 
for  ages  had  taught  the  people,  were  able  to  purge 
away  Sin  and  Corruption. 

.  30.  He  inveighed  against  the  grossness  of  superstition 
which  prevailed  and  was  fostered  by  the  Priests,  mostly  in 
ignorance  of  the  Truth,  which  had  been  taken  away  out  of 
the  Scriptures  after  the  death  of  Ezra,  and  for  which  had 
tveen  substituted  the  Lie  of  the  Evil  Ones,  who  had  entered 
into  possession  of  the  Jewish  Hierarchy'  in  the  decadent 
times  which  had  followed  the  death  of  Ezra  and  Nehemiah. 

21.   Perfectly  taught  in  the  history  of  the  Jewish  Religion, 
through  his  knowledge,    attained   in   his   father's    house,  of 
the  gradual  growth  of  the   false   and  corrupted  texts  of  the 
Scriptures,  and  the   importation   and   substitution    into  the     { 
pure  texts,  of  the    heathen   superstitions,  of  Egypt,  Greece, 


26  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  Babylon  ;  and  crifted  by  the  Spirits  of  Elohim  with  the 
Spirit  of  Prophecy  ;  he  was  able  to  expose  tb.e  many  falsities 
of  the  Scriptures  which  had  given  rise  to  the  heathenising 
and  corriiplion  of  the  Jev.nsh  Faith,  and  the  introduction  of 
the  Rites  and  Doctrines'cf  Baalism,  as  they  had  descended 
through  the  Greeks  to  the  times   of  the  Roman  occupation, 

22.  Thus  daily  did  John  preach  in  the  Wilderness,  refus- 
ing to  enter  the  Sacred  City  of  Jerusalem,  or  to  give  the 
countenance  of  his  presence  in  the  vicinity  of  the  idolatrous 
and  licentious  monument  of  the  corruption  and  apostasy  of 
the  Jewish  Hierarchy,  the  Temple  of  Herod  the  Great,  the 
Philistine  of  Idumea,  which  he  built  to  palliate  the  foulness 
of  vice  and  impurity  which  he  had  encouraged  in  all  classes 
of  Jewish  Society,  from  the  High-Priest  to  the  beggar. 

23.  And  he  mightily  confuted  the  Scribes  and  Pharisees, 
who  had  assumed  the  leadership  of  the  Religious  and  Moral 
Thought  and  Practice,  and  put  to  shame  the  Priests  and 
Lawyers  who,  many  of  them  knowing  the  corruption  of  the 
Church  and  their  own  duplicity  in  conforming  to  it, 
supinely  subjected  themselves  to  the  Pharisaical  and  .Sad- 
ducaical  laity  who  mastered  the  people, 

2d.  Taking  the  Talmudic  edition  of  the  .Scriptures,  wliich 
formed  the  basis  and  groundwork  of  their  oral  instruction 
in  the  Synagogues  (which  Nehemiah  liad  set  up  originally 
for  the  use  of  the  congregations  of  the  Faithful,  asEkklesiie, 
in  which  the  Sacred  Truth  of  Jehovah  should  be  taught  by 
the  Masters)  ;  John  shewed  word  for  word  tl.e  interpola- 
tions, omissions  and  additions,  which  had  grov>n  during  the 
past  decadent  centuries  after  the  Return  from  the  Captivity, 
and  convincingly  proved  the  adulterous  and  fraudulent 
nature  of  the  whole  Jewish  Religion  and  Economy,  as  it 
had  developed  by  that  time. 

25.  Then  he  shewed  to  the  people,  the  Pharisees,  Sad- 
ducees.  Priests,  Elders  and  Scribes,  and  the  common  people, 
massed  together,  day  by  day  to  hear  his  Wisdom;  how 
Hypocrisy,  Infidelity,  Debauchery,  Vice,  Sensuality, 
Egotism,  and  every  evil  and  corrupt  thing,  held  unrestricted 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS,  2^ 

licence  in  the  Religious,  Moral,  Social,  and  Political  life  of 
the  Jews ;  that  the  whole  nation,  from  the  centre  to  its 
outermost  limits,  in  all  departments  of  life,  was  reeking 
with  corruption  and  rottenness.  ) 

26.  With  the  S^vord  of  the  Truth,  given  to  him  to  wield, 
by  the  Inspiration  of  the  Spirits  of  Elohim,  with  whose 
Powerful  Aura  he  was  filled,  John  laid  bare  to  the  compre- 
hension of  all  his  hearers,  the  language  of  inexorable  clear- 
ness and  boldness  of  utterance,  the  whole  Truth  of  Israel's 
corruption  and  the  Darkness  of  Ignorance,  Vice  and  Super- 
stition in  which  the  whole  world  was  grovelling. 

27.  The  Priests,  and  the  Sectaries  hung  their  heads  in 
conscious  and  indefensible  shame  and  conviction,  grinding 
their  teeth  in  impotent  rage,  as  they  heard  their  own  con- 
demnation, and  felt  their  powerlessness  to  stop  the  flow  of 
eloquence  which  crushed,  exposed,  and  brought  to  the  dust, 
all  their  false  virtuosity,  religious   pride,  and  hypocrisy. 

28.  They  breathed  threatenings  of  revenge  upon  the 
intrepid  Prophet  who  scathed  and  pierced  them  by  every 
word  that  came  from  his  lips,  like  red-hot  irons  piercing 
their  flesh.  They  scowled  on  him,  and  occasionally  anath- 
ematised him  before  his  face,  and  in  their  synagogues  they 
heaped  lying  confutations  and  obloquy  on  the  man  whom 
they  feared  publicly  to  refute,  j  ^ 

29.  The  common  people  were  not  so  blind  that  they  could  > 
not  detect  the  hollowness  of  the  Jewish  Hierarchical  sham 
and  imposture,  and  were  split  up  in  many  secret  factions 
and  societies  for  the  secret  purpose  of  conspiring  together, 
by  agitation  and  seasonable  action,  to  rid  the  country  of 
the  iron  hand  of  religious  and  social  disparities  and  cruelties, 

\     the  results  of  hypocrisy,  greed,  and  class  competition.  \ 

30.  There  were  secret  societies  of  anti-Judaical  Religion- 
ists, Reformers,  Innovators  and  Heretics,  against  the 
Sacerdotal  regime  of  Judaism,  and  against  the  Roman  rule, 
which  gave  authority  to  the  Hierarchy  over  their  Bodies 
and  Souls. 

31.  There  were   secret   societies   of   Social   and    Political 


28 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


Reformers,  many  of  which  inculciUed  the  Gospel  of  Ven- 
geance, Extermination  and  Slaughter,  as  the  only  way  to 
purge  the  world  of  despots,  shams,  hypocrites,  parasites  and 
sensualists. 

32.  There  were  likewise  the  Magian  Ekklesife,  scattered 
over  the  land  of  Israel,  the  Neophytes  and  Initiates  of  the 
Sacred  Cross  and  Serpent ;  who  rallied  to  John,  knowing 
him  to  be  a  Master  of  the  Magian  Order,  and.  the  Fore- 
runner of  the  coming  Great  Master. 

33.  John  himself  belonged  to  one  of  these  societies,  all 
the  Magian  Brethren  being   termed   Essenes  in  the  popular 

(  parlance,  and  they  lived  the  ascetic  life,  studying  the  Pure 
Scriptures  of  the  Ancient  Truth,  by  the  Oral  and  Written 
teaching  of  the  Magi,  and  devoting  their  whole  lives  to 
Prayer,  Fasting,  and  those  practices  of  abstinence  and 
mortification  of  the  passions  and  appetites,  which  were 
required  for  the  purging  of  the  flesh  and  Spirit  from  the 
defilement  of  evil  in  their  natures,  and  their  development, 
by  means  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  to  perfect  equilibrium 
and  solidarity  with  Elohim. 

34.  And  the  Disciples  of  John  were  those  Brethren  and 
Neophytes  who  were  of  these  communities,  and  had  cast  in 
their  lot  with  John,  in  his  work  of  preparing  for  the  com- 
ing of  the  Great  Master. 

3=5.  They  were  the  first  Nucleus  of  Souls  who  should 
draw  unto  Jesus  hereafter  the  greater  body  of  Disciples  out 
of  the  world,  and  be  the  circle  of  attraction  around  the 
Centre,  Jesus,  for  the  drawing  down  from  the  Paraclete, 
the  concourse  of  Elohim  in  the  Heavenly  Places,  the  Holy 
Ghost,  or  Spiritual  Aura  of  Elohim  with  which  tiie  world 
should  be  flooded. 

36.  Now  unto  John  it  was  not  given  to  proclaim  broad- 
cast the  Teaching  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  nor  the  Truth 
of  the  Square  and  Circle,  neither  did  he  permit  any  Neo- 
phyte to  rise  above  the  Degree  of  Baptism,  which  was  the 
First  Degree  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  that  Degree 
which  signified  the  Purification  of  the  flesh  and  .Spirit  from 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  29 

sin,  and  the  entrance   of   the    vSoul    into   communion    with 
Elohim. 

37.  He  came  as  the  Herald  of  Jesus  Christ,  who  was  the 
Teacher  and  Great  Master,  who  only  was  able  to  Initiate 
Disciples  into  the  Higher  Degrees  and  Mysteries  of  the 
Kingdom  of  Jehovah,  which  should  follow  the  Degree  of 
Baptism. 

38.  John  was  the  Prophet  of  Repentance,  and  not  the 
Prophet  of  Redemption.  He  taught  mankind  the  Method 
of  saving  the  Soul,  and  purifying  the  two  Dual  natures,  to 
fit  the  Being  for  the  subsequent  processes  of  development 
in  the  four  natures  by  which  the  four  natures  shall  become 
one,  and  joined  unto  the  Paraclete,  and  through  union  with 
the  Paraclete,  unto  the  Universe,  and  all  Spirits  in  the 
Universe,  even  to  the  Centre,  Jehovah,  the  Father. 

39.  He  taught  the  necessity  of  deliverance  from  the 
presence  of  the  Evil  Ones  who  possess  the  Souls  of  men, 
and  from  the  Evil  Aura  which  proceed  from  them,  corrupt- 
ing the  Souls,  Minds  and  Bodies  of  mankind. 

40.  And  in  order  to  enforce  the  necessity  of  this  deliver- 
ance, he  drove  home  the  truth  of  the  evil  and  corruption 
which  manifested  themselves  in  wicked  thoughts  and  wicked 
deeds — in  evil  practices,  in  the  individual  and  in  the  mass. 

41.  He  spared  no  person's  feelings,  from  Herod  to  the 
slave,  but  exposed  sin  wherever  he  saw  it,  and  denounced 
the  sinner  whomsoever  he  might  be,  and  whatever  might  be 
the  consequences  to  himself. 

42.  He  laid  himself  open  to  the  most  violent  anger  and 
resentment  of  those  whom  he  accused,  and  to  the  worst 
reprisals  that  could  come  from  angered  men,  taken  in  their 
deceits  and  hypocrisies,  and  openly  put  to  shame. 

43.  The  men  who  most  dreaded  the  lash  of  his  tongue, 
and  the  unerring  scrutiny  of  his  all-perceiving  mind,  were 
the  most  irresistibly  drawn  to  him. 

44.  He  spoke  the  Truth,  and  none  could  gainsay  him,  he 
declared  openly  what  none  dared  even  to  think,  much 
less  to  hint  at,  and  none  made    him    ashamed  of  his  daring. 


30  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

4^.  And  withal  he  spake  with  sucli  boldness,  his  most 
burning  condemnations  were  accompanied  by  such  tender- 
ness of  manner  and  conduct  to  those  whom  he  denounced, 
that  the  shame  his  denunciations  produced  was  mingled 
with  the  added  shame  his  love  and  gentle  forbearance  of 
their  anger  invoked. 

46.  Stern  and  reproachful  as  his  face  and  speech  were, 
his  love  and  meekness  of  longsuflFering  and  patience  over- 
awed and  disarmed  his  most  exasperated  hearers. 

47.  Thus  he  put  to  silence  those  who  were  driven  to  the 
fiercest  fury,  by  the  meek  answer  that  turned  away  the 
wrathful  look,  and  wreathed  the  contemptuous  smile  with 
blushes  of  self-condemnation. 

THE    BAPTISM    OF    REPENTANCE. 

48.  And  John  preached  everywhere  the  doctrine  of 
Repentance,  calling  mankind  to  confess  their  sin  and  cor- 
ruption, and  to  pursue  the  way  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent, 
that  they  may.  be  freed  from  evil,  and  filled  with  the  Spirit. 

49.  And  he  bade  all  men  to  prepare  themselves,  by  Prayer, 
Seclusion,  Fasting  and  Penances  of  self-mortification,  for  the 
coming  of  Him  who  should  lead  them  through  the  Gates  of 
the  Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

50.  And  he  cried,  saying  :  "Repent  ye,  for  the  Kingdom 
of  Heaven  is  near  at  hand,  and  do  those  things  which  are 
necessary  for  your  Purification  and  Salvation.  For  I  preach 
unto  you  the  same  doctrine  as  Isaiah  the  Prophet  preached, 
who  said  'lam  the  voice  of  one  crying  in  the  Wilderness, 
saying  unto  you,  prepare  ye  the  way  of  Elohim,  and  enter 
the  Strait  Path  :  For  the  Great  Master  cometh,  and  Elohim 
with  Him,  and  He  ^vill  lead  in  the  Path  and  conduct  3'ou  to 
the  Kingdom  of  Heaven.' 

51.  "He  will  teach  you  how  you  may  cleanse  yourselves 
from  the  Evil  Aura  that  corrupt  you,  and  how  to  develop 
your  Spiritual  Natures  to  oneness  with  the  Kingdom  of 
Heaven. 

53.    "For  that  is  the    purpose    of    the  Cross,  that  ye  may 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  3I 

be  baptised  with  the  Spiritual  Aura  of  Elohim,  and  purged 
from  all  the  corrupt  and  defiling  Aura  of  Wicked  Spirits 
and  of  this  evil  and  corrupt  race  of  men. 

53.  "I  come  not  myself  to  baptise  you  with  the  Spiritual 
Aura  of  Elohim.  My  mission  is  not  one  of  Redemption. 
I  indeed  baptise  you,  but  with  Water,  the  symbol  of  that 
which  followeth.  Jesus,  the  Great  Master,  when  He  cometh, 
shall  baptise  you  with  the  Spiritual  Aura  of  Elohim,  and 
with  the  Fire  of  Jehovah,  the  Light-Rays  which  come  frcm 
the  Father,  and  are  transmitted  by  Elohim  to  mankind 
through  the  Incarnate  Medium,  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  the 
Christ  of  Jehovah. 

54.  "My  baptism  is  that  of  Repentance,  a  sign  that  ye, 
who  are  baptised  of  me,  are  willing  to  follow  in  the  Path  of 
the  Cross  and  Serpent,  for  the  purging  of  your  natures 
from  all  your  constitutional  depravity,  which  ye  partly 
inherited,  and  which  ye  after  your  birth,  received,  by  con- 
forming to  the  evil  en /ironnient  of  this  world  and  the  King- 
dom of  Darkness. 

55.  "I  have  come  as  a  voice  in  the  night  of  this  world's 
ignorance  and  darkness,  of  superstition  and  depravity,  to 
forewarn  you  of  the  coming  of  the  Great  Master,  the 
Messiah,  as  long  expected,  who  will  preach  Deliverance  to 
the  captive  Souls  of  men,  chained  and  iinprisoned  in  sin 
and  corruption,  and  who  will  baptise  you  with  the  baptism 
of  the  Holy  Ghost  and  with  Fire  of  Elohim." 

THE    NAZARITES. 

56.  And  John,  being  a  Magian  from  his  youth  upward, 
had  voluntarily  chosen  the  calling  of  a  Nazarite,  having 
taken  the  Vow  of  the  Nazarite,  the  vow  of  Poverty,  of 
Abstinence,  and  Celibacy. 

57.  Now  the  Order  of  tlie  Nazarites  was  of  ancient 
foundation,  and  had  remained  on  the  earth  after  the  depart- 
ure of  the  Magi  to  the  East,  which  followed  upon  the  con- 
quest of  Egypt  by  Alexander  the  Grecian  Conqueror,  and 
the  destruction  of  the  Magian   Sacred   City  and  its  Temple. 


33  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

58.  For  when  the  Grecians  invaded  Egypt,  and  founded 
the  metropolis  of  Alexandria,  the  Jews  who  had  colonised  in 
Egypt,  and  were  under  the  influence  of  the  Magi,  amalga- 
mated witli  the  Greeks,  and  imbibed  their  corrupt  manners 

\  and  superstitions,  and  forsook  the  Law  of  Jehovah — the 
{  Wisdom  of  the  Magi — for  the  more  attractive  and  less  painful 
teaching  of  the  Greek  Philosophers,  who  had  amalgamated 
the  Magian  Wisdom  with  the  Greek  superstitions,  and 
taught  a  cult  that,  whilst  it  contained  the  good  grain,  was 
vitiated  by  the  leaven  of  the  Greek  false  philosophy. 

59.  Then  did  the  Magi  of  the  West  gather  together  all 
their  Sacred  Books,  including  the  Puie  Word  of  Jehovah 
contained  in  the  vast  literature  of  the  Israelites,  and 
departed  for  the  East,  where  they  joined  with  the  Eastern 
Magi,  and  remained  in  seclusion  until  such  time  as  Elohim 
permitted  their  recall,  and  the  re-establishment  of  the 
Western  Centre  of  the  W^isdom  of  Jehovah. 

60.  But  they  left  behind  them  in  Egypt,  and  in  Palestine, 
and  in  Greece  and  Rome,  many  Schools  of  the  Magi,  where 

^     resided    both    Priests     and     Prophets     of    the    Wisdom    of 

^     Jehovah. 

^  61  -   The  Priests  abode  at  the  Colleges,  and  performed  the 


Rites  and  the  functions  of  their  office,  as  Mediums  between 
men  and  Elohim,  and  taught  the  Brethren  and  Neophytes 
in  the  Sacred  Mysteries. 

62.  They  were  under  no  vows  of  Poverty,  Abstinence  or 
(      Celibacy,    but   lived    normal   and    free    lives,    in  the  perfect 

equilibrium  of  their  Fourfold  nature,  conforming  neither  to 
the  world-environment,  nor  exceeding  the  normal  perform- 
ance of  the  Spiritual  functions. 

63.  They  lived  equable  uniform  lives  of  sinless  peace  and 
happiness,  indifferent  to  pleasure  or  pain,  to  sorrow  or  joy, 
to  plenty  or  poverty,  to  trouble  or  rest.  They  rejoiced 
equally  in  famine  and  in  ]>lenty,  in  indulgence  and  in 
abstinence,  in  marriage  and' in    separation  from  all  women. 

64.  Having  attained  unto  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  they 
were  perfect  in  all  parts  of  their  natures,  and  thougli  full  of 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  33 

all  the  faculties  of  pleasure  or  pain,  they  were  nevertheless 
passionless  and  dead  as  to  either,  according  to  circumstances 
and  the  will  of  Jehovah. 

65.  They  were  Adepts  and  Masters  of  the  Sacred  Wisdom, 
learned  in  all  the  Wisdom  of  the  Universe,  in  the  Sciences 
of  the  Heavens  and  the  Earth,  and  were  able,  by  their 
knv)wledge,  to  perform  all  the  mighty  wonders,  in  relation 
to  Matter  and  Force,  and  all  the  Elements  of  Earth,  Air, 
Fire,  and  Water,  and  the  constituent  Elements  and  Forces 
of  which  they  are  composed,  and  by  which  they  are 
governed  and  correlate  in  the   production  of  phenomena. 

66.  The  Laws  of  the  Universe  were  known  to  them,  and 
by  their  knowledge  they  could  command  the  Forces  of 
Nature,  and  do  all  that  could  be  done  by  Elohim,  being  One 
with  Elohim,  and  endowed  with  the  Gifts  of  Elohim. 

67.  The  Prophets,  or  Nazarites,  were  a  different  Order 
of  Masters  and  Adepts,  and  of  Neophytes.  Some  were 
Nazarites  from  their  conception  in  their  mother's  womb  ; 
others  became  Nazarites  by  later  choice.  Some  were 
Nazarites  for  a  term  of  their  lives  ;  others  were  Nazarites 
for  all  their  lives. 

68.  The  Masters  and  Adepts  were  Priests  likewise,  being 
appointed  Nazarites  from  the  Priesthood.  But  the  lesser 
Orders  of  the  Magi,  who  had  not  attained  to  the  Degree  of 
Master,  or  Adept,  were  not  Priests. 

69.  A  Priest-Prophet  was  called  a  "Father,"  as  are  all 
Priests  of  the  Magi,  and  sometimes  "Master,"  but  the 
hitter  title  was  usually  reserved  for  the  Master  of  every 
Lodge,  who  was  an  Arch-Hierophant. 

70.  A  Neophyte,  or  an  Initiate-Prophet,  was  called  a 
"Brother,"  not  having  attained  imto  the  office  of  a  Priest, 
or  Hierophant, 

71.  The  Nazarites  were  like  the  Priests,  indiflferent  to 
pleasure  or  pain.  But  many  being  still  undeveloped  Spirit- 
ually to  the  Degrees  of  Adept,  or  Master,  they  still  had  a 
great  preponderance  of    fleshly    and    worldly  desire  to  fight 


34  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

against.      Their  passions  still  remained  unequilibrated,  and 
subject  to  temptation  and  allurement. 

72.  But  so  great  was  tlie  dominance  of  the  vSpirit  within 
them,  induced  by  Fastings,  Prayer,  Solitude  and  Pen- 
ances, that  thev  never  yielded  to  temptation,  nor  were 
caught  in  any  enticements  to  break  their  yow  of  Poverty, 
Abstinence,    and    Celibacy. 

73.  They  ever  remained  true  to  their  Xazarite  vow,  and 
were  more  often  in  states  of  austerity  and  asceticism  than 
in  self-indulgence. 

74.  Now  the  Nazarites  were  itinerant  Messengers  and 
Preachers  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  the  Spokesmen  and 
Heralds  of  the  Truth.  They  baptised  with  Water,  that 
preliminar}'  Rile,  which  symbolised  and  represented  the 
True  Baptism  of  the  Holy  Ghost  which  the  Priest  alone 
could  administer. 

71^.  Not  even  (except  in  rare  occasions  of  necessity)  did 
a  Priest-Nazarite  baptise  with  the  Holy  Ghost,  having  in 
taking  the  office  of  a  Nazarite,  suspended  the  functions  of 
the  Priest. 

76.  The  Nazarites  wandered  whithersoever  the  Spirit  led 
them,  lived  the  life  of  mendicants,  had  no  fixed  home,  recog- 
nised no  ties  of  friendship,  nor  any  customs  of  social  life. 
They  belonged  to  the  world,  and  all  the  world  was  their 
home,  all  the  world  their  friend. 

77.  Sometimes,  in  the  exigencies  of  their  course,  death 
overtook  them,  either  through  the  persecution  of  men, 
through  exhaustion,  or  through  starvation. 

78.  They  kept  no  purse,  no  baggage,  no  store.  They 
lived  as  Nature  provided  for  them,  and  on  what  the  pity, 
kindness,  or  sympathy  of  the  people  presented.  Otherwise 
they  lived  as  they  could,  or  did  without. 

79.  But  no  death  of  a  Nazarite  ever  took  place  fortuit- 
ously, such  deaths,  when  tliey  occurred,  were  the  outcome 
of  Destiny,  and  the  will  and  purpose  of  Jehovah-Elohim. 
And  always  such  deaths  were  for  the  good  of  the  Universe. 

80.  For  no  Master  or    Brother   of  the    Cross  and  Serpent 


THE    I.IKE    AND    DISCOURSKS    OF    JESUS.  35 


counted  his  life  dear  unto  him.  They  all  held  but  loosely 
to  the  thread  of  mortality,  caring  nothing  wliether  they  lived 
or  died,  but  only  that  they  were  living  in  the  will  of 
Jehovah,  and  in  equilibrium  with  the  Universe. 

81.  The  Nazarites  were  habited  in  a  distinctive  dress,  a 
shirt  of  coarse  cotton,  and  a  pair  of  cotton  pants,  which 
fitted  loosely  to  the  legs,  and  came  to  a  few  inches  below 
the  knee.  In  warm  weather  they  wore  no  stockings,  but 
in  cold  weather  they  wore  woollen  stockings  which  reached 
to  witliin   a  few  inches  of  the  knee,  and  of  a  brown  colour. 

82.  They  wore  no  hats,  but  a  long  cloak,  of  thick  coarse 
brown  woollen  material,  with  a  capacious  hood  that  hung 
behind  from  the  neck,  with  which  they  covered  their  head 
in  bad  weather,  or  in  the  excessive  heat. 

83.  They  wore  on  their  feet  sandals  of  either  leather  or 
rope,  strapped  across  the  instep  with  leather  or  rope  bands. 

84.  No  knife,  razor,  or  scissors  was  permitted  to  touch 
their  face  or  hair.  The  latter  they  wore  long,  and  was 
never  cut,  and  the  beard  and  hair  of  the  face  was  allowed  to 
grow  naturally.  And  this  latter  was  tiie  rule  of  all  Breth- 
ren of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

85.  Around  their  waist  was  a  thick  white  cord  girdle, 
whose  ends  hung  from  the  left  side.  One  end  was  long, 
and  the  other  short,  the  long  end  having  fixed  to  it  three 
"Maltese"  Crosses,  betokening  the  three  fold  vow  of  Pov- 
erty, Abstinence  and  Celibacy;  from  the  shorter  end  there 
was  suspended  a  Globe  of  Iron,  with  the  Cross  at  the  axis 
of  one  end,  representing  the  Universe,  to  which  a  Nazarite 
belongs. 

86.  Suspended  from  the  girdle  at  the  right  was  a  chain 
of  iron  beads,  or  any  other  dull  metal,  or  a  thin  black  cord 
rope,  upon  which  was  hung  a  large  Iron  Cross  and  Serpent, 
in  Geometrical  figurement. 

THE    EFFECT    OF    JOHn's     PREACHING. 

87.  Now  in  these  days  the  Order  of  the  Nazarites, 
though  still  existing  in   the  land   of  Israel,  was  not  activeK^ 


36  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS. 


en^a<^ed  in  ilinerunt  preaching.  The  Nu/sarites  only  passed  !  > 
unconspicuoiisly  and  secretly  from  place  to  place,  confirm- 
ing the  Brethre.i  who  worshipped  secretly  according  to  the 
Law  of  Jehovah  and  the  Principles  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 
S8,  They  were  forbidden  to  prosecute  any  active  prop- 
aganda until  the  Messiah  had  come,  who  should  lead  them 
in  the  new  Mission  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

89.  Tlierefore  it  came  as  a  remarkable  and  sensational 
thing,  when  it  became'  noised  abroad  that  a  strange  man,  of 
strange  garb  and  appearance,  was  living  an  eremite  life  in 
the  Wilderness  of  Judea,  and  had  cast  off  all  the  customs 
and  conventions  of  the  ordi  uiry  civilisation  and  fashions 
of  the  day. 

90.  For  John  clothed  hiniself  in  a  cloak  made  from 
camel's  hair,  and  he  wore  the  ancient  girdle  and  Cress, 
and  he  subsisted,  for  the  most  part,  on  the  locust  beans  and 
honey  that  abounded  in  the  Wilderness. 

91.  His  rugged  looks  and  weather-worn  features,  the  Fire 
of  Inspiration  that  shone  from  his  eyes,  and  the  dignity 
and  cjuiet  meditative  manner  of  his  walk  and  attitudes; 
caused  the  world    to    regard    him    with   awe  and  reverence. 

92.  Therefore,  though  much  astonished  that  any  man 
would  dare  to  brave  the  derision  of  the  \vorld  by  living  such 
a  life,  and  still  more  aghast  that  ariy  man  had  such  faith 
and  courage  in  the  Truth  he  taught  and  in  the  Gods,  as  to 
dare  to  risk  his  life,  as  John  did  daily,  in  the  danger  of 
attack  from  wild  beasts,  from  exposure  to  the  inclemency 
of  the  weather,  and  from  staryation  ;  they  nevertheless 
were  drawn  to  him  by  the  audacity  of  his  faith,  and  by  the 
fire  of  his  zeal  and  eloquence. 

93.  And  all  men  were  attracted  to  John.  So  forcible 
and  rational  was  his  teaching,  the  depth  of  his  scientific 
knowledge,  and  the  power  of  his  arguments,  corresponding 
so  exactly  with  the  deepest,  though  mostly  inarticulate, 
intuitions  and  inspirations  of  the  universal  Soul  of  man  ; 
that  he  attracted  a  wide  attention  and  interest,  insomuch 
that   all  the  people  of   Jerusalc(li,'and    from  all  the  Cities  of 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESIJS.  3^ 

Judea,  and  from  the  regions  that  lay  beyond  Jordan,  flecked 
to  hear  him,  wherever  it  was  knovv'n  that  he  was  preaching. 
9q.  They  were  so  miglitily  convinced  and  arrested  bv  his 
power  and  discriminating  knowledge  of  human  nature,  his 
apparent  unerring  gift  of  reading  men  through  and  through 
and  probing  to  the  very  centre  of  tlieir  Souls  ;  and  by  his  abso- 
lute accuracy  and  depth  of  knowledge  in  all  scientific  sub- 
jects, which,  though  perfectly-  known  among  the  Magi,  were 
but  little  comprehended  by  Scientists  and  Philosophers  not 
belonging  to  the  Schools  of  the  Magi;  thai  men  of  all 
shades  of  opinion,  from  all  vSects  and  Societies,  who  were 
honest  thinkers  and  true  Philosophers,  convinced  of  the 
Truth  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  by  the  influence  of  John's 
preaching,  sought  Baptism  by  John,  the  First  Step  of  a 
Neophyte  in  the  pursuit  of  t-he  Path  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent. 

95.  They  confessed  themselves  indeed  to  be  fallen,  corrupt 
and  sinful,  in  the  power  of  Evil  Spirits,  and  living  the 
abnormal  life  of  conformity  to  the  environment  of  Evil 
Aura  whicli  fills  the  Astral  Plane,  and  permeates  the  earth's 
atmosphere. 

96.  For  with  all  honest  and  true  men,  untrammelled  by 
personal  considerations  and  self-interests,  which  mar  and 
affect  the  judgments  of  all  who  are  not  free  from  egotism 
and  selfishness,  there  was  no  possible  question  that  a  mys- 
terious evil  corrupted  the  earth,  and  that  the  earth,  and  all 
that  is  in  it,  are  labouring  under  some  fatal  curse  of  sin 
and  suffering. 

97.  The  various  sects  and  Philosophical  Schools  each  had 
their  own  explanation  of  the  Cause  and  Origin  of  Sin, 
Disease,  and  Suffering.  But  none  accounted  for  it,  either 
Theologically  or  Scientifically,  to  the  satisfaction  and 
unquestioning  acceptance  of  plain  and  free-thinking  men, 
uncommitted  to  any  Theological  or  .  Scientific  theory, 
doctrine,  or   School. 

98.  Only  in  the  Schools  of  the  Magi  >vas  the  Truth  known 
and  understood  of  the  Cause  of    Evil  ap.d  Sin  in  the  world, 


^8  THK    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  (Milv  they  taught  and  practiced  the  o,:ly  way  by  wliich 
the  Cause  may  be  removed  and  the  Effects  remedied  and 
destroyed. 

99.  And  because    of   John's    deliverance  of  these  Truths, 
{     though  in  a  partial    and     fragmentary    manner,    not   being 

permitted  to  anticipate  the  fuller   and  complete  Message  of 
the  Great  Master,    many    men,    from    all  classes  of  Society, 
and  from  all    Sects   of   Religion    and    Philosophy,    came  to 
{     John  and  sought  Baptism. 

(     John's  discourse    to    the    Pharisees    and  sadducees 
who  dissembled. 

100.  And  on  one  occasion  John  observed  among  his 
audience  many  of  the  numerous  Sects  of  the  Pharisees  and 
Sadducees. 

loi.  They  had  pushed  their  way  in  the  crowd,  and  had 
stationed  themselves  among  those  who  were  preparing  for 
Baptism,  to  whom  John  was  about  to  address  his  discourse. 

102.    And  perceiving    the    false    intent  of  these  men,  that 
they  were    pretending   to    be    seekers    after   the  Truth,  and 
were  not  truly  desirous  to  be  baptised. 
S  10^,   Their    secret    motive     was     to    undergo   the    rite    of 

John's  Baptism,  in  order  that,  being  received  as  Neophytes, 
they  might  learn  the  Secret  Doctrines  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  and  by  that  means  they  hoped  to  find  some  plea  on 
which  they  could  cause  the  arrest  of  John  for  sedition,  and 
thereby  put  a  stop  to  the  mission  of  John,  whose  effects 
were  being  seriously  felt  among  the  people,  to  the  detriment 
of  the  hierarchical  authority  and  dominance. 

104.  And  John  turned  to  these  secret  and  crafty  dissem- 
blers and  said  unto  them,  in   the    hearing  of  all  the  people  : 

10^.  "Brethren,  I  perceive  that  among  you  are  standing 
certain  of  the  Children  of  the  Evil  Ones,  who  think  to 
deceive  me  1)V  their  presence  among  those  who  profess 
Repentance  and  are  seeking  Baptism. 

106.  "I  tell  you,  ye  generation  of  vipers,  that  1  know 
your    cunning    secret    purpose    in    simulating    the    spirit    of 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  39 

penitence  and  appearing  in  the  attitude  of  Aspirants  of  the 
Sacred  Mysteries,  but  not  that  ye  may  profit  therefrom,  but 
that  ye  may  destroy  them  with  your  venomous  tongues. 

107.  "Do  ye  think  to  make  me  believe  that  ye  have 
heeded  and  responded  to  the  warning  that  the  Kingdom  of 
Heaven  is  near  at  hand? 

108.  "Or  is  it  that  I  have  given  you  too  severe  a  warn- 
ing that  the  Craft  and  Iveligion  of  Baal,  thinly  veiled  in 
your  Judaic  superstitions,  is  doomed  to  destruction  from 
the  hands  of  the  factions,  when  the  popular  feeling  has  been 
aroused  to  the  discovery  that  what  goes  by  the  name  of  the 
Faith  of  Abraham  and  the  Law  of  Moses,  is  only  a  cunning 
perversion,  a  fraudulent  pretence,  conceived  in  Sheol,  and 
executed  by  your  false  and  apostate  Hierarchy? 

109.  "But  think  you  that  Elohim  are  such  creatures  as 
yourselves,  and  can  be  cheated,  hoodwinked  and  defrauded 
by  men,  whose  Souls  are  ever  (tj:)en  and  visible  to  their  All- 
Perceiving  eyes? 

110.  "Or  that  Jehovah  will  permit  such  a  deception  as 
you  have  contemplated,  to  be   practiced  on  His  Prophet? 

111.  "When  have  ye  manifested  any  Contrition,  Con- 
viction, or  Penance?  when  have  ye  afflicted  yourselves  by 
Fasting.  Penances,  Mortifications,  or  Self-Abnegation  ? 

112.  "When  have  ye  done  or  thought  a  single  thing  that 
corresponds  to  Repentance,  or  can  bring  you  any  degree  of 
Purification  ? 

113.  "For  know  ye  not  that  by  Repentance  is  meant  all 
the  steadfast  and  persevering  course  of  spiritual  mental  and 
physical  discipline,  which  is  necessary  to  the  dematerialising 
of  the  Body-structures  of  your  four  natures,  and  of  your  two 
dual  natures,  the  Soul  and  Body? 

114.  "And  until  this  dematerialisation  hath  taken  place, 
and  your  constitution,  in  its  four  natures,  hath  become 
etherealised  by  Fasting  and  Suffering,  your  Spirits  cannot 
be  set  free,  nor  can  it  force  for  itself  a  passage  into  the 
Brain-organisations,  or  Centres,  of  your  Soul,  Mind,  and 
Body  ? 


40  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


I  I  ^.  "But  yc  Pharisees  and  Sadducees,  with  all  your  piety 
and  culture,  (that  veneer  of  Greek  Philosophy  which  has 
been  incorporated  in  your  apostate  and  corrupt  counterfeit 
Law  of  Moses)  are  as  great  captives  and  slaves  of  sin  and 
demons,  as  are  the  more  brutalised  and  barbarous  people  of 
the  heathen  nations,  whom  ye  despise. 

1x6.  "Ye  pride  yourselves  upon  the  idea  that  ye,  thq 
House  of  Israel  of  to-day,  are  the  true  and  only  represent- 
atives of  Abraham,  whom  ye  call  your  father. 

117.  "But  never  did  ye  make  a  more  utter  mistake. 
Abraham  truly  is  the  Ancestor  of  the  House  of  Jacob,  who 
was  called  Israel,  because  he  w^as  a  Master  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent.  But  the  Israel  people,  the  True  Followers  of 
Abraham,  are  not  exclusively  the  lineal  descendants  of 
Abraham,  nor  are  all  the  descendants  of  Abraham  truly 
speaking,  Israel.  All  and  only  they  wiio  are  followers  of 
the  faith  of  Abraham,  are  the  True  Israel. 

118.  "That  Faith  ye  have  nullified  and  repudiated  in 
vour  vile  and  pernicious  system  of  Religion,  with  its  mock 
rites  and  ceremonies;  its  revolting  vSacrifices,  wdiich  are  the 
survival  of  the  ghastly  worship  of  Baal  and  Ashtaroth, 
which  Jeroboam  first  imported  into  the  land  of  Israel  from 
Phenicia  ;  and  its  man-made  and  impossible  rules  and 
regulations,  customs  and  conventions,  by  which  ye  place 
your  heel  on  the  poor  and  weak,  and  make  Religion  a  thing 
of  servitude  and  exaction,  worse  than  the  iron  rule  of  Rome. 

119.  "I  tell  you,  ye  that  pride  yourselves  on  being  the 
lineal  descendants  of  Abraham,  and  the  true  followers  of 
the  Laws  of  Moses  and  the  Cult  of  the  Prophets,  that,  of 
these  stones  which  ye  tread  under  your  feet,  there  is  more 
promise  of  raising  the  true  seed  of  Abraham,  the  following 
of  his  Faith,  than  of  such  men  as  yourselves,  and  those 
Priests  and  Scribes  who  sent  you  here  to  dissemble  and 
deceive  me. 

120.  "Ye  denv  the  first  principles  of  the  Faith  of 
Abraham,  and,  by  way  of  iV  substitute  ye  inculcate  a  false, 
specious  and  mendacious    creed,    which   ye  have  palmed  oft 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  41       \ 


upon  mankind  as  the  Faith  of  Abraham,  a  creed  in  which 
ye  yourselves  are  divided  concerning  tlie  most  essential 
questions. 

121.  "And  now  ye  tremble,  for  you  see  the  axe  laid  at 
the  root  of  the  corrupt  tree,  which  has  grown  up  on  the 
wasted  ruins  of  the  Sacred  Temple  of  the  Wisdom  of 
Jehovah,  which  Solomon  raised  to  its  greatest  magnificence 
and  glory,  and  which  might  have  filled  the  whole  earth 
with  its  pure  fruit  of  Benign  Aura  from  Elohim. 

122.  "Ye  see  the  tree  on  the  point  of  falling  to  the  ground 
when  the  axe  shall   cleave  its  rotten  trunk. 

133.  "Know  ye  not  that  every  tree  that  bringeth  forth 
corrupt  fruit  is  doomed  to  be  hewn  down  and  destroyed  by 
fire?  And  think  you  that  this  tree,  which  ye  shelter  your- 
selves under,  and  beneath  which  has  been  raised  that  foul 
and  adulterous  edifice  ye  now  call  your  Temple,  will  survive 
the  judgment  and  wrath  of  men,  when  its  corruption  has 
been  found  out,  and  your  false  and  spurious  creed  and  rites, 
which  you  conceal  by  your  hypocrisies,  and  aggravate  by 
your  secret  debaucheries,  have  been  discovered,  by  the  men 
who  are  your  dupes  and  servile  followers? 

124.  "Yea,  ye  know  this  well  enough.  And  it  is  the 
fear  of  a  disillusioned  and  undeceived  people,  that  causes 
you  to  seek  to  destroy  a  man  who  fears  not  to  speak  the 
truth,"  Ye  know  that  the  people  follow  you  blindly  and 
ignorantly,  believing  that  your  Faith  is  the  true  faith  of 
Abraham,  whom  ye  have,  by  your  religious  traditions  and 
unnatural  laws,  ground  down  in  ignorance,  in  superstition, 
in  bondage  and  servile  slavery,  in  order  to  preserve  your 
miserable  and  greedy  social  and  religious  institutions,  and 
class-conventions,  which  ye  bolster  up  by  your  false  and 
ungodly  creeds  and  sacrifices,  extortions  and  mummeries. 

125.  "When  mankind  hath  awakened  to  the  cruelty  and 
treachery  of  the  present    social  order  that  crushes  the  Poor, 


43  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  debauches  the  Rich,  and  raises  barriers  of  rivalry  and 
cUiss-dislinction,  kepttogether  by  your  religious  creeds  and 
sectarian  institutions;  they  will  retaliate  with  a  long 
pent-up  vengeance,  which  none  of  your  canting  hypocrisies, 
your  pretended  philanthropies  and  show  of  benevolence, 
nor  all  your  feeble  propaganda  of  popular  religiosity,  will 
avail  to  stem. 

126.  "You  are,  none  of  you,  blind  to  the  fact  that  the 
Truth  I  teach  is  bound  to  expose  the  Lie  wherever  it  exists, 
the  Religious  lie,  the  vSocial  lie,  the  Moral  lie,  the  Political 
lie,  the  Commercial  lie.  And  ye  know  well  that  Lies 
flourish  in  the  absence  of  Truth,  but  Truth  destroys  its 
modus  Vivendi^  and  cuts  the  lie  down  at  the  roots. 

127.  "-And  the  institutions,  or  the  individuals,  wdiose 
existence  and  subsistence  depend  on  Lies,  tremble  when 
the  Truth  comes  openly  and  bared  of  all  compromise  or 
equivocal  verbiage,  and  men  will  hesitate  at  nothing  to 
silence  and  extinguish  the  author  of  the  Truth. 

128.  "Therefore  ye  seek  to  destroy  me,  and  to  extinguish 
my  message.  Ye  conspire  among  you  to  bring  in  among 
the  number  of  my  Disciples,  some  of  your  own  adulterous 
and  viperous  crew,  who  will  treacherously  seek  for  cause  to 
inform  against  us,  and  crush  this  movement. 

129.  "Ye  would  be  the  betra3ers  and  slayers  of  the 
Brethren  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  would  learn  its 
Mysteries  in  order  that  ye  may  rend  them  and  vitiate  their 
true  purport  and  meaning  by  lies,  slander  and  evil  and 
false  accusations. 

130.  "Ye  come  to  me  that  ye  may  be  baptised  by  me, 
supposing  that  Elohim  will  leave  me  unwarned  of  your  true 
motives.  As  if  any  Prophet  or  Medium  of  Elohim  is 
unpossessed  of  the  Spiritual  Gifts,  which  enable  him  to 
know  the  thoughts  and  intents  of  men's  hearts. 

131.  "Know  ye  not  that  a  Prophet  is  the  Voice  of 
Jehovah,  and  in  Tune  with  theiMind  of  Jehovah?  that  it  is 
as  possible  to  deceive  Jehovah  as  it  is  to  deceive  a  Prophet 
of  Jehovah  ? 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  43 

132.  "Then  you  forget  that  this  Baptism  wherewith  I 
baptise,  is  not  the  Baptism  of  Redemption,  nor  does  it  bring 
with  it  any  of  those  revehttions  and  powers  of  the  Spirit 
which  ye  expect  in  coming  to  be  baptised  by  me. 

133.  "It  is  the  Baptism  of  the  Pledge  of  Faith,  Obedience, 
Submission,  Devotion  and  Love,  which  are  essential  to  the 
Purification  and  Redemption  of  man  by  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  This  Pledge  is  given  to  Jehovah,  to  Elohim,  and 
to  the  Great  Master,  who  cometh  after  me. 

134.  "And  this  Pledge  is  all  that  thou  wilt  be  required  to 
give,  and  until  it  is  given  not  even  the  elementary  Truth  of 
the  Cross  and  Serpent  will  be  made  known  or  applied  to 
the  Soul  of  any  man. 

135.  "Thou  wilt  be  required  to  give  this  Pledge  solemnly 
and  irrevocably,  unto  me,  with  the  Sign  of  the  Cross,  that 
thou  wilt  become  henceforth  the  faithful  slave  of  the  Great 
Master,  who  cometh  in  the  Name  of  Jehovah,  and  by  the 
Power  of  Elohim. 

136.  "It  is  not  unto  me  that  any  Pledge  of  Obedience 
and  Faith  shall  be  required,  but  unto  Him  who  is  greater 
than  I,  whose  slave  I  am,  the  latchet  of  whose  shoes  Icount 
not  myself  worthy  to  unloose, 

137.  "He  alone  is  able  to  raise  the  Spirit  of  Man,  and 
can  Initiate  you  into  the  Mysteries  of  the  Kingdom  of  God. 

138.  "And  Him  ye  can  never  deceive,  even  if  it  were 
permitted  me  to  be  deceived.  He  will  come  with  the  Fan 
of  Judgment  in  His  hand,  uncovering  your  shallow  frauds, 
exposing  your  deceits,  and  frustrating  your  base  machin- 
ations. 

139.  "Neither  will  He  stay  His  hand  until  He  has 
thoroughly  purged  the  floor  of  human  nature  from  the  Evil 
Aura  that  covers  it,  and  is  in  every  crevice  and  corner  of  its 
constitution;  nor  until  He  has  garnered  the  wheat  into  His 
Granary,  the  Spiritual  Temple  which  He  will  found  and 
raise  upon  the  earth. 

140.  "Unto  all  the  Souls,  who  have  taken  the  Steps  and 
Degrees  of  the  Cross  and  Circle,  will   He  give  the  Keys  of 


^4  THE    LIFE    AN^D    DISCOURSES    OF    JESl/s! 

Heaven  and  Hades,  the  Circles  of  the  Universe,  and  the 
Abode  of  the  Saints  in  Paradise,  which  open  the  Gates  of 
Heaven  to  all  Believers,  who  may  pass  in  and  out,  and  hold 
unrestricted  communion  with  the  Blessed  Ones  in  Heaven, 
in  Paradise,  and  in  Purg-atory,  and  may  also  visit  the  Spirits 
of  men  in  Sheol,  whom  they  may  deliver  by  their  Prayers, 
and  by  their  exhortations. 

141.  "But  all  sifch  as  you,  hypocrites  and  adulterers,  if 
ye  do  not  truly  repent,  and  pursue  the  path  of  the  Cross 
and  Serpent,  ye  shall  be  as  the  chaff,  and  shall  have  your 
part  in  the  Fire  of  the  Cataclysm  that  will  dissolve  this  earth, 
and  all  the  Microcosms  and  Organisms  that  are  in  it  and  in 
its  Firmament,  at  the  close  of  the  ^^onial  Period. 
-  1^2.  "For  the  Fires  of  Jehovah,  which  are  in  the  secret 
places  of  this  earth's  interior,  will  hereafter  burst  forth,  and 
the  earth  and  every  creature  in  it  and  above  it,  within  its 
Attraction,  will  be  disintegrated  and  dissolved,  and  the 
present  Cosmos  will  cease;  to  re-forni  after  the  manner  of 
its  previous  evolution.  And  all  mankind,  and  Spirits  in 
Sheol,  will  return  to  their  original  elements,  and  in  many 
Ages,  passing  again  through  all  the  stages  of  cosmic  and 
organic  development,  will  again  return  to  the  incarnate 
human  form,  once  more  to  graduate,  by  the  Laws  and 
Principles  of  the  .Square  and  Circle,  to  the  Perfect  Monad." 

JESUS    AT    NAZARETH. 

143.  After  a  certain  time,  when  John  was  preaching  in  the 
Wilderness  of  Judea,  by  the  River  Jordan,  Jesus  was 
directed  by  Elohim  to  come  forth  from  Nazareth,  and  t& 
take  His  journey  to  Judea,  that  He  might  undergo  the  rite  of 
Baptism  at  the  hands  of  John. 

1^4.  And  Jesus  was  thirty  years  of  age  when  He  came 
out  of  Na/.areth  and  sought  Baptism.  And  much  had 
happened  in  (he  house  of  Jose^^h  during  those  thirty  years 
of  Jesus'  seclusion  and  subjection  to  the  will  of  His  parents 
and  of  the  Priests  who  officiated  in  the  Jew's  religion  at 
Na/.aretii.  ■   ,oUi^i   ' 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  ^5 

145.  And  after  the  birth  of  Jesus  there  v.ere  born  unto 
Mary  four  sons,  James  and  Joses,  Simon  raid  Judas.  And 
in  the  course  of  time  Joseph  died,  and  Jesus,  being  the 
eldest  son  succeeded  to  th.e  duty  of  ruling  the  house  and 
conducting  the  business. 

146.  And  He  remained  in  Nazareth,  diligent  in  business, 
and  attending  to  the  wants  and  comfort  of  His  mother,  and 
superintending  the  lives  and  education  of  His  brothers. 

147.  But  Mary,  being  fully  aware  of  the  destiny  and  true 
character  of  her  son,  was  careful  that  He  should  be  free  from 
all  binding  responsibilities,  and  earnestly  waited  for  the 
time  of  His  manifestation. 

148.  And  the  brothers  of  Jesus  were  pure  children  from 
their  birth,  but  ihey  were  not  told,  until  later  in  life,  that 
Jesus  tlieir  brother,  was  the  Great  Master.  Nevertheless 
thev  looked  up  to  Him  with  great  reverence,  as  much  for 
His  Spiritual  and  Intellectual  Wisdom  as  for  His  skill  and 
practical  character  in  the  business  and  mundane  affairs. 

149.  And  all  Nazareth  combined  in  honouring  and  respect- 
ing this  talented  and  skilful  Man,  whose  knowledge  and 
wisdom  of  the  Magian  Wisdom  so  much  exceeded  any 
other  man,  and  who  combined  a  great  excellence  of  charac- 
ter with  such  consummate  intelligence  and  knov/Iedge. 

150.  Insomuch  that  in    all    Galilee    Jesus    was  known  in 
the  synagogues,  and  held  tiie  office  of  Minister,  or  Delegate, 
to  whom  was  given  tl;e  duty  of   reading  the  Scripture,  and    i 
of  offering  expositions    and   exhortations  in  the  synagogue. 

i^i.  And  in  the  Cities  of  Capernaum  the  young  Magian 
Jew  made  no  small  reputation  as  a  Preacher  in  the  synagogue. 

152.  And  His  name  reached  the  Sanhedrim  in  Jerusalem 
and  was  mentioned  as  a  most  promising  young  Man,  whose 
descent  by  His  father's  side  from  the  Royal  Line,  gave 
additional  force,  and  the  Sanhedrim  contemplated  advancing 
Him  in  the  Jewish  Hierarchy,  with  a  view  to  His  being 
anointed  to  the  Priesthood. 

153.  For  the    Chief   Priests   were    anxious  to  secure  good 


46  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  > 

and  talented  men   to    fill    such    places    of  responsibility  that 
were  constantly  becoming  vacant. 

154.  But  Jesus  refused  all  overtures  from  the  Chief  Priests,      , 
and  remained  at  home,    watching    over  His  mother  and  His    i  ' 
younger  brethren,   and    only    visited    Capernaum  and  other 
places  in  His  office  of  Delegate  to  the  synagogue. 

155.  And  it  Vv'as  told  the  brethren  of  Jesus  that  Jesus  was 
the  Messiah,  and  that  He  was  about  to  leave  home  to 
commence  His  ministry  and  life's  work. 

156.  And  they  greatly  rejoiced,  and  implored  Jesus  to  ^ 
take  them  with  Him  as  His  Disciples  and  Ministers.  ' 

157.  But  at  the  beginning  Jesus  bade  them  remain  at 
home  with  their  mother,  and  to  wait  until  it  was  fitting  that 
they  should  follow  Him. 

158.  And  the  Priests  and  Scribes,  and  elders  of  the 
people,  were  sceptical  and  believed  not  that  Jesus  was  the 
Christ,  but  for  a  time  they  made  no  definite  stand  of 
repudiation  of  Him  personally,  and  He  still  retained  His 
office  in  the  synagogue  and  the  respect  of  the  Priests.  .) 

> 

THE     BAPTISM    OF     JESUS.  \ 

159.  And  Jesus  came  into  the  Wilderness  of  Judea,  unto  ^ 
the  place  by  the  Jordan  where  John  was  preaching  and  ! 
baptising. 

160.  Now  the  Degrees  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  those 
external  rites  which  particularly  apply  to  the  purification  of 
the  Body,  Mind,  and  Soul,  had  not  been  taken  by  Jesus, 
wdien  He  had  lived  in  Egypt,  and  been  Initiated  in  the 
Mysteries  of  the  Kingdom   of   Heaven  by  the  Master  of  the 

Mugi. 

161.  But  Jesus  had  been  Initiated  in  the  Greater  Degrees, 
the  Degrees  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  in  whicli  all  the  Truth 
of  the  Universe  was  conveyed  to  Him,  and  the  Keys  of  the 
Seven  Gates  of  the  Celestial  Circles  were  put  into  His 
hands. 

163.  There  was  no  access  into  the  presence  of  Jehovah, 
nor   into   any    one    of  the    Seven    Circles    of    the    Celestial 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  ^7 

Regions,    without    these    Keys;     none    could    pass   into  the 
Circles  but  through  the  Gates   which  open  unto  them. 

163.  And  to  none  are  given  the  Keys  of  the  Seven  Gates, 
on  this  earth,  who  have  not  taken  first,  the  Twelve  Steps 
of  the  Cross  and  the  Six  Degrees  of  the  Serpent,  not  except- 
ing those  who  were  born  pure  in  nature  and  had  no  need 
of  purification,  and  who  had  continued  in  a  state  of 
purity  from  their  birth,  not  conforming  to  the  environment 
of  evil. 

164.  But  it  was  at  the  same  time  necessary  for  all 
Brethren  to  take  the  Degrees  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  not 
for  purification,  but  for  the  purpose  of  development  of  Soul 
and  Mind  in  the  Lesser  Mysteries  embodied  in  those 
Degrees,  and  the  graduated  development  of  the  Body, 
Mind,  and  Soul  in  its  progress  to  Perfect  Oneness  with  the 
Universe. 

165.  Therefore  Jesus  came  unto  John,  in  order  that  He 
might  receive  Baptism  publicly  at  his  hands,  being  already 
Initiated  in  the  Mysteries,  though  His  Baptism  had  been 
deferred  until  the  present  time,  that  it  might  take  place  in 
the  presence  of  the  people  in  the  land  of  His  birth  and 
ministry. 

166.  And  when  Jesus  appeared  before  John,  and  had 
taken  His  place  among  the  Aspirants  who  were  waiting  to 
be  baptised,  to  wliom  John  was  delivering  the  preliminary 
Discourse,  John  perceived  Him,  and  knowing  Him  to  be 
the  Christ,  having  often  before  had  intercourse  with  Him, 
when  Jesus  had  visited  Jerusalem  at  the  annual  Feasts  of 
the  Passover,  he  prostrated  himself  on  the  ground  before 
Jesus,  and  worshipped  Him,  saying: 

167.  "Hail,  Great  Master,  thy  slave  welcometh  Thee,  for 
thou  art  come  at  last  to  enter  upon  thy  Mission." 

168.  And  Jesus  stooped,  and  raised  the  Prophet  from  the 
ground,  and  meekly  requested  him  to  proceed  with  his  Dis- 
course, and  afterwards  to  perform  the  rite  of  Baptism  upon 
Him  and  upon  the  other  assembled  Aspirants. 

169.  But  John  demurred,  and  said:    "O  Great  Master,    I 


48  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

have  ratlier  need  to  be  baptised  of  Thee,  than  that  thou 
shouldest  come  unto  me  for  Baptism.  Compared  with 
Thee,  who  am  I?  Have  I  ever  lived  in  the  presence  of 
Jehovah?  Am  I  an  Archangel  Incarnate,  as  Thou  art?  Am 
I  a  Son  of  Jeliovah,  as  Thou  art?  lam  but  a  man  that  hath 
never  before  reached  unto  the  Sixth  Degree,  and  am  still 
outside  of  the  Gate  of  the  Seventh  Circle,  save  Spiritually. 
But  Thou  art  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  Heir  of  the  Universe, 
and  the  Supreme  Hierpphant,  and  Thou  hast  taken  this 
Abnormal  Mortality  for  the  sake  of  this  Abnormal  Race. 
Take  the  place,  O  Master,  that  is  thy  right,  and  suffer  me 
to  be  one  of  the  least  of  thy  Disciples." 

170.  And  Jesus  gazed  long  and  lovingly  upon  the  gaunt 
and  rugged  Prophet,  who  had  borne  so  long  and  painfully 
the  labour  and  burden  of  his  office  of  Herald  of  the  King- 
dom of  Heaven,  and  said  unto  him  : 

171.  "O  thou  great  and  intrepid  Prophet,  why  dost  thou 
hesitate  to  obey  my  first  request?  Though  I  be  what  thou 
sayest,  is  it  not  right  that  I  should  fulfil  every  part  of  the 
Lav/  which  I  am  come  to  teach?  Arc  any  exempted  from 
the  rites  of  the  Sacred  Cross  and  Serpent,  who  are  clothed 
with  the  garments  of  this  abnormal  nature?  As  a  Man  I 
come  unto  thee  for  Baptism,  and  not  as  a  God.  As  a  Son  of 
Man  thou  art  not  entitled  to  withhold  from  Me  the  privilege 
of  Baptism,  as,  being  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  I  cannot  with- 
hold from  thee,  the  Spiritual  Baptism,  with  which  1  have 
baptised  thee.  What  thou  owest  to  Me  is  now  to  be  returned 
in  what  1  now  demand  from  thee.  Proceed  therefore  with 
thy  Holy  Olffce,  and  baptise  Me  in  the  company  of  these 
Brethren  who  seek,  with  Me,  the  Holy  Function." 

172.  Then  John  obeyed  Jesus  and  continued  with  his 
Dirxourse,  and  afterwards  Jesus  was  baptised  in  company 
with  the  Aspirants  who  were  admitted  that  day  by  Baptism 
into  the  number  of  Neophytes  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

17:^.  And  after  Jesus  was  baptised.  He  came  forth  out  of 
the  river  Jordan,  and  stood  among  the  assembled  Neophytes 


THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  ^9 


and  Disciples  of  John,  and  before  the  great  crowd  of  hearers 
and  Aspirants. 

THE       APPEARANCE        OV        EMMANUEL        THE       ANGEL       OF 
JEHOVAH;      HIS    DISCOURSE    TO    THE     MULTITUDE. 

174.  And  as  He  was  standing,  His  eyes  gazed  into  the 
Heavens,  and  His  face  lit  up  with  a  heavenly  smile  as  He 
looked  intently  into  the  sky.  And  He  beheld  the  Heavens 
dissolve  in  His  sight,  and  the  Circles  of  the  Universe  were 
plainly  visible  before  His  Spiritual  eyes,  and  the  circling 
path,  that  descended,  like  a  spiral  staircase,  from  the 
Throne  of  Jehovah,  to  the  earth. 

175.  And  He  saw  also  the  hosts  of  the  Angels  of  Jehovah, 
the  vast  concourse  of  the  Holy  Paraclete,  surrounding  the 
dark  sphere  of  the  Astral  Plane, 

176.  Then  came  forth  one  of  the  Spirits  of  Elohim, 
Emmanuel,  the  Great  Hierophant,  one  of  the  Seven  Great 
Hierophants  of  the  Universe,  and  descended  to  the  earth, 
though  none  beheld  him  but  Jesus,  until  he  appeared  by 
the  side  of  Jesus,  in  materialised   form,  as  a  Man. 

177.  Then  all  knew  that  an  Angel  had  visited  them,  and 
they  fell  down  on  their  faces  and  worshipped, 

178.  And  the  Angel  spake  unto  the  assembled  multitude, 
and  said  : 

179.  "Men  and  Brethren,  I  am  Emmanuel,  who  am  sent 
from  Jehovah  to  deliver  unto  you  the  message  of  Jehovah 
and  of  the  Spirits  of  Elohim,  who  surround  the  Throne  of 
Jehovah. 

180.  "Ye  have  this  day  witnessed  the  Baptism  of  our 
Supreme  Hierophant,  the  vSon  of  Jehovah,  who  hath  laid 
aside  the  Dignity  and  Glory  of  His  High  Office  in  the 
Universe,  and  taken  the  Body  of  this  Abnormal  Race, 
making  Himself  subject  to  all  the  limitations  and  evils  to 
which  tlie  Abnormal  Race  of  Humanity  is  heir.  Never 
before  since  the  days  of  Enoch,  the  first  Great  Master  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent,  hath  a  (ireat  Hierophant  of  the  Universe 
descended  from    Heaven,   and   Incarnated    upon    the  earth. 


50  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Enocli  \v:is  the  last  Son  of  Jehovah  to  be  born  of  woman 
and  incarnated  on  the  earth,  and  the  first  to  enter  the  con- 
ditions of  mortality  as  they  exist  in   these  abnormal  days. 

i8i.  "Once  in  every  Bi-Millennial  Age  of  this  earth's 
present  Cycle  of  Existence,  doth  a  Great  Hierophant 
belonging  lo  the  Highest  Hierarchy  of  Heaven,  cometothe 
earth,  to  usher  in  a  new  .'Eonial   Bi-Millennial  Age. 

182.  '-Seven  Great  Hierophants  are  there,  that,  under 
Jehovah,  rule  over  the  Universe,  one  being  the  vSupreme 
Hierophant,  and  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  eldest-born  of  all  the 
Sons  of  Jehovah. 

183.  "Once  previously,  in  the  Beginning  of  the  Adamic 
Race  was  Jesus  the  Supreme  Hierophant  incarnated  ;  He 
was  the  first  Great  Master  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  in  the 
days  of  the  Sons  of  Elohim,  the  Highest  Order  of  Human 
Being  on  the  earth  in  Incarnate  de\elopment. 

184.  "The  Ages  have  rolled  by  in  ordered  succession, 
seven  Bi-Millennial  Ages  have  passed  since  the  First  Incarna- 
tion of  the  Son  of  Jehovah  in  this  Cycle  of  earth-existence. 
Fourteen-thousand  years  have  gone  by — twice  seven  times 
two-thousand  years — in  which  have  been  incarnated,  in  their 
order  of  Office,  each  of  the  ,Seven  Great  Hierophants  of  the 
Universe.  And  it  hath  come  to  the  turn  of  our  Supreme 
Master,  Jesus,  to  Re-incarnate,  and  re-visit  this  earth,  to 
usher  in  the  next  Bi-Millennial  Age  of  this  Cycle  of  earth- 
existence. 

i8q.    "This  time  the   Great    Master   clotheth    Himself  not      ) 
with  the  flesh  of  tiie  ancient  Raceot  Adam,  that  was  perfect 
in  human  constitution,  and  perfect  in  purity  and  glory,  the 
flesh  that  your  original    parents    degraded   by    the  Fall  and 
first  disobedience. 

186.  "He  Cometh  into  a  corrupt  earth,  corrupt  in  itscon- 
slitution,  corru[)t  in  its  living  inhabitants,  corrupt  in  its 
environmeiit  ;  to  live  a  life  of  abnormality,  to  die  a  death 
of  abnormality. 

1S7.  "But  His  coming  shall  be  for  the  Redemi)lion  of  the 
earth,  the    Restoration    of   all    things    in    the    earth    to  their 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  ^I 

former  glory  and  purity.  The  coming  of  the  Great  Master 
into  the  Body  of  Abnormal  Nature,  bringeth  the  Power  of 
the  Great  Waster  into  Abnormal  Nature,  which  will  be  com- 
municated to  all  the  earth. 

i88.  "He  will  be  the  Centre  of  the  Force  of  Attraction 
from  Jehovah,  tiiat  will  bring  to  the  earth  the  Aura  of 
Heaven  ;  the  Seed  of  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  that  He  will 
sow  on  the  earth,  which  will  grow  and  reproduce  them- 
selves and  spread  throughout  the  whole  sphere,  permeating 
it  with  the  Elements  of  Life,  Light,  and  Truth. 

189.  "In  His  Divine  Nature  He  is  the  Son  of  Jehovah, 
the  Supreme  Hierophant  of  the  Universe.  But,  coming  in 
the  Body  of  the  Flesh,  He  put  off  the  Body  of  His  Celestial 
Glory,  and  made  Himself  subject  to  the  conditions  of 
abnormality. 

190.  ".In  His  birth  He  was  born  of  pure  parentage,  of  a 
father  and  mother  who  had  freed  themselves  from  evil  and 
corruption.  Therefore  did  He  not  inherit  any  evil  from  His 
parents;  only  did  He  inherit  the  Abnormality,  being  born, 
not  of  Adamic  perfection,  but  of  Human  imperfection  and 
abnormal  itv. 

191.  -'In  His  past  life  He  hath  been  obedient  to  all  the 
conditions  to  which  abnormal  Human  Nature  is  subject.  He 
hath  developed  His  Human  Nature,  in  its  four  Natures,  by 
the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  He  hath  been  Initiated  in  and 
raised  to  all  the  Degreesof  the  Square  and  Circle,  bv  which 
His  Mind  and  Body  and  His  Human  Soul  have  been 
brought  into  conformity  and  union  with  His  Spirit. 

192.  "Ye  Initiates,  Neophytes,  and  Aspirants,  Disciples 
of  John,  who  have  followed  faithfullv  in  the  Teaching  of 
John,  and  have,  by  Repentance,  forsaken  the  worship  of 
God  according  to  the  corrupt  following  of  the  Jewish 
Religion,  and  are  seeking,  with  steadfast  earnestness  to 
purify  yourselves  by  Prayer  and  Fasting;  ye  are  to  hearken 
diligently  unto  all  the  words  of  the  Master,  who  this  day  hath 
been  baptised  in  the  presence  of  you  all. 

193.  "He  will  teacli  you  in  all  the  Truth  of  the  Cross  and 


52  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS. 

Serpent,  and  will  open  to  your  understanding-  all  the 
Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  even  those  Secret  Mysteries  which  have 
been  hidden  from  the  world,  and  only  known  bv  the  Magi 
and  their  followers  and  Disciples,  who  have  been  the  faith- 
ful custodians  of  the  Truth  since  the  days  of  Ezra  and 
Nehemiah,  and  the  dispersal  of  the  Great  Synagogue. 

194.  "Ye  shall  follow  closely  the  Path  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  taking  the  Steps  as  He  shall  teach  them  to  you, 
and  which  His  life  will  illusLrate  in  symbalical  manner. 

195.  "In  naught  is  the  Master  different  from  yourselves 
in  His  earthly  and  mortal  consiitution,  excepting-  that,  in 
His  birth  and  early  life,  His  parents  and  guardians  pre- 
served Him  in  seclusion,  and  encompassed  Him  with  Holy 
and  pure  environment,  so  thr.t  He  conformed  to  that  environ- 
ment, and  never  knew  sin. 

196.  "And  for  the  purpose  of  His  Spiritual  grpwth  and 
development,  it  was  obligator}'  on  Him  to  pursue  the  Path 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  which  He  did  under  the  care  of 
His  Holy  Mother,  and  Joseph,  His  father,  guided  and 
instructed  by  the  Master  of  the  M:igi  and  the  Spiritual 
Masiers  that  were  His  Spirit-Guides. 

197.  "And  whatsoever  He  saith  unto  you,  in  the  course 
of  your  own  purification  and  development.  He  will  exem- 
plify in  His  own  life  and  conduct. 

19S.  "On  your  account  He  will  be  all  His  lifetime  subject 
to  the  disciplines  of  the  Cross,  under  the  power  and  domin- 
ion of  .Satanas  the  Great  Hierophant  of  the  Universe,  and 
Master  of  Human  Evolution  and  Destinv. 

199.  "By  Satanas  He  will  undergo  Temptation  and 
Suffering,  and  all  His  nature  will  be  tested,  tried,  and 
pro\ed,  wi'.  h  all  the  same  Jiiibility  and  susceptibility  to 
succumb,  thrtnigh  weakness,  to  every  temptation  or  sug- 
gestion from  the  Evil  Ones,  whom  .Satanas  will  permit  to 
assault  Him  and  entice  Him  to  evil. 

200.  "By  the  power  of  His  exam[)le,  and  h\  (lie  illum- 
ination of  your  minds  by  His  Teaching;  bv  Ilis  fortitude 
and  endurance.  His  faith    and    ol)edience,  His  patience  and 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  53 

gentleness;  you  will  have  before  you,  tlie  most  powerful 
incentive  and  encoin-agement  in  the  pursuit  of  the  hard  and 
rugged  Path  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  which  leadeth  unto 
the  Gates  of  the  Heavenly  Places. 

201.  "And  He  will  be  your  Leader  in  obedience  to  the 
Cross,  avoiding,  on  Ilis  own  part,  not  one  jot  or  tittle  of 
the  Law  of  development  and  purification,  which  lie  "will 
teach  you  and  instruct  you  in. 

202.  "Vicarious!}-,  and  in  your  behalf,  He  will  endure 
the  Cross,  despising  the  shame,  and  bearing  meekly  the 
humiliations  of  the  Cross,  the  tribulations  and  persecutions, 
the  afHictions  and  perils,  and  all  the  necessary  Temptations 
of  Satan.  He  will  manifest  before  you  the  most  Perfect 
Man,  fighting  and  triumphing  over  evil  ip  every  form,  and 
carrying  with  Him,  in  His  own  conquest,  all  ye  who  shall 
follow  in  His  footsteps. 

203.  "In  all  your  afflictions  He  will  be  afflicted,  and  the 
Angel  of  His  Presence  will  support  you  ;ind  strengthen 
your  faith  and  endurance.  For  what  He  can  endure,  and 
doth  endure,  before  your  eyes,  it  is  possible  for  all,  who 
believe  in  Him,  and  wd]o  followMn  His  steps,  also  to  endm-e. 

204.  "In  no  wise  is  He  diflferently  constituted  from  your- 
selves. He  is  a  Man,  mortal  and  peccable,  capable  ecjually 
of  the  most  perfect  and  consummate  evil,  as  He  is  of  the 
most  perfect  and  absolute  good. 

205.  "Only  by  His  faith,  His  Obedience,  His  vSubmission, 
His  Devotion,  and  His  Love,  will  He  overcome,  and  pre- 
sent before  you  the  faultless  character,  the  spotless  and 
stainless  nature  of  a  Man,  beset  with  temptations,  but 
superior  to  all  that  shall  tempt  and  befall  Him. 

206.  "And  such  a  Man  may  you  all  be,  for  in  you  lieth 
all  the  latent  gifts  and  powers  of  the  Spirit  of  Elohim, 
which  is  buried  beneath  your  incarnate  and  abnormal  con- 
stitution, with  this  difference,  that  your  constitutions  yet 
need  purifying  from  the  corrupt  and  Evil  Aura  which 
impregnate  your  entire  nature.  He  never  conformed  unto 
the  evil,  but  conformed  only  to  the  good. 


54  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    O^    JESUS. 

207.  "Though  born  into  the  family  of  the  fallen  Sons  of 
Elohim,  who  are  now  the  Evil  Demons  that  hold  this  world 
captive,  He  hath  retained,  from  His  birth  the  nature  and 
purity  of  His  ori^^inal  parentage,  the  Sonship  of  Jehovah, 
which  is  also  your  own  original  parentage,  though  by 
heredity,  \e  are  the  offspring-  of  those  Evil  Ones  who 
departed  from  the  normal  life  of  the  Sons  of  Elohim,  and 
fell  from  their  state  of  Human  Perfection. 

208.  ''He,  in  His  own  Body  and  Soul,  hath  raised  His 
nature  from  the  impure  conditions  of  its  present  natural 
heredity,  and  restored  it  to  that  of  its  original  parentage, 
and  wdiat  He  hath  done,  by  obedience  to  the  Cress  and 
Serpent,  ye  also  can  do,  by  following  in  the  Steps  in  which 
He  will  be  your  Guide  and  Instructor. 

209.  "Be  it  known,  therefore.  Beloved  Brethren,  that 
though  vour  Master  undergceth  for  your  sake,  all  the 
Temptations  of  the  Cross,  which  are  necessary  unto  your 
purification  and  spiritual  perfection  ;  it  is  not  the  case  that, 
bv  such  voluntary  sacrifice  of  Himself,  on  your  behalf,  ye 
are  yourselves  exempted  from  the  Cross.  His  purity  does 
not  bring  purity  to  you,  His  sufferings  are  not,  in  any  sense, 
a  substitute  for  your  sufferings;  His  death  does  not  bring 
freedom  to  your  Spirits. 

210.  'Tt  is  the  duty  of  each  one  of  you.  Men  and  Breth- 
ren, to  pursue  the  Path  of  the  Cross  alone,  to  work  out  your 
own  Salvation.  By  your  own  exertions,  your  own  forti- 
tude, your  own  faith,  ^-our  own  obedience,  your  own  sub- 
mission, your  own  devotion  and  love,  ye  shall  take  each 
Step  of  the  Cross  and  .Serpent,  in  the  same  way  as  the 
Master  shall  take  them,  and  with  the  same  spirit  of  stead- 
fastness and  endurance. 

211.  "Ye  shall  endure  faithfully  and  willingly,  with  Him, 
all  the  Temptations  of  Satanas,  who  is  the  Great  Artificer 
of  the  I'nixerse,  and  called  Diaholiis,  in  ancient  times, 
because  he  appeareth  unto  men  as  the  Antagonist  and 
Ciiampion  of  (iood  over  Evil,  that,  through  Temptations, 
the  (iood  may  triumph  over  the  l'>\il. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  55 

212.  "To  you  he  will  appear  often  as  the  fiend  of  Dark- 
ness, the  embodiment  of  malif^n  and  a\vful  evil,  of  suflFer- 
ing,  pain  and  wretchedness;  the  inexorable  personation  of 
despair,  seekinj^  at  all  times  to  imprison  you  in  one  of  the 
cells  of  his  fatal  castle  of  despair. 

213.  "But  unto  you  who  have  been  enlightened,  he  is  not 
a  Giant  Despair,  but  an  An<rel  of  Light,  the  Messenger  of 
Jehovah  to  buflFetyou,  to  develop  your  faculties  of  obedience, 
of  faith,  of  love,  and  of  patience,  and  to  test  them  in  all 
their  parts. 

214.  "For  unto  this  point  in  the  long  course  of  incarna- 
tions, necessarv  for  your  devolution,  and  for  the  gradual 
eradication  of  the  lower  human  and  animal  propensities  of 
your  past  heredity,  ye  have  passed  through  all  the  forms  of 
evil,  and  have  risen  to  the  good. 

215.  "Ye  are  now  constitutionally  fitted  to  take,  in  this 
incarnation,  those  Steps  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  that  will 
perfectly  purify  and  eradicate  all  the  corruption  and  Evil 
x\ura  which  still  remain  in  your  constitution,  that  your 
Spirits  mav  be  set  free,  and  enter  into  conjunction  and  cor- 
relation with  your  Souls,  Minds,  and  Bodies,  and  thereby 
ye  may  become  one  with  Elohim,  and  conscious  units  in 
harmony  and  equilibrium  \^■ith  the  Ihiiverse,  from  which 
ye  have  been  separated  since  the  Fall  of  the  Adamic  Race, 
your  first  parents,  who  Initiated  the  present  human  family 
from  whom  ye  are   descended. 

216.  "vSince  the  time  of  the  Fall  of  the  Adamic  Race, 
mankind  has  been  passing  through,  and  is,  in  the  mass,  still 
passing  through,  the  course  of  unconscious  devolution  ;  part 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  by  which,  through  many  incar- 
nations, the  Souls  of  men  are  born  in  different  states  of 
humanitv,  until  by  many  generations,  they  have  eradicated 
the  evil  propensities  and  depraved  appetites  of  the  gross 
animal-human  natures,  which  became  part  of  their  constitu- 
tion through  the  original  consanguinity  of  the  Adamic 
Race  with  the  lower  rudimentary  human  races. 

217.  "Even    on   the    ascending    scale    of  your  devolution 


:^6  THE    LIKE    AND    DISGOUKSES    OF    JESUS, 

hath  Siitanas  watched  over  your  Souls,  proving  and  testing 
their  gradual  dawning  and  development,  as  you  passed  from 
one  stage  to  another  of  your  constitutional  development  in 
the  course  of  your  incarnations. 

218.  "And  Elohim  liath  led  you.  fortified  and  protected 
vou.  even  when  ye  were,  at  different  stages,  plunged  in 
ignorance,  in  barbarity,  in  evil  and  sin.  For  out  of  evil  you 
have  emerged  into  good;  and  each  lifetime  has  been 
followed  by  a  Purgatory  in  which  you  redeemed,  by  pen- 
ances and  services,  the  evil  you  wrought  in  each  previous 
incarnation  ;  and  each  Purgatory  was  followed  by  a  Paradise 
of  Rest,  of  Service,  and  of  Instruction,  in  which  ye  learned, 
step  by  step,  the  Truths  of  your  developing  Souls,  and  the 
duties  of  your  Sauls  and  Bodies  in  your  next  incarnation. 

219.  "All  unconscious  and  unreminiscent  of  the  experi- 
ences of  your  past  incarnations.  Purgatories  and  Paradises, 
and  of  the  lessons  which  each  of  such  existences  inculcated,  ye 
instinctively  carried  out,  though  faultily  and  with  many 
falls  and  mistakes,  the  dictates  of  your  Souls,  as  they  grad- 
ually awakened  to  the  urgings  of  the  Spirit. 

■  220.  "Oflimes,  in  your  worst  conditions,  and  your  most 
abject  bondage  to  corruption  and  barbarity,  your  Souls  were 
more  alive,  more  powerful  of  energy  and  demand;  and  the 
very  urgings  and  appealings  of  your  Souls  for  recognition 
and  consideration,  drove  you  into  worse  depravity  of  mind 
and  bodv,  which  seemed  to  negative  even  the  existence  of  a 
Soul  at  all. 

221.  "And  the  time  hath  come,  with  you,  as  with  thous- 
ands of  your  fellow-men,  whom  ye  shall  convert  to  the  faith 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  that  ye  are  prepared  in  Mind, 
Body,  and  vSoul,  to  take  the  Steps  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent, 
and  to  cast  off  the  last  remains  of  corruption,  depravity  and 
evil,  that  ye  may  be  formed  again,  by  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  in  the  image  and  nature  of  Elohim,  and,  when  ye 
have  died,  at  the  close  of  the  present  incarnation,  to  be  born 
hereafier,  in  the  Heaven  of  Heavens,  a  vSon  of  Jehovah,  and 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  57 

to   become    one    of    the    Eloliim — your    ultimate    High    and 
Glorious  Destiny. 

222.  "Therefore,  during  this  period  of  the  Gross  and 
Serpent,  when  ye  are  purifying  yourselves  by  Prayer  and 
Fasting,  give  diligent  heed  to  the  teaching  and  instructions 
of  your  Master.  Follow  Him  in  all  things  that  He  saith 
unto  you,  and  that  He  doeth. 

223.  "Hearken  not  to  the  Syrens  of  Pleasure,  of  Fleshly 
Lusts  and  Appetites,  of  Sense-indulgence,  of  Intellectual 
gratifications.  Seek  neither  ease,  comfort,  vain  philos- 
ophies, culture  of  mind  in  earthly  thought  or  knowledge; 
nor  hanker  after  the  many  alluring  attractions  of  Luxury 
and  Dissipation,  which  lull  the  .Souls  of  men  in  the  sleep 
that  ends  only  in  Death,  and  awakens  only  in  Purgatory  to 
the  Reality  which  had  vanished  in  the  illusions  of  the 
mundane,  and  careless  life  of  the  world. 

224.  "By  all  these  things  are  men  drawn  into  the  mazes 
of  the  Evil  Ones,  and  encaptived  by  corruption,  listlessness 
of  living,  indifterence  to  the  Soul,  and  the  sleep  of  the  Soul 
in  the  lap  of  thoughtlessness  and  self-indulgence. 

225.  "They  are  beguiled,  seduced  and  bewitched  by  false 
philosophy,  as  if  the  aim  and  object,  and  the  first  duty  of 
man  is  to  seek  the  greatest  repose  and  pleasure  for  the  Body, 
and  to  allow  the  Soul  only  the  spare  moments  and  intervals 
of  work  and  pleasure. 

226.  "Be  not  taken  captive  by  these  Evil  Spirits,  not 
taken  unawares  by  circumstances  that  induce  you  to  become 
lax  in  your  attendance  upon  the  means  by  which  your  Soul 
may  be  saved. 

227.  "Verily  there  is  a    by-path    even  from  the  threshold     ) 
of  the  Seventh  Gate,  which   leadeth  to  the  Outer  Darkness. 
Therefore  let  him  that   thinketh    he    standeth   in  safety  and 
immunity  take  heed  lest  he  fall. 

228.  "Only  is  a  Great  Master,  who  hatli  passed  the 
Seventh  Gate,  and  returneth  to  succour  mankind,  in  the 
office  of  a  Master  and  Prophet,  safe  and  immune  from 
falling  into  the  wiles  of  the  Evil  Ones. 


58  THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

229.  "•It  is  essential  far  your  perfect  purification  and 
spiritual  development,  that  ye  suffer  the  Temptations  of 
Satanas,  pussin^  tlirouirh  every  phase  and  form  of  tempta- 
tion and  purgation. 

2^0.  '"If  one  flaw  in  Iiis  Armour  of  Righ'.eousness  be  left 
unnoticed,  unsuspected,  tli:it  Soul  is  weak  in  all  his  con- 
stitution in  tiie  weakness  of  that  one  spot. 

231.  "'And  be  not  disheartened  or  driven  to  despair  when 
ye  do  fall,  or  be  overtaken  in  a  fault.  This  is  one  of  Satan's 
wavs  of  proving  to  3'ou  the  existence  of  your  vulnerability. 
And  wlien  your  Master  rebukes,  reproves  and  admonishes 
you  on  account  of  your  faults  and  errors  ;  e\en  many  which 
you  never  suspected  or  believed  could  have  been  present 
within  you  ;  be  not  dismayed,  or  unbelieving,  but  make  con- 
fession of  your  sinfulness,  and  do  the  works  necessary  for 
true  repentance. 

232.  "-l^e  forewarned  then  of  the  method  of  your  repent- 
ance, and  of  tlie  Master  in  accomplishing  it.  Often  He 
will  be  the  instrument  and  mouthpiece  of  Satan.  He  will 
cause  you  to  be  scourged  and  chastened  by  evil  circum- 
stances, in  the  following  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

233.  '••You  will  sink  oftimes  into  the  lowest  state,  and 
life  will  seem  well  nigh  at  an  end  with  you  ;  you  will  be 
the  heirs  of  sufferings,  persecutions,  misforlimes,  mysterious 
fatalities,  adversities  and  afflictions.  Sou'iCtimes  vou  will 
seem  to  have  your  Alaster  to  blame  for  their  inlliction.  or 
yourself  to  blame,  or  some  other  cause  to  which  you  can 
attribute  them,  and  on  account  of  which  vou  will  have 
regrets  and  remorse,  indig'nation  or  sluune.  Otiiers  will  be 
too  mysterious  in  their  causation  for  any  reason  to  account 
for  them. 

234.  '■'Nevertheless  it  is  Satanas,  and  the  Paraclete,  who 
are  the  true  Cause,  who  rule  all  the  minds  of  men,  and  tlie 
subtle  Forces  of  Life  and  Activity,  and  influence  men  and 
circumstances  in  the  performance  of  both  Providence  and 
Destiny. 

235.  ■•^\n(l  if,  i)\  care    aiul    prutlence,    you  seek  to  axoid 


THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


59 


trouble  in  one  way,  and  thus  to  evade  the  operations  of 
Sata«as,  the  God  of  Destiny,  he  will  meet  you  another  way, 
for  Destiny  can  never  be  av'oided  or  evaded.  The  Will  of 
Jeiiovah  is   Supreme. 

236.  "But  be  of  good  cheer,  Beloved  Brothers,  have  Faith 
in  Jehovah-EIohim,  and  in  your  Master.  Fulfil  your  Pledge 
implicitly  and  blindly,  of  Faith,  Obedience,  Submisision, 
Devotion  and  Love,  which  ye  gave  to  Him  in  your  Baptism. 

237.  "And  he  that  endureth  unto  the  end  shall  be  saved." 
23S.   And  when  Emmanuel,    the    Spirit  of   Elohim,    had 

said  these  words,  he  vanished  from  their  sight,  and  returned 
unto  Jehovah,  And  untosomeof  the  Initiates  it  was  given 
that  they  should  behold  the  ^Spiral  Path  which  the  Angel 
ascended,  and  the  Hosts  of  the  Spirits  of  Elohim  which 
accompanied  Him. 

239.  Also  they  beheld  the  might}'  hosts  of  Demoi:s  that 
flocked  on  either  side  of  the  Path,  and  that  filled  the  space 
of  the  earth's  firmament ;  and  they  saw  the  Evil  Aura  that 
filled  the  Atmosphere,  of  man}^  colours  and  conditions, 
inclusive  of  the  pure  white  currents  of  the  Aura  of  Elohim, 
which  were  drawn  by  the  irresistible  attraction  of  the 
Master,  and  encompassed  them  on  all  sides. 

240.  Then  they  did  rejoice  and  knew  that  Jesus  was  the 
Messiah,  the  ^on  of  Jehovah,  and  their  Great  Master,  And 
thev  fell  upon  their  faces  and  did   Him  homage. 

241.  And  they  repeated  their  Pledge,  in  the  presence  of 
Jesus,  and  of  John,  that  they  would  abide  faithfully  in  the 
following  of  the  Steps  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  be  the 
true  Disciples  of  the  Master, 


CHAPTER  HI. 

THE    TEMPTATION    OF    jESUS    IN    THE    WILDERNESS. 

1.  And  when  Jesus  had  been  baptised,  and  the  Angel 
had  departed,  the  nuiltitude  of  the  Disciples  of  John,  and 
of  the  Aspirants  and  Enquirers,  came  near  unto  Jesus,  and 
requested  that  He  should  lead  them  into  a  quiet  place  and 
teach  them  the  Way  of  Jehovah  more  perfectly. 

2.  They  one  and  all  presented  themselves  to  Him  to  be 
His  Disciples,  and  Pledged  themselves  to  follow  in  the  Steps 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  under  His  direction  and  instruc- 
tion, forsaking  all,  that  they  might  follow  Jesus  whither- 
soever He  should  lead  them. 

3.  And  Jesus  spake  unto  them,  and  said  : 

4.  •'Brethren,  I  have  this  day  come  forth  from  the  retire- 
ment and  seclusion  of  my  life,  and  shall  no  more  return  to 
the  home  of  my  childhood,  or  the  business  of  my  worldly 
calling.  The  way  hath  now  opened,  a  people  have  been 
prepared,  and  I  have  myself  been  prepared  also,  and 
equipped  in  all  my  parts,  for  the  Mission  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent  which  I  now  commence. 

5.  "John,  our  Beloved  Brother,  the  Nazarite  and  Prophet 
of  Jehovah,  whom  Eloiiim  called,  prepared,  and  inspired, 
to  deliver  the  Message  of  Repentance  unto  the  Purification 
of  the  Soul  from  sin  and  evil ;  hath  fulfilled  his  appointed 
work,  and  hath  prepared  my  way  before  Me,  turning  the 
minds  of  the  abnormal  and  sinful  to  the  principles  of 
normality,  and  creating  in  many  hearts  a  desire  for  Regen- 
eration and  Redemption. 

6.  "He  hath  raised  a  large  following  of  Neophytes,  who 
have  received  the  Baptism  of  Repentance,  and  of  Aspirants 
who  are  being  instructed  for  that  Sacred  and  Solemn  Rite, 
signifying  so  great  a  Step  of  the  Cross,  that  Step  whicii 
cannot  be  revoked  except  by  great  consequences  of  future 
suffering  and  grief  to  the  backslider. 


THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  6l 

7.  "The  greatness  of  the  work,  which  is  evidenced  by  so 
large  an  assembUige  now  gathered  togetlier  from  all  parts  of 
those  regions,  is  the  highest  testimony  to  the  Greatness  of 
the  Soul  that  hath  so  faithfully  performed  his  duty  in  the 
Cross  and  Serpent. 

8.  "For  none  but  a  Great  Soul,  a  Master  of  the  Wisdom 
of  the  Universe,  could  have  raised  such  a  community  of 
Brethren,  sworn,  by  the  vSacred  Emblem  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  to  live  the  life  of  the  Sons  of  Elohim  upon  this 
earth,  in  bodies  constituted  according  to  the  abnormal  nature 
of  their  fellow  parentage,  and  in  conditions  so  unfavorable 
to  such  a  life. 

9.  "It  is  proof  of  two  things  that  have  attended  his 
Ministry — first,  that  it  is  not  by  any  Human  Gifts  or 
Powers  that  these  things  have  been  accomplished;  for  John 
came  among  you  as  a  man  of  no  great  acquirements  or 
parts,  a  plain,  rugged  and  unlearned  man,  knowing  only 
the  Wisdom  of  the  Magi,  and  the  Truth  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent  in  which  his  parents  had  taught  him.  But  it  was 
by  the  vSpi ritual  Gifts  which  he  had  patiently  and  suffer- 
ingly  accpiired  by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  by  Prayer  and 
Fasting,  by  privations  and  austerities,  which  he  voluntarily 
undertook  when  he  first  entered  the  wilderness  as  a 
Nazarite,  and  which  he  patiently  underwent  during  the 
past  years  of  toil  and  wandering. 

10.  "And  secondly,  it  is  a  proof  of  the  heroic  stoicism 
and  self-abnegation  to  which  John  had  attained,  that  he 
now  can  present  to  Me  so  large  a  following  of  Brethren 
imbued  with  his  noble,  heroic  and  pure  spirit. 

11.  "Let  Me  speak  further  and  more  fully  unto  you  con- 
cerning the  nature  and  character  of  a  man  who  hath  become 
a  Great  Soul.  It  is  a  term  that  is  not  merely  a  general  title 
given  unto  any  man  of  particular  heroism  and  wisdom.  Of 
such  men  there  are  many  in  the  world,  and  many,  of  all 
ages,  whom  the  world  rightly  characterise  as  'Great  Souls.' 
But  these  are  not  entitled  to  the  term  in  its  specific  and  par- 
ticular signification. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


i^.  "The  title  of  Great  Soul  belongs  only  to  one  class  of 
men,  who  are  they  who  have  reached  a  state  of  nature  and 
constitution  which  raiseth  them  above  the  conditions  of  the 
world,  and  makes  them  superior  to  the  abnormal  state  of 
their  inherited  natures. 

13.  "A  Great  Soul  hath  destroyed  and  slain  the  Flesh, 
and  hath  purified  and  developed  his  four  natures — the  .Spirit, 
the  Soul,  the  Mind,  and  the  Body.  Now  the  constitution, 
besides  being  fourfold,  is  likewise  twofold,  that  is  vSoul  and 
Body. 

14.  "Mankind  generally  is  dominated  by  the  latter,  the 
Body,  which  claims  the  greater  part,  and  in  most  cases,  the 
wholeof  man's  attention.  And  the  Soul  dwindles  by  neglect 
into  a  very  small  compass,  and  exercises  little  or  no  control 
over  the  Body. 

15.  ''But  a  Great  Soul  is  one  who  hath,  by  great  sever- 
ity of  austere  living,  by  incessant  self-abstinence  and  ascet- 
icism, removed  the  Body  from  its  dominion,  and  established 
upon  the  throne  of  the  Will,  the  .Soul,  and  obeys  only  the 
dictates  of  the  Soul,  and  only  permits  the  Body  to  live  at 
all  as  the  vehicle  and  medium  of  Soul-consciousness. 

j6.  "But  the  vSoul  is  the  \ehicle  of  the  Spirit,  or  God- 
Ego,  of  the  man,  and  the  Spirit  is  the  vehicle  and 
medium  of  Jehovah-Elohim,  and  therefore  when  the  Soul 
gains  the  dominance  of  the  Body,  then  the  Spirit  is  liberated, 
and  can  communicate  to  the  Body  (which  includes  the 
Mind)  all  that  it  receives  as  the  vehicle  and  medium  c  f 
Jehovah-Elohim. 

17.  "Therefore  when  a  Soul  has  restored  itself  to  its 
normal  position  as  the  Master  and  Sovereign  of  the  Body 
and  Mind,  the  latter  are  made  the  vehicle  and  depositary  of 
all  the  Powers  and  the  Wisdom  of  the  Spirit,  which  is  no 
more  and  no  less  than  the  Power  and  the  Truth  of  Jehovah- 
Elohim,  embracing  all  the  Power  and  Wisdom  of  the 
Universe. 

18.  "Now  the  Mind  and  Body  are  the  sole  seat  of  Human 
Consciousness,  Thought  and  Acti\ity,  and  therefore,  when 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  63 

a  man  has  reduced  liis  Mind  and  Body  to  subservience  and 
comniunicn  witli  tlie  vSoul,  the  man  becomes  one  with 
Jehovali,  the  Centre  of  the  Thought  and  Power  of  the 
Universe. 

19.  "He  becomes  a  Great  Soul,  a  Master,  a  Perfect  Man, 
and  the  perfect  vehicle  of  the  Mind  and  Will  of  Jehovah- 
Elohim. 

20.  "vSuch  a  man  hath  Power  over  all  the  Forces  of  Evil 
or  of  Good  in  the  Universe,  and  is  possessed  of  a  Wisdom 
that  transcendeth  all  the  knowledge  and  learning  of  man- 
kind, as  the  ligiit  of  the  Sun  transcendeth  the  light  of  a 
candle.  He  is  a  'Wise  Man,'  whose  Power  and  Wisdom 
none  can  surpass  or  resist. 

2J.  "And  such  a  man  is  John.  He  hath  attained  unto 
the  Powers  and  Attainments  of  a  Great  Soul,  and  is  a 
Master  in  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah. 

22.  "By  no  mere  intellectual  training,  by  no  special  gifts 
or  natural  talents  and  aptitude,  hath  he  attained,  but  by  the 
sheer  powers  and  intrepid  fortitude  of  a  courageous  Spirit, 
hath  he  slain  all  his  affections  and  lusts,  and  brought  within 
the  grasp  of  his  iron  Will  every  appetite  and  propensity  of 
his  abnormal  mortal  nature. 

23.  "He  hath  exercised  every  principle  ;ind  rule  of  the 
Nazarite.  hath  li\ed  a  life  of  perfect  obedience  to  the  Laws 
of  the  Cros,  and  Serpent,  and  having  made  himself  the 
complete  Master  of  Himself,  purifying  and  keeping  himself 
pure  from  Evil  Aura,  by  Prayer  and  Fasting  and  by  labours 
and  sufferings,  he  hath  become  a  perfect  Medium  between 
Jehovah-Elohim  and  Man. 

2^.  "He  is  the  jierfect  Man  that  ye  all  aspire  to  become, 
and  which  ye  shall  all  become  if  ye  do  as  John  has  done, 
and  follow  in  the  Steps  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  in  which 
it  is  now  my  office  to  conduct  ycu. 

25.  "Ye  shall  now,  for  a  certain  period,  separate  your- 
selves from  your  fellow-men  entirely,  and  retire  with  Me 
into  the  Wilderness,  those  of  you    who  have  been  baptised, 


64  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  are  Initiated  into  the   Second    Degree  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent. 

26.  "Ye  shall  take  nothing  witii  you,  no  food,  no  money, 
and  no  means  of  comfort  for  the  night.  Ye  shall  remain 
each  apart  from  his  fello\\  ,  in  Prayer  and  Fasting,  eating 
only  the  honey  and  locusts  and  roots  that  ye  shall  find  in 
the  wilderness. 

27.  "Ye  shall  remain  there  with  Me  for  forty  days,  when 
ye  shall  then  return  unto  your  homes,  and  wait  for  the 
directions  that  I  shall  give  you  for  your  future  procedure. 

28.  "This  period  of  Prayer  and  continued  Fasting  is  a 
necessary  part  of  your  purification,  and  the  development  of 
your  spiritual  natures.  In  no  other  way  than  by  under- 
going these  tests  of  your  endurance,  your  fortitude  and  your 
faith,  can  ye  subjugate  your  natural  propensities  and 
appetites,  or  bring  your  Body  into  obedience  and  sub- 
mission to  your  Soul. 

29.  "All  ye  who  aspire  to  become  Great  Souls,  and  to 
hereafter  attain  the  Degree  of  a  Master,  follow  Me  into  the 
wilderness,  andundergo  temptation  at  the  hands  of  Satanas, 
the  Spiritual  Master  of  your  Destiny  and  development. 

30.  "Though  at  present  none  of  you  are  arrived  at  that 
Degree  which  admits  you  to  Conscious  Communion  with 
Elohim,  and  are  therefore  bereft  of  all  the  consolations  of 
that  blessed  experience,  seeing  that  your  Mind  and  Body-- 
the  means  of  human  consciousness — are  still  dark  and 
insensible  to  the  Spiritual  Voice  and  Touch  ;  yet  your  Souls 
are  now  in  Communion  with  Elohim,  and  the  pure  and 
potent  Aura  of  Elohim  will  surge  through  you,  through 
your  Spiritual  and  Mental  veins,  and  ye  shall  be  conscious 
of  that  benign  Afflatus  which  will  suffuse  your  mind  with 
Light,  even  when  unconscious  of  the  .Spiritual  Presences, 
and  your  mind  and  body  are  surrounded  with  impenetrable 
darkness. 

31.  "This  course  of  temptation  will  hereafter  result  in 
the  transformation  of  the  .Spiritual  Afflatus  into  the  Con- 
scious   Realisation    and    Communion    with    the    Spirits   of 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  65 


Elohim,  whicli    is    the    ultimate    purpose    of   the   Cross  and 
Serpent, 

32.  "Meanwhile,  think  not  tliat  ye  shall  be  without  the 
Conscious  Realisation  of  the  Presence  and  Voice  of  Elohim, 
for,  as  ye  had  their  Presence  and  Voice  in  the  Mediumship 
of  our  Beloved  John,  so  in  the  Mediumship  of  Me,  your 
Master,  ye  shall  have  the  same  realisation  and  conscious- 
ness, and  in  a  greater  measure. 

33.  "And  iierein  is  the  necessity  of  your  present  state, 
that  ye  are  to  believe  in  Me  as  the  Medium  of  Jehovah,  as 
the  Voice  of  Elohim,  as  your  God,  the  Representative  of 
the  God  of  all  the  Universe, 

34.  "A  great  test  of  your  faith  is  thus  given  unto  you,  to 
believe  in  Me,  a  Man  like  unto  yourselves,  with  natural 
human  idiosyncracies,  frailties,  and  peculiarities;  a  very 
human  being,  with  very  little  personal  attractiveness,  a  very 
little  of  those  greatnesses  and  excellencies  of  manhood  that 
commend  men  generally  to  the  world. 

35.  "Some  of  you  are  better-looking,  finer  personalities, 
than  I  am  ;  some  are  more  cultured ;  some  more 
muscular;  some  more  intelligent  and  spiritually-minded,  as 
men  estimate  these  qualities. 

36.  "But  such  as  I  am,  ye  are  to  believe  in  Me  for  all 
that  I  claim  to  be,  and  that  is  asserted  of  Me.  And  believ- 
ing Me  to  be  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  the  Supreme  Hierophant 
of  the  Universe,  the  Christ  of  Jeliovah  ;  ye  have  no  need  to 
lament  because  as  yet,  ye  can  not  dispense  with  my  Medium- 
ship,  and  be  your  own  Mediums  between  Jehovah  and  your- 
selves, which  ye  shall  be  when  ye  attain  to  the  Degree  of 
Adeptship,  having  taken  all  the  Degrees  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  and  are  able  to  take  the  greater  Degrees  of  the 
Square  and  Circle." 

37.  And  having  said  these  words,  Jesus  removed  Himself 
from  the  presence  of  the  multitude,  and  departed  into  the 
Wilderness  alone. 

38.  And  all  the  Neophytes  that  heard  Him  also  obeyed 
His     instructions,    and      separated     themselves     from     one 


(       66  '  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF     TESUS. 


another,  as  they  journeyed  into   the  solitude  of   the  Wilder- 
ness of  Judea, 

39.  And  the  Aspirants  and  Enquirers  assembled  from  all 
the  regions  of  Judea,  and  from  beyond  Jordan,  dispersed, 
and  with  exaltation  spread  abroad  the  wonderful  things 
they  had  seen  and  heard  ;  and  it  was  noised  abroad  that 
the  long-expected  Master  had  appeared  and  had  been 
baptised  b}-  John. 

40.  And  John  returned  from  the  Wilderness  and  preached 
in  Jerusalem,  proclahning  the  Advent  of  the  Christ. 

41.  Then  did  the  tidings  reach  the  ears  of  Herod  the 
King,  and  he  sent  for  John,  and  questioned  him  concern- 
ing the  words  that  had  been  reported  to  him. 

43.  Bat  John  stood  boldly  before  the  Royal  Sensualist 
and  rebuked  him  publicly  and  openly  for  his  wrong-doings, 
sparing  him  not  in  his  open  and  blunt  denunciations. 

43.  And  Herod  was  mucli  incensed  at  the  boldness  of  the 
Prophet,  and  meditated  putting  him  under  arrest  as  a  mal- 
efactor, and  ridding  himself  of  his  accuser  by  death. 

A^.  For,  among  other  things,  John  had  made  a  public 
exposure  of  Herod's  adultery  with  Herodias,  the  wife  of 
Philip,  his  brother,  which,  though  well-known  in  the  circles 
of  Jewash  Society,  vv^as  preserved  a  secret  from  the  public, 
for  security's  sake. 

45.  And  at  this  time,  the  Chief  Priests  and  Elders  of  the 
Synagogues,  trembled  exceedingly  at  the  boldness  and 
audacity  of  John,  who  had  not  spared  them  from  the 
exposure  of  the  abuses  of  the  Priests,  their  hypocrisies, 
extortions,  and  secret  debaucheries. 

46.  And,  in  a  panic  of  fear,  they  appealed  to  Herod  to 
arrest  John  as  a  disturber  of  the  peace  and  a  conspirator 
against  the  realm  of  Cicsar, 

47.  This  fitted  in  well  with  Herod's  private  wishes,  and 
he  immediately  had  John  put  into  prison,  having  now"  no 
fear  of  a  popular  disturbance,  having  the  Priests  with  iiim 
in  tile  act,  and  knowing  that  the  people  were  under  tiie 
dominance  of  the  Jewish  Hierachy. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  67 

48.  Then  did  Jesus  enter  upon  a  course  of  Prayer  and 
Fasting,  alone  in  the  Wilderness,  communing  witii  His 
Spirit,  and  with  the  Spirits  of  Elohim. 

49.  And  He  fasted  for  forty  days  and  forty  nights,  par- 
taking only  of  the  sparse  food  that  grew  in  the  Wilderness, 
and  drinking  the  water  that  ran  in  the  brooks. 

50.  Day  and  night  He  spent  in  Prayer,  with  occasional 
brief  intervals  of  sleep.  He  communed  continuously  with 
Elohim,  and  received  from  Elohim  the  instructions  and 
forecast  of  His  life,  and  of  the  events  which  should  here- 
after result  from  His  Ministry. 

51.  As  in  a  revolving  picture  Jesus  saw  the  rolling 
periods  of  time  that  should  follow  His  own  life  and  passing 
away,  and  the  future  history  of  the  earth  in  all  its  many 
changes  and  developments. 

52.  Unto  Him  was  revealed  all  that  should  follow  from 
His  own  life  and  Ministry,  and  He  was  instructed  in  all  that 
should  befall  Him,  even  to  the  culminating  point  of  His 
death,  His  Resurrection,  and  His  Ascension,  and  the  history 
of  the  Church  that  should  be  raised  up,  from  the  time  of  its 
rise  to  the  end  of  time  on  the  earth  in  this  Cycle  of  its 
existence. 

53.  And  Jesus  remained  in  an  ecstasy  of  communion  and 
prayer  during  His  forty  days  and  nights  of  Fasting,  and 
so  absorbed  and  preoccupied  did  He  become  that  He  neither 
thought  of  the  lapse  of  time,  or  of  the  demands  of  Nature, 
eating  nothing,  and  drinking  nothing  during  the  Vv'hole  of 
that  time  save  an  occasional  morsel  of  honey,  or  a  fruit, 
which  He  took  in  a  state  of  unconsciousness  of  what  He 
was  doing. 

54.  Nor  did  He,  during  the  whole  period,  feel  any  dis- 
comfort from  excessive  hunger,  b^ing  sustained,  as  men  are, 
in  the  state  of  ecstasy,  by  the  power  of  Thought-Aura 
pouring  into  Him  from  the  .Spirits  of  Elohim  who  were  in 
His  company. 

c,c^.  And  the  greater  part  of  this  time  the  vSoul  of  Jesus 
was  sundered  from  its  bodily  tabernacle,  and  ascended  into 


68  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

the  Heavenly  Places,  where  He  coininuned  personally  witli 
Elohim,  and  received  from  Elohim,  in  spiritual  language 
the  teaching  and  instruction  that  were  given  to  Him. 

^6.  And  when  the  forty  days  and  nights  were  over,  Jesus 
aroused  from  His  ecstasis,  and  resumed  the  natural  condi- 
tions of  His  mortal  life,  returning  to  the  consciousness  of 
the  feelings  and  sensations  of  His  mind  and  body. 

57.  Then  Jesus  felt  very  weak  and  hungry-,  and  His  body 
suffered  acutely  from  the  long  abstinence  from  food  and 
noin-ishment.  And  He  longed  for  bread  to  satisfy  the  pangs 
of  hunger,  and  to  give  Him  strength  to  move. 

58.  And  in  the  extremity  of  His  weakness  and  sufi'ering, 
Satan  came  unto  Him  and  tempted  Him.  appearing  unto 
Him  in  His  glorious  form  of  an  Archangel,  radiant  and 
benign. 

^9.  Now  the  communications  which  Jesus  had  received 
when  in  ecstasis  were  received  not  in  His  Physical  Brain- 
consciousness,  but  in  His  Soul-consciousness,  and  they 
only  impressed  the  Brain-consciousness  in  a  partial  and 
general  realisation,  but  not  at  all  in  any  detailed  remem- 
brance of  what  He  had  heard  and  seen. 

60.  vSuch  Spiritual  communications  cannot  be  received 
into  the  Brain-consciousness  except  by  gradual  conception 
and  assimilation,  when  the  Thought-Cells,  as  they  are  grad- 
uallv  conveyed  from  the  Soul-consciousness  to  the  Mind- 
consciousness,  and  from  the  Mind-consciousness  to  the 
Brain-consciousness  of  the  body,  are  generated  in  each,  and 
overflo\Y  finally  into  the  Physical  Brain-consciousness. 

61.  And  this  is  a  work  of  time,  for  in  the  abnormal  con- 
stitution it  is  impossible  for  the  Brain-consciousness  to 
receiv'e  at  one  conception  all  the  tliought  and  knowledge 
that  the  Soul  receives  from  the  Spirit. 

62.  And  J'jsus,  being  subject  to  the  limitations  of  the 
abnormal  nature,  was  conscious  in  His  Mind  only  of  a  gen- 
eral impression  and  memory  of  all  that  He  had  received 
during  His  forty  days  of  Fasting  and  Communion  with 
Elohim,    as    one    is    conscious   of    the    memorv    of    a    most 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  69 

beautiful  and  elaborate  picture,  the  whole  design  and  con- 
ception of  which  is  taken  into  the  mind,  but  its  detail  and 
full  meaning  is  not  grasped  with  clearness. 

63.  Therefore  Jesus  had  only  a  partial  sense  of  much  that 
had  been  told  Him  by  Elohini.  And  when  Satan 
appeared  in  the  form  of  his  Celestial  character,  as  an  Arch- 
angel, as  Jesus  had  seen  him  even  but  a  brief  time  back, 
when,  in  trance.  His  Soul  had  visited  the  Heavenly 
Places;  in  the  weariness  andfaintness  of  His  condition,  He 
groaned  within  Himself,  and  wept,  in  the  realisation  of  His 
loneliness  and  weakness.  His  human  limitations  and  disabil- 
ities, as  He  contrasted  Himself,  in  His  present  human 
abnormal  constitution — the  dwarfed  and  depraved  Body  of 
the  fallen  human  family — with  the  lofty  and  transcendent 
glory  of  His  Celestial  Form,  of  which  the  appearance  of 
Satan  reminded  Him. 

64.  And  He  was  plunged  into  a  great  darkness  of 
despondency  and  despair.  The  human  sensibilities  rose  up 
and  bedimmed  His  Spiritual  consciousness,  and  darkened 
all  His  mind  and  Soul.  Even  so  that  He  seemed  to  lose  the 
recollection  of  His  Divine  Personality,  and  viewed  Himself 
only  in  the  light  of  His  present  abnormal  human  conditions, 
as  if  He  had  never  known  any  other,  and  that  He  never 
should  know  any  other. 

65.  The  distance  that  lay  between  the  Celestial  and  the 
Terrestrial  became  so  infinite,  that  all  recollection  and  con- 
sciousness of  the  former  was  swallowed  up  in  the  bitter  and 
painful  realisation  of  the    unhappy  conditions  of  the  latter. 

66.  And  for  a  time  His  mind  became  beclouc>ed  so  that 
He  forgot  even  the  remembrance  of  the  mission  for  which 
He  had  been  born  of  abnormal  human  parentage  to  accom- 
plish, and  only  did  He  feel  the  excessive  weight  of  weak- 
ness and  impotence  that  pressed  His  Great  vSoul  into  noth- 
ingness and  caused  Him  to  feel  Himself  to  be  even  worse 
than  a  man,  a  very  crawling  and  despicable  worm  that  only 
crawleth  on  the    ground,    and    can    neither  think  as  a  man, 


70  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

fly  in  the  air  as  a  bird,  nor  appear  radiant  in  joyous  form  as 
a  butterfly. 

67.  He  forgot  too  that  all  creatures,  from  the  bird  to  the 
man,  and  from  the  man  to  the  God,  had  once  been  worms, 
and  that  even  a  worm  had  a  vSoul  that  hereafter  should 
ascend  in  evolution  to  the  highest  degrees  of  cosmic  being. 
He  forgot  also  that  a  worm,  which  has  never  been  anything 
better  than  a  worm,  and  is  ignorant  of  any  future  destiny 
in  evolution,  is  perfectly  happy  and  contented  with  its  lot 
whilst  it  remains  a  worm,  even  when  it  is  surrounded  with 
countless  varieties  of  nobler  types  of  creatures,  which  it 
knew  not  that  it  should  hereafter  become. 

68.  And  Jesus  ruminated  disconsolately,  and  sat  for  a 
long  time  in  the  darkness  of  a  great  despondency,  His  mind 
incapable  of  rising  above  the  present  clouds  and  of  seeing 
beyond  the  present  experiences,  after  that  the  vision  of 
Satanas  that  had  appeared  unto  Him  had  departed  from 
Him. 

69.  Then  did  His  Soul  rise  again  within  Him,  and  His 
mind  recovered  the  illumination  of  His  Spirit,  and  He 
bethought  Him  of  the  Truth  that  had  temporarily  slipped 
from  His  memory,  and  of  the  great  mission  that  He  had  been 
born  into  the  world  to  fulfil. 

70.  And  He  rose  up,  as  a  giant  refreshed  with  wine,  and 
the  despondency  left  Him,  and  He  was  again  endued  with 
courage  and  faith. 

71.  And  He  said  within  Himself:  "V/hy  art  thou  cast 
down  O  my  Soul,  and  why  art  thou  so  disquieted  within  me? 
I  will  put  my  faith  in  Jehovah,  and  rely  only  upon  Elohim, 
and  mv  ht)pe  shall  be  turned  into  certitude,  my  fears  into 
triumph. 

72.  "I  will  bear  the  Cross  of  suffering,  the  humiliation, 
the  pain,  for  will  not  all  that  I  am  called  to  endure  be  to 
Me  as  nothing,  in  comparison  with  the  joy  that  will  be 
mine,  in  beholding  this  unhappy  Fallen  Race,  whose  con- 
temptible and  gross  body  I  bear,  restored  to  the  life  and 
conslitulion  of  their  original    Divine  Nature,  from  which  it 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  ^I 

liath  fallen  by  the  disobedience  of  those  faithless  men  who 
degraded  the  nature  of  the  Sons  of  Eloliim  to  the  very 
lowest  state  of  depravity. 

73.  "My  o\Vn  sufferings,  which  I  shall  endure  in  this  life- 
time, in  behalf  of  mankind,  are  as  nothing  compared  with  I 
the  cumulative  suffering  that  mankind  has  endured  in  the  ] 
past  ages,  since  the  first  Rebellion  and  Fall,  or  with  tlie 
suffering  which  mankind  endures  at  the  present  time,  sur- 
rounded as  this  v/orld  is  with  the  Outer  Darkness,  t!ie 
abode  of  the  Malign  »Spirits  of  their  original  fallen  and 
depraved  parents,  whose  presence  has  made  this  once  fair 
and  noble  Sphere  the  charnel-house  of  corruption  and 
misery  that  it  now  is. 

74.  "Need  I  any  more  to  stimulate  Me  to  courage  and 
endurance  than  the  spectacle  of  all  this  great  waste,  of 
barrenness  and  sterility  of  all  good,  this  mass  of  humanity 
grovelling  in  the  f^lth  of  Sensuality  and  ignorance,  and  lost 
to  all  the  ennobling  and  purifying  environment  of  Elohim, 
which  the  demons  have  usurped  and  substituted  for  tlieir 
own  corrupt  and  tyrannous  despotism? 

75.  "If  by  leading  the  race  of  a  regenerate  people,  by 
shewing  the  way  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  in  my  own  life 
and  teaching,  I  can  in  the  end  change  the  environment  of 
the  earth,  restore  to  mankind  the  panoply  of  Elohim,  and 
drive  back  into  the  Outer  Darkness  the  vast  hordes  of  dark 
and  malign  Demons  and  Fiends,  which  possess  and  control 
humanity,  deluding,  deceiving,  and  corrupting  the  race, 
that  fell  originally  from  the  image  of  Jehovah,  and  is 
capable  of  so  speedy  Restoration  and  Redemption  ;  and  if, 
by  bringing  once  more  down  into  the  earth's  zone,  the 
Omnipotent  and  Benign  Panoply  of  Jehovah — the  Par- 
aclete— now  so  impotent  and  powerless  to  aid  or  save 
men,  because  of  their  ignorance,  egotism,  and  demon- 
drugged  state  of  illusion  and  depravity  ;  then  indeed  will 
the  joy  that  such  a  conquest  will  bring,  be  an  infinitely 
greater  compensation  for  all  the  sufferings  it  involved,  than 
wer3  my  foolish  wish  to  be  granted,  and  I  were  restored  to 


72  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

the  Throne  of  my  Father   in    Heaven,    and   the  world  were 
left  to  perish  from. the  disease  which  has  overtaken  it. 

76.  "Is  not  the  purpose  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  for 
which  I  had  no  need  in  my  own  nature,  but  which,  in 
taking  the  form  and  constitution  of  the  children  of  the 
disobedient  and  fallen  Race  of  Adam,  (whose  Spirits  are 
the  Curse  and  Darkness  of  this  evil  age)  is  made  subject  to 
the  necessity  of  obedience  to  the  Principles  and  Laws  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent  ;  to  restore  unto  this  Race  this  lost  her- 
editv,  and  to  wipe  out  the  interposing  heredity  of  the 
abnormal  constitution  of  man? 

77.  "Why  then  shall  I  shrink  from  the  Temptations  of 
my  Soul,  Mind,  and  Body,  seeing  that,  by  my  example,  and 
by  the  power  of  my  perfect  Spiritual  nature,  made  perfect 
by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  I  shall  bring  to  mankind  the 
Truth  and  Power  of  Salvation,  and  save  the  world  from  the 
nemesis  of  the  Demons  that  hath  fallen  upon  it.? 

78.  "And  although  I  have  never  known  Sin  or  Evil  in 
mv  own  nature,  having  been  so  carefully  preserved  in  my 
youth  from  any  evil  environment,  with  which  all  mankind 
is  surrounded,  and  to  which  they  are  all  their  lifetime 
subject  ;  it  is  by  no  merit  of  my  own,  that  1  have  been  so 
preserved,  but  by  the  happy  and  benign  circumstances  of 
my  parentage  and  upbringing  that  I  have  been  spared  those 
sufferings  which  spring  from  impurity  and  corruption,  and 
from  those  temptations  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  in  my  own 
flesh,  which  are  necessary  for  purification. 

79.  "And  it  is  for  Me  to  suffer  these  very  temptations 
and  afflictions  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  for  the  sake  of 
these  Brethren,  as  their  Leader  and  Head;  for  if  the  Head 
is  exempt  from  Temptation,  how  can  the  Body  suffer;  and 
if  the  13ody  be  diseased,  although  the  Head  be  whole,  yet 
must  the  Head  suffer,  even  more  acutely  than  the  Body,  for 
all  feeling  and  sensations  are   made   conscious  in  the  Head. 

80.  "And  the  Head,  being  not  only  the  centre  of  con- 
sciousness, but  also  the  centre  and  source  of  Iiealing  and 
purification,  then  is    it    essential    that    the  Head  be  the  first 


THE    LIFP:    and    discourses    of    JESUS.  73 

object  of  the  healing  and  purifying  processes,  by  which 
their  benign  influences  may  be  communicated  to  the 
members, 

8i.  "For  this  reason  it  is  true  what  the  Propliet  Isaiah 
hath  said  concerning  Me,  and  all  Masters  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent  who  shall  succeed  Me  :  'Himself  bore  our  infirmities 
and  carried  our  sicl^nesses,'  for  whatever  evils  that  mankind 
suffer  from,  their  pain  and  effects  fall  upon  Me,  and  through 
Me,  the  Head,  do  all  the  Members  obt.iin  healing,  life  and 
restoration. 

82.  "For  through  the  mediumsiiip  of  the  Head  do  the 
Aura  of  Elohim  pass  to  the  bodily  members;  and  through 
Me  must  health,  wisdom,  and  power  come  unto  all  who 
come  unto  Me  for  healing,  life  and  restoration. 

83.  "And  verily  I  am  the  life  of  the  world,  and  for 
the  world  I  give  my  life,  even  unto  death,  that  the  world 
may  be  healed  and  saved." 

84.  Then  did  the  Spirit  of  Jesus  revive  within  Him,  and 
the  darkness  that  had  overwrapt  His  Soul  departed.  And 
His  sense  of  hunger  and  physical  weakness  became  insup- 
portable, and,  in  His  suffering  He  cried  out,  longing  for 
bread  to  stay  His  hunger. 

85.  Then  came  an  Evil  vSpirit,  whom  Satan  permitted  to 
approach  Him,  and  to  speak  unto  Him,  and  said -."Thou 
art  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  and  Supreme  Hierophant  of  the 
Universe.  Canst  thou  not  then  exercise  thy  powers,  and 
command  the  Forces  of  Nature  that  they  shall,  according 
to  those  Laws  which  thou  knowest,  convert  the  elements, 
of  which  these  stones  are  composed,  into  bread?  What  is 
easier,  since  bread  and  stone  are  constituted  from  the  same 
elements,  and  a  word  from  Thee,  the  exertion  of  thy  Spirit- 


^  ual  Gifts,  can  perform  in  a  moment  all  that  Nature  takes  so     \ 

/  long  a  time  in  executing.      Come  now,  and  satisfy  thy  hun-     ^ 

I  ger  by  one  little  act  of  thy  Spirit's  powers. 

)  86.    "What    need    is    there    for    all    this    waste    of  pain? 

I  Thou  art  alone.     There  is  none  to  see  Thee,  none  to  behold 

|j  thy  fortitude,  nor  to  profit  by    thy  example.      None  will  be 


74  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OF    JESUS. 

the  wiser  for  thy  caring  for  this  Body  which  hangs  a  clod 
upon  tliy  vSpirit.  Be  sensible,  and  having  the  power  over 
Nature  that  thy  ignorant  fellow-men  possefs  net,  use  it  for 
thine  own  creature  comfort.  Thou  canst  as  easily  turn 
stone  into  bread  as  water  into  wine." 

87.  And  Jesus  listened  a  while  to  the  voice  of  the  Evil 
One,  and  pondered  in  His  mind,  for  the  voice  spake  with 
such  reasonableness,  and  appeared  so  similar  to  the  voice  of 
His  own  Soul,  that  for  some  moments  He  was  deceived. 
Then  He  perceived  that  Satauas  was  beholding  Him,  and 
recognised  the  TempLation  of  Sahmas  in  the  words  that 
had  come  into  His  mind.  And  He  recalled  the  v/ords  of 
Moses,  the  Master  of  the  early  Israelites,  and  He  spake  unto 
Satanas,  and  said  : 

88.  "O  Satanas,  I  know  thy  craft  and  subtletv,  that  your 
purpose  is,  not  to  lead  Me  astray  from  the  Path  that  I  must 
pursue,  but  to  test  my  Faith  in  Elohim,  and  I  perceive  the 
Evil  Ones  in  this  thought  that  entered  my  mind.  But  vou 
knew  tJKit  I  should  not  yield  to  such  a  device.  For  do' I 
not  know  that  Eloiiim  is  witii  Me,  and  were  it  the  will  of 
Jehovah  tliat  1  should  do  this  thing,  I  should  receive  the 
word  of  Elohim  bidding  Me  do  it.  But  is  not  this  one  of 
the  necessary  sufferings  of  the  Cross,  and  have  I  not  been 
directed  b}'  Elohim  to  subsist  on  nothing  but  the  sparsely 
scattered  provisions  of  Nature,  in  this  Wilderness?  There- 
fore I  know  t  hat  Elohim  never  giveth  contradictory  mes- 
sages, or  goetli  back  upon  His  own  word  and  command- 
ment. And  when  tlie  Israelites  were  undergoing  their 
Temptations  in  the  Wilderness,  Moses  said  unto  them  : 
'Man  subsisteth  not  by  bread  which  satisfieth  the  body 
only,  but  by  the  Ain-a  of  Elohim,  which  entereth  into  his 
Soul,  whilst  he  hearkcneth  unto  every  word  which  pro- 
ceedetli  out  of  the  mouth  of  Elohim.' 

89.  "And  verily  have  I  been  fed  and  sustained  by  the 
Bread  of  Heaven  during  these  forty  days,  insomuch  that  I 
sought  for  no  other  food,  aiid  never  thought  of  il  until  my 
Soul  ceased  from  direct  communion  with  Elohim  in  ecstasis. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  ^5 


and  niv  body  resumed  its  nutiirul  functions.      Only  tiiendid 
I  feel  hungry  and  weak. 

90.  "The  substance    which    has   sustained  Me  these  forty 
days  without  food,  will  support  Me  unto  the  time  that  I  shall     i 
leave  this  Wilderness  and  obtain   bread." 

91.  Then  Jesus  fed  Himself  with  the  food  of  the  Wilder- 
ner.s,  and  afterwards  fell  asleep.  And  being  entranced,  His 
Body  was  etherealised  by  dematerialisation,  and  was  con- 
veyed unto  the  Temple  in  Jerusalem. 

92.  And  He  beheld  the  Holy  City  as  it  lay  beneath,  and 
contemplated  long  and  silently.  He  watched  the  teeming 
multitude  of  all  sorts  and  conditions  of  men,  who  filled  the 
City  ;  the  great  mass  of  toilers  and  sufferers  who,  rich,  or 
poor,  were  struggling  one  with  another  in  the  everlasting 
struggle,  the  unnatural  condition  of  social  life,  which  per- 
sists and  constitutes  the  uniform  life  of  mankind. 

93.  Fie  beheld  the  Rich  and  Opulent,  in  the  enjoyment  of 
the  good    things  of   this   life,    careless,    gay,    grasping  and 
niggardl}-,    a   class   apart    from    their   poorer    brethren,    by 
whose  labours  they    were    mostly    enriched    and    enabled  to     ^ 
dwell  at  ease. 

94.  Then,  in  close  contiguity  He  beheld  the  vast  areas 
where  dwell  the  poorer  classes,  thickly  crowded  in  unhealthy 
and  closely-populated  quarters,  the  workers  and  toilers, 
the  suffering  and  diseased,  the  beggars  and  criminals — all 
the  great  mass  of  humanity  who  live  by  labour,  beggary, 
crime,  and  on  the  vices,  the  indulgences,  and  the  debauch- 
eries, of  the  rich.  ;  ,   v 

95.  And  His  heart  went  out  for  these  people,  to  the  poor 
and  suffering,  the  vicious  and  criminal,  and  He  pitied  them 
deeply. 

96.  He  knew  and  felt  their  secret  sorrows  and  pains, 
silently  endured  and  often  uncomplainingly.  He  knew  the 
secret  suppressed  sobbing  of  suffering  women,  labouring  in 
the  cruel  conditions  of  childbirth,  and  toiling  with  care  and 
distress  to  protect  their  children  from  poverty,  pain  and 
evil.  .  ;    v^iJ.  ,..;;  :,. 


76  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

97.  And  He  knew  the  hearts  of  the  patient  labouring 
men,  who,  for  the  smallest  pittance  of  wages,  by  which 
they  were  expected  to  maintain  their  families,  and  strove  to 
provide  comfort  and  happiness  for  their  wives  and  children; 
gave  their  time  and  strength  to  the  rich  merchants  and 
manufacturers,  whom  their  labours  and  poverty  made  rich 
and  opulent. 

98.  He  had  pondered  during  the  past  years  of  His  life, 
when  He  Himself  laboured  in  the  carpenter's  shop,  over 
the  conditions  of  life,  and  its  many  abuses  and  anomalies, 
marvelling  at  a  state  of  things  that  made  it  possible  for  the 
human  race  to  have  become  so  separated  and  disjointed,  that 
one  class  lived  only  to  serve  another  class,  in  poverty, 
servitude,  and  unceasing  drudgery;  and  the  other  class 
only  lived  and  took  pleasures  and  luxuries  at  the  expense  of 
the  majority  of  their  fellow-men,  who  were  born  to  be  their 

<     slaves. 

(  99.   Jesus  knew  wliat    were   the   true    conditions  of   life, 

what  was  the  normal  state  of  being,  His  memor)'  recalled 
those  distant  and  forgotten  pre-historic  Ages,  when  all  the 
races  of  men  were  Brothers  one  of  another,  and  the  Adamic 
Race,  the  Highest,  Noblest,  Wisest  Beings  that  lived  on 
the  Earth,  were  unto  the  Lower  Races,  their  benign  and 
best  Providence,  and  the  most  beloved  and  revered  of  man- 
kind. And  the  Lower  Races,  and  all  the  diflFerent  Orders 
of  the  Adamic  Race,  served  one  another  as  Brothers  and 
Friends;  and  no  distinctions  of  birth,  riches,  education  or 
social  position  so  much  as  were  thought  of  in  these  Best  of 
Days. 

100.  Such  distinctions  a^  existed  were  distinctions  of 
Spiritual  Attainment,  Development,  Dignity  and  Office  in 
the  Hierarchy  of  Elohim,  but  they  never  produced  one 
single  suspicion  of  the  conditions  of  Society  that  exist 
between  race  and  race,  and   between  class  and  class. 

101.  To  Jesus  the  customs  of  class-distinction,  framed  on 
social  and  religious  ideas  that  were  the  result  of  the  Egotism, 
Greed,  Pride  and    Sensuality    of    mankind,  and  were  nour- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  77 

ished  and  supported  by  the  institutions  of  both  Religion  and 
Government,  were  abhorrent. 

102.  He  grieved  and  waxed  indignant  that  men  took  it 
all  so  easily  and  contentedly,  the  downtrodden  and  poor, 
bearing  their  state  with  little  more  than  an  occasional  mur- 
mur, and  meekly  submitting  to  the  superiority  of  riches, 
education  and  birth,  which  existed  only  on  their  own 
labours  and  subservience. 

103.  He  marvelled  that  so  few  suspected  that  these  con- 
ditions were  abnormal  and  wrong,  and  that  none  bethought 
them  of  a  possible  solution  to  such  a  Mystery  of  life  as  the 
disparity  of  the  classes  ;  and  that  it  occurred  to  none  to  seek 
it  in  the  true  line  of  reasoning,  and  find  it  in  the  fact  that 
man  was  not  in  a  state  of  normality  in  his  very  constitution. 

104.  Also  Jesus  knew,  and  wept  bitter  tears  over  the 
spectacle  of  the  seething  mass  of  mankind  given  up  to  crime 
and  vice,  driven  to  these  evils  by  necessity,  forced  by  cir- 
cumstances of  birth  and  environment  into  a  life  which  their 
Souls  loathed,  tliough  inured  to  the  conditions,  and  ignorant 
of  any  escape  from  them,  through  long  habit,  and 
heredity. 

105.  Even  though  Jesus  knew  that  these  evils  of  life, 
which  He  abhorred  and  condemned,  always  worked  in  time, 
their  own  cure  and  abatement  by  natural  evolution,  and 
that  Souls  in  one  incarnation  were  reborn  in  the  next  incar- 
nation in  conditions  improved  by  the  experience  gained  in 
previous  incarnations,  and  Purgational  and  Paradisaical 
periods ;  yet  the  fact  remained  that  these  evil  conditions 
wxre  not  perpetuated  by  necessity,  and  that  Improvement 
and  Purification  in  the  race  was  possible  in  a  few  genera- 
tions if  mankind  would  turn  to  Elohim,  and  seek  with  all 
their  hearts  the  environment  of  Elohim. 

106.  For  the  environment  of  the  Demons  and  the  corrupt 
Aura  of  the  Demons,  to  which  mankind  conformed,  and 
which  was  the  cause  of  all  the  evil  in  the  world,  could  be 
displaced,  and  the  environment  of  Elohim  take  its  place,  if 


yS  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

mankind  universally  sought    Eluhim,    and  pursued  the  Path 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

107.  But  so  long  as  mankind  were  content  to  live  in  the 
abnormal  condition,  and  to  conform  to  the  Demon-environ- 
ment ;  or  remained  ignorant  of  the  True  Way  of  Deliverance, 
then  so  long  would  mankind  remain  in  the  present  condition. 

108.  And  Jesus  reflected  deeply  upon  all  these  things, 
and  wept  for  the  people  who  walked  in  darkness,  and  also 
were  under  the  rule    and    dominance    of   the  Wicked  Ones. 

109.  And  when  He  beheld  the  Temple  beneath  Him,  and 
the  people  passing  in  and  out,  and  performing  the  rites  and 
sacrifices,  wdiich  the  Priests  imposed  upon  them,  and  the 
clouds  of  smoke  that  ascended  from  the  burnt-offerings  of 
living  creatures  oflFered  in  sacrifice  on  the  altar,  for  the 
putting  away  of  ,Sin  and  Guilt,  His  vSoul  cried  out  in  indigna- 
tion and  wrath,  against  the  Priests  who  thus,  in  pretending 
to  put  sin  away  by  blood-sacrifices,  only  added  to  the  evil 
by  fostering  a  false  peace  and  happiness,  which  the  people 
sought  in  the  only   manner    that    they    knew  of  to  attain  it. 

no.  For  whilst  men  brought  offerings  of  bulls  and  goats, 
and  heifers  and  pigeons,  to  propitiate  an  outraged  and  angry 
God,  imagining  that,  by  so  doing,  they  were  purifying 
themselves,  how  could  they  seek  purification  from  vSin  in 
any  other  way.?  And  if  they  supposed  that  Sin  could  be 
only  washed  by  daily  cleansing,  how  could  they  seek  that 
radical  purification  winch  would  do  away  with  the  need  of 
daily  sacrifices  for  cleansirig? 

III.  And  He  saw^  the  great  Jewish  Hierarchical  fraud,  in 
all  its  naked  corruption  and  deception,  which  had  con- 
tinued from  the  days  of  Rehoboam,  who  first  caused  the 
departure  of  Israel  from  the  Path  of  the  Cross,  and  its  rein- 
statement, after  the  death  of  Ezra  and  Nehemiah,  by  the 
false  .Sanhedrim,  who  eliminated  the  Truth  from  the  Sacred 
Writings,  antl  handed  down  to  perpetuity  the  opinions  and 
fraudulent  .Scriptures  of  the  Pentateuch  and  the  Talmud, 
which  perpetuated  the  gross  superstition  of  Atonement,  by 
shedding  the  blood   of  helpless    and    innocent    animals,  and 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  79 

turning  tlie  House  of  Prayer  and  Communion  with  Jehovali- 
Elohim,  into  a  Charnel-House  and  a  den  of  merchants  of 
sacrificial  offerings,  of  extortioners,   and   sacerdotal  thieves. 

112.  These  and  many  more  reflections  passed  through  the 
mind  of  Jesus,  as  He  remained,  in  Spirit,  on  the  parapet 
of  the  Temple,    and   He   spake   thus  unto  Himself,  saying: 

i'i3.  "O  Jerusalem,  great  and  j)ror>perous  City!  City  of 
historical  renown,  of  ancient  greatness!  The  City  of  Solo- 
mon, the  Father-King  of  Israel,  in  whose  time  men  loved 
one  another  according  to  the  truth  of  the  Cross  and  vSerpent, 
w'hen  there  was  none  that  suffered  hunger,  none  who  stole, 
none  were  cruel,  tyrannous,  extortionate,  or  unjust,  none 
sank  into  vice  and  debauchery.  When  all  had  ail  they 
desired,  for  Soul  and  Body ;  when  there  were  no  class- 
distinctions,  or  rivalries,  no  jealousies  or  inequalities  of  the 
people;  wb.en  men  did  not  prostitute  their  women,  but 
maintained  them  in  honour  and  happiness,  and  brought  up 
their  children  in  conditions  of  purity  and  spiritual  light. 

114.  "Then  did  all  men  live  happily  and  harmoniously, 
serving  Jehovah-Elohim,.  and  loving  their  Father-King, 
their  Master  in  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  who  taught  them 
and  led  them  in  all  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah  and  the 
Universe,  establishing  the  reign  of  Perfect  Happiness,  Per- 
fect Peace,  and  Perfect  Freedom  from  all  evil. 

115.  "How  art  thou  fallen,  O  Jerusalem!  Unto  wliat  a 
degradation  hast  thou  come!  Even  so  low,  that,  to  serve 
Jehovah,  and  to  follow  the  Path  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent, 
men  must  come  into  this  barren  wilderness,  instead  of 
repairing  to  the  most  noble  of  all  the  Temples  of  the  earth, 
which  Solomon  built  for  the  purpose  of  the  rites  and 
ordinances  of  the  Wisdom  of  Jeliovah,  and  for  the  teaching 
and  purifying  of  the  people  from  tiieir  evil,  and  the  develop- 
ment of  their  Spiritual  natures  according  to  the  Principles 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

116.  "And  this  Temple  on  which  I  am  now  standing, 
what  is  it.^  the  monument  of  a  guilty  man's  licentiousness, 
and  a  standing  memorial  of  a  peoples'  corruption  and  super- 


8o  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

stilion  ;  the  edifice  of  Herod  the  King,  for  the  performance 
of  the  false  rites  of  Baal,  under  the  disguise  of  a  spurious 
worship  of  Jehovah  ;  the  scene  of  the  daily  martyrdom  of 
the  sacrificial  victims,  immolated  on  yon  high  altar  ;  of  mere 
merchandise  of  Souls  for  filthy  lucre,  and  for  the  fattening 
of  licentious  and  sensual  Priests,  out  of  the  ignorant  offer- 
ings of  the  poor  and  deluded  ;  this  Temple  of  perjury, 
apostasy,  and  Demon-worship,  erected  on  the  most  sacred 
foundations  of  the  Holy  Temple  of  Jehovah.  The  profan- 
ation of  the  most  Sacred  Site  by  the  most  abominable 
superstition  ! 

117.  "And  what  am  I  here,  in  this  dark  world,  to  accom- 
plish? What  insuperable  task  is  this  that  lies  before  me? 
Verily  this  Augean  Stable  I  am  charged  to  cleanse,  a  task 
compared  with  which  the  Mystical  Twelve  Labours  of 
Hercules  are  easy.  And  verily  am  I  not  sent  into  this 
unholy  and  putrid  Sphere,  to  fulfil  that  Sacred  Emblem  of 
the  Master's  duty,  to  perform  those  Twelve  Labours,  and 
to  show  mankind  how  every  man  may  become  an  Hercules, 
and,  by  the  Twelve  Degrees  of -the  Cross,  may  purify  his 
nature,  that  he  may  pass  through  the  Seven  Gates  of  the 
Serpent  ? 

118.  "Yet  do  I  stand  here,  and  contemplate  those  Twelve 
Tasks,  each  one  harder  than  the  other  to  perform,  and  say 
within  myself:  How  can  I,  with  my  weak  body,  and  human 
weakness,  accomplish  this  work?  Truly  is  it  a  superhuman 
task,  to  turn  the  hearts  of  this  people  so  low  sunk  in  tlie 
sleep  of  illusion,  of  vanity  and  conceited  ignorance,  self- 
sufficiency  and  pride ;  and  those  of  these  people  whose 
,Souls  aspire  to  the  truth,  and  would  be  led  in  the  way  of 
the  truth,  but  are  misled,  like  ignorant  sheep,  led  by  false 
shepherds,  more  steeped  in  ignorance  and  superstition  than 
themselves. 

119.  "The  whole  nation  of  Israel  is  enchained  in  the 
dungeons  of  illusion,  bolstered  up  by  a  Priesthood  and  a 
svstem  of  Religion,  which  all  fondly  and  ignorant ly  believe 
to  be  the  ancient   faith    of  Moses,    blind   to    all    its  contrary 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    J^SUS. 


evidences,  its  immoral  contradictions  of  the  first  principles 
of  Truth,  Justice,  Humanity,  or  Divinity,  ) 

120.  "They  vainly  suppose  that,  because  they  are  the 
descendants  of  the  Spiritual  Race  that  sprung  from  their 
ancestor  Abraham,  they  are  therefore  the  true  seed  of  Abra- 
ham, and  the  only  true  Israel  of  Jehovah  ;  and  that  their  ) 
monstrous  system  of  worship  and  their  licentious  and 
corrupt  hierarchy,  their  cruel  code  of  sacrificial,  moral,  and 
social  laws,  based  on  the  lowest  barbarism,  and  the  sur- 
vival of  the  greatest  and  grossest  superstition  that  has  ever 
been  conceived,  is  the  true  and  only  faith  of  Jehovah,  and 
the  uncorrupted  following  of  the  most  Sacred  Law  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent,  which  Moses,  the  Master  of  the  true 
Israel  of  the  faith  of  Abraham,  inculcated  in  the  Wilder- 
ness of  Sinai. 

121.  "A  people  that  have  for  many  generations  been 
steeped  in  this  heresy  and  lie  are  not  easy  to  convert  to  a 
truth  that  is  such  an  opposite  extreme,  that  runs  counter  to 
every  tenet,  doctrine,  and  practice  of  this  much-vaunted  and 
plausible  Judaism,  ) 

123.  "And  a  proud,  hypocritical,  and  opulent  Hierarchy, 
with  its  vast  army  of  Priests,  most  of  them  deceivers;  who  ) 
dominate  the  people,  and  keep  them  under  the  spell  of  their  ) 
false  creed,  the  notion  of  an  angry  Deity,  needing  to  be 
daily  appeased  by  the  blood  of  His  creatures  as  a  substi- 
tute for  their  own  everlasting  perdition;  preying  upon  their 
superstitions,  their  consciences,  their  susceptibilities,  and 
indulging  their  fears  by  threats  of  Divine  vengeance,  by 
excommunications  and  penalties  for  unconfessed,  and 
unatoned  wrong-doing;  thereby  reaping  a  continuous 
golden  harvest,  on  which  they  lead  sensual  and  luxurious 
lives,  straining  at  the  gnats  of  peccadilloes  in  their  victims, 
and  swallowing  the  camels  of  licentious  and  sensual  sins  in 
their  own  lives  ;  what  is  one  man,  poor,  weak,  despised, 
against  such  overwhelming  forces  against  Him? 

123.  "Also  a  social  and  political  system  of  class-despot- 
ism, class-pride    and    exclusiveness ;    of    military    rule,  and 


S-i  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOOrSES    OF    JESUS. 

tyrannical  domination  ;  of  poverty  maintained  and  perpetu- 
ated by  false  modes  of  living,  and  still  falser  codes  of 
cohdufct  ;  of  crime  and  vice,  disease  and  suft'ering,  generated 
^Tid  fostered  by  the  whole  system  of  government  and  social 
customs;  a  system  in  which  the  masses  are  kept  in  servile 
slavery,  crushed  by  poverty  into  submission  to  the  most 
inhuman  artd  vile  conditions  of  subjugation  to  the  rich, 
who  live  by  the  slavery  cf  the  poor,  emasculated  by 
necessity  to  the  servitude  of  slaves. 

^124.  "The  vices  of  the  rich  and  influential,  fed  by  the 
poverty  and  dependence  of  the  poor,  have  thereby  created 
that  sad  army  of  harlotry  and  crime,  who  have  no  dthef 
means  of  subsistence  but  prostitution,  theft,  and  beggary. 
12:5.  "O  my  Father!  my  Father!  this  task  is  more  than 
I  can  accomplish !  It  is  beyond  my  powers.  To  undo  so 
great  a  work  of  evil,  a  work  that  has  grown  from  genera- 
tions of  inherited  corruption  and  igi:orance.  that  is  the 
offspring  of  centuries  of  universal  deception  and  fraud  ;  is 
more  than  one  weak  man  can  achieve,  who  has  nothing  to 
commend  Him  to  notice  or  credence,  and  has  every  obstacle 
of  disability,  poverty,  obscurity,  prejudice,  and  hostility, 
to  surmount !" 

126.  Then  Satanas  came  again  into  the  vicinity  of  Jesus, 
as  He  still  remained  on  the  parapet  of  the  Temple,  and  an 
Evil  vSpirit,  by  his  permission  approached,  and  spake  into 
His  mind  saying  : 

127.  "Thou  art  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  art  thou,  the 
Supreme  Hierophant  of  the  Universe  ?  How  knowest  thou  } 
Thou  camest  into  this  world  by  natural  generation,  thou 
hast  only  thy  faith  to  rely  upon  for  the  truth  of  this  assump- 
tion, and  thou  knowest  how  easy  it  is  for  a  man  of  strong 
imagination  to  be  carried  away  by  imagination,  or  to  be 
deceived  by  Evil  Spirits,  and  made  to  imagine  the  most 
absurd  delusions.  Who  ever  heard  before  of  a  Son  of 
Jehovah,  a  .Spirit  of  Elohim,  coming  into  the  world  in  such 
conditions  of  mediocrity  and  obscurity,  as  thou?  Solomon, 
the  Great  King,  was  a  King's    Son,    and  Moses  was  a  man 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  83 


of  prominence  in  his  adopted  country;  Joseph  also  rose  to 
distinction  in  Pharaoh's  Court,  and  all  the  Prophets  and 
Patriarchs  were  men,  if  not  of  substance,  of  popular  respect 
and   notoriety. 

128.  "But  thou,  what  art  thou,  an  humble  carpenter,  by 
trade,  one  of  those  'slaves'  of  whom  thou  spakest,  a  mean 
man,  obscure,  mediocre,  leader  of  a  rabble  of  thy  own  class. 
Dost  thou  not  see  that  thou  art  a  deluded  monomaniac,  and 
possessed    with    an    Evil    and    Lying    Spirit?     Yet,    what 

[     )     canst    thou     do   to     retrieve      thyself?     Thou     canst     not 

'     return  to  thy  home,  and  take  up  the  thread  of  thy  life  there, 

where    thou    hast    broken    it ;    to    be  the  commiserated  and 

\  U  patronised  object  of  thy  brethren's  and  thy  neighbour's  sup- 
pressed contempt.  Thou  must  go  on  with  thy  pretensions 
and  end  in  a  fiasco;  or  there  is  one  other  alternative. 
Better  far  to  evade  the  shame  and  humiliation  of  thy  certain 
failure  to  realise  thy  pretensions,  by  putting  an  end  to  thy 
life,  and  cast  thyself  over  this  parapet,  and  suffer  thyself  to 
be  dashed  to  pieces  on  the  distant  pavement.  And  if  thou 
art  truly  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  then,  that  thy  destiny  be 
fulfilled,  it  will  be  necessary  for  the  Angels  to  support  thee, 
and  not  suffer  thee  to  so  much  as  dash  thy  foot  against  a 
stone.  Thou  wilt  alight  upon  the  ground  as  a  bird  that 
descendeth  from  mid-air.  That  would  most  unmistakably 
demonstrate  the  truth  of  thy  pretensions,  and  cause  all  the 
world  to  acknowledge  thee. 

129.  "But  if  thy  act  shall  end  fatally,  then  thou  wilt  end 
thy  madness,  and  save  thyself 'from  the  wretched  fate  of 
a  lunatic  living  in  the  world,  but  demented,  and  all  men'§ 
f^ar  and  contempt." 

130.  And  Jesus  recognised  the  presence  of  the  Evil 
Spirit,  and  beheld  also  the  form  of  Satanas,  beholding  Him 
with  benign  and  loving  looks.      And  Jesus  said  to  Satanas  : 

131.  "Satanas,    thou    beloved  Son  of  Jehovah,  thou  hast 


again  suffered  Me  to    be    tempted  after  the  manner  of  these     i 
corriipted   and  abnormal  men,   to  whom  such  a  temptation 
would    appear    most  strongly,    under   certain   most  terrible 


84  THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

circumstances.  Well  can  I  perceive  the  strong-  temptation 
it  must  be,  for  men,  weary  of  the  burden  and  strug-g^Ie  of  life, 
besieged  all  round  by  inextricable  difficulties  and  woes,  to 
end  it  all  by  one  act  of  suicide. 

132.  ^'For  so  ignorant  are  men  of  the  conditions  on  the 
other  side  of  the  grave,  and  the  inevitable  natural  and 
spiritual  consequences  of  any  attempt  to  thwart  Destiny, 
which  no  act  can  frustrate,  that  they  will  rush  unthinkingly 
into  Death. 

133.  ''  But  for  Me  who  am  cog^nisant  of  these  matters,  it 
is  less  possible  to  have  yielded  to  this  temptation  than  to 
the  former,  I  know  the  subtle  temptation  there  is  for  men, 
who  possess  Spiritual  Gifts,  to  employ  them  for  selfish 
purposes,  to  seek  a  livelihood  by  exercising  their  Spiritual 
functions,  or  to    preserve  life,   and   obtain   riches  by  means 

<     of  them  ;  and  I  even  might  have   deemed  such  a  thing  right 
(     and  good.      But  to  cast   m^^self  into  the  Outer  Darkness  by 

an    unnatural    and  high-handed    act  of  self-destruction,  is  a 

deed  I  could  never  commit. 

134.  "No,  Satanas,  such  a  thing  is  beyond  all  consider- 
ation ;  I  say,  as  Moses  said  ;  'Thou  canst  not  thus  tempt 
the  Son  of  Jehovah.' 

135.  "That  I  shall  die  one  day  I  know,  and  that  by 
violent  means.  But  that  my  death  shall  be  of  my  own 
bringing  is  not  to  be.  Neither  can  death  overtake  Me, 
until  my  Mission  is  accomplished." 

136.  And  later,  Jesus,  again  having  been  entranced,  was 
conveyed  in  His  bodily  form,  which  had  dematerialised 
when  in  a  state  of  trance,  to  the  summit  of  an  exceeding 
high  mountain,  and  from  the  summit,  He  beheld  the  vast 
expanse  of  country  on  all  sides,  and,  in  a  vision.  He  beheld, 
with  His  Spiritiuil  eyes,  the  whole  world  that  covered  the 
earth  w'ith  great  Kingdoms  and  mighty  cities. 

137.  And  there  appeared  before  His  Spiritual  sight,  the 
immense  picture  of  the  World-History,  from  the  beginning 
of  the  present  human  race,  until  the  Final  Consummation 
at  the  end  of  this  Cycle  of  the  Earth. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  85 

138.  He  saw  in  the  Infallible  Scroll  of  the  Heavens,  from 
the  indelible  tokens  of  the  Solar  and  Stellar  Spheres,  as 
they  rolled  in  the  infinite  space  of  the  Universe,  the  stupend- 
ous history  of  Human  Generation,  Degeneration,  and  the 
gradual  Restoration  of  the  Human  Race  out  of  the  depths 
of  corruption  into  which  it  had  sunk  at  the  time  of  the  Fall 
from  normality  and  the   disobedience   of  the  Adamic  Race. 

139.  The  history  of  each  great  World-Dynasty  rose  before 
His  eyes,  in  the  panorama  of  the  Heavens,  Dynasty  follow- 
ing Dynasty,  each  change  leading  the  Human  Race  higher 
and  higher  in  the  ascent  to  the  conditions  of  constitution, 
mind,  and  spirit,  that  filled  mankind  for  acceptance  of  the 
Truth  that  would  complete  the  great  work  of  Regeneration. 

140.  He  saw  the  Powers  of  the  Solar  Spheres,  and  of 
the  Planets,  operating  in  producing  Cause  and  Effect,  which 
never  failed  to  raise  the  Great  Personages,  for  good,  or  for 
evil,  that  should  exercise  their  influence,  malign  or  benign, 
upon  the  world,  in  its  slow  process  of  revolution  and 
development. 

141.  For  Destiny  lies  at  the  back  of  all  events,  great  or 
small,  that  have  relation  not  only  with  individuals,  great 
or  small,  but  all  nations.  Now  Destiny  is  controlled  and 
fulfilled  by  the  unerring  influence  of  the  Stars  in  their 
courses. 

142.  Every  Monarch  that  rules  a  nation,  every  great  man, 
of  military,  political,  commercial,  industrial,  social,  moral, 
or  religious  power  and  position,  is  a  personage  that  was 
raised  and  prepared  for  the  particular  purpose  of  the  great 
World-Destin}^ ;  and  every  event,  good  or  evil,  toward  or 
untoward,  malign  or  benign,  has  its  causation,  not  in  any 
fortuitous  concurrence  of  circumstances,  called  by  man, 
Chance,  or  Accident,  but  in  the  inexorable  and  predeter- 
minate  Forces  of  the  Stars  and  the  Sun,  in  their  infinite 
degrees  of  Correlation,  Conjunction  and  Opposition. 

143.  And  each  motion  of  a  Star,  in  Correlation  with  the 
smallest  motions  of  the  Stars  that  affect  it,  however  insig- 
nificant and  indiscernable,   save  unto  practiced  and  skilful 


THj;    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS, 


Astrologers,  is   significant,  and    pregnant    with   causation, 
\     to  all  individuals,  or    bodies   that   are   in   relativity  to  those 
Stars. 

1^4.  And  Jesus,  being  learned  in  all  the  Wisdom  of  the 
Magi,  and  withal  a  Psychic,  possessed  of  the  gift  of 
Spiritual  Sight  and  Wisdom,  read  in  the  Stars  the  whole 
history,  retrospective  and   prospective,  of  the  whole  world. 

145.  Not  only  are  the  prints  of  past  history  impressed 
deeply  upon  the  configuration  of  the   Stars,  and  unerringly 

\  reflect  their  colouration  and  radiation  upon  the  Spiritual 
Sight;  but  the  future  history  of  individuals  and  men,  are 
likewise  discernable  and  distinguishable  to  the  Spiritual 
Senses  of  a  properly  developed  Spiritual  Man. 

146.  By  the  Spiritual  Gifts,  it  is  in  the  power  of  a 
perfectly  developed  Spiritual  Man,  at  certain  times,  to 
behold  in  visions  the  Book  of  the  Universe,  the  vast  Scroll 
of  History  and  Prophecy,  concerning  the  Universe,  and  all 
its  individual  parts  and  bodies.  And  by  the  knowledge 
of  the  Stars,  to  know  what  hath  been,  and  what  will  be, 
in  the  past  and  future  destiny  of  beings. 

(  147.   And  Jesus    beheld    the    picture    of  Human  Destiny 

\     pass  before  Him  in   the   Celestial    Scroll,  and    the  course  of 

the  development  of  the  Human  Race,  in  the  various  nations 

in  which  they  were  divided. 

148.  The  growth  and  development  of  each  nation  was 
succeeded  by  the  growth  and  development  of  superior 
nations,  swallowing  up  the  former  in  their  march  of 
conquest  and  dominion. 

149.  Each  nation  caused  the  further  intermingling  of 
bloods,  by  colonisation  and  overspreading  of  their  people 
into  the  severally  conquered  territories,  and  the  consequent 
diffusion  of  the  better  characteristics  of  one  race  with  the 
inferior  races  in  which  they  intermarried. 

150.  He  followed  the  history  of  the  human  race  in  the 
p^st,'  and  then  He  pursued  the  line  of  prophecy,  and  marked 
out  in  the  Heavenly  Scroll,  the  history  of  the  race  tliat  was 
yet  to  be  made.  ;ni;    '/x-.i 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  87 

ic^i.  And  He  was  much  troubled  in  His  Soul  at  the 
picture  tiiat  was  presented  to  Him,  and  He  pondered  deeply, 
and  thought  with  much  distress  and  perplexity  :  and  then 
He  understood. 

152.  And  the  picture  that  He  saw  was  this :  He  saw 
first  the  picture  that  represented  Himself  as  the  distinguish- 
able Central  Figure,  the  prominent  Personage,  destined  to 
create  the  chief  features  of  progress  and  development  in  the 
Age  of  His  life  and  influence  in  the  world. 

1^3.  A  life  of  suffering,  labour,  and  temptation  ;  but  a 
.life  of  slow  and  gradual  progress-making  to  mankind.  No 
triumphant  exhibition  of  a  phenomenal  character,  no  great 
Luminary,  in  the  firmament  of  the  world's  intellectual  and 
spiritual  career,  was  His  Star;  only  a  poor  weakly  shining 
Star  it  was,  whose  rays,  as  they  emerged  were  puny  and 
dim  and  slender.  They  scarcely  were  perceptible  in  the 
circles  that  immediately    surrounded  it. 

1=^4.  But  as  the  rays  of  His  Star  revolved  in  extended 
circles,  radiating  spirally  from  the  Star-Centre,  they 
gathered  strength  and  brilliance,  and  illumined  the  sur- 
rounding space  with  a  glorious  radiance. 

155.  Then  the  Light  gradually  lessened,  as  the  circles 
widened,  denoting  the  advance  of  time,  until  it  finally 
disappeared  altogether  in  a  thick  black' mist,  through  which 
an  occasional  flickering,  as  of  dying  embers  in  a  dead  grate, 
was  only  visible. 

156.  So  Jesus  knew  from  this  that  His  own  life  was 
destined  to  no  great  eternal  conquest  of  the  world,  no 
marvellous  turning  of  all  hearts  to  Jehovah  ;  and  that  He 
must  not,  in  His  own  life  expect  success,  as  men  deem 
success,  by  outward  observation  ;  only  the  apparent  failure 
of  His  mission,  ending  in  an  humiliatingand  awful  Tragedy 
of  Death. 

157.  But  He  saw  that,  by  His  own  failure  and  poverty 
of  outward  show  of  conquest,  He  was  in  reality  achieving 
the  greatest  success  and  victory. 

158.  Though  He  must    sow    with   bitter  tears  of  anguish 


88  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  pain  ;  He  would  return  in  the  distant  ages  hereafter, 
and  bring  with  Him  the  Sheaves  of  the  glorious  Harvest  of 
Souls,  which  in  the  interim  of  Ages,  His  fellow-labourers 
and  successors  would  gather  in  for  Him. 

159.  But  that  dark  and  barren  interval — that  period  of 
many  centuries  of  black  and  sinister  character!  What  did 
Jesus  see  in  those  remorseless  Stars  that  predicted  an  unerring 
fate  upon  this  earth,  which  made  His  face  blanch  and  pale, 
and  caused  His  body  to  shake  and  tremble  with  uncontroll- 
able agitation?  What  made  the  scalding  tears  of  anguish 
to  pour  from  His  eyes  and  down  His  white  cheeks,  bedewing 

)     the  verdure  that  grew  on  that  mountain  summit? 

160.  In  the  days  that  had  passed,  from  the  time  of  the 
Fall  until  the  coming  of  John  Baptist,  the  Light  of  the 
Truth  remained  in  greater  or  lesser  steadiness  of  radiation 
from  the  natal  Stars  of  the  Masters  and  Personages  who 
had  reflected  the  Light  upon  the  earth. 

161.  Even  in  the  darkest  days  that  supervened  during 
all  those  four  thousand  years,  the  Light  of  the  Truth  shone 
brilliantly  in  many  corners  of  the  earth,  reflected  by 
Prophets,  Masters    and    Adepts,    and    from     many  obscure 

\     lamps  that  burned    in    secret    amongst    the    dark    forms   of 
mankind. 

162.  But  there  was  coming  a  time,  when  the  whole  earth 
would  be  submerged  in  a,  Black  Pall  of  Darkness,  and  no 
Liglit  would  shew  itself  for  the    illumination  of    mankind. 

163.  Darkness  and  the  shadow  of  death  would  prevail, 
and  not  a  Prophet,  nor  a  Luminary  would  openly  shine 
upon,  Or  influence  the  world.  The  Faith  would  die  out, 
and  the  world  would  be  given  up  to  worse  than  heathen 
darkness,  a  darkness  that  would  be  the  more  impenetrable 
because  of  the  countless  false  lamps  and  base  luminaries 
which  would  flicker  and  gutter  in  the  places  of  human 
learning  and  religion. 

164.  These  were  the  times  of  the  heathen  that  were 
foretold  by  the  Prophets,  when  the  world  should  be 
swallowed    up    by  a  great    Apostasy,    and   deceived  by  the 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  89 

lie  of  Demons,     For    this    dark    and    sinister    interval  was 
foretold  by  Daniel  the  Prophet,  when  he  said  : 

165.  "And  at  the  close  of  the  last  Dynasty,  the  Dynasty 
of  the  King  of  the  North,  shall  Michael  stand  forth,  the 
Great  Hierophant  that  rlileth  over  the  armies  of  Jehovah 
for  the  defence  of  His  people,  and  there  shall  ensue  a  time 
of  darkness  on  the  earth,  and  of  trouble  to  the  people 
of  Jehovah  ;  even  such  a  time  as  never  before  had  occurred 
in  the  history  of  the  earth,  since  there  was  such  a  thing  as 
a  nation,  or  nations  existing  in  separate  communities  ;  even 
until  tiiat  time.  And  before  that  time  there  shall  be  a  brief 
period  when  many  people  of  Jehovah  shall  find  deliver- 
ance, every  one  who  shall  have  been  prepared  by  their 
previous  development,  and  who  are  written  in  the  Heavenly 
Scroll,  And  many  also  whose  bodies  lay  asleep  in  the  crust 
of  the  earth,  shall  be  restored  to  their  awakened  bodies, 
and  shall  be  born  upon  the  earth,  and  shall  receive  the 
Truth  of  Deliverance,  or  reject  it;  and  some  shall  die  and 
enter  into  the  Eternal  Life  of  Elohim,  and  some,  when  they 
die,  will  pass  into  the  Outer  Darkness,  to  suffer  shame  and 
^-Eonial  reprobation.  iVnd  they  that  attain  unto  the  Wisdom 
of  Jehovah  by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  shall  be  such  whose 
Stars  had  shone  brilliantly  in  the  heavens,  predicting  their 
deliverance  and  illumination  by  Elohim  ;  and  they  shall 
shine  as  Luminaries  in  the  earth,  and  turn  many  to  seek 
purification  and  redemption.  But  thou,  O  Daniel,  know 
this,  that  the  Scroll  of  Heaven  shall  be  sealed  and  shut  from 
the  knowledge  of  the  world,  and  thy  words  of  prophecy 
shall  be  as  a  dead-letter,  during  these  times  of  the  heathen, 
even  until  the  time  of  the  end  of  the  interval.  For  many 
false  lights  and  corrupt  Propiiets  and  teachers  shall  run  to 
and  fro,  and  knowledge  shall  be  gradually  gathered  and 
increased  by  human  discoveries  of  Truth  in  the  investiga- 
tion of  Nature  and  phenomena.  But  such  knowledge  will 
be  counted  sufficient  for  men,  and  they  will  cease  to  enquire 
into  the  Scroll  of  Heaven,  and  even  reject  the  fact  of  the 
Celestial  Book  of  the   Stars,   and  they   will   reject  also  the 


90  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

words  of  the  Pi-oj-)hels  of  Jehovah.  And  I  heard  these 
words  and  I  marvelled  much,  but  understood  not.  Was 
this  to  be  the  destiny  of  the  world,  and  the  fruits  of  the 
Messiah's  Ad\entr  Onl}-  a  deeper  plunfjje  into  blacker 
darkness,  a  darkness  made  darker  by  the  false  lights  that 
should  pass  for  the  true  light,  a  darkness  that  would  only 
be  slightly  relieved  by  the  increase  of  Scientific  knowledge 
concerning  Nature  and  the  phenomena  of  Life,  gathered 
by  investigators  and  discovered  in  the  fields  of  Nature? 
The  thing  seemed  incredible  unto  me,  that,  following  upon 
so  great  an  illumination  as  the  world  should  receive  from 
the  coming  and  life  of  the  Messiah,  such  utter  and  unpre- 
cedented darkness  should  supervene;  that  the  hope  of  the 
world  should  mean  the  greatest  Nemesis  that  had  ever 
befallen  it.  Then  said  I,  O  my  Lord,  what  will  be  the 
final  end  of  all  these  events?  AndEIohim  replied  :  Pursue 
thine  own  Past,  Daniel,  and  perform  the  work  allotted  to 
thee,  and  be  not  distressed  nor  perplexed  because  of  these 
Mysteries.  Let  it  suffice  thee  to  know,  and  to  predict  in 
writing  what  the  Stars  have  forewarned  thee,  that  thine 
own  words,  and  the  words  of  the  Prophets  shall  cease  to  be 
regarded,  that  the  voice  of  the  Prophet  shall  for  a  long 
period  cease  in  the  world,  and  the  Heavenly  Scroll  shall 
have  no  significance  among  mankind,  until  that  the  time  of 
the  end  of  this  interval  shall  come.  Then  know  that  when 
the  end  shall  come,  a  great  awakening  shall  take  place,  and 
the  world  shall  arise  as  a  man  awaketh  from  a  stupor,  and 
shall  give  heed  to  the  Prophet  who  shall  hereafter  be  sent 
who  shall  reveal  the  Truth  that  the  world  had  lost,  and 
restore  the  Word  as  it  originally  stood,  before  the  darkness 
set  in  ;  and  then  shall  many  seek  Purification  and  Redemp- 
tion by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  they  shall  pursue  the 
Path  of  the  Cross,  ;ind  endure  the  temptation  of  the  Cross; 
and  the  wicked  ones  shall  then  practice  their  evil  devices, 
and  seek  to  frustrate  that  Prophet,  and  l)ring  mischief  and 
trouble  upon  those  who  seek  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah  by 
the  Cross  and  Serp'jnt,  and  to  utterly    extinguish  the  Light 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  91 

of  tlij  Truth ;  y^t  thay  that  attiiin  unto  the  Wisdom  of 
Jehovah  by  tlie  Cross  and  Serpent  sliall  overcome  the 
wicked  ones." 

166.  And  Jesus  followed  the  indications  of  the  future 
history  of  the  world,  depicted  in  the  Scroll  of  the  Heavens, 
and  pictured  before  His  Spiritual  Sight,  and  He  beheld 
the  progress  of  time  that  should  follow  the  brightness  of 
the  period  immediately  following  His  own  death. 

167.  And  He  recalled  again  the  words  of  tlie  Prophet 
Daniel,  who  saw  the  same  vision,  and  recorded  in  the  Book 
of  Scripture  the  portents  that  He  saw,  saying: 

168.  "  How  long  shall  it  be  to  the  end  of  the  period  of 
Light  and  mighty  works  that  shall  ensue  upon  the  coming 
and  departure  of  the  Messiah.^  And  I  heard  the  Angel 
who  appeard  to  me  in  the  form  of  a  man,  who  was  clothed 
in  raiment  of  white  linen,  and  who  stood  over  the  waters 
of  the  river,  as  he  held  up  his  right  hand  and  his  left  hand 
unto  the  Heavens,  pointing  unto  the  Scroll  of  the  Heavens, 
saying  unto  me  :  Surely  shall  it  be  within  three-centuries- 
and-a-half  that  the  darkness  will  have  set  in,  and  by  that 
time  the  Wicked  One  shall  have  accomplished  his  work,  in 
dispersing  the  Holy  People,  and  removing  their  power  from 
the  world,  who  shall  flee  unto  the  mountains  of  the  East, 
and  there  remain  in  secret  seclusion,  concealing  the  Truth, 
and  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  from  the  Apostate  world, 
until  all  these  things  have  been  finished." 

169.  And  the  whole  wondrous  picture  of  progress  and  ) 
intellectual  development  of  the  world,  following  His  own  ) 
life  and  departure,  passed  before  Jesus. 

170.  He  saw  the  many  mighty  kingdoms  of  the  earth, 
rising  and  waning  during  the  passage  of  the  centuries, 
producing  change  and  development  in  the  numerous  races 
of  men   affected  by  them. 

171.  He  saw  their  wealth  and  opulence,  their  great 
ai"mies  and  navies,  the  pomp  of  their  Courts  and  regal 
splendour;  their  vast  commercial  and  industrial  enterprises, 
and  all  their  institutions   of   Religion,    Education,  Art  and 


93  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Pleasure;  tlicir  lui<i;e  factories  iind  workshops,  ideir  iuarvel- 
loui^  and  ingenious  inventions  in  n^.eclianical  contrivances, 
their  discoveries  in  mechanical  and  pliysical  science,  by 
wliich  n.en  provided  t^.en^^elves  with  facilities  to  ea!-:e  the 
burden  and  labour  of  life. 

i7-.  All  these  advancements  would  come  to  mankind 
graduallv  amidst  the  perpetual  ebbinjr  and  flowinj^  of  the 
tide  of  humanity  to  and  from  the  eartli,  and  amidst  the 
continued  change  of  the  national  and  political  features  of 
the  nat  ions. 

173.  These  advancements  would  owe  their  first  origina- 
tion to  the  stimulus  and  intellectual  improvement  which 
would  come  frcjm  the  three-and-a-half  centuries  of  Light 
which  would  follow  the  coming  of  the  Messiah. 

17^1.  Hut  with  the  slow  departure  of  the  Iiuman  mind 
from  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  and  the  gradu;il  growth  of 
the  Great  Apostasy  which  should  set  in  after  that  period, 
men  would  cease  to  derive  Light  from  the  Word  of  Jehovah. 

175.  They  would  slowly  accustom  tiiemselves  to  independ- 
ent research  and  scientific  investigation,  and  from  the  rise 
of  the  Great  Apostasy,  there  would  begin  an  era  of  inquiry 
and  intellectual  investigation  of  the  Science  and  Philosophy 
of  Life  and  Religion  and  Nature. 

176.  Since  the  Great  Apostasy  the  Light  of  the  Truth, 
the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  would  be  taken  away  from  the 
world,  leaving  but  a  few  scattered  remnants  of  Truth  that 
were  indefaceable  in  the  text  of  the  Scriptures  of  the 
Apostles,  whicii  t he  Apostatisers  would  mutilate,  obliterat- 
ing the  substance  of  the  Truth  as  the  Messiah  taught  it  and 
handed  it  down  to  His  Apostles,  after  Ilis  departure. 

177.  Therefore  men  would  seek  to  formulate;  First,  a 
Creed  of  Faith  and  Doctrines,  according  to  the  best  inter- 
pretation they  could  put  on  the  mixed  and  confused  remains 
of  the  Truth  of  the  Cross  ami  Serpent,  with  its  gross 
admixture  of  the  Baalism  and  superstition  that  had  been 
gradually  imported  into  the  text  of  various  apostatising 
teachers,  under  the    control    and    influence    of   the  Demons. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  93 

178.  Thus  the  formularies,  creeds,  doctrines,  and  traditions 
of  the  reli^rjon  that  was  given  to  the  world  in  the  name  of 
Jesus,  would  be  in  the  main  a  mixture  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent  with  the  barbaric  and  superstitious  corruption  of 
the  heathen  religions,  which  were  only  the  worship  of 
Osiris  and  Isis,  or  Baalism,  adapted  to  a  more  cultured  and 
intellectual  age. 

179.  Then  would  commence  the  reign  of  Darkness,  which 
should  last  until  the  end  of  the  interval  of  darkness  and 
apostasy,  and  the  Prophet  should  arise,  of  whom  Daniel 
and  the  Prophets  oftimes  spake,  and  should  restore  to  the 
world  the  true  text  of  the  Old  and  New  Covenant  Scriptures 
of  the  Prophets  and  Apostles,  and  destroy  the  delusion  that 
should  oversweep  the  world. 

180.  And  before  that  time  Jesus  observed  that  mankind 
would  develop  increasingly  in  their  intellectual  and  spirit- 
ual faculties,  despite  the  total  darkness  of  their  understand- 
ings, and  driven  by  the  darkness  to  independent  thought 
and  investigation  into  the  Mysteries  of  Life. 

181.  For  with  the  growth  of  culture  and  intellectuality, 
a  great  reaction  would  set  in,  and  many  people  should 
recoil  from  the  superstitions  and  irrational  formularies  and 
creeds  of  the  constituted  false  representations  of  the  Wisdom 
of  Jehovah,  and  the  Cross  and  Serpent;  and  should  start 
to  discover,  by  slow  and  persevering  toil  and  investigation, 
what  are  the  basic  facts  and  truths  of  Origin  and  Destiny  in 
relation  to  Life  and  Being,  and,  if  possible,  to  find  out, 
outside  of  current  i-eligions,  if  there  were  any  such  thing 
as  God,  as  Religion,  as  the  Spiritual  Being. 

182.  And  Jesus  also  saw  that,  as  the  Prophet  Daniel  had 
seen  and  predicted,  at  this  time,  many  vSouls  that  were  to 
be  reincarnated  upon  the  earth,  prepared  by  their  Paradis- 
aical instructions,  would  re-enter  their  bodies  that  were 
awaiting  them  in  the  earth,  and  would  be  reincarnated 
during  these  centuries  of  darkness. 

183.  And  these  Souls  obeving  the  intuitions  and  forces 
of  their  developed  vSouls,  which,  in  their  incarnate  natures, 


94  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

manifested  only  in  tlie  nutural  instincts  of  culture,  intelli- 
gence and  conscience,  and  urged  them  to  intellectual,  scien- 
tific, and  philosophical  attainments,  or  to  deeds  of  political, 
social,  industrial,  or  commercial  importance,  were  the  Pre- 
destined Leaders  of  the  Human  Race  in  the  upward  progress 
to  freedom,  enlightenment,  knowledge,  and  spiritual  couNic- 
tion,  which  would  slowly  emancipate  men  from  the  chains 
of  superstition  and  error,  and  lead  them  to  the  higher 
thought,  which  would  prepare  them  to  receive  the  Wisdom 
of  Jehovah,  when  the  time  should  come  for  the  Prophet  to 
appear  who  should  restore  the  Truth  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  and  to  destroy  the  Apostate  Hierarchy  and  its 
numerous  roots  and  branches,  that  should  be  the  poison  and 
delusion  of  the  world  during  the  interval  of  Darkness. 

184  And  with  the  growth  of  intellectual  freedom  and 
culture,  the  shackles  of  the  Apostate  Hierarchy  would,  one 
by  one,  be  shattered.  There  would  arise  incarnated  Souls 
of  a  higher  state  of  development,  who  would  strike  blows 
at  the  Apostate  Hierarchy,  and  would  suffer  death  and 
terrible  persecutions  for  their  courage.  But  they  would 
bring  about  gradual  reforms  and  improvements  in  the 
)  spiritual  and  intellectual  conditions  of  the  people,  and  lift 
the  Human  Race,  little  by  little,  out  of  darkness  into 
increasing  light. 

185.  .So,  by  slow  and  gradual  stages,  the  Human  Race 
would  recover  from  the  dark  and  deadly  stupor  cast  upon 
it  by  the  Great  Apostasy,  and  out  of  the  apparent  evil  of 
that  dark  and  corrupt  age  of  heathen  superstition  in  the 
guise  of  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  would  come  the  good 
which  should  follow  upon  the  growth  of  intellect,  soul,  and 
conscience,  and  the  intellectual  and  spiritual  struggle  of 
souls  and  minds,  seeking  the  truth  according  to  Light. 

186.  And  during  that  period  Jeiiovah  would  not  leave 
the  world  altogether  without  the  Presence  and  Power  of 
the  Holy  Paraclete,  for  ever  and  anon  would  be  incarnated 
Souls  of  men  who  would  pray  and  fast,  and  draw  down 
the  Auric  Force  of  Elohim,    and    there    would  follow  times 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  95 

of  reviving  and  refreshing,  when  many  Souls  would  seek 
after  Jehovah,  and  strive  to  purify  themselves  and  obtain 
Redemption. 

187.  And  these  Souls  would  awaken  men  to  the  sense  of 
the  Spiritual  Life,  and  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  which  is 
not  far  from  any  man  who  seeks  Jehovah  with  a  whole 
heart  fervently. 

188.  But,  owing  to  the  absence  of  the  Truth  of  the  Cross 
and  Serpent,  and  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  and  the 
consequent  ignorance  of  these  higher  developed  Souls, 
these  times  of  revival  would  never  be  lasting,  and  would 
die  out,  pressed  down  by  the  prevailing  superstition,  on 
the  one  side,  and  the  materialistic   scepticism,  on  the  other. 

189.  And,  owing  to  the  false  teaching  of  the  Apostate 
Hierarchy,  from  which  none  of  the  reformed  and  separated 
branches  and  sects  that  should  be  established  in  the  many 
popular  recoils  from  the  original  Apostasy,  would  be  freed, 
those  Souls  who  were  awakened  to  a  sense  of  the  vSpiritual 
Life  and  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  would  seek  purification 
according  to  such  false  conceptions  of  Atonement  and 
Sanctification  as  should  variously  be  formulated,  and  will 
fail  in  realising  the  expected  and  desired  purification, 
freedom,  and  light. 

190.  Nevertheless  they  would  enjoy  certain  Blessings  from 
the  Paraclete,  which,  in  many,  would  be  of  great  and  lasting 
comfort.  But  many,  not  realising  that  spiritual  rest  and 
freedom  from  sin  which  the  Holy  Paraclete  had  inspired 
their  Teachers  to  say  they  should  possess,  by  certain  acts  of 
faith  and  renunciation,  and  neither  Teachers  nor  Converts, 
knowing  anything  of  the  Path  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent, 
but  being  only  taught  the  false  creed  of  Atonement  and 
Purification  by  Blood-Sacrifice,  supposed  to  have  been 
substitutionally  offered,  once  and  for  all,  by  Jesus  on  the 
Cross  of  His  owm  Tragic  Death ;  they  fell  away  into 
darkness  and  sin,  or  became  hypocritical  professors  of  a 
deliverance  which  was  only  one  of  words,  and  not  of  reality. 

191.  Consequently    there    grew    up    a  system    of  doctrine 


C)6  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

which  enunciated  the  false  and  irrational  theory  that  the 
Life  and  Death  of  Jesus  was  to  be  accepted  by  believers 
instead  of  the  life  of  obedience  and  purity,  and  the  penalty 
of  disobedience  of  the  believer,  so  that  a  believer  could 
remain  an  incurable  sinner,  a  perpetually  unclean  fountain, 
and  perpetually  worthy  of  wrath  and  condemnation,  but 
for  the    substitutionary    atonement    made    by   the    blood  of 


(      Tesus,  and  the  Cross  of  Calvarv 

\ 


192.  And  this  false  conception  of  deliverance  would 
prove  a  curse  and  paralysis  of  good,  of  purity,  of  truth- 
seeking,  even  worse  than  the  more  rigorous  s^'stem  of 
penances  and  renunciations  taught  by  the  original  Apostate 
Hierarchy. 

193.  But  while  the  advance  of  vScience  was  ever  ascend- 
ino-  nearer  and  nearer  to  the  Spiritual  realms  of  thought 
and  discovery,  so  the  development  of  the  religious  instincts 
was  steadilv  advancing  in  the  direction  of  sound  science, 
and  throwing  off  continually  more  and  more  of  the  errors 
of  superstition. 

194.  Finally,  the  time  would  come  when  Religion  and 
Science  would  be  sufficiently  free  from  scepticism,  on  the 
one  hand,  and  superstition,  on  the  other,  and  then  would 
be  the  time,  marked  out  in  the  Scroll  of  the  Heavens  for 
the  reincarnation  of  the  Soul  of  the  Man  who  should  restore 
the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  and  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and 
cause  all  true  men  of  .Science,  and  of  Religion,  to  join  hands 
in  the  acceptance  and  teaching  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent, 
and  the  Light  of  the  Truth  would  then  shed  its  rays  over 
the  whole  of  the  earth,  and  Jesus,  the  Supreme  Hierophant, 
and  Great  Master,  would  return  and  receive  the  Har\'est  of 
Souls,  from  the  seed  that  He  had  sown  in  the  life  of  weep- 
ing and  the  death  of  humiliation,  which  was  to  be  His  lot 
at  His  first  coming. 

19!^.  Such  was  the  Vision  of  the  future  ages  of  the 
earth's  history,  dating  from  the  coming  of  Jesus  to  His 
return  at  the  end  of  the  Cycle  of  the  Earth,  which  Jesus 
saw  when  He  sat  on  the  summit  of  the  mountain. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  97 

196.  And  the  Vision  was  so  inexpressibly  saddening, 
that  Jesus  sat  for  a  long  time  ruminating  thereupon.  And 
Jlis  ;Soul  became  exceeding  downcast,  and  He  mentally 
revolved  in  His  mind  scheme  after  scheme,  and.  theory 
after  theory,  by  which  He  could  act  for  the  best  in  mitiga- 
tion of  the  evils  which  He  saw  now  would  follow  after 
His  departure. 

197.  But  Jesus  thought  sorrowfully  and  regretfully  upon 
His  own  poverty,  obscurity  and  weakness.  .  How  could 
such  a  nonentity  as  He  make  so  great  a  stir  in  the  world,  \ 
as  to  alter  the  present  state  of  things.?  He  thought  of  the 
great  and  mighty  personalities  of  the  past,  who,  by  their 
circumstances  and  means  in  which  they  had  been  born,  had 
risen  to  great  distinction,  and  achieved  great  world-conquests 
and  improvements  of  the  race,  the  thought  of  Solomon,  of 
David,  of  Joshua,  of  Nebuchadnezzar,  of  Alexander,  and  of 
Caesar. 

198.  And  He  set  to  longing  for  wealth,  power,  influence, 
position  and  authority,  without  which,  humanly  speaking. 
He  saw  no  way  of  achieving  His  own  Destiny. 

199.  What  would  He  do  to  win  these  apparently  necessary 
and  all-essential  factors  of  success.?  Possessed  of  them,  > 
He  would  stand  forth  as  the  Great  Conqueror  and  Reformer  > 
of  the  world,  as  a  second  Solomon,  the  benefactor  and 
Saviour  of  the  Human  Race.  ) 

200.  And  He  fell  to  dreaming  of  a  career  of  great  civil 
and  military  success,  of  being  the  Leader  of  armies,  the 
Conqueror  of  despotism,  tJie.King  of  Peace,  Righteousness, 
and  Universal  Brotherhood.  And  He  saw  the  establishment 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  the  building  of  a  new  Pure 
and  Holy  Temple  for  the  pure  and  true  worship  of  Jehovah, 
on  Mount  Zion. 

201.  Then  He  heaved  a  deep  sigh,  because  He  was  so 
poor,  so  helpless,  and  He  had  not  a  friend  but  a  few  men 
equally  poor,  weak,  and  helpless. 

202.  Then  came  an  Evil  Spirit  by  the  permission  of 
Satanas,  tempting  Him,  saying: 


98  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

203.  "Thou  art  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  and  thou  h.ast  a  way 
to  receive  whatsoever  thou  requirest,  weahh.  power, 
influence  and  authority,  and  the  whole  world  is  at  thy 
disposal,  to  obey  thee.  Thou  knowest  that  this  earth  is  in  the 
power  of  Baal,  the  Demon,  and  all  the  Souls  of  men  are  in 
his  power,  to  influence  and  direct,  according  to  his  will. 

204.  "For  he  controUeth  and  actuateth  the  minds  of  men, 
and  maketh  them  think  and  do  according  to  his  will.  Thou 
hast  been  considering  deeply  many  plans  to  better  this  race 
of  men,  and  thou  despairest  altogether,  because  of  thy 
poverty  and  obscurity. 

205.  "Vet  thou  sayest  thou  art  the  vSon  of  Jehovah. 
Was  ever  a  man  of  any  mark  born  in  such  a  condition  as 
thou  art?  Is  it  possible  that  thou  canst  be  the  Son  of 
Jehovah?  Bethink  thee,  that  all  this  is  a  grand  mistake, 
and  that  all  that  thou  deemest  to  be  the  case,  is  a  strong 
dehision  of  thine,  and  of  those  fanatics  who  have  taught 
thee  such  folly. 

206.  "But  think  not  that  there  is  naught  in  thee  at  all  of 
greatness  and  distinction,  only  that  what  thy  Destiny  is  hath 
naught  to  do  with  any  Beings  beyond  the  God  of  this  world, 
who  is  Baal,  the  Demon.  He  it  is  that  is  thy  God,  the 
controller  of  thy  Destiny,  and  the  power  of  all  thy  future 
greatness. 

207.  "Thou  art  the  man  whom  he  hath  chosen,  and  he 
will  equip  thee  with  all  that  thou  needest  to  rule  this  world 
as  his  representative. 

208.  "Hath  Baal  any  desire  that  men  should  grovel  as 
they  do  in  all  this  evil  and  sin?  Does  he  permit  it?  Is  it 
not  the  fault  and  rebellion  of  man  against  his  benignity  and 
dominion,  that  hath  brought  mankind  unto  this  pass? 

209.  "And  thou  hast  seen  what  is  in  store  for  mankind 
from  the  Scroll  of  the  vStars,  over  which  Baal  reigns.  But 
thou  canst  change  all  that,  if  thou  wilt.  There  is  no  such 
thing  as  Destiny  in  the  light  in  which  thou  viewestit? 
But  only  will  such  things  take  place  if  a  man  is  not  found 
to  rule  the  world  in  righteousness  and  goodness. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  99 

3IO.  "Those  pictures  of  the  future  which  thou  sawest  are 
mostly  the  fabrications  of  thine  imagination,  which  we 
created  for  thy  enlightenment,  and  to  arrest  thine  attention 
that  thou  shouldest  hearken  unto  us. 

211.  "And  verily  all  that  thou  sawest  of  Darkness  and 
Evil  coming  on,  will  come  to  pass,  for  man  cannot  go  on 
forever  spurning  the  great  God  Baal,  living  lives  of  super- 
stition and  depravity,  and  serving  all  manner  of  phantas- 
magorical  Gods,  in  their  ignorance. 

2  13.  "But  let  a  man  appear,  who  shall  possess,  as  thou 
dost,  the  Wisdom  of  Baal,  great  knowledge  of  the  Universe, 
and  the  subtle  powers  of  the  Soul,  by  which  thou  canst  do 
mighty  works.  Thou  art,  besides,  a  noble-hearted  and  true 
man,  filled  with  sympathy  and  love  for  thy  fellow-men. 

213.  "And  all  that  thou  requirest  is  the  wealth,  position, 
and  authority,  to  command  the  obedience  and  respect  of 
mankind.  And  possessed  of  these,  there  is  nothing  that 
thou  wilt  not  have  power  to  accomplish.  For  unlimited 
wealth,  with  unbounded  wisdom,  can  purchase  the  whole 
world,   and  bring  it  into  subjection. 

214.  "Therefore  I  call  upon  thee  to  put  away  from  thee  all  ) 
further  consideration  of  Jehovah,  and  any  further  thought  ) 
that  thou  art  the  Son  of  Jehovah.  For  if  thou  wert  the 
Son  of  Jehovah,  it  is  impossible  to  conceive  that  Jehovah 
would  place  His  Son  in  such  a  poor  and  perilous  position  ) 
as  this,  if  such  a  Destiny  were  before  Him  as  thou  hast 
imagined  is  thine. 

215.  "Cease  therefore  all  further  thought  of  it,  and  procure 
for  thyself  those  necessary  acquirements  and  possessions 
by  which  alone  thou  canst  hope  to  move  men,  and  bring 
them  to  thy  subjection. 

216.  "Wealth,  popularity,  honour,  and  authority,  shall 
be  thine,  if  thou  wilt  do  one  thing.  Thou  shalt  fall  down 
before  me,  who  am  Baal,  thy  God,  and  do  me  homage,  and 
honour  me  in  thy  life  as  God,  and  cause  all  men  to  honour 
and  worship  me  as  their  God. 

217.  If  thou  wilt  do  this  thing,  then  will  all  those  things 


) 


\       lOO  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF     TESUS. 

s 

whereof  thou  didst  dream  just  now,  be  thine.  Thou  shalt 
live  and  triumph,  and  rise  to  greater  splendour,  riches  and 
honour,  than  ever  did  Solomon. 

218.  'T  will  be  thy  God,  and  thou  shalt  have  need  for 
none  other  God  but  me,  and  thou  shalt  sit  upon  the  Throne 
of  the  World,  and  stand  in  my  place  on  tiie  Earth.  For  I 
will  enter  into  thee  and  control  thee,  and  all  the  Super- 
natural and  Spiritual  Gifts  which  I  possess,  shall  be 
bestowed  upon  thee,  and  men  will  worship  thee  as  the 
Human  Personation  of  Baal,  their  God. 

219.  "And  with  thy  wealth,  thy  world-wide  sway,  and 
thy  benign  influence,  thou  wilt  carry  into  effect  all  the 
noble  and  glorious  schemes  which  thou  hast  been  revolving  in 
thv  mind,  for  the  deliverance  of  humanity  from  its  load  of 
suffering,  toil  and  sorrow." 

220.  Then  Jesus  arose  with  a  cry  of  anguish,  and  cried  : 
"O  Satanas,  Satanas,  depart  from  me!  \^erily  I  felt  that 
in  my  innocent  dreamings,  I  myself  was  the  author  of  these 
vile  and  profane  thoughts  which  Baal  hath  suggested  in 
my  mind. 

221.  "I  longed  to  succour  mankind,  and  verily  I  began 
to  scheme  and  devise  great  plans  of  reform  and  blessing, 
which  would  bring  judgment  on  the  oppressor,  happiness 
to  the  miserable,  and  would  establish  a  great  and  noble 
state,  a  World-Empire,  as  Soloi7ion  did,  in  which 
Righteousness,  Peace,  and  Happiness  in  Jehovah-Elohim 
should  reign,  over  all  the  earth. 

222.  "Then  did  Baal  come  and  took  up  my  reflections 
with  his  vile  reasonings  and  subtleties,  tempting  me  to  throw 
aside  my  faith,  obedience,  submission,  devotion  and  love  to 
Jehovah-Elohim,  and  with  them  all  my  assurance  of  the 
Truth  of  the  Cross  and  vSerpent. 

223.  "But  tliou  knowest  that  such  a  Temptation  appeals 
only  to  my  Intellect,  and  has  no  response  in  my  vSoul.  For 
I  know  that  sucii  measures  would  only  cleanse  the  exterior, 
and  not  the  interior  of  man. 

224.  "The  inside  of  the    cup    must    be    purified,  and  not 


e 


THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  lOI 

the  outside  only.  And  by  the  Twelve  Degrees  of  the  Cross, 
and  the  Six  Gates  of  the  Serpent  only  can  a  man  purify 
himself.  And  that  is  the  task  I  am  here  to  accomplish,  to  ) 
cause  mankind  to  perform  these  Twelve  Labours  of  ^ 
Purification  and  Redemption. 

325.  "And  this  cannot  be  accomplished  by  worshipping, 
and  placing  myself  under  the  power  of  the  Arch-Fiend,  by 
whose  evil  work  the  Human  Race  is  corrupted,  and  Jehovah's 
Living  Temple  is  defiled. 

236  "Therefore,  as  Moses  said,  in  his  Temptation,  so 
also  say  I  :  'Thou  shalt  not  worship  any  other  God  but 
Jehovah,  and  Him  only  shalt  thou  serve.'  " 

227.  Then  did  Satan  leave  off  tempting  Jesus  for  a  while, 
and  the  Angels  of  Jehovah  descended,  and  appeared  unto 
Him,  and  they  provided  Him,  with  a  banquet  of  food,  and 
comforted  Him    with    their    Communion    and    Fellowship. 

228.  And  afterwards  Jesus  descended  from  the  mountain 
and  returned  into  Galilee. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

JESUS  COMMENCES   HIS   MINISTRY, 

1.  And  it  was  told  Jesus,  when  He  had  descended  from 
the  mountain,  that  John  had  been  arrested  by  Herod,  and 
was  cast  into  prison  ;   and  He  returned  unto  Nazareth. 

2.  It  was  likewise  told  Him  by  the  Neophyte,  John,  who 
was  an  intimate  among  the  Otiicials  of  Pontius  Pilate, 
the  Procurator,  that  Herod  had  sought  from  Pontius  Pilate 
the  necessary  permission  to  arrest  Jesus  also,  of  whose 
appearance    in    the    Wildernesvs,    and    manifestation  as  the 

(     Master,  he  had  been  informed. 

\  3.   For  no  small  stir  had  been   made  in  Jerusalem,  and  in 

the  country  of  Judea,  when  the    people    that  had  witnessed 

the  scene  of  the  Baptism  of  Jesus  had  dispersed  and  spread 

abroad  the  tidings. 
(  .  .  . 

(  4.   Therefore   Jesus   was   directed  by    Elohim    to   go  into 

Galilee,  and  there  remain  for  a  time. 

5.  And  Jesus  went  to  Nazareth,  and  stayed  a  short  while 
with  His  mother  and  His  brethren. 

6.  But  not  willing  to  bring  trouble  upon  those  whom  He 
loved,  and  the  Spirit  moving  Him  likewise  to  start  upon 
the  work  of  His  life.  He  departed  from  Nazareth  and  went 
to  Capernaum,  where  dwelt  several  of  the  Neophytes  who 
had  returned  to  their  homes,  after  their  period  of  Prayer 
and  Fasting  in  the  Wilderness,  and  who  were  expecting 
their  Master,  meanwhile  occupying  themselves  in  their^ 
employment,  for  they  were  fishermen. 

7.  And  being  warned  that  Herod  had  sent  an  authority 
for  His  arrest  in  Galilee,  Jesus  did  not  abide  many  days  in 
the  City  of  Capernaum,  but  took  up  His  abode  in  the  house 
of  a  Neophyte,  beyond  the  borders  of  Zabulon  and  Naplitali, 
on  tiie  other  side  of  Jordan. 

8.  And  thus  was  fulfilled  the  words  of  the  Prophet  Isaiah, 
saying:   "In    the    land    of     Zabulon,    and    in    the    land   of 


,) 

THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  IO3 

Naphtali,  on  the  coast  of  the  sea,  beyond  Jordan,  in  Galilee 
of  the  heathen,  the  people  who  sat  in  darkness  beheld  the 
Great  Light  emerge  ;  and  from  among  a  people  who  are  in 
a  region  dark  as  the  shadow  of  death  has  the  Light  risen." 

9.  And  from  that  hour  Jesus  commenced  the  work  of  His 
Mission,  taking  up  the  call   of  John,  and  preaching  every- 
where the  Gospel  of  Repentance  and  the  Cross  and  Serpent,      ) 
proclaiming  the  Truth  of    the    Kingdom  of  Heaven,  which 
had  come  nigh  unto  mankind. 

10.  And  He  taught  the  people,  who  flocked  to  hear  Him, 
and  said  unto  them  : 

11.  "It  is  necessar}^  for  all  men  to  prepare  themselves  by 
Repentance,  Prayer,  and  Fasting,  and  to  endure  the  Cross, 
that  they  may  save  their  Souls  by  the  Purification  of  their 
nature  from  all  evil. 

12.  "For  until  the  Body,  Mind,  and  Soul  are  purged 
from  evil,  and  have  been  prepared  by  the  processes  of  disin- 
tegration by  Fasting  and  Prayer,  and  by  the  Temptations 
of  the  Cross,  they  cannot  enter  into  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven, 
nor  have  Communion  with  Elohim,  from  whom  all  mankind 
is  estranged  by  the  corruption   of  their  abnormal   nature." 

13.  And  when  the  Neophytes  who  had  been  baptised  by 
John,  and  those  who  were  Aspirants,  preparing  by  Prayer, 
Fasting,  and  Instruction,  for  Baptism,  knew  that  Jesus  was 
preaching  in  Galilee,  they  came  unto  Him  from  all  parts, 
and  received  Instruction  from  Him,  following  Him  whither- 
soever He  went. 

14.  And  the  Truth  that  Jesus  taught  spread  widely 
throughout  those  regions,  being  sought  after  by  all  classes, 
and  eagerly  pursued  by  many  who  were  drawn  to  it  by  its 
complete  answer  to  every  question  of  their  lives. 

15.  For  among  all  classes  a  great  awakening  of  desire 
after  knowledge  and  the  higher  gifts  of  the  Mind  and  Soul 
was  manifested,  both  among  the  Jews  and  their  heathen 
neighbours. 

16  And  the  power  of  the  Truth,  its  simplicity,  and  its 
appropriateness  to  the  needs  that  were  most  felt  by  mankind, 


I04  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

was  felt  by  all  who  came    within    the  sound  of  the  voic^  of 
Jesus. 

17.  The  immense  revulsion  was  felt  by  all  classes  of  the 
people,  from  the  extreme  subservience  of  the  people  to  the 
-Jewish  Hierarchy,  whose  superstitious  and  false  creeds  and 
practices,  were  being  rapidly  undermii:ed  by  the  effects  of 
the  greater  intellectual  rationalism  which  spread  over  the 
earth  from  the  Greek  Philosophical  Schools,  "and  from  the 
quiet  and  unobtrusive,  not  to  say  secret,  influence  of  the 
still  purer  and  more  enlightened  Magian  Cult,  who  taught 
the  Occult  Esotericism  to  the  people  in  a  manner  which  did 
not,  nor  was  Siot  intended  to  make  many  avowed  Neophytes, 
but  generally  drew  human  thought  to  the  acceptance 
and  contemplation  of  those  transcendental  truths  which 
contain  the  Hidden  Secrets  and  Mysteries  of  the  Ancient 
Wisdom  ;  those  Mysteries  which  were  concealed  in  sym- 
bolical utterances  and  pourtrayed  in  symbolical  rites. 

18  Therefore  wJien  Jesus  came  forth  and  publicly  taught 
the  transcendental  Truths  contained  in  the  Mysteries-  of 
the  Ancient  Wisdom,'  which  men  knew  existed,  and  were 
known  and  practiced  by  the  Magi ;  and  in  a  language  of  so 
great  simplicity,  shorn  of  all  empiricisnl,  or  profound  and 
symbolical  terma;  all  the  people,  who  were  sui^ciently 
emancipated  f rom  *ihe  fetters  of  superstition,  on  the  one 
hand,  or  who  were  not  wrapt  in  the  sleep  of  ignorance, 
sensuality,  or  egotism,  on  the  other  hand,  sought  from  Jesus 
the  Truth,  and  Initiation  in  the  Mysteries  of  the  Kingdom 
of  Heaven. 

19.  They  came  from  places  far  distant,  from  Damascus, 
and  from  Phenicia,  even  so  far  as  from  Rome  and  Athens,  as 
well  as  flocking  from  the  regions  of  Mesopotamia,  Syria 
and  Decapolis.  For  the  Schools  of  Philosophy  of  both 
Greece  and  Rome  were  deeply  imbued  with  the  scientific 
and  esoteric  Philosophy  of  the.  Magi,  so  that  they  readily 
perceived  the  Higher  and  (xreater  Truth  which  was 
taught  by  Jesus  with  such  simple  but  profound  Wisdom, 
and  eagerly    dropped    the    mixed  teaching  of  their  Philoso- 


THE    LIFE    AXD    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I05 

phers,  and  embraced  the  pure  Cult  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent, 
and  became  Aspirants,  seeking  Baptism  from  Jesus. 

20.  And  Jesus  formed  His  first  Lodge  of  Neophytes  in 
the  Degree  of  Baptism,  and  consolidated  a  School  of 
Instruction  in  Capernaum,  and  He  formed  branch  Lodges  ; 
in  the  various  cities  of  Galilee  and  Decapolis.  But  He  } 
Himself  went  not  beyond  the  ancient  confines  of  the  Land 
of  Israel  beyond  Jordan,  sending,  in  due  time,  certain 
Neophytes,  who  had  taken  the  Vow  of  the  Nazarites,  and 
travelled  in  Syria  and  Phenicia,  forming  Lodges  of  Neo- 
phytes, and  preparing  them  by  their  instructions  for  the 
Degree  of  Baptism,  for  Initiation  into  which,  after  a  certain 
tune,  they  journeyed  unto  the  Great  Lodge  at  Capernaum, 
when  Je'sus  was  known  to  be  there. 

21.  And  after  a  certain  time  Jesus  was  directed  by 
Elohim  to  seek  out  and  select  from  certain  of  the  more 
advanced  Neophytes — who  were  now  prepared  by  Prayer, 
Fasting,  and  the  Temptations  of  the  Cross,  to  be  Initiated 
into  the  Third  Degree  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  signified 
by  the  life  of  temptation  and  suffering  which  Jesus  was 
destined    to    undergo,    and  which    was    the    symbol  of  that 


which  had  now  assumed  so  great  proportions. 

22.  These  Brethren  it  was  the  intention  of  Jesus  to  take 
apart,  and  to  instruct  more  fully  in  the  Mysteries  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent,  putting  them  likewise  through  the 
necessary  course  of  Temptations  and  Discipline  for  the 
development  and  purification  of  their  natures,  which  should 
fit  them  fully  for  Initiation  into  the  Third  Degree  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent. 

23.  Now  Jesus  had  already  instructed  them  in  the  general 
principles  of  the  Philosophy  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and 
imparted  to  them  the  fundamental  truths  concerning  the 
present  constitution  and  nature  of  man,  and  the  true 
and  essential  purpose  and  end  of  those  natural  processes 
which  are  furthered  by  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 


) 
\ 

Degree — certain  of  the  Brethren  to    whom  Elohim  directed     > 

Him,  who  should  take  cffice  as    His    Ministers  in  the  work     ) 


Io6  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

FIRST  DISCOURSH:  of  JESUS  TO  THE  BRETHREN  GENERALLY. 

24.  And  he  taught  them  in  private  Lodu^es  many  days, 
and  said  unto  them,  after  the  follo'A-ing  manner  : 

"Hretliren,  it  is  necessary  for  you  to  perrectly  und'er- 
stand  what  is  the  true  .Science  and  Philosopliy  of  thisTruth 
for  which  ye  have  left  your  employments,  and  followed 
me,  to  learn  and  to  practice,  that  ye  may  know  what  thing 
it  is  that  ye  have  set  yourselves  to  accomplish,  and  how 
great  demand  will  be  made  upon  you,  in  obedience  to  the 
Truih  ye  are  nr>w  hearing  and  seeking. 

25.  "For  it  is  not  right  that  I,  as  a  true  Man,  and  your 
Master,  should  compel  you  to  start  upon  a  course  of  life, 
entailing  heavy  demands  on  your  faith,  fortitude  and 
endurance,  the  nature  and  extent  of  which  ye  did  not 
previously  understand,  nor  your  own  individual  prepared- 
ness and  capacity  of  carrving  out  the  principles,  ye  had  not 
fully  estimated. 

26.  "For  I  do  bid  you  to  wit  that  the  claims  which  the 
Cross  makes  upon  a  man's  life  and  nature,  are  all-embrac- 
ing, and  admit  of  no  reserve,  no  compromise,  no  demur. 
They  must  be  accepted  and  granted  with  a  free  will  and  a 
whole  heart,  or  not  at  all. 

27.  "And  how  can  such  be  done  by  any  man,  however 
earnest  and  devoted,  unless  he  knows  the  Truth,  and  the 
full  extent  of  the  demands  which  the  Cross  will  make 
upon  him?  Who  can  undertake  any  great  enterprise, 
requiring  great  sacrifices  and  risks,  if  he  is  ignorant  (not  so 
mu^h  wliat  those  sacrifices  and  risks  may  be)  as  to  what  is 
the  rationale,  the  p.irpose  and  true  end  of  them? 

28.  "A  soldier,  it  is  true,  goeth  to  the  warfare,  more  or 
less  ignorant  of  the  cause  for  whici)  he  is  called  to  suft'er 
and  risk  his  life.  But  he  is  perfectly  confident  in  the  truth 
of  the  cause,  and  the  excellence  of  his  leaders,  and  he  fights 
because  it  is    his    profession,    and    because    he   is    patriotic. 

29.  ••Therefore  I,  your  General  in  the  Cross  and  Serpent, 
leading  you  to  the  conquest  or  defence  of  a  Realm 
far    more    great    and    noble    than    any    country    of    worldly 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OF    JESUS.  IO7 

splendour  and  rich_^s,  and  ai^ainst  a  foe  infinitely  more 
terrible  a  menace  to  the  ^ood  of  humanity,  representing 
a  patriotism  and  a  cause,  infinitely  greater  and  loftier' 
than  King  and  Country;  do  not  make  so  great  a  demand 
upon  your  sacrifice  and  endurance,  as  a  King  demands  of 
his  armies,  or  a  country  of  its  defenders. 

30.  "For  I  do  promise  to  lead  you  into  no  sacrifices,  no 
perils,  no  sufferings  of  which  I  shall  not  fully  explain  their 
purpose  and  significance,  to  the  smallest  intelligence  and 
weakest  understanding. 

31.  "Neither  will  I  lead  you  anywhere,  or  command  you 
to  take  one  Step  of  the  Path  that  I  have  not  Myself  trod- 
den, or  will  not  take  Myself  on  your  behalf. 

32.  "I  am  here  to  lead  you  unto  Temptation,  Suffering, 
Death,  Burial;  and  to  Resurrection  and  Ascension,  lam 
here  to  lead  you  Myself  into  the  Valley  of  the  .Shadow  of 
Death,  to  support  and  hearten  you  by  my  own  example  and 
fellow-sufferin'g  with  you  ;  that  ye  shall  never  suffer  alone, 
never  be  tempted  without  Me,  never  be  wounded,  but  the 
wounds  shall  strike  Me  first,  and  never  die  apart  from  my 
dying  in  your  company. 

33.  "I  bid  you  therefore  hearken  diligently  unto  my  > 
words,  for  I  have  much  to  say  unto  you,  my  Brethren,  w'ho 
are  soon  to  enter  into  that  course  of  your  development  and 
purification,  which  will  lead  you  to  the  First  Gate  of  the  > 
Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

34.  "Ye  have  already  been  fully  instructed  in  the  solemn 
and    awful    truth    which    accounts    for    tlie    necessity  of  the     ^ 
Cross    and    Serpent,    for    John    hath   taught  you  the  whole 
terrible  story  of  the  past    history   of  this  unhappy  abnormal 
race  of  mankind,  which  now  peoples  this  Planet. 

T,^.  "Ye  have  no  need  that  I  shall  now  enter  upon  the 
history  of  those  early  times  when  this  abnormal  Race  came 
first  into  existence,  which  I  shall  hereafter  have  occasion  to 
elucidate  at  length,  in  my  Discourses  to  the  Aspirants  and 
Neophytes,  and  the  Enquirers  whom  I  have  now  to  instruct 
and  teach  in  all  the  Mysteries    of    the  Kingdom  of  Heaven. 


'''       Io8  THE    LIFE    AXD    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

\ 

(  36.    "Knowin<^    therefore    tlie    Story    of    the    Fall  of  the 

Adamic  Race,  and  the  Origin  and  Development  of  this 
abnormal  Race  of  men,  which,  in  separate  nationalities  and 
tribes,  according  to  their    several    parentages,    inhabit   this 

J     Planet. 

)  37.    "And  knowing  the  terrible  Nemesis  of  Auric  corrup- 

tion, and  of  Demoniacal  control,  which  befell  our  Ancestral 
Parents,  after  the  Fall,  and  the  ejectment  of  the  Adamic 
and  human  rebels  into  the  Abyss;  ye  are  fully  aware 
of  the  Evil  and  corruption  which  constitute  this  Earthly 
Environment,    and   to   which,    in   the   present  condition   all 

[  mankind,  who  have  inherited  this  abnormal  nature, 
must  inevitably  conform,  unless  persuaded  to  seek  the 
environment  of  Elohim,  in  the  Holy  Paraclete,  which  is 
above  the  Abyss,  and  around  this  Earth,  and  is  at  the  call 
and  desire  of  every  Soul  willing  and  ready  to  descend  and 
encompass  its  abnormal  nature,  and  to  protect  it  from  the 
corrupt  Auric  Environment  of  the  Demons. 

38.  "And  ye  are  they  who  have  uttered  this  Call,  and 
have  expressed  the  cry  of  your  Souls  for  deliverance  and 
redemption.  And  Elohim,  having  heard  your  cry,  have 
come  down,  and,  through  Me,  their  Medium,  are  around 
and  about  you,  compassing  you  with  their  Pure  and  Divine 
Aura. 

39.  "Ye  are  aware  that  the  constitution  of  all  Microcosms 
is  Fourfold,  and  that  the  constitution  of  this  Abnormal 
Race  of  mankind  is  no  exception.  Man  is  composed  of 
four  natures — Body  and  Mind,  vSoul  and  Spirit. 

40.  "The  Spirit  of  all  men  is  a  humanly  perfect  Spirit 
of  Elohim,  the  original  parents  of  whom,  being  Sons  of 
Elohim,  were  on  the  point  of  entering  the  Seventh  Gate, 
the  Portal  of  the  Central,  or  Seventh  Hsaven,  and  of 
entering  the  Beatific  State,  of  the  Sons  of  Jehovah. 

41.  "But  in  consequence  of  their  disobedience,  by  inter- 
marrying am  )ng  th;i  various  lower  rudimentary  races  of 
men,  their  Spirits  became  involved  in  the  Animal  and 
undeveloped  Elementary  Natures   of  these  lower  races,  and 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  IO9 


became  imprisoned  in  the  dominative  pressure  of  the  Flesh, 
or  the  Intellectual  and  Physical  constitutions  of  these  lower 

races. 

43.  "Ail  would  have  been  w^ell,  however,  had  the 
fallen  Sons  of  Elohim  repented  of  their  rebellion  in  their 
lifetime,  and  sought  to  restore  themselves  to  the  com- 
munion and  fellowship  of  Jehovah-Elohim ;  and  their 
offspring,  by  a  like  repentance,  in  a  few  incarnations, 
would  have  thrown  off  the  conditions  of  their  inherited 
Elementalism  and  Animal  constitutions,  and  the  Peace  and 
Beatitude  of  the  Earth  would  never  have  been  more  than 
temporarily  disturbed. 

43.  "But,  contrary  to  all  the  admonitions  of  the  Faithful 
Remnant,  during  their  lifetime,  and  to  the  Counsels  and 
Auric  influences  of  Elohim,  the  Rebel  Sons  of  Elohim 
persisted  in  their  rebellion,  incited  thereto  by  Baal,  the 
one-time  Master,  and  other  powerful  and  wise  men. 

44.  "And  after  the  death  of  our  Adamic  Parents,  whose 
unhappy  descendants  we  are,  their  Souls  were  committed  to 
the  Outer  Darkness  of  the  Abyss,  there  being  no  place  for 
Rebels  in  the  Universe  but  the  Circle  of  the  Earth's 
Attraction. 

45.  "There,  in  the  Abyss,  under  the  Leadership  of  Baal 
the  Demon,  these  Evil  Spirits  formed  a  conspiracy  of 
opposition  and  enmity  to  Jehovah-Elohim,  and  descended 
upon  the  Earth,  in  their  countless  hosts  of  all  classes  and 
degrees  of  Spiritual  development  ;  for  all  the  departed 
Spirits  of  impure  and  rebellious  Souls,  of  all  stages  of  human 
development,  go  to  increase  the  ranks  of  these  Apostate 
and  distorted  Beings. 

46.  "And  these  Demons  and  Evil  Spirits  took  possession 
of  the  Bodies  of  their  own  offspring,  filled  their  minds 
with  unclean  deceits  and  conceits,  deluded  them  with  the 
most  abhorrent  licentiousness  and  vileness  of  living,  and 
became  the  Evil  Genius  that  propagated  every  thought  and 
conception  of  mankind. 

47.  "Thus  man  became,  not  only  abnormally  constituted, 


) 

>       no  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


which  is  a  legacy  of  the  Fall  that  all  men,  born  of  women 
in  this  world  since  the  Fall,  naturally  inherit,  but  corrupt 
and  vitiated,  the  moment  they  breathed  the  atmosphere  of 
this  corrupted  earth. 

48.  "They  drank  from  their  mother's  breasts  the  corrupt 
and  evil  Auric  Force  of  Demons  and  Elementals';  they 
breathed  it  with  their  nostrils;  it  entered  them  in  the  food 
they  partook  of,  and  from  every  pore  and  interstice  of  their 
molecular  formation. 

^9.  "Men  could  not  help  drawing  in  the  environment 
that  surrounded  them,  and  conforming  to  the  conditions  in 
which  mankind  lives. 

50.  "All  that  men  thought,  spake,  or  did,  were  the  acts, 
thoughts,  and  deeds  of  the  Wicked  Ones,  and  onlv  evil 
continually.  The  whole  constitution  of  man  became 
desperately  evil,  his  Alind,  Body,  and  Soul,  one  mass  of 
corruption  and  disease. 

^i.  "But  jeiiovah  did  not  leave  mankind  alone,  in  his 
helpless  condition.  Elohim,  who  had  vacated  the  prox- 
imity of  the  Earth,  their  normal  place,  in  the  Paraclete,  or 
)  Shekinah,  still  surrounded  the  outer  zone  of  the  Abyss,  that 
circled  the  earth,  and  constitutes  its  atmosphere. 


53.  "Likewise  He  instituted  the  Cult  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  and  raised  Prophets  and  Masters  and  Teachers 
continuously,  who  taught  and  warned  mankind,  concern- 
ing the  only  method  by  which  the  nature  and  constitution 
of  man  can  be  regenerated  and  purified,  and  the  Spirit  may 
once  more  enter  into  conscious  relations  with  the  Paraclete. 

53.  "But  alive  to  the  possibility  of  their  children  return- 
ing by  the  Path  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  as  so  many  did 
at  various  periods  of  subsequent  history,  the  Demons 
devised  a  cunning  counter-cult,  which  they  put  into  the 
minds  of  mankind  to  create,  deceiving  them  into  the  belief 
that  it  was  Jehovah's  only  way  of  human  redemption. 

54.  "This  counter-cult  hath  been  reproduced,  under  many 
names  and  with  many  modifications,  in  every  age.  and  in 
every  nationality  of  the  earth.      In  some  nations  or  tribes  it 


THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSKS    OF    JESLTS.  Ill 

takes  the  form  of  the  most  barbaric  and  gross  superstition  ; 
in  others  it  is  fuFed  with  so  much  of  the  truth  of  the  Cross 
and  Serpent,  as  only  to  be  detected  by  Adepts  and  Masters 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

55.  "It  was  the  Cult  which  was  embodied  in  the  ancient 
Egyptian  worship  of  Osiris  and  Isis  ;  which  lay  thinly  dis- 
guised in  the  Craft  of  Baal  and  Ashtaroth  of  Phenicia  ;  in 
the  heat!  en  worship  and  practices  of  Assyria,  Babylon, 
Greece,  and  Rome;  and  it  is  likewise  the  basis  of  the 
present  religion  of  the  Jews,  which  began  from  the  days 
that  succeeded  the  death  of  Ezra  and  Nehemiah,  and  wdiich 
originally  came  from  Phenicia,  after  the  death  of  Solomon 
and  the  decadence  of  the  True  Faith  that  ensued  upon  the 
reigns  of  Rehoboam  and  Jeroboam. 

^6.  "One  or  two  fundamental  features  of  this  Craft  of 
the  Demons  need  only  to  be  mentioned,  which  may  be 
accepted  as  the  Mark  of  the  Demons  wherever  they  are  to 
be  found. 

57.  "P'irst,  in  the  Fiction  that  Jehovah  is  a  wrathful  and 
angry  God,  who  consigns  to  endless  punishment,  or  to 
punishment  of  justice  and  retribution,  all  sinners;  and  that 
all  troubles  and  diseases,  yea,  death  itself,  are  the  punish- 
ments of  sin  upon  the  sinner,  inflicted  by  a  just  and 
righteous  God. 

58.  "The  Fiction  that,  in  substitution  for  the  punish- 
ments and  retribution  of  sin,  this  Righteous  God  is  willing 
to  accept  the  offering  of  a  spotless  and  innocent  creature, 
slain  upon  an  altar  of  sacrifice,  but  offered  to  Him  as  an 
expiation  by  anointed  Priests. 

59.  "The  Fiction  that  the  Blood  of  this  innocent  victim 
shall  be  the  instrument  of  Atonement,  required  by  God, 
between  God  and  the  sinner,  without  which  blood-shedding 
there  can  be  no  remittance  from  the  guilt  of  sin,  nor 
redemption  from  its  endless  and  temporal  retributions. 

60.  "The  Fiction  that  all  men  are  born  in  a  state  of 
corruption,  in  'all  their  four  natures  alike,  and  that  man- 
kind,   uncleansed   by   the    blood    of   the    sacrificed    victims, 


THE    LIFE    AXD    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  113 

cannot  be  other  than  depraved  and  sinful,  in  Spirit,  in  Soul, 
in  jNIind,  and  in  Body. 

6i.  "Consequently,  that  all  men  who  do  not  offer  Blood- 
Sacrifices,  according  to  the  rites  that  obtain  in  any  com- 
munity, are  hopelessly  and  eternally  lost. 

62.  ''These  are  some  of  the  principal  features,  or  fictions 
of  this  Demon-Craft,  by  which  any  form  of  religion  may  be 
distinguished,  however  much  it  may  be  modified  to  the 
intellectual,  moral,  and  spiritual  conditions   of   the   people. 

63.  "It  will  therefore  be  seen,  Brethren,  that  this  false 
and  deceiving  Craft,  by  which  the  Demons  have  spread  all 
over  the  world  a  web  of  intricate  and  inextricable  mysti- 
cism and  absurd  superstition,  cuts  at  the  very  root  of  the 
Truth  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

64.  "It  lays  upon  the  sacrificial  victim  the  whole  work  of 
Redemption  which  legitimately  devolves  upon  the  individ- 
ual man. 

6^.  "It  obscures  the  true  nature  of  Redemption  entirely, 
causing  man  to  regard  himself  as  estranged  from  Jehovah, 
not  because  of  the  natural  cause  of  corruption  that  separates 
all  who  are  affected  by  it  from  all  who  are  pure,  but  because 
Jehovah  is  an  irreconcileable  God,  condemning  the  sinner 
for  what  he  cannot  help,  and  punishing  him  for  the  mis- 
fortunes of  his  birth  and  environment. 

66.  "It  attributes  the  alienation  of  mankind  from  Jghovah 
to  Jehovah's  malevolence,  when  it  is  due  to  man's  corrUp* 
tion.  Because  yon  beggar  is  ineligible  to  appear  in  the 
Court  of  a  King,  on  account  of  his  dirt,  his  shabbiness^ 
and  his  lowly  station,  does  not  imply  that  the  King  is 
angry  with  him,  condemns  him,  and  deems  him  guilty  of 
Eternal  Punishment. 

67.  "And  though,  conforming  to  the  evil  environment  of 
(     this  evil  world,    mankind    is    truly    guilty    of  countless  sins, 

crimes,  and  wrong-doing,  and  adds  by  each  act  or  thought, 
to  the  evil  conditions  of  the  world;  Jehovah  has  no  anger, 
no  wrath,  no  condemnation  for  him;  there  is  no  Eternal 
Punishment  for  sin  ;    there  is  no  punishment    whatsoever  at 


THK    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  II3 

th:i  hands  of  Jehovah  ;  there  is  only  in  tlie  heart  of  Jehovah, 
yea,  and  of  all  the  Universe,  a  sad  heart,  a  heart  of  a 
Father  yearning-,  strivi:ig,  and  endeavouring,  by  all  the 
{  means  in  His  power,  to  save  the  children  who  have  and 
\  are  fallen  into  a  terrible  evil,  by  the  act  of  another,  and 
who  are  ignorant  and  helpless  to  find  the  way  of  deliver- . 
ance  from  their  conditions,  because  that  other  has  removed 
the  only  way,  beyond  the  sight  of  the  fallen,  whose  eves  he 
has  bandaged,  that  he  cannot  see. 

6S.  "Now  let  this  be  firmly  implanted  in  your  minds,  my 
Beloved  Brethren,  that  no  sin  that  man  commits,  no 
corruption  he  inherits,  no  depravity  into  which  he  sinks, 
no  disobedience,  no  rebellion  against  Jehovah  ;  is  ascribed 
^  by  Jehovah  to  Mankind^  nor  is  charged  against  the  Souls  of 
^  men,  neither  here,  nor  hereafter.  In  the  eyes  of  Jehovah, 
however  guilty  a  man  is  of  every  possible  sin,  in  the  eyes  of 
Law,  he  is  not  counted  guilty  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah. 

69.  "Jehovah  is  a  just  God,  a  righteous  God,  and  it  is 
not  righteousness  to  punish     or     condemn    a    man    because 

\  he  has  acted,  under  compulsion  or  deception,  contrarv  to 
Law. 

70.  "And  this  is  verily  and  indeed  the  case  with  all  men. 
Sin  has  two  causes;  and  both  these  causes  lie,  without  the 
responsibility  of  man  who  is  the  sinner. 

71.  "First,  he  sins  because  his  constitution  and  nature 
make     it    impossible   for    him    to    do   otherwise,    under   his 

(  present  abnormal  conditions.  He  was  born  into  environ- 
ment that  is  corrupt  and  foul;  and  every  thought  and  act 
of  apparent  wilful  wrong-doing  is  the  offspring  of  Thought- 

\  Aura  which  Wicked  Spirits  first  ci'eated,  and  which  entered 
into  his  mind  and  bore  fruit,  first  in  thought,  and  then,  in  act. 
73.  "A  child  is  born  into  sin,  and  his  Soul,  and  Mind, 
and  Body  inherit  the  corruption  of  its  parents,  but  its 
Spirit  is  born  pure,  and  is  capable  of  purifying  the  Soul,  the 
Mind,  and  the  Body,  if,  after  death,  the  Spirit  is  free  to 
exercise  its  functions,  and  is  free  from  the  corrupt  Aura  of 
the  World-Environment. 


114  'T'^^    LIFE    AXD    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS, 

73.  "Only  is  it  the  case  with  those  happy  children,  who 
are  born  of  parents  who,  having  taken  the  De(]^rees  of  ihe 
Cross  and  Serpent,  have  purified  themselves  from  evil 
and  corruption,  that  they  are  born  pure  and  immaculate. 
And  all  pure  children,  born  of  purj  parents,  remain  in  a 
state  of  purity,  during  the  processes  of  their  development 
by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  are  exempted  from  those 
processes  of  the  Cross  necessary  for  the  purification  of 
the  nature  of  man  ;  provided  that  they  are  carefully 
protected  from  all  contact  with  evil  environment. 

7^1.  '\S3:ondly,  a  man  becomes  a  sinner  because  he  is  the 
prey,  from  the  time  of  his  birth,  to  the  Demons  and  Wicked 
Ones  who,  having  first  corrupted  the  nature  of  the  child 
by  its  Auric  environment — being  the  Aura-filled  atmosphere 
in  w^hich  it  lives  and  breathes — in  a  short  time  enter  into 
possession  of  the  child's  Body  and  Soul,  and  are  the 
motive  or  Auric  force  Avhich  actuates  it  in  all  its  acts  of 
wrong-doing  and  sinfulness,  which  rapidly  becomes  a 
dissase  of  Soul  and  Mind,  generating  impure  Thought- 
Aura,  as  a  cancer  generates  impure  bacteria. 

75.  "And  this  d'sease  of  evil  is  often  mistaken  for 
'Habits,'  for  habits  are  only  the  perpetual  outflow  of  evil 
Thought-x\ura,  generated  in  the  brain,  and  actualising  in 
thoughts,  words  and  deeds. 

76.  "Therefore  it  will  be  seen  that  the  Cause  of  all  sin, 
in  Thought,  Word,  or  Deed,  of  all  Evil,  material,  mental 
and  spiritual,  of  all  Suffering.  Disease,  Pain  and  Misery, 
which  are  part  and  parcel  of  the  life  and  experience  of 
mankind  in  this  present  age  of  abnormality  lies,  not  in  the 
human  sufferer,  the  human  victim,  or  the  human  sinner, 
but  in  Evil  Ones,  who  are  the  original  and  fundamental 
cause,  promoters,  and  generators  of  all  that  goes  under  the 
general  name  of  Evil,  which  is  the  universal  heritage  of 
mankind. 

77.  "Now  before  we  can  proceed  further  in  speaking 
upon  the  Philosophy  and  Science  of  the  processes  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent,  by  which  K\'\\  is  concjuered,  anil  finally 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  1-15 

eradicated,  and  the  human  nature  is  purified  and  restored 
to  its  lost  condition  of  perfect  equilibrium,  and  Communion 
withElohim;  it  is  necessary  to  speak  briefly  upon  one 
question  which  follows  upon  the  words  I  have  already 
spoken  concerning  the  birth  into  sin  of  young  children,  and 
the  true  method  of  dealing  with  cliildren,  and  also  with 
adults,  who  are  the  victims  of  universal  evil. 

78.  "For,  my  Brethren,  I  perceived,  as  I  was  just  now 
addressing  you,  on  many  faces,  much  confusion,  perplexity 
and  anxiety.  1  know  that  many  of  you  are  married  men 
and  women,  who  have  children,  born  into  sin,  and  who 
have  inherited  the  corruption  of  the  Evil  Aura  that  was  in 
your  own  Souls,  Minds  and  Bodies.  ) 

79.  "^  ou  feel  conscious  that,    in  your  treatment  of  these     > 
dear  children,  ye  have  acted    in    total  ignorance  of  the  true 
nature    of    Sin  ;   ye    have   treated  sin  in  the  same  manner  as 
your  Priests  treat  sin,  as  if  it    were    the    fault  and  blame  of 
the  sinner  for  having  committed  acts  of  wrong-doing. 

80.  "Ye  recall  now  the  many  times  in  the  past  in  which 
your  natural  ire  hath  risen  at  the  wrong-doing  of  your 
children,  at  their  thoughtless  acts  of  disobedience,  at  their 
apparent  deliberate  acts  of  wilful  sin,  at  their  stubborn 
rebellion  against  authority,  and  their  sudden  and  unpre- 
meditated passionateness  of  revolt,  when  your  will  crosses 
their  own,  and  prevents  their  own  desires  from  gratification 
and  accomplishment. 

81.  "And  ye  remember  how  you  have  dealt  witii  tli-em, 
in  anger,  in  impatience,  in  chiding  and  chastisement,  in 
punishments,  in  force;  following  the  principles  of  discipline 
that  are  deemed  the  only  correct  and  wise  methods  of  deal- 
ing with  infantile  unruliness  and  youtliful  sins,  by  the 
world. 

82.  "And  ye  knew    not    but    this    was    the  only  and  best 

way  to  check  the  growth  of  bad  habits,  by  punishments  and 

repeated  chidings ;   remembering   not    that    for   every   fault 

of  a  child,  the  parents  have  something  to  answer  for,  having 

given  to  the  child    some   of    the    Auric    characteristics  from 

> 
) 


Il6  TirE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

tlieir  own  corrupt  natures,  not  only  in  conception,  pregnancy 
and  childbirth,  but  in  the  Auric  Forces  that  pass  into  their 
environment,   witli    whicli    the    children    are   encompassed. 

83.  "The-e  Aura  that  penetrate  continually  into  the 
Bodies  and  Minds  of  children,  who  are  incapable  of  resist- 
ing their  intrusion,  (their  \\  ill  and  Intelligence  not 
being  developed  suiiiciently  to  act  in  opposition  to  the 
desires  of  their  tlesh  and  minds)  germinate  in  their  brains, 
and  produce  evil  impulses  and  thoughts  which  are  the 
beginning  of  evil  actions. 

8^.  "Therefore,  not  only  are  the  Evil  Spirits  that 
are  the  first  cause  of  the  Evil  Aura,  responsible  for 
evil  thoughts  and  evil  actions,  but  so  also  are  corrupted 
natures  of  the  parents  and  other  persons,  who  transmit 
their  own  Aura  unceasingly  to  their  offspring,  and  the 
ciiildren  with  whom  they  dwell. 

85.  '"And  for  every  chiding  or  punishment  that  ;;  child 
receives  for  wrong-doing,  the  parents  and  others  who  are 
responsible  for  the  Auric  Forces  transmitted  to  the  children, 
are,  by  riglits,  equally  deservingof  chiding  and  punishment. 

86.  "When  therefore  ye  reflect  that  the  evil  conduct  of 
young  children  is  always  in  'consequence  of  the  Evil  Aura 
that  germinate  in  their  Brain-Consciousness,  and  manifest 
first  in  Thought,  and  then  in  Action,  ye  will  perceive  that 
chiding  and  punishihent  fall  upon  7'icfims  more  that  upon 
culprits. 

87.  "Now  Actions  are  always  either  voluntary,  or  invol- 
untary, that  is  to  say,  they  all  arise  from  Thought,  which 
germinates  from  the  Aura  of  the  Brain,  and  are  generated 
in  the  Intelligence  passing  in  Auric  Currents  of  Force 
into  the  Nerve-Centres  of  the  Body.  But  so  rapid  are  some 
thoughts,  overflowing  with  such  lightning-like  velocity  into 
the  Nerve-Centres, which  never  fail  to  correspond  to  them 
in  quick  activity,  that  they  escape  the  control  of  the  Will 
and  the  consciousness  of  the  Intelligence  altogether.  They 
are  convcrtetl  into  Acts,    without  the  consent  of  conscious- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  II7 

ness  of  the  Will  or  Intelligence,  and  only  are  they  conscious 
when  they  have  been  committed. 

88.  "Now  the  Will  and  Intelligence  are  two  sections  of 
the  J^rain  that  are  as  the  lever  and  brake  of  a  machine. 
And  the  whole  machine  is  controlled,  its  motive  power  is 
checked  and  restrained  by  the  lever  and  brake.  But  if 
these  instruments  are  defective,  the  machine  is  liable  to 
erratic  motion,  or  to  get  beyond  cc^ntrol. 

89.  "In  young  children  it  has  to  be  remembered  that  the 
Will  and  Intelligence  are  still  undeveloped  and  inchoate. 
Therefore  Thought  and  Action  cannot  but  be  uncontrolled 
and  erratic.  Children  act  on  impulse,  with  impetuosity. 
They  are  unreasoning  mortals,  and  have  neither  power  to 
check  and  control  their  activities,  nor  to  intelligently  and 
cjuickly  reflect  on  the  Law  of  Cause  and  Effect,  which 
in  developed  Intelligences  is  the  Rule  of  Action,  of  deciding 
between  Right  and  Wrong. 

90.  "But  what  is  the  general  rule  among  children  when 
tljey  are  committed  to  an  action?  What  is  the  natural 
motive  or  centre  of  attraction  of  their  several  impulses.'' 
Naturally  all  their  conscious  motive  of  \\z\\o\\  '\%  immediate 
lijppincss  — sc-us:-gratification.  A  thing  is  pleasant,  appears 
pleasant,  promises  pleasure.  Therefore  it  is  a  thing  to  be 
desired.  Qjiick  as  a  lightning-flash  the  Thought  germinates 
and  overflows  from  tlie  Brain  to  the  Nerve-Centres,  and  tlie 
Act  is  committed,  utterly  overleaping  the  intervening 
channels  of  Will  and  Reason.  Sense-Gratification  then  is 
a  child's  first  thought,  it  is  his  ruling  attraction,  and 
because  the  Will  and  Intelligence  have  not  grown,  whilst 
the  Flesh  is  always  present ;  what  possibility  is  there  of  a 
child  resisting  sense-gratification? 

91.  "Young  children,  I  repeat,  are  creatures  of  impulse, 
of  involunt-ary  (I  mean  will-!eff )  activi^^y.  All  they  intelli- 
gently reason  is  that  a  thing  is  pleasurable,  desirable,  and 
the  Thought  of  it  floods  their  consciousness,  and  what 
little  IVill  or  Intelligence  they  have  that  opposes  it,  is 
overwhelmed  by    the  onrush  of  Impidse. 


Il8  THE    LIFE    AXD    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


92.  "Right  or  Wrong  are  ideas  whicli  never  naturally 
enter  into  their  minds.  And  when  these  questions  are 
forced  upon  them  by  commands,  reproofs,  threats  of 
punishment,  chidings  and  punishments,  they  rebel,  and 
their  wills  rise  up  in  stubbornness,  anger,  impatience,  and 
rebellion;   their  Intelligence   is    aroused    to  deceit,  to  argu- 

\     ment,  to  evasion,  and  tocontrivances   to  attain  the  forbidden 
thing,  and  to  avoid  the  penal  consequences. 

93.  "Thus,  in  our  effort  to  quell  and  to  break  the  power  of 
Evil  in  one  part  of  a  child's  nature  by  punishments  and  laws, 

J  commandments  and  sanctions;  we  are  only  creating  exW  in 
*>  other  parts.  When  we  punish  a  child  on  account  of  steal- 
ing some  forbidden  thing,  we  create  Thought-Aura  of 
Rebellion,  Anger,  Deceit,  and  Disobedience.  The  remedy 
we  apply  is  only  productive  of  further  disease.  And, 
when  the  punitive  remedy  is  applied,  as  is  generally  the 
case,  in  hastiness,  passion,  impatience,  or  anger,  we  are 
actually  injecting  into  the  child  the  Aura  which  is  gener- 
ated by  these  words  and  thoughts  in  our  own  brain. 

94.  "Have  you  never  observed  the  universal  and 
unexceptional  phenomena  of  the  contagiousness  of  temper 
and  passion,  or  of  patience  and  love.?  If  one  person  in  a 
house,  who  is  a  person  of  strong  character  and  tempera- 
ment, is  ill-tempered,  impatient,  sullen,  passionate,  or  the 
reverse;  then  all  in  the  house,  according  to  their  power,  or 
lack  of  power,  of  resistance,  are  similarly  affected.  A 
mother  who  is  affected  by  a  fit  of  irritability,  of  impatience, 
of  despondency,  of  sullenness,  of  passionateness  ;  or  of  the 
reverse  qualities;  never  fails  to  communicate  these  qualities 
to  the  children,  and  to  all  who  are  susceptible  to  her  Auric 
influences.  Nothing  in  the  world  is  more  contagious  than 
mental  states.  And  this  'contagion'  is  no  mere  'influence,' 
it  is  Auric  Force,  which  exhales  and  radiates  from  one 
person  to  another. 

9:;.  "Of  nothing  is  it  more  essential  for  parents,  and  all 
adult  persons  to  be  careful,  than  the  state  of  mind  in  which 
they  are  when  in    the    presence    of  young    children,    those 

\ 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I  19 

tender  sensitive  creatures,  who  catch  the  Auric  contagion 
of  all  who  are  in  their  vicinity.  To  punish,  chide,  or 
reprove  a  child  in  heat  of  anger,  petulance,  impatience, 
or  passion  ;  to  chide  or  reprove  a  child  when  in  a  mental  state 
of  disturbance  or  irritation,  is  more  productive  of  untold 
evil  in  the  child  than  to  delibarately  inject  poisonous 
bacteria  into  the  child's  veins.  It  is  doing  this  very  thing 
in  the  mental  and  spiritual  veins,  which  is  of  more  conse-  \ 
quence  than  the  physical  operation. 

96.  "And  now,  let  me  assert,  in  definite  and  positive 
language,  the  Principles  on  which  ye  are  to  base  your  treat- 
ment of  children  in  the  matter  of  Right  and  Wrong,  in  the 
Light  of  the  Truth  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

97.  "You  will  find  that  thes3  Principles  are  diametrically 
opposite  to  the  Principles  of  child  treatment  which  rule 
mankind  generally,  which  are  inculcated  by  the  Priests^ 
and  generally  considered  to  be  the  only  wise  and  safe 
methods  of  dealing  with  Evil  in  children. 

98.  "You  will  recollect  that  I  said  that  Jehovah  never 
punishes,  never  blames,  never  chides  mankind  on  account 
of  Sin.  Onlv  has  He  a  heart  of  pity,  an  anguish  of  Love,  ^ 
for  sinning  men.  In  justice  and  righteousness  He  visits 
only  upon  the  Evil  Ones,  who  are  the  Original  Cause  of  Evil, 
the  vials  of  His  wrath  and  punitive  justice. 

99.  "No  matter  how  voluntary,  deliberate,  or  persistent, 
are  men  in  the  committal  of  sin,  Jehovah  is  never  angry, 
and  never  does  He  visit  upon  the  human  sinner  any  puni- 
tive measures,  any  chidings,  any   wrath  or  displeasure. 

100.  "Jehovah  only  seeks  to  encompass  mankind  with 
the  pure  Aura  of  Elohim,  and  thereby  to  give  men  the 
means  to  redeem  themselves  from  their  bondage  to  the  cor- 
ruption of  the  Evil  Aura  of  the  Evil  Ones,  and  to  cure 
themselves  of  the  disease  of  Sin  that  has  attacked  the 
human  race. 

loi.  "Also  I  ask  you  to  bear  in  mind  that  the  sole 
original  cause  of  Evil  and  Sin  is  the  Evil  Ones,  who  impreg- 


I20  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

nate  the  whole  earth  and  its  firniaincnt  with  their  evil  and 
contagious  Aura. 

102.  "Sin,  therefore,  is  an  organic  disease,  and  not 
^  merely  a  mental  state;  as  much  a  disease  of  the  Soul  and 
y     Mind  as  Leprosy  is  a  disease  of  the  Body,   or  Lunacy  is  a 

disease  of  the  Brain.  Who  would  think  of  punishing  or 
chiding  a  Leper  or  a  Lunatic  for  being  stricken  with  these 
maladies?  And  who  should  be  capable  of  punishing  or 
chiding  mankind  (much  less  young  children)  for  the  dis- 
ease of  the  Mind  and  Soul?  Certainly  not  men  and  women, 
who  are  themselves  the  victims  of  the  same  diseases.  Be- 
cause a  certain  parental,  magisterial,  or  religious  authority 
is  vested  in  certain  people  over  young  children,  it  does  not 
entitle  them  to  inflict  punishment  and  chidings  on  them, 
whilst  they  themselves,  being  equally  deserving  of  punish- 
ment and  chiding,  get  ofiF  scot-free,  because  there  are  none 
having  authority  over  them  to  inflict  these  measures. 

103.  "And  as  Jehovah  behaves  towards  Sinners,  so  must 
we  behave  towards  them.  For  are  we  not  made  in  the 
image  and  likeness  of  Jehovah,  and  are  unto  our  children  in 
the   place  of  Jehovah  the  constituted  mediums  of  Jehovah? 

\  104.    "Perhaps    this    has    never    struck    you    before,    my 

Brethren,  but  it  is  nevertheless  the  case.  Every  Parent, 
every  Brother  or  Sister,  every  Master,  Adept,  or  Neophyte 
is,  in  the  Cross  and 'Serpent,  a  Medium  and  Representative 
of  Jehovah,  standing  in  the  place  of  Jehovah,  according  to 
his  or  her  degree  of  attainment  and  respective  position  in 
relation  to  mankind. 

10^.  "We  have  therefore  no  title,  no  authority,  no  power 
to  exercise  any  functions  of  Judge  or  Executioner  in  relation 
to  our  fellow-men,  much  less  in  relation  to  our  children. 

106.  "It  is  contrary  to  the  Principles  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent  for  any  Brother  to  chide  or  punish  sinners,  w'hether 
young  children  or  adults,  as  if  they  \yere  the  ofl'entlers  ;  nor 
to  act  in  relation  to  sin  in  any  manner  contrary  to  the  man- 
ner in  which  Jehovah  deals  with  the  sinner. 

107.  "Now  I  have  said  that  vSin  originates  from  the  I'Zvil 


THE    LI?"E    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


Aura  which  fill  the  environment  of  this  world,  and  which 
proceed  from  those  dark  and  corrupted  Beings  who  have 
taken  possession  of  this  world,  and  are  the  ruling  and  dom- 
inating Force  of  Evil  in  the  Earth. 

io8.  "It  is  to  these  powerful,  subtle,  and  malignant 
Beings,  to  whom  we  have  to  attribute  all  the  .Sin  and  Evil 
to  which  mankind  is  subject.  By  their  sinister  and  malign 
devices,  they  have  taken  possession  of  the  world,  poisoning 
and  impregnating  every  part  of  it  with  the  corrupt  Aura 
that  proceed  from  their  own  corrupt   and   diseased   natures. 

109.  "And  all  the  guilt  and  blame  of  Sin  and  Evil,  with 
all  their  direst  consequences,  fall  upon  them.  The  nature 
of  man,  in  its  abnormal  state,  is  a  highly  sensitive  and  fertile 
receptacle  for  all  Aura  that  environ  it.  And  in  consequence 
of  the  depravity  and  corruption  of  the  Soul,  Mind,  and 
Body,  through  natural  heredity  and  conformity  to  its  envi- 
ronment, all  children  born  into  the  world  become  the  ) 
Receivers  and  Dynamos  of  the  Auric  Force  that  surrounds 
them,  and  prolific  reproducers  and  generators  of  the  Evil 
Aura  of  the  Evil  Ones. 

no.  "From  the  consideration  of  these  facts  there  are  two 
conclusions  which  arise  : 

111.  "First,  if  Sin  is  caused  by  Evil  Aura,  proceeding, 
in  the  first  instance,  from  Spirits  that  are  not  naturally  part 
of  humanity,  but  are  the  dominating  power  of  humanity ; 
and  if  this  Evil  Aura  forms  the  environment  of  humanity, 
then  it  follows,  that,  to  cui-e  humanity  of  Sin  and  its  conse- 

'quences,  suffering,  disease,  and  corruption,  we  must  treat 
it  at  its  Source  and  Root,  and  not  by  merely  cutting  off  the 
branches.  We  must  cleanse  the  nature  of  man  by  removing, 
first,  the  fountain  of  Evil  that  defiles  and  corrupts  it.  Of 
what  use  is  any  treatment  of  symptoms  and  sores  only, 
when  the  cause  of  them  is  left  untreated.?  What  g^od  is 
there  in  removing  the  symptoms  or  effects  of  a  canct'r,  when 
the .  cancer  remains  forever  discharging  corruption  and 
deadly  poison  into  the  blood.? 

112.  "Our  first  endeavour  therefore   should  be  to  remove 


122  THE    I.TFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

the  Caiii-e  of  Evil,  viz.,  the  Evil  Aura;  to  change  the 
environiiieiit,  to  protect  our  children  from  the  Aura  of  tlie 
Evil  Ones. 

113.  "Secondly,  seeing  that  already  Evil  has  wrought 
its  deadly  work  in  our  children,  and  they  are  already  cor- 
rupted in  Bodv,  Mind  and  .Soul,  we  must  also  treat  the  Sin 
and  Evil  that  lies  in  the  very  nature  of  our  children.  We 
must  purify  their  natures,  so  that  not  only  their  environ- 
ment is  pure,  but  their  Souls,  Minds  and  Bodies  are  also 
pure.  For -until  Sin  has  been  eradicated  from  the  nature, 
that  nature  cannot  perfectly  correspond  to  pure  environ- 
ment, but  possesses  a  certain  attracting  Force  to  the  Evil 
Aura  of  tiie  world-environment. 

114.  "And  how  is  this  stupendous  work  to  be  accom- 
plished.^ How  can  you  remove  the  evil  environment,  and 
create  the  pure  environment?  And  how  can  you  cure  the 
disease  which  has  attacked  your  children  through  the  Evil 
Aura  with  which  they  are   surrounded.? 

115.  "This  work  is  a  work  which  lies  entirely  in  your- 
selves, my  Brethren.  No  power  outside  of  yourselves  can 
cure  your  children  of  E\il,  nor  surround  them  with  the 
pure  Aura  of  Elohim. 

116.  "Jehovah,  our  Father — out  of  whom  we  first  pro- 
ceeded, in  whose  likeness  and  image  our  Spirits  are  formed 
— Himself  is  impotent  to  save  a  single  Soul,  born  into  this 
corrupt  world,  from  the  corruption  and  evil  into  which 
they  are  born,  and  which,  through  our  own  corruption, 
they  have  inherited,  unless  we  ourselves  live  and  work  to 
this  end  in  harmony  with  Him. 

117.  "I  have  already  told  you  that  Parents  and  all  Breth- 
ren  of  the   Cross   and    Serpent    are,    potentially,    what    all 

(     Masters  and  Adepts  are   actually,    the  Mediums   and   Rep- 
(      resentatives  of  Jehovah.      No^v    this  is  a  literal    and    scien- 
tiiic   truth,    and    a    truth    that    you    must    comprehend    and      i, 
realise,    at    the   very    outset    of   our    endeaxours    to  save  the 
world  from  Evil. 

118.  "By    the   Cross    and   Serpent  ye   are   purifving   and 


THE    LIKE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I23 

reconstituting  your  natures,  and  fitting  them  to  perform 
their  true  and  normal  functions,  as  the  Mediums  of  the 
Aura  of  Elohim. 

119.  "By  your  own  purified  and  developed  natures, 
brought  into  conjunction  with  Elohim,  ye  will  receive  the 
Aura  of  Elohim,  and  transmit  it  into  the  environments  of 
your  beings.  The  Aura  of  Elohim  will  pass  from  you,  and 
be  drawn  into  tlie  natures  of  all  those  who  come  into  the 
circle  of  your  attraction. 

120.  "This  is  what  Jehovah  is  seeking,  men  and  women 
who  shall  be  the  Mediums  of  the  very  Aura  of  Elohim. 
And  every  man  or  woman  who  purifies  himself  or  herself 
by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  becomes  a  JNIedium  of  Elohim, 
and  the  Saviour  of  his  fellow-creatures,  and  particularly  of 
those  who  are  most  susceptible  to  his  Auric  Force. 

121.  "And  ye,  my  Brethren,  are  they  who  are  willing 
to  become  the  people  whom  Jehovah  can  employ  as  His 
Mediums.  Ye  are  seeking,  by  the  true  and  only  means 
that  are  possible,  according  to  the  Laws  of  Nature,  to 
purify  yourselves  by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  that  ye  may 
develop  the  Spiritual  Nature,  and  become  the  Mediums  of 
Jehovah. 

122.  "Do  you  ask,  what  are  you  to  do  in  order  to  attain 
to  those  conditions,  by  which  ye  can  exercise  upon  your 
children  the  functions  of  true  Parents  and  Mediums  of  the 
Aura  of  Elohim.?  Ye  now  feel  that  at  once  it  is  necessary 
for  you  to  begin  to  deal  with  them  according  to  the  Prin- 
ciples of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  ye  wonder  in  your 
hearts  how  you  are  to  make  a  beginning  before  ye  your- 
selves are  perfectly  purified,  and  have  become  perfectly 
developed  in  the  Cross  and  Serpent.  Ye  are  perplexed 
because  ye  feel  that,  until  ye  have  succeeded  in  altering 
your  own  conditions,  how  can  ye  hope  to  alter  tlie  condi- 
tions of  your  children. 

123.  "Now,  hearken  unto  my  words.  Brethren  and 
Fathers,  and  I  will  instruct  you  :  First,  as  to  how  ye  shall 
effectually    treat    your   children    from    the   present    time,   as 


124  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Neophytes  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and,  Secondly  :  I  will 
elucidate  to  you  the  practical  method  of  vour  own  life  in 
the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

124.  "First,  as  to  your  present  and  immediate  methods 
of  treatment  of  your  children.  Ye  shall  learn  to  school 
yourselves  in  the  first  duty  of  all  Brethren  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  yiz.,  Self-Restraint.  Ye  must  remember  that  your 
children  are  like  youny  horses,  or  any  oth.er  young  animals, 
whose  first  awakening  to  the  consciousness  of  Life,  to  the 
pleasure  of  existence,  of  motion,  of  the  senses,  absorbs  all 
their  thoughts.  They  liye  only  for  the  pleasure  of  indul- 
gence in  tiiese  pleasant  sensations.  Their  physical  facul- 
ties and  organs  are  in  the  process  of  deyelopment  ;  their 
muscles,  their  limbs,  their  appetites  and  tastes  are  just 
forming,  and  assert  an  almost  absolute  authority  oyer  their 
natures. 

125.  "Intelligence  and  Will  are  utterly  uncurbed,  unre- 
strained by  any  spiritual  or  moral  restraints.  The  Mind  is 
always  the  last  part  of  a  child  to  assert  itself.  And  this  is 
because,  until  the  Body  has  formed  and  developed  to  a  cer- 
tain degree  of  solicity  and  strength,  the  strong  power  and 
force  of  mental  energy  is  a  peril  to  the  nature  of  the  child. 
A  prematurely-developed  Intellect,  and  an  over-strained 
Will,  in  a  young  child,  is  a  great  source  of  danger,  leading 
to  a  weakened  constitution  and  to  imbecility. 

126.  "Therefore  a  parent  who  is  judicious,  must  not 
think  of  develrping  the  Intellect  except  by  guiding  it  in 
the  right  direction,  by  simple  instruction  on  simple  matters,  ^ 
requiring  little  reflection.  Nor  shall  he  put  too  great,  if  any,  ( 
curb  on  the  animal  spirits,  or  the  physical  energies  of  the  ( 
child,  saving  only  sucii  as  safety  and  health  require.  |( 

127.  "A   child  is  all   animal   spirits,    all    energy   and   all     ' 
untliinking   activity.      But,   a  child    is  a   very   delicate  and     ( 
sensitive   mortal,  and  will  never  fail  to   assimilate   and   cor- 
respond to  the  nature  and    mental    state  of  its    parents,  and 
older  companions.      It  is  not  by    words,    or    lessons,    teach- 
ings, eludings,  or  punishments,    that  a  child  is   trained    and 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  J  25 

curbed   and   disciplined;   but  by   the   unconscious   transmis- 
sion of  Thouj^ht-Aura  from  the  one  to  the  other. 

128.  "A  Mother  is  naturally  the  chief  transmitter  of 
Thought-Aura.  And  a  Mother  who  rules  her  child  by  the 
world-methods,  who  upbraids  her  child  for  thoughtless,, 
wilful,  ignorant,  or  impulsive  acts,  for  acts  of  disobedience 
against  certain  restrictions  which  have  been  made,  of 
thoughtlessness;  of  excessive  animal  spirits;  of  wrong  con- 
duct, induced  bv  the  natural  seeking  after  sense  indulgence,  ' 
and  pleasure;  and  of  deceit,  evasion,  stealth,  or  untrust- • 
worthiness  in  consequence  of  such  indulgences  being  for- 
bidden by  restrictions;  a  Mother  w'.io  chides,  is  angry,  or 
impatient,  who  loses  her  own  perfect  self-restraint,  and 
permits  lier  ireand  passion  to  rise,  who  punishes  her  child 
and  scolds  him  ;  such  a  Mother  is  all  the  while  transmitting 
Thought-Aura  of  the  same  character  into  her  children,  who 
quickly  assimilate  them  and  develop  similar  characteristics 
of  ill-temper,  impatience,  passion,  and  ire,  and  the  child 
learns  very  rapiilly  to  use  his  physical  faculties  to  assert  his 
will,  in  the  same  way  as  the  parent  uses  his  or  her  physical 
faculties  to  assert  or  secure  his  or  her  will.  1 

129.  "And  (Ml  the  contrary,  a  parent  who  only  restricts 
the  energies  and  animal  spirits  of  a  child  in  essential  mat- 
ters, and  never  chides,  nsver  punishes,  never  speaks  in  heat 
of  ire  or  passion,  never  is  impatient,  never  irritable,  never: 
petulant,  never  loses  the  serenity  of  perfect  self-restraint, 
will  transmit  these  golden  qualities  to  his  children. 

130.  "Only  shall  he  be  firm  and  inflexible  in  requiring 
obedience  and  attention  to  those  necessary  commands  and 
restrictions,  that  act  as  the  gentle  curb  to  excess  in  energy, 
or  animal  spirits  in  the  child.  His  patience  and  perfect 
calmness ;  his  eye  of  unchangeable  love  and  kindliness, 
bright  with  the  fixed  determ'n  ition  of  a  tr;'.e  and  Holy 
Soul  ;  his  voice  steady  and  firm — ^never  harsh  or  stern  or 
menacing — ;  his  touch  cool  and  resolute,  gentle  and  kind; 
his  uuhasty,  patient  forbearance;  his  interest  in  the  little 
interests  of  the  child  ;    his    watchfulness  of  his    enjoyments, 


126  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  his  encouragement  of  his  pleasure,  and  the  development 
of  his  Mind  and  Body ;  all  these  things  are  not  merely 
'states  of  mind,'  but  they  are  also  Rays  of  Light,  channels, 
or  waves,  of  Thought-Aura,  which  radiate  from  the  Soul 
and  Spirit,  and  flow  in  cool,  gentle,  and  potent  currents  of 
Force,  whicli  originally  flowed  from  Jehovah-Elohim. 

131.  "From  this  very  day  exercise  yourselves  in  the  cul- 
tivation of  these  qualities.  Let  your  minds  drink  in  the 
Thought-Aura  of  Elohim.  Dwell  unceasingly  upon  the 
nature  and  character  of  Jehovah.  Assimilate  in  your  minds 
all  that  your  loftiest  and  holiest  imagination  can  conceive 
of  the  Perfectly  Patient,  Perfectly  Pure  and  Perfectly  Wise 
Being,  your  Heavenly  Father.  Picture  Jehovah  as  the 
living  human  Father  of  your  children  ;    picture    what    man- 

)  ner  of  Father  He  would  be,  fostering,  generating,  and 
sowing  continually  the  Pure  and  Potent  Aura  of  His  Great 
and  Perfect  Soul,  in  the  Souls  of  your  children. 

132.  "Then  retnember  that  all  thi«,  precisely  the  same, 
perfectly  the  same,  you  must  be,  may  be,  can  be.  For,  as 
I  have  before  said,  ye  are,  as  parents,  the  Father's  Medium, 
the  Father's  Representative.  Your  children  are  infinitely 
more  highly  connected,  more  highly  born,  than  of  any  mere 
human  parentage.  Ye  are  the  Proxies,  .Sponsors,  Sureties, 
of  Jehovah  ;  ye  are  your  children's  God-Parents.  Ye  stand 
to  your  children  in  the  place  of  Jehovah. 

133.  "x\nd  think  not  that  ye  are  not  sufHcient  to  sur- 
round your  children  with  the  Aura  of  Jehovah-Elohim, 
your  Heavenly  Father  and  Paraclete,  because  you  are  not 
yourselves  perfected  in  purity  and  nature,  as  ye  shall  be 
hereafter,  when,  by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  ye  have  become 
Masters  and  Adepts,  in  the  Wisdom  and  Nature  of  Jehovah. 

134.  "For  the  exercising  of  these  qualities,  which,  as  I 
have  said,  are  the  channels  for  the  waves  and  currents  of 
Spirit-Radiation,  will  discliarge  and  transmit  the  Thought- 
Aura  of  Elohim,  projected  from  your  Spirits. 

13E5.  "Now  the  Aura  of  your  Spirits  are  never  contami- 
nated,   never    capable   of    defilement    or  contagion.      They 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  \2^ 


may  exist,  and  do  exist,  in  the  company  of.  the*  Aura 
of  corruption,  of  Demons.  And  in  all  human  Souls  the  ) 
.Spirit  projects  Aura  of  Elohim,  in  however  small  quanti-  > 
ties.  And  it  is  because  the  Aura  of  corruption  is  generally 
overwhelmingly  more  numerous,  outnumbering  the  Aura  ) 
of  Elohim  in  the  imprisoned  and  confined  Spirit,  a  million- 
fold,  that  man's  Auric  Force  is  generally  evil  and  not  good. 

136.  "Therefore,  by  the  painful  diligent  exercise  of  all 
the  gifts  and  qualities  of  the  Spirit — the  fruits  of  the 
Spirit — by  your  own  self-efforts,  sustained  in  perfect 
continuity,  unceasingly,  and  without  any  wavering  or 
discouragement,  ye  will  continually  be  developing  3'our 
Spiritual  natures,  and,  not  only  saving  the  Souls  of  your 
children,  but  also  saving  your  own  Souls. 

137.  "Finally,  Brethren,  whilst  what  I  have  already  said 
is  perfectly  true,  that  it  is  not  by  words,  counsels,  instruc- 
tions, as  well  as  not  by  punishments,  that  ye  can  train,  or 
correct  your  children,  nor  transmit  the  Thought-Aura  of 
your  Spirits,  and  of  Elohim  into  their  Souls;  but  by  the 
unconscious  projection  of  your  Auric  Force,  in  your  own 
Spiritual  character  and  qualities;  nevertheless,  the  func- 
tions of  language,  instruction  and  discipline  are  not  to  be 
neglected  even  in  the  earliest  infancy  of  your  children. 

138.  "Ye  must  surround  their  growing  Intelligence 
with  those  influences  and  environment  on  the  mental  plane 
to  which  they  will  naturally  and  spontaneously  correspond, 
which  will  be  to  their  highest  profit. 

139.  "Your  own  conversation,  whilst  being  cheerful  and 
light-hearted,  must  be  likewise  holy,  pure,  and  spiritually 
seasoned.  No  levity,  no  frivolity,  no  triviality,  no  idle 
speech,  no  unrestrained  language;  nothing  that  savours  of 
worldliness  or  carnality,  nothing  that  would  tend  to  culti- 
vate the  same  in  the  acute  and  highly  sensitive  mental 
natures  of  children  ;  shall  be  permitted,  or  even  named  in 
their  presence.  Ye  are  Jehovah's  Mediums,  and  His  Repre- 
sentatives, Custodians  of  His  children  ;  and  as  such  ye  shall 


128  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

be  to  them  always  and    unfailingly,    what    He    would  be,  as 
He  is  to  His  Heavenly  Children. 

140.  "Likewise  ye  shall  train  your  children  in  the  true 
method  of  Prayer  to  Elohim,  in  communion  with  Elohim  ; 
teaching  them  every  day  the  Truths  of  the  Spiritual  Life; 
speaking  to  them  of  their  Heavenly  Father,  of  the  innumer- 
able Spirits  of  Elohim,  the  Angels  of  Heaven,  of  the  Saints 
in  Paradise,  of  their  Great  Master,  by  whose  Mediumship 
the  Aura  of  Jehovah  is  transmitted  to  the  Universe,  and  by 
whom,  through  the  intermediary  medivnnship  of  Elohim 
and  yourselves,  they  receive  Life,  Wisdom,  and  Strength  to 
live  the  Life  of  Jehovah   in   their  human  earthly  existence. 

141.  "From  these  instructions  they  will  soon  learn  to 
converse  with,  and  realise  the  presence  of  the  Angels  and 
Spirits  who  are  invisible,  and  who  are  the  Messengers  of 
their  Father  to  their  Souls.  And  they  will  learn  to  regard, 
love,  and  respect  you.  their  parents,  for  what  ye  are,  the 
Mediums  and  Representatives  of  their  Heavenly  Father. 
With  such  a  reverence  will  they  regard  you  that  their  Intel- 
ligence and  Will  will  be  easily  submitted  to  your  guidance 
and  control. 

143.  "Then  ye  shall  conduct  the  daily  Orisons,  simply 
and  plainly,  in  your  own  households,  in  which  ye  shall 
address  them  in  a  few  plain  and  homely  words  on  the  many 
truths  of  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  and  explain  to  them  the 
understanding  of  all  the  principles  of  the  Cross  and  Ser- 
pent. And  ye  shall  conduct  their  Souls  to  the  feet  of  the 
Heavenly  Father,  and  aid  their  Minds  by  simple  words  of 
adoration,  confession,  prayer  and  faith,  drawing  down  the 
Aura  of  Elohim  upon  and  around  you  as  ye  are  bowed  in 
prayer. 

14:^.  "Also  ye  shall  encourage  and  cultivate  in  your 
children  habits  of  prayer,  meditation,  and  periodical  periods 
of  solitude,  retirement  and  thought,  in  which  they  can 
learn  to  think  upon  their  Souls,  and  to  concentrate  their 
Minds  on  the  things  of  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

144.  "And  ye  shall   also   permit   your  children  to  be  pre- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  1 2Q 

sent  at  your  Sacred  Lodges,  your  Agapes,  your  solemn 
Assemblies  and  Convocations,  saving  those  Lodges  in  which 
only  Brethren  of  the  Higher  Degrees  can  be  present.  And 
the  very  restriction  of  the  younger  Brethren,  and  Initiates 
from  attendance  at  these  Lodges  will  be  an  inducement  and 
stimulus  to  make  greater  efforts  in  their  own  individual 
purification  and  development,  that  they  may  take  those 
Degrees  which  will  entitle  them  to  participate  in  tlie  Higher 
Mysteries,  and  cultivate  the  Higher  Spiritual  Gifts. 

145.  "And  now,  my  Brethren,  why  is  it  that  1  have 
dwelt  at  such  length  upon  this  question  of  child-treatment 
in  the  Cross  and  Serpent?  Simply  for  the  purpose  of  giv- 
ing you  some  instructions  concerning  your  treatment  of  the 
children  whom  the  Father  hath  placed  in  your  care. 
Though  verily  this  reason  is  one,  and  a  most  important 
one,  for  which  I  have  spoken  upon  this  matter.  But  I  had 
another  purpose  in  speaking  of  young  children,  one  of  deep 
import  to  this  human  race,  the  nature  of  which  I  will  now 
unfold  to  you. 

146.  "You  are  aware  that  I  am  sent  by  the  Father  to 
preach  the  Truth  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  openly  and 
widely  to  the  world ;  that  Truth  which  hath  been  kept 
secret  for  a  long  period,  concealed  in  symbols  and  occult 
learning,  and  only  veiledly  and  secretly  inculcated  by  the 
Magi.  But  now  in  the  fullness  of  the  times,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  this  new  Bi-Millennial  Age,  the  world  hath  been 
gradually  prepared  for  the  reception  of  the  Truth,  by  the 
evolution  of  time,  by  the  decay  of  the  ancient  superstitions, 
and  the  slow  education  of  the  human  mind  to  the  falseness 
and  rottenness  of  those  forms  of  religion  which  have  taken 
the  place  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  purporting  to  be  the 
true  Wisdom  of  Jehovah. 

147.  "And  now  hath  begun  the  New  Age  of  enlighten- 
ment and  development,  in  which  mankind  will  receive  and 
follow  the  truth  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  the  old 
superstitions  will  fade  away.  Tlie  Light  is  now  beginning 
to  pour  upon  the  world   which  shall,  in  due  course,  destroy 


130  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS, 


and  scatter  the  darkness,  and  lead  eventually  to  tlie  restora- 
tion and  dominion  of  the  Kingdom  of  Jehovah  upon  the 
Earth,  and  the  world-wide  Regeneration  of  the  human  race. 
1^8.  "But,  mv  Brethren,  this  work  of  which  ye  who  now 
live  to  see  the  commencement,  will  not  be  accomplislied  in 
a  day,  nor  will  ye  live  to  see  the  accomplishment.  It  is  a  work 
which  will  recjuire  n:anv  long  and  troublous  ages  to  fully 
accomplish,  and  unto  you  it  is  permitted  to  lay  the  founda- 
tions, to  bear  the  burden  and  heat  of  the  da}',  to  sow  the 
seed  of  the  Truth;  and  to  others  will  it  be  given  to  build 
and  complete  the  structure  of  the  New  Temple  of  Human- 
ity, to  gather  in  the  great  Harvest  of  Souls,  to  see  tiie 
Regeneration  of  mankind. 

149.  "The  coming  Regeneration  of  t'.ie  world  will  come 
by  degrees,  by  the  slow  process  of  Evolution  and  Generation. 
The  purpose  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  is  ll;e  Purification  of 
the  natiM'es  of  a  people,  gathered  from  among  the  differ- 
ent races  of  mankind,  a  people  whose  individual  Souls 
have  been  prepared  and  predestined,  by  the  operation  of 
their  past  incarnations,  and  their  past  existences  in  Para- 
dise, for  the  receptio.i  and  acceptance  of  the  Truth  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent. 

150.  "These  people  will  be  Called  and  Selected  by  the 
attractive  Foixe  of  Elohim,  to  v.hose  Aura  they  will  natur- 
ally correspond,  and  will  come,  one  by  one,  from  out  of  the 
heathen  and  false  superstitions,  from  the  many  religions 
which  represent  the  Demoniac  and  Evil-working  worship 
of  Baal,  and  shall  form  the  first  Nucleus  of  people,  whose 
Souls  have  been  saved,  whose  Spirits  have  been  set  free, 
and  whose  Minds  and  Bodies  have  been  purified  from  evil 
and  corruption. 

151.  "They  are  destined  to  be  the  Progenitors  of  the 
^ew  Race  of  purified  and  redeemed  people,  who  shall  lay 
the  foundations  of  the  Kingilom  of  Heaven  upon  the  Earth. 

152.  "Ye,  Brethren,  are  the  predestined  people  who  have 
been  called  forth,  by  the  Auric  Force  of  Elohim,  to  which 
ye    have    corresponded,    wiiose     Stars    have    shone    in    the 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  I3I 

Heavens,  and  depicted  the  forecast  of  your  destiny,  whose 
Souls  have  been  prepared  in  past  incarnations  to  correspond 
to  t!ie  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  to  follow  Me,  the  Great 
Master,  in  those  preliminary  functions  which  will  hereafter 
grow  into  a  vast  and  world-wide  organisation — the  King- 
dom of  Heaven. 

153.  "The  growth  of  this  organisation  will  be  through, 
in  the  first  place,  the  overspreading  of  the  earth  with  the 
Truth  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  the  Conversion  , of 
individual  Souls,  the  Regeneration  of  individual  men  and 
women,  and  their  Purification  and  Redemption  from  evil 
and  corruption. 

154.  "In  the  second  place,  the  growth  of  the  Kingdom 
of  Heaven  will  be  through  the  raising  of  a  New, Race,  the 
Family  of  Jehovah,  v/ho  sliall  be  'Born  Again'  as  the  Sons 
of  Elohim,  by  the  Regeneration  of  their  natures  from  the 
heredity  of  the  Demons  to  the  heredity  of  their  original 
Adamic  nature  of  the  wSons  of  Eloliim. 

155.  "Now  this  New  Race  will  be  produced  by  natural 
Generation,  the  procreation  of  children.  Each  purified  and 
redeemed  Soul  will  be  the  parental  source  and  means  of 
purifying  and  redeeming  its  own  children,  and  creating 
households  of  the  family  of  Jehovah.  And  the  future  off- 
spring of  purified  and  redeemed  Souls  will  inherit  the 
purity  of  Nature,  and  the  Aura  of  Elohim,  and  be  born  free 
from  Evil  Aura  and  corruption,  and  redeemed  from  the 
bondage  and  dominion  of  the  Evil  Ones. 

156.  "When  Jehovah  called  out  Abraham  from  the  House 
of  his  Father,  and,  led  by  Elohim,  he  pursued  the  Path  of 
the  Cross  and  Serpent,  he  raised  unto  Jehovah  a  Seed  of 
Chosen  People,  who  increased  and  multiplied  into  a  great 
and  noble  Race,  the  Race  of  Israel,  v/hich,  by  natural  gen- 
eration, inider  the  Mastership  of  the  Patriarchs  and  Priests, 
who  succeeded  one  another,  through  many  ups  and  downs, 
many  varying  rises  and  falls,  ebbs  and  ilovv^s,  of  the  true 
nature  of  Elohim,  and  after  many  temptations  and  vicissi- 
tudes ;   finally  reached  the  highest  degree  of  racial  progress, 


133  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

under  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  in  the  most  glorious  and 
benign  reign  of  Solomon,  the  illustrious  and  great  Father- 
King.  In  each  throe  of  this  race,  each  generation  that 
followed  one  another,  the  Race  of  Israel  gradually  threw 
off,  little  by  little,  the  corruption  and  evil  characteristics 
of  their  natural  depravity. 

157.  "As  one  man,  Abraham,  thus  purified  himself  by 
the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  raised  a  Seed  unto  Jehovah, 
which  afterwards  developed  into  the  Holy  Race  of  Israel 
under  the  famous  Kings  and  Priests  that  reigned  previous 
to  the  death  of  the  most  noted  of  them  all,  King  Solomon  ; 
even  so,  by  many  families,  by  families  among  all  races  of 
this  degenerate  and  depraved  Race  of  mankind,  will  the 
same  process  of  Human  Regeneration  ensue.  But,  this  time, 
not  by  calling  out  one  man,  to  raise,  by  generation,  one 
family,  to  grow  into  one  race;  but  by  many  men,  produc- 
ing many  families,  called  out  of  every  nation  and  people, 
and  tongue,  and  forming  unitedly  One  Community,  over- 
spreading the  world,  under  one  Great  Master,  and  many 
Masters  and  Priests,  gradually  filling  the  earth  with  puri- 
fied and  regenerated  people. 

158.  "By  this  manner,  through  the  operation  of  those 
natural  laws  of  generation,  evolution,  and  the  natural  dom- 
ination of  the  pure  and  whole  over  the  impure  and  evil, 
which  will  gradually  develop  and  increase;  the  Race  of  the 
Demon  and  corrupt  heredity  will  become  weaker  and 
weaker,  and  finally  will  become  extinct  upon  the  earth;  and 
the  Demon  Hosts  will  be  driven  back  into  the  Abyss,  to 
remain  innocuous  and  unharmful  until  the  Cataclysm  at  the 
end  of  the  Age  shall  dissolve  their  present  beings,  and  they 

(     will  be  restored  to  purity  by  Fire,  and  regeneration  by  Evo- 
lution, in  the  next  Cycle  of  Earth-Existence. 

159.  "'Think  not,  however,  that  this  world-wide  Regen- 
eration of  the  human  race  will  come  about  in  the  course  of 
one  or  two  generations.  IMany  souls  will  leave  this  earth 
and  return  to  the  earth  in  Reincarnation;  many  falls  and 
lapses  of  mankind  will  take  place,  our   posterity    will  suffer 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I33       ) 

) 
) 

) 

i7iany  ebbs  and  flows,  many  rises  and  falls,  many  ups  and  > 
downs,  but  steadily  the  Truth  of  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah  ) 
will  permeate  the  ignorance,  the  darkness,  and  the  corrup- 
tion, generation  after  generation,  destroying  the  illusions, 
the  supersli  ions,  and  the  darkness  of  ignorance  into  which 
mankind  lias  fallen,  and  will  in  the  future  fall  still  deeper; 
and  gradually  lifting  the  mind  of  the  Race  into  the  higher 
truths  of  Science  and  vSpiritual  knowledge.  ) 

160.  "And  finally,  at  the  end  of  this  Age,  the  whole 
world  will  be  in  a  state  of  mental  and  spiritual  prepared- 
ness (having  reached  the  finality  of  all  knowledge  attain- 
able in  their  present  human  conditions)  to  rise  to  the 
Higher  Truths,  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  which  will  then 
be  spread  over  the  world,  in  the  latter  rains  of  the  Aura  of 
Jehovah-Elohim,  which  shall  ensue  upon  the  intervening 
period  of  human  development. 

161.  "And   what  shall  be  the  consecjuences  of   this   long 
and  painful  Regeneration  of  the  Human  Race?     What  will     ) 
tiie  end   thereof  be  to  this    world,  and  to  all    the   creatures, 
now  sunk  in  the  darkness  of   night,  in  corruption,  evil  and 
ignorance?  i 

162.  "Verily  will  the  words  of  the  Prophets  be  fulfilled, 
and  the  whole  earth  will  be  purified  and  renew^ed.  The 
very  crust  of  the  earth  will  renew  its  original  purity  and 
form.  The  corruption  which  has  hardened  its  constitution, 
caused  by  the  perpetual  absorption  of  corrupt  and  Evil 
Aura,  will  rapidly  disappear.  The  pure  and  potent  Aura 
of  Jehovah-Elohim,  filled  with  those  Forces  and  Elements 
of  Nature,  will  bring  forth  plant-life  of  species  and  kinds 
that  grew  upon  the  earth  in  the  time  of  her  Adamic  purity 
and  glory.  The  disease  and  blight  of  Nature  will  be  healed, 
and  the  thorns,  briars,  thistles  and  weeds,  to  which  the 
present  vegetation  have  degenerated,  will  tease  upon  the 
earth;  and  the  soil  will  produce  Heavenly  vegetation,  pure 
and  full  of  the  Life  and  Essence  of  Elohim.  The  animals 
and  all  living  things  will  eat  of  pure  food,  which  will  rapidly 
change  their   own    conformation    and  nature,  and   the  new 


134  THE    lAFK    AN»    DISCOURSES    OF"    JESUS. 

species  that  shall  be  born  of  thein,  shall  rapidly  evolve  into 
those  noble  and  beautiful  creatures  which  rapidly  disap- 
peared from  the  earth,  after  the  corri'.ption  of  the  hiur.an 
race,  when  the  Demons  first  descended  upon  mankind  and 
worked  their  evil  purposes. 

163.  "Likewise  will  all  disease  and  ills  of  mankind, 
which  have  caused  so  many  and  so  great  sufferings  upon 
all  creatures,  disappear   from    the    face  of  the  earth,  and  all 

\     creatures  shall  live    lives    of    perfect    wholeness,     happiness 
and  delight. 

164.  "Then  shall  be  fulfilled  those  words  of  the  Prophet 
Isaiah,  which  ye  all  remember  (though  the  true  interpre- 
tation of  which  ye  hav^e  never  known).  Ye  never  knew 
that  this  was  a  literal  forecast  of  the  condition  of  the  earth, 
by  the  Cross  and  Serpent.  Ye  relegated  its  fulfilment  of 
all  those  prophetic  words  to  an  indefinite  time,  in  which  by 
some  miraculous  means  they  should  be  accomplished,  ai^.d 
even  many  of  you  saw  no  liieral  interpretation  of  them, 
only  imagining  that  they  had  a  spiritual  and  figurative 
meaning. 

165.  "The  wilderness  and  barren  places  of  the  earth 
shall  rejoice     for    those    days,    and    the    arid    deserts    r.hall 

I     rejoice;   and  they  shall  blossom    forth    with  verdure  as  the 
i     rose  in  summer. 

166.  "They  shall  blossom  abundantly,  and  rejoice  even 
as  men  who  joy  with  singing  and  glee;  the  glory  of  the 
favoured  Lebanon  shall  spread  unto  them,  the  charms  of 
Carmel  and  the  Land  of  Sharon,  and  they  shall  reproduce 
the    Glory  of  Jehovah  and  the  pure  Aura  of  Elohim. 

167.  "They  whose  hands  trembled  with  weakness,  and 
whose  feet  were  feeble  and  lame,  shall  be  strengthened  and 
restored  under  these  new  and  healthy   conditions. 

168.  "They  that  go  about  timorously,  and  with  fear  of 
suffering,  disease,  and  untimely  death,  will  say  unto  one 
another,  'We  will  be  strong,  and  have  no  further  occasion 
to  fear,  behold  our  God  hath  come  down  to  the  earth.,  and 
brought  restoration  and  healtii,  and  a  full  recompense  for  all 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I35 


the  evils    and    ills    that    are    past  ;    Eloliim    hath    come  and 

saved  us.'  ) 

169. ''Then  shall  tlie  eyes  of  the    blind  be  opened,  and  the     ) 

ears  of  the  deaf  shall  be  unstopped. 

170.  ''Then  shall  the  lame  man  leap  as  an  hart,  and  the 
tongu.e  of  the  dumb  shall  sing  for  joy.  For  in  the  wilder- 
ness of  this  desolate  and  corrupt  earth  shall  the  waters,  filled 
with  the  pure  Elements  of  Life  from  Elohim,  break  out,  and 
streams  of  pure    Aura  shall    flow    in    this    terrestrial  desert. 

171.  "And  the  dry  and  contracted  ground  shall  become 
as  a  clear  and  pellucid  pool,  and  the  thirsty  land,  so  long 
bereft  of  its  normal  waters,  shall  bring  forth  springs  of 
water;  and  the  places  where  only  reptiles  and  noisome 
beasts  dwell,  shall  be  sweet  watered  meadows,  full  of 
delightful  vegetation. 

172.  "And  the  Path  of  Elohim  that  leadest  unto  the 
Highest  Heaven  shall  be  opened  to  the  sight  of  mankind, 
even  the  Path  of  the  Spirits,  which  is  called  the  Path  of  the 
Holy  Ones,  on  which  none  who  are  impure  can  tread,  but- 
only  is  it  open  for  those  who  are  in  Communion  with  the 
Holy  Ones,  those  who  have  journeyed  along  the  rugged  Path 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  who,  though  foolish  and  ignor- 
ant, do  not  err  or  stray  from  its  hard  and  spiral  way. 

173.  "And  there  shall  then  be  no  fierce  or  ferocious  lion 
or  savage  flesh-eating  beast  on  the  earth  ;  there  shall  none 
be  found  there;  but  only  living  creatures,  of  all  species  and 
kinds,  that  are  redeemed  from  the  curse  and  corruption  of 
evil,  shall  walk  the  earth. 

174.  "And  the  ransomed  of  Jehovah,  they  that  have 
obtained  their  deliverance  from  the  Dominion  of  the  Dark- 
ness and  the  Demons,  shall  return  unto  their  normal  state, 
and  flock  to  the  Temple  of  Jehovah  that  shall  be  restored 
in  Zion,  with  songs  of  everlasting  joy  ujon  their  lips; 
mankind  shall  obtain  joy  and  gladness,  and  sorrow  and 
sighing  shall  flee  away. 

i75-  "And  now,  I^eloved  Brethren,  ye  have  heard  from 
Me,  briefly,  what  is  the    Message    which    I    am  sent  to  this 


136  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

world  to  deliver,  what  is  the  Work  it  is  my  Destiny  to 
accomplish.  It  is  a  Work  and  a  Message  of  mucli  joy,  of 
restored  hope,  and  of  intense  glory,  for  ye  that  are  believ- 
ing and  faithful  to  your  Pledge,  and  who  are  True  to  the 
Truth  to  which  your  minds  have  assented,  and  you  have 
committed  yourselves.  Soul  and  Body. 

176.  "But  it  is  a  Message  and  Work  which  will  involve 
all  ye  who  follow  Me  in  my  Destiny,  and  in  the  Path  of 
the  Cross  and  Serpent,  in  which  I  shall  lead  you,  in  many 
Temptations  and  Afflictions.  With  Me  ye  will  suffer  in 
both  Soul  and  Body.  As  my  Disciples  ye  cannot  follow 
Me,  unless  ye  deny  yourselves,  in  Body  and  Soul,  and,  for 
my  sake,  who  represent,  as  the  Great  Master,  the  Truth  of 
the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  Mind  and  Will  of  the  Father, 
forsake  all  earthly  ties  and  callings,  and  become  verily  the 
Slaves  of  your  Master,  for  a  greater  sake  than  the  salvation 
of  your  own  Souls,  even  for  the  sake  of  the  salvation  of  the 
whole  Human  Race,  and  of  all  the  earth,  and  all  that  live 
upon  the  earth." 
I  177.   And  when    Jesus   had   finished  .all    these   sayings  in 

the  hearing  of  the  Disciples  and  Neophytes  that  had  gathered 
unto  Him  from  all  parts.  He  dismissed  them,  saving  a 
certain  few  of  the  Neophytes,  who  had  followed  in  the 
Teaching  of  John,  and  were  prepared  to  enter  upon  the 
training  and  discipline  for  the  Third  Degree  of  the  Cross 
and  Serpent,  in  which,  in  due  time  Jesus  would  Initiate 
them.  And  these  men,  who  numbered  about  Twelve,  He 
instructed  further  and  privately,  in  the  Mysteries  of  the 
Kingdom  of  Jehovah,  and  finally  bade  them  return  to  their 
homes,  and  to  await  the  Call  which  He  should  soon  give 
them,  to  forsake  all  and  follow  Him. 

178.  And  Jesus  retired  into  a  quiet  spot,  and  remained 
in  seclusion  for  some  days.  Praying  and  Fasting,  and 
receiving  counsel  of  Elohim.  For  Jesus  was  about  to  call 
out  from  the  Disciples  those  who  should  be  appointed  to  the 
office  of  Ministers,  and  who  should  be  set  apart  for  the 
future  office  of  Ilierophants  and  Masters  of  the  future  Lodges 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  \%h 


that  would  hereafter  be  established    in  ^ariol•s  places  in  the 
Great  Hierarchy  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

179.  And  it  was  requisite  that  Twelve  Brethren  should 
be  selected  to  train  in  the  Principles  of  the  Cross  and  Ser- 
pent, and  to  develop  for  the  Jligh  Ol^ces  they  should  fill 
in  the  future  Great  Plierarchy.  Now  these  Brethren  were  \ 
not  to  be  chosen  haphazard  from  among  the  Brethren,  nor 
were  the  ordinary  qualifications  which  were  esteemed 
among  mankind  as  the  signs  of  particular  eligibility  or  title 
to  be  chosen. 

180.  Jesus  knew  the  Spirits  of  all  men  and  their  ante- 
cedent history  in  their  past  incarnations.  He  knew  that 
those  men  to  be  chosen  were  men  whose  destiny  was 
marked  in  the  Heavens,  their  Stars  indicating  their  identity 
in  the  flesh,  as  those  who  were  destined  according  to  the 
Spirit,  for  their  offices. 

181.  And  the  Twelve  Souls,  incarnated  to  the  special 
work  of  Ministers  of  the  Great  Master,  and,  in  due  time,  to 
take  the  Sacred  Office  of  Hierophant  and  Master,  were 
known  to  the  Spirit  of  Jesus;  and  for  this  purpose,  that 
He  might  identify  them  Mentally  and  Physically,  and 
thereby  be  enabled  to  call  them  and  appoint  them  to  their 
offices,  Jesus  retired  into  solitude  for  Prayer  and  Counsel 
with  Elohim  in  His  Spirit. 

183.  Then  Jesus  went  forth  by  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  and 
found  some  of  the  Neophytes  by  the  seashore,  occupied  with 
their  avocations  as  fishermen. 

183.  And  among  them  there  were  two  brothers,  Simon — 
whom  Jesus  afterwards  surnamed  Peter  —  and  Andrew. 
And  they  were  in  the  act  of  casting  from  their  boat  a  drag- 
net into  the  sea. 

184.  And  Jesus  stopped  by  their  boat,  and  looked  stead- 
fastly upon  them,  for  He  knew  by  His  Spirit  that  these 
were  two  Souls  whom  He  was  to  call  out  from  their  Breth- 
ren for  the  office  of  the  Ministry. 

185.  And   afterwards  the  two   Brethren    looked    up    from 


I3S  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  \ 

tliL'ir   emplovment,    ;mcl    belield   Jesus    gazing  upon    tlieni.    jn 
And  they  knew  ;it  once  that  Jesus    had   come  to  call   them. 
And  thev  said  one  to  atiother:   ''It  is  the   Master.     He   has 

come  to  call  us,  as  He  Ijade  us  expect."  { 

.  .  ) 

186.  Then    they    ceased    working,    and    waited    for    the 

Master  to  speak  luito  them.      And  Jesus  continued  to  stand 
looking  upon  them. 

187.  Then  Jesus  called  unto  them  and  said  :  "Peter  and 
Andrew,  follow  Me."  And  at  once  the  two  Brothers  joy- 
fullv  hande;!  their  net  to  their  partners  in  the  boat,  and 
came  ashore.  And  Jesus  took  them  aside  and  spake  unto 
them,  and  said  : 

188.  "'Brothers,  ye  are  now  to  follow  with  Me  until  I 
have  called  other  Brethren,  and  then  I  will  speak  unto  you 
all  concerning  that  which  it  is  necessary  that  you  should 
know." 

189.  And  going  on  from  thence  He  came  to  a  place 
where  were  other  two  Brethren,  whose  names  were  James 
and  John,  the  sons  of  a  Neophyte,  named  Zebedee,  and 
they  were  busy  mending  their  nets  on  the  beach.  And 
Jesus  spake  unto  them  and  to  Zebedee,  and  bade  them  fol- 
low with  Him.  And  straightway  they  left  their  nets,  bade 
their  father  Zebedee  farewell,  and  followed  Jesus. 

190.  And  they  went  towards  Capernaum,  and  Jesus 
called  other  Disciples  unto  Him  on  His  way  to  Capernaum, 
passing  through  Bethsaitla. 

191.  And    when    Jesus   arrived   at  Capernaum,  with  His 
(     Disciples   whom    He    had  called   during   His    journey.    He 

passed  the  house  of  a  man  named  Matthew,  tax-collector, 
who  was  sitting  at  his  table,  transacting  his  business.  And 
Matthew  was  a  Neophyte,  having  been  Baptised  by  John, 
whom  Jesus  had  bidden  to  return  to  his  business,  and  to 
await  His  coming.  Ami  immediately  Mat thew  arose  and  '[ 
followed  Jesus. 

192.  And    when    Jesus    had    called    to   Him    the    Twelve      ^ 
Disciples,  whom  lie  had  chosen  from  among  the  Brethren, 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I39 


He   led    them    into    tlie    Wilderness    and    instructed    ihem, 
saying  : 

DISCOURSE    OF    JESUS    TO    THE    TWELVE    APOSTLES. 

193.  "Beloved  Brethren,  I  have  much  to  say  unto  you 
before  we  can  again  return  unto  the  habitations  of  our 
fellow-men,  and  commence  the  Life  and  Ministry  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent  in  the    world. 

194.  "Ye  Twelve,  it  has  been  the  Father's  predetermined 
purpose  and  mind  that  I  should  call  you  out  from  among 
your  Brethren,  that  ye  may  serve  in  the  Sacred  Ministry 
with  Me,  that  Ministry  wdiich  the  Prophets  and  Priests 
served  in  the  days  of  Moses,  until  that  evil  time  when  those 
men  of  Baal,  the  Demon-God  of  this  evil  world,  seduced 
the  people  from  their  allegiance  to  Jehovah-Elohim,  and 
the  Prophets  and  Priests  of  Elohim. 

195.  "Ye  will  observe  that  from  all  human  points  of  view, 
and  according  to  human  judgment,  the  choice  of  such  men 
as  yourselves  has  not  the  appearance  of  the  wisest  and  best 
selection,  not  one  of  you  being  men  of  any  position  in  the 
world,  of  any  particular  or  wide  notoriety  or  popular 
esteem,  nor  of  any  financial  means. 

196.  "And  such  of  you  as  were  possessed  of  means  ye 
have  voluntarily  forsaken  your  wealth,  and  intend  to  take 
the  vow  of  Poverty,  and  Abstinence,  with  Me,  and  to 
follow  Me,  possest  of  neither  money,  houses,  nor  possessions. 

197.  "Now  one  would  have  supposed  that  Jehovah  would 
have  chosen  men  of  means,  of  culture,  and  of  renown, 
men  of  acknowledged  greatness  of  parts  and  attainments, 
to  undertake  so  great  a  task  as  the  one  in  which  we  are  now 
to  engage  ourselves.  At  least  that  the  world  would  have 
selected  men  of  ability  and  experience  in  worldly  matters, 
and  in  the  great  Schools  of  Thought  and  Philosophy  that 
we  shall  have  to  confront,  and  find  ourselves  compelled  to 
contend  with. 

198.  "Whereas  all  ye  are  men  who  belong  to  a  despised 
class,  who  are   ignorant,  uncultured,  and   totally    outside  of 


I^O  TIIK     LIFE     AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

all  the  knowledge  and  experience  of  the  Schools;  men  who 
liave  lived  plain  and  simple  lives,  for  the  most  part,  labour- 
ing at  employments  in  which  ye  have  had  little  or  no 
opportunity  to  educate  yourselves  beyond  the  general  know- 
ledge that  sufficed  for  your  lives  and  labour. 

199.  "But  there  were  reasons,  very  definite  and  signifi- 
cant, for  the  choice  of  yoursehes  above  all  other  more 
experienced  and  better  educated  men. 

200.  "Ye  must  remember  that  it  is  not  by  Intellectual 
achievements  or  attainments,  not  bv  the  pomp  and  glorv  of 
human  Fame  and  Renown,  nor  bv  the  Culture  and  Wisdom 
of  the  human  intellect,  that  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  will 
be  re-established.  And  for  this  reason,  that  the  human 
intellect,  knowledge  of  the  wisdom  of  this  world,  and  the 
possession  of  great  Intellectual  and  Material  Gifts,  are  the 
greatest  hindrances  and  impediments  to  the  development  of 
the  Spiritual  Gifts. 

201.  "And  it  is  the  development  and  possession  of  the 
Spiritual  (lifls  which  alone  is  required.  The  Intellect  and 
Reason  whicii  have  already  been  exercised  in,  and  habitu- 
ated to  the  knowlec'ge  and  wisdom  of  the  world,  is  thereby 
so  much  tlie  more  incapacitated  to  receive  and  assimilate 
the  things  which  belong  to  the  Spirit,  the  Truth  which 
opens  to  the  understanding  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah. 

202.  "A  mind  that  is  filled  with  wisdom  accjuired  by 
long  experience  and  study  in  the  Schools  of  this  world, 
which  arc  e\  il  and  contaminated  springs  of  knowledge, 
and  give  forth  false  and  spurious  wisdom,  which  is  far 
removed  from  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  has  little  or  no  room 
for  the  Higher  Wisdom,  which  requires  the  whole  mind, 
and  cannot  be  grasped  or  received,  if  the  mind  still  retains 
and  clings  to  the  false  and  evil. 

20:^.  ".Such  men  have  to  go  through  a  Iiard  .School  of 
disillusionment,  of  self-abnegation,  .  and  self-emptying,  be- 
fore their  minds  will  meeklv  and  humbly  submit  to  the 
methods  of  instruction  reciuircd  l)y  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah, 
or  readily  acce-pl  the  Truth  it  inculcates. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I41 


204.    "To  give  up   false    reasoning,  false    ideas,  and    false 


methods  of  thought,  to  begin  again,  and  to  unlearn  most  ) 
of  what  a  man  has  learned,  and  to  learn  what  he  never  > 
once  knew  or  suspected  ;  to  be  brought  to  a  standstill,  and 
to  discover  that  all  his  past  theories  and  beliefs  are  naught 
but  the  barest,  thinnest  vein  of  truth,  encrusted  in  the  thickest 
covering  of  error  and  uiUruth  ;  that  he  must  take  again  the 
low  position  of  a  child,  a  disciple,  and  learn  truth  from  the 
beginning,  in  a  manner,  and  by  methods,  that  are  so  utterly 
opposed  to  all  accepted  ways  and  methods  of  instruction  ; 
such  a  demand  upon  great  and  wise  men,  full  of  earthly 
Science  and  Philosophy,  is  too  great  a  one  for  any  man  to 
immediately  acknowledge. 

205.  "And  ye  will  see,  as  ye  hearken  to  my  teaching, 
that  this  much-boasted  Intellect  and  Reason,  or  the  Intel- 
lectual Faculties  of  the  human  constitution,  is,  in  reality, 
an  abnormal  development  of  the  Brain,  a  Disease,  rather 
than  a  normal  and  natural  Gift.  In  this  abnormal  and  cor- 
rupted human  race  the  normal  organs  of  thought  are  barely 
known  or  realised,  the  true  practice  of  receiving  knowledge 
and  of  thought-production  has  ceased  to  be  exercised,  and 
a  false  practice  of  reason,  intellectual  ratiocination  and 
judgment  has  taken  its  place. 

206.  "Let  me  now  explain  to  you  what  is  the  Truth  con- 
cerning the  constitution  of  the  Mind,  both  in  its  present 
state,  and  in  its  normal  state,  that  ye  may  know  what  it  is 
that  ye   are    now    doing  in    pursuing   the  Path  of  the  Cross 

,     and  Serpent,  what  are  the  changes  that  are  taking  place  in     ^ 
your  constitution,  and  therefore  why  it  is  that  Jehovah   has 
chosen  Souls  who  are  incarnated,  as  ye  are,  in   humble  and 
uncultured  physical  and  mental  bodies. 

207.  "The  normal   state  of  the   constitution  of  the  Mind, 
that    state    which    was    enjoyed    by    mankind    in   the   days 
which    preceded    the    Fall   of  the    Adamic    Race    was   that      ) 
of    perfect    ratiocination    and    intelligence,    unmarred    and 
untainted  by  evil  and  corruption. 

208.  "The  constitution  of  all  beings  is  Fourfold,  that  is  to 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


say,  it  consists  of  Four  Natures,  totally  distinct  from  one 
another,  but  absolutely  and  eternally  inseparable.  Each 
organism  front  the  incipient  living  organism  that  is  called 
a  Cell,  a  mere  atom  of  Ether,  to  the  organisation  of  the 
most  complex  jNIicrocosm  in  the  Universe,  hath  these  Four 
Natures  in  the  proportionate  degree  of  their  evolution  and 
'^     development. 

209.  "In  Man  these  Four  Natures  are  developed  to  cer- 
tain degrees  of  consciousness,  and  are  capable  of  special 
stages  of  development  other  than  that  of  mere  Evolution. 
Man  has  risen  from  the  Cell-state  to  the  Human  slate  by 
the  slow  processes  of  Evolution,  which  Philosophers  have 
demonstrated  by  their  observation  and  research  in  the  fields 
of  Physical  vScience. 

210.  "And  in  the  normal  state  these  Four  Natures  live 
and  work  in  each  organism  in  perfect  harmony  and  soli- 
darity. Distinct,  but  perfectly  united,  they  are  as  the  four 
parts  of  a  house,  tlie   innermost  chamber  beiiig  the  centre. 

)  211.   "These  Four  Natures   are    the  Body,  the  Mind,  the 

Soul,  and  the  Spirit.  They  are  as  if  Four  Entities  in  one 
person,  each  living  and  working  independently  of  one 
another,  but  each,  at  the  same  time,  absolutely  dependent 
upon  the  other  for  existence  as  one  and  complete  microcosm. 

212.  "Now  these  Four  Natures  are  constituted  precisely 
in  the  same  manner  and  mould,  possess  the  same  organs 
and  parts,  are  alike  in  form  and  configuration,  and  function 
in  the  same  manner,  the  only  difference  being  that  i)f  their 
material  substantiality. 

213.  "Normally  speaking  neither  of  these  Four  Natures 
are  composed  of  a  substance  that  is  visible  to  the  naked 
eye  of  the  present  human  race.  And  each  nature  is  a  more 
rarified  Etheric  organism  than  the  other.  The  Spirit- 
Nature  being  the  most  Etheric,  composed  of  the  most 
exquisitely  fine  molecules  of  Etheric  substance,  or  inte- 
grated cells  drawn  together  by  the  Force  of  Attraction. 


^  214.    "Therefore    what    we  see.    what  is  visible    with    our 

)  . 

naked  eve,  is  not  the  True  Person,    the  Ego,  at    all  ;    that  is 


Diagram 
Of  the  vSevexfold  Constitution  of"  the  Microcosm. 


(' 


Microcosm       V    4 
3      1    ! 


•  u 


Jehovah-Elohim.  i.    Spirit.     ] 

The  Spirit-Nature.        )  I 

The  Soul-Nature.  /    ^-    ^°"^-       i 


The  Astral-Body. 
The  Mind-Nature. 
The  Body-Nature. 
The    Physical    Body. 


3.    Body. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OF    JESUS.  1^3 

ever  invisible,  except  to  the  purified,  and  developed  S[)irit- 
uiil  Eye. 

Ji^.  "What  then  is  that  which  we  see  with  our  naked 
eye,  hear  with  our  ear,  touch  with  our  hands?  What  is 
that  thing  which  we  call  a  'Alan,'  which  we  can  cognise 
and  know  bv  our  physical  senses? 

216.  "It  is  not  the  Real  Man,  not  the  True  Person,  not 
the  .Self,  which  constitutes  the  True  Ego  or  Personality. 

217.  'T  ha\e  said  that  the  ccMistitution  of  a  man  is  com- 
posed of  Four  Entities,  or  Natures — the  Body,  the  Mind, 
the  Soul,  and  the  Spirit.  I  must  now  tell  you  that  these 
Four  Natures  are  also  divided  into  Two  Entities,  viz., 
Body  and  Soul.  Tiie  Body  consists  of  the  Mind-Nature 
and  the  Body-Nature;  and  the  Soul  consists  of  the  Soul- 
Nature  and  the  Spirit-Nature.  The  one  is  within  the  other, 
as  the  yolk  and  albumen  of  the  egg  is  within  the  two  outer 
formations  of  the  skin  and  shell.  \ 

218.  "Each  of  these  Two  Dual  Entities  is  enclosed  in  an  ) 
outer  vestiture  or  envelope,  when  incarnated  upon  the  ) 
earth,  or  when  in  the  state  of  Paradisaical  existence.  Upon 
the  earth,  in  each  incarnation,  they  are  reclothed  in  the  ) 
material  envelope,  or  Body  of  Flesh,  Bone  and  Blood,  ) 
which  awaits  them  in  the  interior  of  the  earth,  during  their 
Paradisaical  existences.  And,  in  the  Astral  Zone,  they  are 
reclothed  in  the  semi-material  envelope,  or  Astral  Body, 
which  awaits  them  there  during  the  periods  of  their  Para- 
disaical existence. 

219.  "These  outer  envelopes,  or  Bodies,  are  therefore, 
what  we  perceive  with  our  Physical  and  Psychical  senses. 
They  are  the  material  covering,  or  vestiture,  of  the  Two 
Dual  Natures  of  the  True  Ego,  or  Person,  of  Man. 

220.  "In  each  Planetary  Circle  the  Microcosms  are  clothed 
in  this  manner  with  two  Bodies,  corresponding  in  their 
constitution  to  the  degree  of  Spiritual,  or  Etheric  develop- 
ment of  the  Microcosms  inhabiting  them,  the  highest  and 
noblest  .Bodies  of  all,  being  the  Bodies  with  which  the 
Microcosm  is  clothed  when    it    attains    to  Perfection,  and  is 


I/\^  THE    LIFE    AXD    DISCOURSES    OP'    JESUS. 

received  into  the  Seventli,    or   Highest    Reahn  of  the  King-- 

dom  of  Heaven. 
I  221.    "Then  vou  must  know  also  that  these  two  Bodies — 

5      the  Astral  and  the  Physical,  or  Material  Bodies — are  likewise 

constituted  in  all   their   parts  and    organs,    precisely   as  the 

Four  Natures  of  the  Microc<^sm  wliich  they  enclose. 

222.  "Antl  the  Astral  Body  is  the  vehicle  or  instrument 
of  communication  of  the  Soul  and  vSpirit-Natures,  and  the 
Phvsical  Bodv  is  the  means  of  communication  of  the  Mind 
and  Body.     The  Spirit  communicates  only  through  the  Soul, 

(     the   ,Soul    communicates    only    through    the  Mind,    and    the 
Mind  commmiicates  onlv  through  the  Body. 

223.  "And  the  Physical  Body  is  the  seat  of  Perception, 
Consciousness,  and  Sensation,  in  the  incarnate  life.  There- 
fore the  Voice  of  the  vSpirit  can  only  be  heard,  and  its 
presence  felt,    th.rough    the    medium    of  the  Physical  Body. 

224.  "Tlien^'ou  must  know  that  eacli  of  the  Four  Natures 
hath  a  Brain  Organisation,  or  Cerebrum,  of  its  own.  And 
it  is  by  the  Cerebrum  of  each  Nature  that  all  Thought, 
Motive,  Consciousness  and  Activity,  are  generated. 

225.  "Likewise,  the  Astral  and  Physical  Bodies  also  have 
Brain-Organisations,  or  Cerebra,  by  which  all  the  Thought, 
Motive,  Consciousness  and  Activity  are  generated,  and 
communicated  to  the  Physical  Organs  of  Motion  and 
Se  isation. 

226.  "Therefore  the  Human  Constitution  is  like  a  tele- 
scope, containing  organs  of  Perception  andThougiit,  one 
within  the  other,  each  of  greater  and  intenser  degrees  of 
power  and  capacity;  the  Astral  Mind,  and  the  Physical 
Mind  being,  normally,  only  the  passive  instruments  or 
organs  of  receiving  and  communicating  the  Thought  that 
comes  from  the  Four  Natures. 

(  227.    "And  similarlv,  the  vSoul    is  the  Receiver  and  Com- 

municator of  the  thought  of  the  vSpirit,  the  Mind  is  tlie 
Receiver  and  Communicator  of  the  thouglit  of  the  Soul, 
and  the  Body  is  tlie  Receiver  and  Communicator  of  the 
thouuiit  of  the   Mind. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I45 


228.  "Therefore,  normally,  the  Physical  Body  is  the 
Receiver  and  Communicator  of  the  Spirit  Nature,  by  the 
successive  mediumship  of  the  Soul-Nature,  the  Alind-Nature, 
and  the  Body-Nature. 

229.  "'Now  the  Spirit-Nature  of  man  is  the  Spirit  of  Elohim 
in  Evolution  and  Development,  and  is  that  indissoluble  link     ) 
between  man  and  Jehovah,  or  between  the  lower  developed 
organisms  and  Jehovah.      And  the  Spirit-Mind  is  the  Receiver 
and  CommiULicator  of  the  Thought  of  Jehovah-Elohim. 

230.  "Therefore,  normally,  when  all  the  Circles  of  the 
Human  Microcosms  are  in  perfect  harmony,  and  free  from  all  ) 
evil  or  corruption,  the  tluman  Mind,  in  all  its  several 
Natures,  is  in  conjunction  and  correlation  with  the  Centre 
of  Thought,  Wisdom,  and  Life,  in  the  Universe.  And  the 
Physical  Mind  (the  Perceptive  and  Ratiocinative  faculties 
of  the  Physical  Body)  acts  purely  and  simply  as  the  instru- 
ment and  vehicle  of  communication  of  the  Thought  of 
Jehovah-Elohim  to  the  Human  Consciousness,  and  as  the 
transmitter  of  the  Thought  of  Jehovah-Elohim  to  the  con- 
sciousness of  all  who  are  within  the  widening  circles  of 
radiation  that  radiate  from  them  in  continual  currents  of 
Auric  Force. 

231.  "In  a  normal  state  of  being,  then,  all  the  Tliought 
generated  in  the  human  mind,  and  in  the  mind  of  all  organ- 
isms, or  Microcosms,  is  Spirit-Thought,  generated  first  in 
the  Mind  of  the  Spirit,  and  passing  into  the  Mind  of  the 
Soul,  of  the  Mind,  and  of  the  Body,  and  thence  into  the 
Cerebrum  or  Mind  of  the  Physical  Body. 

232.  "But  all  Thought  that  is  generated  in  the  Mind  of 
the  Spirit  is  Thought  communicated  from  the  Mind  of 
Jehovah,  through  the  mediumship  of  Elohim. 

233.  "Therefore  all  Thought,  in  normal  conditions,  is 
the  Thought  of  Jehovah,  and  as  such  was  pure,  perfect, 
true,  and  wise,  and  Thought  which  produced  Action  and 
Wisdom  that  was  also  pure,  perfect,  true,  and  wise,  and 
was  consciously  received  and    assimilated   in    the  degrees  of 


146  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


evolution    and     development    to     which    the    nature    of  the 
Microcosms  had  attained. 

234.  "Now,  by  Thougrht,  I  mean  something  more  than 
tiiis  word  ordinarily  signifies,  more  than  mere  mental  ideas 
and  mental  conceptions.  Thought,  in  the  true  and  fullest 
sense    of   the    word,    means    all     tiie     Power,    Light,     Life 

{     and  Wisdom  of  the  L-niverse. 

235.  "All  Thought  that  springs  up  in  the  human  mind, 
or  that  comes  from  the  Great  Central  Mind  of  Jehovah,  is 
Organic.  Thought  consists  of  Cells  of  Ether  which,  first 
generated  in  Jehovah,  are  shed  forth  throughout  the  Uni- 
verse, through  many  intermediate  channels,  and  pass  into 
the  .Spirit  of  man  from  the  minds  of  Elohim,  in  Shekinah. 
These  Cells  are  rays  of  Light,  or  Auric  Force,  and  produce 
all  the  conceptions,  ideas,  motives,  and  actions  of  the  nor- 
mally developed  man.  In  these  Cells  of  Auric  Force  are 
contained  all  the  Elements  and  Forces  of  Life,  Vitality, 
Strength,  Light,  Motion,  Heat,  Wisdom  and  Power. 
They  are  the  constituents  of  which  all  beings  consist,  from 
Jehovah  to  the   smallest  Cell  of  Ether. 

236.  "Bv  the  Auric  Force  of  Jehovah,  generated  per- 
fectly in  the  .Spirit  of  the  Adamic  Race,  and  proportion- 
ately in  all  the  lower  races  and  species  of  organic  life, 
before  evil  and  corruption  entered  this  Planet  ;  the  life  of 
all  beings  on  the  earth  was  perfect  and  happy,  without 
alloy  or  imperfection,  according  to  the  degree  of  develop- 
ment of  each  order  of  beings. 

237.  "All  creatures,  in  varying  degrees  of  consciousness 
and  development,  were  in  perfect  correlation  and  conjunc- 
tion with  the  Universe.  The  Adamic  Race,  our  own  original 
progenitors,  were  perfect  in  Wisdom,  Knowledge,  Under- 
standing, Power  and  Happiness.  They  were  in  perfect 
solidarity  with  the  Universe,  and  knew  all  the  Wisdom  of 
Jehovah,  li\ed  the  life  of  Jehovah,  communed  with  Jeho- 
vah-Elohim,  and  brought  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  to  the 
earth. 

238.  "The    Thought-Aura    of   Jeho\'ah,    coming    in   con- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I47 

tiniious  showers  from  Elohini  in  the  Shekinah  which  filled 
the  Astral  Plane  with  noble  and  beneficent  vSpirits,  entering 
the  Mind  of  the  vSpirit,  in  overflowing  floods  of  Auric 
Force,  germinated  in  the  Mind  of  the  Spirit,  and  flowed 
in  unbroken  streams  of  Aura — of  Light,  Life,  Force,  Wis- 
dom, Knowledge  and  Power,  into  the  Mind  of  the  Soul, 
Mind,  and  Body  Natures  of  every  man,  and  fructified 
in  unceasing  Consciousness,  Wisdom,  Power,  Motion, 
Action  and  Thought,  in  the  pure,  highly  developed  and 
sensitive  miiuls  of  their  Physical  Bodies. 

239.  "The  Four  Natures,  and  the  Astral  and  Physical 
Bodies,  being  in  perfect  conditions,  equilibrated  to  one 
another  in  perfect  Union,  corresponded  perfectly  to  the 
very  Aura  which  passed  into  them,  and  germinated  and 
developed  without  let  or  hindrance,  in  the  sensitive  and 
motive  organs  of  the  Brain  of  the  Physical  Body  almost 
simultaneously  with  their  first  inception  in  the  Mind  of  the 
Spirit. 

2^o.  "Consciousness  and  Effect  were  almost  simultaneous 
with  the  causation  and  generation  of  the  Aura  of  the 
Spirit. 

241.  "From  what  I  have  said,  therefore,  it  will  be  per- 
ceived that  in  normal  conditions.  Thought  and  Action  are 
always  Inspirational,  Intuitive  and  Instinctive.  The  Intel- 
lectual faculties  of  Reason  and  Judgment  of  the  Physical 
Body  and  Mind  held  their  natural  and  proper  place  in  the 
human  constitution,  and  were  perfectly  subordinate  to  the 
Spirit.  The  Alind  of  the  Spirit  ruled  supremely  and  abso- 
lutely, dominated  by  the  whole  organisation  of  the  Micro- 
cosm. Every  thought  and  every  action  of  every  part  of  the 
Microcosm  worked  from  the  Spirit-Centre,  and  was  con- 
ceived, energised,  and  actuated  from  and  by  the  Mind  of  the 
Spirit.  Each  organ  of  the  whole  Microcosm  obeyed  the  Mind 
of  tlie  Spirit,  and  was  in  absolute  captivity  to  the  obedience 
of  Jehovah-Elohim,  it  was  incapable  of  anything  else.  The 
only  Aura  that  existed  in  the  Universe  was  the  Aura  of 
Jehovah    in   first    origination.     Therefore    the    actions   and 


148  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

thoughts  of  all  Microcosms   were  the  actions    and    thoughts 
of  Jehovah. 

242.  "The  Universe  is  one  vast  Macrocosm,  and  every 
Microcosm  is  a  unit  of  the  Macrocosm,  as  a  limb  is  a  unit  of 
a  body,  and  every  part  of  a  Microcosm  obeys  the  Miiul  of 
Jehovah,  in  every  part  of  tiie  Macrocosm  that  is  in 
normal  and  harmonial  relations  with  Jehovah. 

243.  "In  these  normal  conditions,  there  was  no  pcssi- 
bilityof  wrong-doing,  of  error,  of  departure  from  the  Mind 
of  Jehovah,  in  any  Microcosm,  or  part  of  a  Microcosm,  in 
the  Macrocosm.  The  whole  Universe  was  held  in  per- 
fect harmony  and  correlation  with  tlie  Centre,  and  obeyed 
undeviatingly  the  Mind  of  Jehovah,  even  as  the  whole 
Stellar  System  of  the  Universe  obeys  the  forces  of  Attract- 
ion, Repulsion  and  Motion  generated  by  the  Sun. 

244.  "Men  obeyed  the  impulses  of  their  Minds,  speaking 
and  acting,  not  by  any  processes  of  deliberation  and  pre- 
judging right  or  wrong,  expediencv  or  convenience,  or 
considering  their  effects  and  consequences  in  the  light  of 
evil  or  good.  No  man  questioned  the  good  of  any  thought, 
impulse,  or  action.  Goodness  was  a  thing  unthought, 
unrecognised  as  an  antithetical  term  to  its  opposite,  because 
the  opposite  was  a  thing  unknown,  unheard  of. 

245.  "Nor  was  there  ever  a  question  concerning  the  Truth 
or  Untruth  of  any  thought,  knowledge,  or  conception,  that 
entered  the  minds  of  men.  Man  received  every  thought 
and  carried  it  out  in  principle  and  practice,  without  a 
suggestion  of  doubt  or  hesitancy  ;  because  Untruth  was  a 
thing  outside  of  human  experience. 

246.  "The   Truth    of   every    thought    was   accepted    as  a 
\     matter   of  course,    whether    coming   from    any   man's  own      ) 

Spirit,  or  uttered  and   expressed   by  the  mouth  of  speech  of 
another. 

247.  "There  could  be  no  error,  no  deception,  no  mistake, 
)     no  wrong,  no  evil,  because  the   Centre   of  all  beings  was  in 

conjunction  and  correlation  with  the  Centre  of  the  Universe, 
and  in  perfect  adjustment  to  all  the  parts  of  the  being. 


THE    I.II<"E    AND    DISCOUHSES    OF    JESUS.  Iz|9 


2.}8.    '-The  Auric  Force  which  penetrated  from  the  Spirit 
to    the   ]\rind-Conscioiisness     oF     the    physical    nature,    was 
\     unfailingly    pure,    and    absolutely    free    from    all    evil    and 
corruption. 

249.  '-Therefore  no  Thought  could  by  any  possibility  be 
false,  unreliable,  untrue,  corrupt,  impure,  w^rong.  or  evil. 
It  must  and  could  only  be  Divine,  pure  and  true. 

2^0.  "Every  man  was  the  embodiment  of  the  Mind  of 
Jehovah,  answered  tj  every  Thought  of  Jehovah,  was  sen- 
sitive and  responsive  to  every  Vibration  that  came  from 
Jehovah,  when  it  touched  the  Spirit  of  Elohim,  /.  e.,  his 
true  and  ete  nal  Centre. 

251.  "You  will  see  the  significance  of  these  words 
when  you  compare  the  present  abnormal  state  of  being,  into 
which  the  human  race  has  fallen,  with  the  state  of  being  I 
have  just  described,  and  you  will  see  then  the  true  rationale 
and  purpose  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  that  profoundly-wise 
and  essential  course  of  Evolution  and  Development  which 
Jehovah  hath  instituted,  which'  is  the  only  way  by  which 
man  may  be  restored  to  his  Original  conditions. 

252.  "When  the  Fall  took  place  the  Four  Natures  became 
disorganised,  the  Voice  of  the  Spirit  ceased  to  be  hearkened 
to,  and  men  for  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  Universe, 
began  to  live  and  act  and  think,  by  the  light  of  their  own 
Physical  Mind;  they  connnenced  to  judge  and  discriminate 
by  the  intellectual  faculties,  the  reason  and  the  intellect, 
which,  in  normal  conditions,  were  never  employed  as  the 
guide  of  conduct,  of  thought,  or  of  action. 

253.  "When  therefore  the  Spirit  no  longer  exercised  its 
true  functions  and  authority,  supreme  over  the  whole  nature 
of  man,  the  Mind  of  man  was  cut  oflf  from  the  currents  of 
Auric  Force,  the  Thought  of  Jchovah-Elohim.  Man  was 
plunged  into  darkness  ;  and,  with  the  passing  away  of  a  few 
generations,  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah  was  almost  entirely 
lost  to  mankind,  and  the  Spiritual  Gifts  and  Powers  of 
Elohim,   ceased  to  be  possessed  by  mankind. 


150  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

2^4.  "Mankind  was  shut  off  from  the  normal  sources  of 
Wisdom,  Power,  and  Knowledge.  Inspiration  ceased  to  be 
the  method  of  thought  and  action,  and  men  no  longer  couUl 
rely  on  the  truth  of  their  thoughts  and  conceptions,  nor  on 
the  purity  and  rigliteousness  of  their  actions. 

25 V  "And  this  reign  of  Darkness  has  continued  from  tb.at 
day  unto  the  present  time.  Men  have  groped  in  ignorance 
of  the  truth  of  the  Universe;  they  know  not  whence  they 
came,  whither  they  go,  nor  what  they  are  born  into  this 
world  for.  They  have  but  the  haziest  ideas  concerning  the 
true  Philosophy  of  Life  and  Destiny,  of  the  Past  and 
Future,  of  Death  and  the  Hereafter,  of  God  and  the  Spirit- 
Realms. 

2 £^6.    "What  little  mankind  knows  is  what   has   survived 
the  general  eclipse  of  the  Light  of    Jehovah,  and   has  been 
)     kept  alight  by  the  few  Prophets,  Priests,   Philosophers  and 
)     Poets,  who  have,  in  greater  or  lesser  degrees,    received    the 
Truth,  in  part,  by  Inspiration,  Intuition  and  Instinct. 

257.  "In  that  degree  in  which  men  have  yielded  their 
minds  to  the  Spirit  within  them,  they  have  uttered  and 
conceived  the  Truth  of  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah  ;  they  have 
spoken  by  the  Inspiration  of  the  Holy  and  Pure  Aura  of 
Elohim ;  they  have  uttered  words  of  Jehovah,  done  the 
actions  of  Jehovah. 

258.  "And  through  all  the  ages  of  Darkness  there  have 
been  men  and  women  who  have  conformed  to  the  proper 
conditions  of  Inspiration,  and  have  become  Prophets,  vSeers, 
and   Priests  of   the   Wisdom  of  Jehovah,    Wise    Men    and 

S     Teachers  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

259.  "There  have  also  been  many  Philosophers,  Poets, 
and  Men  of  Action,  who  have  voiced  and  actualised  the 
Mind  of  Jeliovah,  and  served,  in  all  ages,  to  conserve  and 
maintain  the  Truth,  and  to  lift  up  the  human  race,  stage  by 
stage,  in  the  progress  of  devolution  to  the  higher  conditions 

^     of  constitution,    that    will    eventually    lead    to  the    Perfect 
J     Restoration  of  the  Nature  of  Man  to  its  Original  state 


) 

THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  15X       ) 


260.  "But,  on  the  other  hand,  tlie  luini;in  race,  cut  off 
from  Spirit-Coinuiunioii  witli  Elohiin,  witli  their  physical 
minds  buried  in  darkness  and  ignorance  of  the  Principles 
and  Truths  of  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah  ;  shut  from  the 
Fount  and  Source  of  all  Truth  in  the  Universe;  as  a  whole, 
lapsed  for  a  long  period  into  total  ignorance  and  depravity. 
their  intellect  and  reason  becoming  the  mere  slaves  of  the 
appetites,  passions,  and  affections  of  their  corrupted  and 
evil  Phvsical  Natures. 


263.  "Therefore  the  mind  of  man  set  to  work  to  piece 
together  these  vague  ideas  and  memories,  and  to  shape 
numerous  Religions  and  Philosophies,  according  to  the 
impressions  and  deductions  that  resulted  from  the  exercise 
of  their  reasoning  faculties,  and  from  the  fragmentary  and 
mixed  confusion  of  Truth,    during    the  slight  and  scattered 


261.  "In  consequence  of  this  depravity  of  the  Mind, and 
its  lapse  into  total  ignorance,  the  Mind  of  the  Physical  Bodv, 
intended  only  as  the  instrument  and  vehicle  of  the  Spirit, 
and  of  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah-Elohim,  became  the  instru- 
ment of  independent  ratiocination  and  thought.  As  the 
human  race  advanced  in  progress  from  the  recoil  which 
followed  the  worst  effects  of  the  Fall,  the  mind  of  man,  his 
Intellect  and  Reason,  awakened  to  a  consciousness  of  its 
ignorance,  and  the  general  darkness  of  the  human  under- 
standing. 

262.  "At  that  time  all  memory  of  the  Fall  from  normal- 
ity; all  consciousness  of  abnormality,  of  the  Wisdom  of 
Jehovah,  of  the  stupendous  verities  which  account  for  the 
vast  anomalies  and  evils  of  human  life,  which  are  the  ') 
solution  of  the  innumerable  problems  of  humanity,  had 
departed  from  the  human  mind,  save  in  the  vague,  shadowy 
recollections,  the  instinctive  prepossessions  and  traditions, 
concerning  the  Truth  of  the  Past,  and  the  Destiny  of  the  ) 
Future,  which  were  retained  in  the  Religious  conceptions 
and  philosophies  of  the  most  ancient  and  long-enduring 
races. 


niK     I. UK     AM>     lUSCOlHSKS     OF     JESIS. 


ni(.incnl>  of  1  nspiral  ion.  w 


I, on  nuMi  -;a\f  heed  to  t  heir  Spirit  s. 


and  followfd  their  lntuition>  ami  Instincts, 

>64  -Din-inir  the  past  n-vs  .nen.  in  this  manner,  stru.s^ixlecl 
and  -roped,  in'  the  dim  li-lu  of  their  Intelligence  (which 
operated  and  functioned  only  on  the  PhysicalPlane) .  and 
,n-aduallv  foucrht  their  wav  Ihrou.iih  the  lowest  lonorance. 
darkness"  and  superstition,  in  whicii  the  Demon-rule  and 
,l„„,i„ance  of  the  world  had  plunoed  the  human  race. 
Despite  the  terrible  factors  of  evil  and  c<:rruption.  owing  to 
,1„.  p..sse>sion  of  mankind  hv  ihe  Demons,  the  Spirit  slowlv 
exerci^^ed  its  benign  inHuence  on  the  Soul,  the  Mind.  th,e 
B,-,dy,  and  the  Physical  Hody  and  M  md .  compelling  man- 
kind to  iHM-petual  unrest   and  perplexity. 

2(15.  ••Kach  Age  marked  a  progress  of  the  Human  Race 
in'the'knowledge^of  the  Truth,  or.  at  any  rate,  in  its  fatness 
to  fmallv  attain  to  the  Truth.  And  in  every  age  there 
existed  a"  Muall  communit v  of  people  who  suffered  themselves 
to  be  tauuht  and  led  by  the  Inspired  Men.  who  spake  and 
acted  astliey  were  moved  by  their  Spirits  and  by  the  pure 
Aura  of    lehovaii-Elohim  that   tilled  their  Spirits. 

266.  ••But  the  mass  of  mankind— excepting  the  few  and 
veattered  Wise-Men.  u  ho  mostly  are  in  secluded  places  in 
the  remote  Kaslern  Lands,  and  here  and  t  here  a  Prophet 
and  a  few  faitiiful  i^rethicn.  wliom  the  Prophet  had  induced 
to  follow  him  — remained  under  the  dominance  of  tiie 
Demons,  in  darkness  and  ignorance,  but  ever  forcing  their 
Nvav  nearer  and  nearer  to  the  Truth.  i)y  pure  determination 
and  Nvill  to  fathom  the  Mysteries  of  the  I'niverse. 

2(^-j.  ••Kejecling  however  the  teacliing  of  inspired  Pro- 
phets of  Jehovah,  and  ca  pt  i  vated  by  the  seductive  powers 
and  spells  of  their  false  and  Demon-posses.sed  Mediums. 
Necromancers,  and  Wizards,  the  great  mass  of  mankind 
heldtolheir  oun  false  Religions,  and  false  Philosophies, 
and  -till  remained  in  the  greatest  superstition  and  error  as 
l(.  the  Truth,  as  all  the  nations  of  the  world  are  to  this  day. 
.'^S.  ••.\nd  not  onlv  ^o.  but  even  the  jieople  of  Israel . 
\Nho  hail  for  manv  ages  f(.ll(»weil  the  faith  of  .\braham.  and 


IIIK     l-ll-K     AND     DISCCU'KSKS     OF 


'53 


the  Wisdom  of  lelioxali.  wliich  (liey  Iiad  learnctl  t'roni 
Moses,  Solomon,  and  the  Propliets.  deparled  from  their 
earlier  aileg'iance  to  leliovah.  and  failed  to  keeji  up  the 
promise  of  their  former  greatness  and  purity.  They  hecame 
inveigled  and  entantrled  in  the  superstitions  of  the  nations, 
and.  after  a  time,  lost  e\ery  vestiue  of  that  purily  and 
truth   widch  Israel  possessed  in  those  early  days. 

269.  -'Now  vou  will  understand  from  what  I  ha\e  said 
that,  whilst  there  exists  to  this  day  the  \  ast  and  world-wide 
false  and  corrupt  Thought.  Religion,  and  Philosophy,  side 
hv  side  with  these,  even  in  the  very  men  who  are  the  vota- 
ries and  foHowers  of  supers!  iti(Mi  antl  error,  there  !»  the 
gradual  trend  of  higher  Thought  and  Aspiration,  which  is 
ever  increasing,  and  drawing  mankind  nearer  to  the  Truth, 
opening  their  eves  to  the  false,  and  preparing  the  world  tor 
the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  the  proclamation  of  which  ye. 
Brethren,  are  called  to  undertake,  when  ye  have  fitted 
yourselves  for  so  high  anil  holy  a  vocation  and  ministry. 

270.  "Also  that  the  Mind  of  man,  from  which  emanate 
the  Wisdom  and  intellectual  knowledge  of  the  present  Age 
— an  Age  that  has  risen  to  an  exceedingly  lofty  heiglit  of 
attainment,  like  unto  no  Age  that  hath  preceded  it  (excepted, 
as  concerning  tlie  present  decadent  people  of  Israel,  the  Age 
of  Solomon) — is  not  the  normal  human  mind,  that  is  the 
instrument  and  vehicle  of  the  Mind  of  the  Spirit,  from 
which  flow  the  Aura  of  Jehovah-Eloliim,  l)Ut  it  i>  the 
ahnormallv-deveUjped  Mind  of  the  I'hysical  Body,  the  mate- 
rial and  physical  Brain-Consciousness,  which,  normally, 
acts  as  the  instrument  of  conveying  to  the  Physical  Con- 
sciousness the  thought  which  springs  from  the  Mind  of  the 
Spirit;  the  vehicle  of  Inspiration,  and  the  lever  and  hrake 
of  the  Physical    Faculties. 

271.  "Audit  will  he  perceived  that  the  more  strongly 
develoi)ed.  the  more  constantly  exercised  the  mind  of  man 
is.  in  its  present  abnormal  constitution;  the  greater  the 
degree-of  dominance  and  power  it  has  gained  over  the  Will 
and    Consciousness;    ami    the    more  it   is    filled    with    know- 


1  :;j.  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

led^e,  wisdom,  and  thought,  derived  from  the  Schools  of 
Learnin<]j,  Culture,  and  Philosophy  of  this  world;  the  more 
impossible  or  difficult  will  it  he  to  draw  and  influence  such 
men  in  tlie  Truth  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

273.  "I  do  not  sav  that  the  worldly-wise  and  prudent 
cannot  enter  the  Gates  of  the  King-dom  of  Heaven,  but  I 
do  say,  that  all  men,  who  are  filled  with  the  world's  wis- 
dom, who  are  pampered  and  waxed  proud  and  egotistical, 
bv  reason  of  great  learning,  vast  experience  in  worldlv 
things,  or  great  riches,  possessions,  high  positions  and  lofty 
pretensions;  will  be  obliged  to  forsake  all  these,  to  cast 
them  off,  to  despise  them,  to  come  down  from  the  eminence 
of  their  own  attainments  and  self-erection,  to  empty  them- 
selves of  all  their  natural  pride-egotism,  self-esteem  ;  all 
their  wisdom  ami  learnitig;  all  their  eloquence  and  philo- 
sophical profundity;  all  their  religious  superiority,  their 
social  superioritv,  their  family  pride  and  station. 

273.  "Thev  will  be  imder  the  necessity  of  taking  the 
child's  place,  the  disciple's  place;  to  be  no  better  than  the 
very  people  whom  their  birth,  position,  attainments  and 
culture,  have  made  them  to  look  down  upon  ;  and  to  begin 
again  from  the  very  beginning  to  learn  the  Truth  of  the 
Lhiiverse,  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  by  the  slow,  painful, 
ami  humiliating  Steps  of  ihe  Cross  and  Serpent. 

274.  "In  other  words,  they  will  find  that  they  will  have 
to  abjure  their  own  Intellect,  Reason,  and  Judgment,  to 
crush  them,  to  trample  upon  them,  to  despise  the  wisdom 
and  prudence,  the  modes  of  thought,  the  methods  of  ratio- 
cination, of  deduction,  of  discussion,  of  analysis,  and  of 
argunu-nt,  which  are  the  fixed  principles  of  human  reason- 
ing; and  to  learn  to  draw  Wisdom  from  the  Spirit,  to  act, 
think,  and  speak  by  Inspiration,  by  Intuition,  and  by 
Instinct.  ( 

•  275.  '"Yet,  so  great,  so  true,  so  self-evident,  will  the 
Wisdom  of  Jehovah  appear,  as  set  forth  in  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  and  declared  before  their  eyes,  and  in  their  ears, 
that,  in  ilue  time,  the  minds  of  the  wisest  and  most  prudent 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  155 

will  be  open  to  receive  it,  and  they  will  acknowledge  the 
Truth  and  obey  it,  even  though  it  shall  be  declared  unto 
them  by  such  unlearned  and  childlike  men  as  ye  all  are. 

276.  "And  now  ye  will  see  why  it  is  that  Jehovah  hath 
not  called  to  be  His  Prophets  and  Spokesmen  the  wise,  the 
prudent,  the  renowned,  or  the  cultured,  but  such  as  ye  are, 
babes  and  sucklings,  whose  minds  have  never  developed  to 
distorted  proportions,  have  never  become  overstocked  with 
preconceptions,  errors,  false  philosophy,  superstitions,  ego- 
tism, pride,  or  sensuality. 

277.  "Whilst,  in  your  case,  there  is  much  building-up 
required  in  the  Purification  and  Development  of  your 
natures,  there  is  none  of  the  pulling-down  and  destroying 
of  great  castles  of  worldly  wisdom,  worldly  pride,  pru- 
dence, superstition,  vanity,  and  egotism. 

278.  "The  men  that  Jehovah-Elohim  require  are  men 
who  are  capable  of  living,  speaking  and  acting,  by  Inspira- 
tion, by  the  Intuitions,  Impulses  and  Instincts  of  the  vSoul, 
and  not  by  the  guidance,  dictates,  considerations  and  judg- 
ment of  the  Reason  and  Intellect. 

279.  "They  must  be  men  who  live  and  walk  by  Faith 
only,  by  Faith  that  hesitates  not  at  anything  that  is  taught 
them,  commanded  them,  or  rises  up  from  the  Soul  as  the 
Voice  of  God  in  the  Spirit  ;  whether  the  words  come  from 
their  own  Souls,  or  from  the  Souls  of  any  Master,  Prophet, 
or  Brother,  who  speaks  under  the  movement  and  Inspira- 
tion of  Jehovah-Elohim. 

280.  "vSuch  men  will  be  willing  to  walk  in  the  Spirit,  to 
live  in  the  vSpirit,  to  act  always  and  only  in  the  vSpirit, 
heeding  not  the  desires  and  admonitions  of  the  flesh  or  the 
mind,  fulfilling  or  obeying  none  of  the  behests  and  demands 
of  the  Body  and  Mind,  when  they  rise  up  in  protest  against 
the  Spirit. 

281.  "They  will  live  lives  of  Spirit-detachment  from  the 
world,  the  flesh,  and  the  Demons;  they  will  consult  no 
counsels  but  the  counsels  of  Elohim  in  the  Spirit ;  they  will 
ignore  the  wisdom   and    prudence,  the  caution    and    discre- 


1:^6  IIIK     I. UK     A.NK     1)  I  SfCU' K  S  KS     ()!•     JKSIS. 


tioii.  till.-  policv  and  t  he  tliploiiiiiev.  of  the  world.  They 
will  ride  thi'ir  lives  in  absolute  conformity  to  the  I'rinci- 
pk'N  which  the  Spirit  ineuK'ates,  aeeordiny-  to  the  Laws  of 
lelio\  ah . 

28.'.  ••'rhe\  will  not  weigh  their  worcUand  actions,  nor 
count  their  cost,  their  conseepiences  and  eft'ects  upon  them- 
selves, or  upon  others.  They  will  implicitly  accept  and 
believe  in  tlie  absolute  Truth  ami  Trustworthiness  of  all 
that  thev  receive  from  their  own  Sjiirits,  or  from  the  Spirit 
of  any  Master.  Prophet.  Priest,  or  Teacher,  bearing  the 
Marks  of  sucli  in  their  lives  and   utterances. 

28^.  ••'I'hev  will  seek  oidv  th.e  guidance  of  P^lohim.  live 
eacli  da\  bv  the  dav,  be  tiie  veriest  creatures  of  their  circum- 
stance--, following  tlie  guidance  of  events,  proxidences. 
privations,  or  occurrences,  as  being  Elohim's  method  of 
guiding  their  path. 

284.  "Tt  will  never  occur  to  them  to  hesitate  or  demur  at 
anv  injunction  or  command  ot  I<21ohim.  however,  and  by 
wlu)msoever,  it  comes  to  them.  Nor  will  they  think  twice 
in  doing  as  tlieir  impulses  direct  them,  unhesitatinglv  and 
courageously  acting  upon  them,  reckless  of  consequences, 
iiidiflerent  to  their  complete  denial  of  such  prudential  or 
so-called  'wise'  considerations,  such  as  guiile  the  xyorld  in 
their  decisions  and  actions. 

285.  "Sufficient  for  them  will  it-  be  that  Jehovah  liatli 
sjioken  ;  it  is  His  will.  and.  whatever  comes  of  it,  it  will 
be  right  . 

286.  ••^et.  ne\er  will  am  I'ruth.  or  any  Counsel  or 
Injunction  be  a  denial  of  Truth,  of  Righteousness  of  sound 
and  true  judgment .  It  will  e\er  appeal  to  the  mind  of  a 
pure  and  spiritual  man  ;  it  w  ill  ever  ha\e  the  ap[)robation 
of  a  free  and  pure  conscience,  of  a  mind  untrammeled  by 
the  world'.s  rules  and  consent  ions,  and  of  a  judgment 
unwarped  by  self-egotism,  sensuality,  or  superstition. 

287.  "And,  Heloved  Brethren,  ye  have  been  called  to  live 
this  life  of  T'aith  and  Obedience,  to  graduate,  by  the 
Degrees  of  the  Cross   and  Serpent,   in  the  Calling  and  Min- 


IIIK     I,II-K     AM>     IUS((M    lisKS     OK     JESTS. 


'57 


istry  of  tlie  CroKs,  thiit    lu-ro;»fter  ye  maybe   sent    forth.    ;i< 
Masters  and  Prophets  of  the    Wisdom  of  Jehovali. 

28S.  '-It  has  pleased  the  Fatlier  tliat  your  Spirits,  previ- 
ously prepared  and  fitted  by  your  past  iiuarnations,  and 
your  Paradisaical  and  Puro-aiorial  periods,  ^hould  reincar- 
nate in  t  he  Physical  Plane,  under  the  present  simple  and 
pure  conditions  of  Nature,  in  which  ve  are  prepared  to 
receive,  with  meekness  and  faith,  the  Word  that  is  sown  in 
vour  Souls  l)v  mv  mediumship. 

289.  "Ve  are,  for  the  time  bein.u-.  my  Disciples,  my  Child- 
ren. Until  vour  natures  iiave  entered  into  a  state  of  perfect 
Purity  from  all  inherited  and  cont  racted  Evil  Aura,  until 
tiie  Evil  Ones  will  find,  in  t  he  con^t  it  ution  of  your  Body 
and  Soul,  nothino-  with  which  to  c(-rre^pond,  ye  cannot  be 
yourselves  the  Meiliums  of  t  he  Spirit  ^  of  Elohim,  ye  can- 
not be  sure  of  the  al)solute  righteousness,  purity,  truth,  or 
trustworthiness  of  your  impulses,  thou-hts,  inspirations  and 
intuitions;  for  ve  know  that  the  Evil  Ones  are  able,  at  all 
times,  to  tempt  you  by  false,  delusive  and  seductive  t  houghts, 
tilling  your  mind  with  ideas  and  imputes  that  are  the  simu- 
lation," and  most  plausible  resemblance  of  Wisdom  and 
Trutii.  easily  to  be  mistaken  for  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah. 

290.  "In'a  thousand  ways  ye  are  liable  to  temptation,  to 
seduction,  to  the  bewitching  and  deluding  suggestions  of 
the  Evil  Ones,  and  it  will  be  a  hard  mat  ter  for  you,  even  the 
best  and  truest  ones,  to  avoid  being  deceived  by  vain  delu- 
sions, bv  false  wisdom,  by  foolish  deMces. 

291.  --Therefore,  until  ye  have  taken  all  the  Steps  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent, *and  are  t^t  and  properly  constituted 
and  developed  mediums  of  Elohim,  in  all  your  parts  and 
natures,  ve  must  rely  upon  Me,  your  Master,  to  be  yom" 
Inspiration,  your  (iuide  and  Counsellor,  the  Medium 
between  your  vSouls  and  Elohim. 

292.  ''For  this  reason  it  is  necessary  that  ye  shall  abide 
with  Me,  and  follow  Me  closely  and  confidingly,  patiently 
bear  the  Cross  with  Me,  and  pursue  the  strait  and  narrow 
path  of  the  Serpent,  in  my  footsteps. 


i:^S  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


293.  "Ye  must  suffer  mine  infirmities,  my  human  frail- 
ties, my  manner  and  speech,  and  attend  most  dilii^ently  to 
all  that  I  do  and  say,  careless  of  your  own  feelings  and 
pains,  or  of  the  pain  that  I  shall  myself  occasionally  inflict 
upon  you. 

294.  "Ye  shall  recognise  that  many  of  my  words  and 
actions  are  parabolically  significant,  that  they  have  an 
Occult  or  Hidden  meaning;  that  I  shall  often  say  what  I 
do  not  literally  mean,  and  mean  what  I  do  not  literally  say; 
and  that  many  of  my  words  and  deeds  will  be  Mysteries 
wliich  ye  shall  need  to  solve  by  the  light  of  your  own 
Spirits,  as  ye  pray,  fast,  and  meditate  thereon  ;  or  which 
ye  shall  wait  the  time  when  circumstances  will  explain 
them,  or  my  own  words,  and  subsequent  actions,  will  be 
their  elucidation. 

295.  "And  now,  Beloved  Brethren,  it  is  my  duty  to 
explain  unto  you  what  are  the  Principles  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  and  to  elucidate  the  several  Mysteries  which  relate 
to  tiie  Twelve  Degrees  of  the  Cross,  and  to  the  Six  Degrees 
of  the  Serpent,  which  represent  the  Path  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent  which  ye  are  treading,  and  which  ye  will  teach 
unto  all  men  everywhere  in  the  future  course  of  your 
ministry. 

296.  "Ye  know  tliat  the  Cross  and  Serpent  is  that  system 
of  Purification  and  Development  adapted  to  the  special 
conditions  of  mankind,  in  his  present  fallen  and  corrupt 
state,  by  which  the  Human  Nature,  in  all  its  parts,  is 
purged  from  the  Evil  Aura  which  taints  and  corrupts  it, 
and  the  Spirit-Nature  is  set  free  to  exercise  all  its  func- 
tions, as  the  dominant  ruling  and  inspiring  authority  and 
power  in  the  whole  being. 

297.  "The  Cross  and  Serpent  was  instituted  by  Jehovah- 
Elohim  at  the  time  of  the  Fall,  in  substitution  for  the 
original  system  of  development,  by  which  mankind,  in  all 
its  numerous  degrees  of  evolution  and  stages  of  develop- 
ment, was  ruled  and  governed  previous  to  that  first  Rebel- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


I.S9 


lion  which  brought  Sin  and  Evil  into  the  world.    And  that 
system  was  called  the  Square  and  Circle. 

29S.  "The  Square  and  Circle  represents  the  processes  of 
the  normal  development  of  the  Microcosm  to  the  hi^ijhest 
state  of  .cosmic  being.  It  extends  far  beyond  all  human 
conditions,  and  contains  all  the  Higher  Orders  and  Degrees 
of  the  Divine  and  Celestial  constitution  ;  the  highest  state  of 
the  Square  and  Circle  attainable  in  the  incarnate  state  upon 
the  earth,  being  the  Adainic  State,  or  the  Human  Race  of 
the  Sons  of  Elohim. 

299.  "The  Sons  of  Elohim  were  they  who  had  evolved 
from  the  Lower  Human  Race,  and  formed  a  race  of  Human 
Beings  who  had  attained  unto  human  Perfection.  They  and 
their  children  were  a  separate  and  distinct  race,  and,  there 
being  no  race  of  incarnate  beings  superior  to  themselves 
upon  the  earth,  they  were  not  amenable  to  the  Laws  of 
Evolution,  by  .  which  the  lower  races  were  raised  from 
degree  to  degree  of  human  and  animal  development. 

300.  "The  process  by  which  the  Lower  Races,  or  Rudi- 
mentary Men,  raised  themselves,  was  by  intermarriage,  and 
the  commingling  of  bloods,  by  which  the  Law  of  Heredity 
operated  in  the  raising  of  new  human  races  or  species, 
superior  in  natural  gifts  and  faculties  to  the  races  out  of 
which  they  sprang. 

301.  "On  the  arrival  of  the  human  race,  after  many 
incarnations  and  evolutionary  developments,  at  that  state 
of  development  in  which  the  MentiU  Consciousness  of  the 
Physical  Body  was  capable  of  discerning  the  existence  of 
the  Spiritual  Nature,  and  the  Realms  of  Consciousness 
beyond  the  Physical  Plane;  they  were  born  again  upon  the 
earth  in  the  families  of  the  Sons  of  Elohim,  and  passed 
through  Six  incarnations,  in  which  the  Four  Natures 
attained  to  the  state  of  Perfection  that  marked  their  fitness 
to  enter  the  Seventh  Gate  of  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  and 
to  be  born,  after  their  Sixth  incarnation,  in  the  Celestial 
Kingdom,  Sons  of  Jehovah. 


i6o 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


'The  Sign  of  the  vSquare  and  Circle  represents  the 
constitution  of  the  Microcosm,  as  a  perfect 
Replica  or  counterpart  of  the  Universe,  or, 
the  Macrocosm.  It  is  a  figure  of  a  Circle, 
in  which  are  described  Four  Right -Angles, 
formed  bv  four  lines  bisecting  the  Circle 
through  the  point  of  the  Centre  from  East 
to  West,    and  from  North  to  South. 

:^o:^.  "The  Four  Right  Angles  represent  the  four  natures 
in  perfect  equilibrium,  and  the  Circle  represents  the  Spirit- 
ual Union  of  the  four  natures  with  the  Universe,  and  with 
Jehovah  who  is  the  Centre  of  the  Universe. 

^04.  "When  the  Fall  of  the  Adamic  Race  took  place,  the 
equilibrium  and  unity  of  the  Four  Natures  with  the  Centre 
and  Circle  were  destroyed. 

^o^.  "Mankind  no  longer  worked  and  lived  from  the 
Centre,  Jehovah,  and  no  longer  functioned  in  correlation 
and  union  with  the  Circle,  the  Universe.  The  Centre,  the 
vSpirit  of  Elohim,  which  is  the  Eternal  Ego  of  every  Micro- 
cosm, still  remained,  and  the  Four  Natures  still  existed  and 
functioned  ;  but  each  acted  and  thought  independently  of 
one  another,  in  separation  from  the  Universe,  and  each 
formed  its  own  independent  centre. 

306.  "Consequently  the  Soul,  the  Mind,  and  the  Body, 
leing  cut  off  from  the  normal  basis  and  source  of  Thought- 
Force  from  Jehovah-Elohim,  through  the  central  and  sole 
energy  and  dominion  of  the  Spirit  over  tlie  whole  nature  of 
the  Microcosm;  disttrganisation,  antagonism  and  chaos 
supervened  in  the  nature  of  man.  The  Soul  rapidlv  lost  its 
natural  attraction  to  the  S[)irit.  and  was  overwhelmed  by 
tlie  over-ruling  dominance  of  the  depra\ed  and  corrupted 
Mind  and  Body. 

307.  "And  this  depravity  and  corruption  of  both  Soul 
and  Body  was  caused:  First,  by  the  al)normal  development 
of  the  Physical  15ody,  whose  organs  of  intellect  and  reason, 
and  of  the  passions  iind  appetites,  deprived  of  the  over- 
ruling autliority  of  the  Auric  Force  of  the  Spirit,    began  to 


THE    LIBE    AND    DISCOUIiSES    OF    JESUS.  l6l 

assert  its  own  natural  tyranny  over  the  whole  nature,  bend- 
ing to  their  authority  all  the  organs  and  faculties  of  Soul 
and  Body,  and  crushing  the  Spirit  beneath  the  overwhelm- 
ing pressure  of  the  Body. 

308.  "And  the  Second  cause  of  the  total  depravity  and 
corruption  of  the  Soul,  and  Body,  and  of  the  confinement 
of  the  Spirit — the  True  and  Eternal  Ego  of  the  Microcosm 
— in  the  dark  and  sealed  dungeon  of  the  lower  nature,  was 
the  presence  in  the  Astral  ^jne  of  the  Evil  Spirits,  the 
Demons  who  had  been  cast  into  the  Outer  Darkness,  after 
they  had  passed  away  from  the  earth.  And  the  Aura,  with 
which  they  filled  the  Earth  and  tiie  Astral  Zone,  penetrated 
into  the  Bodies  and  Souls  of  all  the  organisms  upon  the 
earth,  and  all  men  and  things  upon  and  in  the  earth,  with 
corruption,   disease,  and  all  manner  of  evil. 

309.  "By  this  means  the  vSenses  have  gained  absolute 
possession  and  dominance  of  the  earth  and  all  beings  that 
inhabit  it.  The  Spirit  that  moves,  energises  and  actuates 
the  whole  family  of  mankind  is  not  the  Spirit  of  man, 
which  is  the  Spirit  of  Elohim  in  man,  but  the  vSpirits  of 
fallen  men,  the  First  Parents  of  the  Human  Race,  who 
have  taken  possession  of  the  Souls  of  men. 

310.  "The  Soul  of  man,  no  longer  receiving  the  pure  and 
potent  Auric  Force  of  Jehovah-Elohim,  receives  the  evil 
and  potent  Auric  Force  of  Demons  and  Evil  Spirits,  who 
have  usurped  the  places  in  the  Astral  Zone  in  which  the 
Paraclete  of  Jehovah  formerly  reigned  over  the  earth. 

311.  "The  Sign  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  represents  two 
things:  First,  the  constitution  of  the  Microcosm,  and  of 
mankind  in  particular,  in  its  present  abnormal  conditions, 
which  befell  the  human  race  in  consequence  of  the  Fall  of 
the  Adamic  Race.  It  describes  the  constitution  of  the 
abnormal  family  of  mankind,  which  was  originated  by  that 
act  of  disobedience,  which  caused  the  intermingling  of  the 
blood  of  the  Sons  of  Elohim  with  the  blood  of  the  rudi- 
mentary races  of  mankind. 


l62 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


312.    "It  is  the   satne  Sign  of  the  .Sqiuire   and  Circle,    but 

the  Circle  is  broken  in  halves 
from  the  centre  of  the  diameter, 
Xorlh  ami  South,  and  the  right 
or  Eastern  half,  has  fallen  to  the 
base  of  the  diameter  of  the  left, 
or  Western  half;  thereby  form- 
ing a  perfect  Cross,  and  the 
form  of  a  coiling  Serpent  upon  it. 
3i,V  "'^^  means  therefore,  in  the  first  place,  that  the 
present  race  of  mankind  hath  fallen  from  its  True  Centre, 
the  Spirit,  and  the  vSoul  no  longer  lives  by  the  power  and 
lifeof  Jehovali-Elohim  through  the  vSpirit,  being  cut  off  from 
communion  with  Elohim,  and  from  union  in  all  parts  of 
the  nature  of  man  with  the  Universe. 

314.  "In  the  Second  place,  the  Sign  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent  symbolises  the  natural  process  of  temptation,  suf- 
fering, and  self-mortification,  or,  the  Cross,  by  which  the 
Body,  Mind,  and  Soul  are  pm-ified  from  evil  and  corruption, 
and  the  Spirit  is  restored  to  its  True  place  as  the  Centre  of 
Thought,  Action,  and  Motion,  in  the  human  nature;  and 
the  Union  and  Communion  of  mankind  with  Elohim  and 
the  Universe  are  restored.  The  Serpent  symbolises  the 
Path  of  Spiritual  Development  and  Illumination,  which 
restores  man  to  the  Spiritual  and  Physical  conditions 
represented  by  the  Square  and  Circle. 

315.  "Now  the  Cross  and  vSerpent  is  a  Process,  or  course 
of  Discipline  and  development,  which  every  human  Soul 
must  undergo  in  order  to  restore  itself  to  the  st.jte  in  which 
it  can  resume  the  normal  life  and  conditions  of  the  Adamic 
State. 

316.  "This  process  is  divided  in  a  twofold  manner,  viz., 
the  Cross,  and  the  vSerpent,  which  embrace  certain. Mys- 
teries of  Life  and  of  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  which  are 
revealed  in  each  Degree  of  Development  in  which  the  Soul 
is  successively  Initiated.  The  Mysteries  of  the  Cross  are 
called  the  'Lesser  Mysteries,'  and  relate  to  the  Physical  and 


THK    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  163 

Mental  Natures  of  the  Microcosm,  l)i)tli  normally  and  abnor-     ) 

) 
mally     constituted.     The     Mysteries     of    the    >Serpent    are     ) 

called  the  "Greater   Mysteries,'    and    relate   to  the  Soul  and     ) 
vSpiritual    Natures    of    the    Microcosm,    both    normally    and 
abnormally  constituted. 
;  317-   "The  Cross  is  the   process   of    Physical    and  Mental 

Discipline  by  which  the  naturae  of  man  is  purified  from  Evil  ) 
Aura,  and  fitted  to  correspond  to  the  Higher  Processes 
embraced  in  the  Serpent,  or  the  Psychical  and  vSpiritual 
discipline,  by  which  the  nature  of  man  is  developed  and 
brought  into  conjunction  and  correlation  with  the  Centre 
and  Circles  of  the  Universe. 

318.    "When  the  Cross  and    .Serpent    hath  accomplished 
its  work,  then  begin  tlie  Higher  Processes  of  normal  devel- 
opment which  were  arrested  at    the    Fall,  and  have  been  in 
abeyance  in  the  past  Ages  of  human  devolution  and   restor- 
.  I    ation    to   the  fitness  of  the  Soul    to   know,  and  intelligently 
^1    to  pursue  the    Path   of   the    Cross    and    .Serpent;   and  these     f 


processes  are  those  which  are  named  the  .Square  and  Circle, 
or  the  normal  process  of  development  according  to  the 
immutable  Laws  of  the  Universe,  by  which  men  rise  from 
the  Human  and  Adamic  .State  to  th-  state  of  being  which 
raises  them  to  Elohim,  or  Sons  of  Jehovah. 

319.  '-Your  .Souls,  or  True  Egos,  are  those  very  same 
Microcosms  who  originally  were  born  into  the  world  for 
the  first  time  under  abnormal  conditions,  when  your  First 
Parents  fell  by  disobedience.  By  no  Original  .Sin  or  Fault 
of  your  own  ye  inherited,  from  your  dis<jbedient  and  cor- 
rupted parents,  the  corrupted  and  abnormal  .Souls  and  > 
Bodies  in  which  ye  have  suffered  and  sinned,  in  all  the  ) 
incarnations  through  which  ye  have  passed  since  that 
unhapp}'  period. 

320.  "And  to  all  the  misery  and  e\'il  conditions  of  your 
abnormal  natures,  your  First  Parents,  who  are  the  Demons 
and  Wicked  .Spirits  that  occupy  the  Astral  Zone,  persist- 
ing in  their  Rebellion,  and  filled  with  the  evil  and  corrupt 
Aura  of  their   unnatural  and    vitiated  natures ;   not  content 


164  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

with  tlie  evil  that  their  first  sin  broutrlit  upon  themselves 
and  their  uniiappy  ofFsprin;^  and  posterity,  have  conspired 
in  an  awful  conspiracy  to  possess  themselves  of  the  Bodies 
!  and  Souls  of  the  whole  Human  Race — their  own  unhappy 
offspring — by  entering  their  Bodies,  ruling  and  inciting 
their  actions,  and  filling  them  with  their  own  evil  and  cor- 
rupt Aura. 

321.  "And  with  the  most  consummate  wisdom  of  these 
Arch-Demons  and  Fiends  of  Darkness,  they  have,  during 
all  these  past  Ages,  deceived  and  deluded  mankind,  by  all 
manner  of  counterfeit  and  'gross  representations  of  the  Cross 
and  Serpent,  inspiring  and  controlling  the  false  Prophets, 
false  Priests,  Kings  and  Rulers,  Philosophers  and  People,  to 
the  exercise  of  ghastly  and  pernicious  rites,  the  belief  in 
deceiving  and  false  Creeds,  spurious  Mysteries  and  Teach- 
ingi  by  which  the  whole  world  has  been  deceived,  and 
mankind  have  lived  and  died,  through  countless  reincarna- 
tions, and  only  have  been  brought  nearer  to  the  Truth  bv' 
the  gradual  processes  of  generation  and  heredity,  only 
a  very  small  proportion  having  given  heed  to  the  true 
Prophets  and  Priests  of  Jehovah,  and  saved  their  Souls  by 
the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

332.  "I  will  now  unfold  to  you  the  Mysteries  contained 
in  the  Degrees  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  those  Mysteries 
which  will  open  unto  you,  one  by  one,  the  Seven  Gates  of 
the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  and  bring  you  into  the  Presence 
of  Jehovah-Elohim. 

323.  "As  ye  are  already  aware,  there  are  Twelve  Degrees 
of  the  Cross,  and  Seven  Degrees  of  the  Serpent.  The  Seven 
Degrees  of  the  Serpent  correspond  to  the  Seven  Circles  of 
the  Universe,  the  Final,  or  Seventh  Degree,  being  that 
Degree  which  cannot  be  taken  upon  the  Earth,  but  is  taken 
on  admission  into  the  Central  Realm  of  the  Kingdom  of 
Heaven,  or  the  Seventh  Heaven. 

324.  "Therefore  there  are  Six  Degrees  of  the  Serpent  in 
which  ye  have  to  be  Initiated;  Six  Greater  Mysteries  to 
receive;   and  Twelve  Degrees  of  the   Cross;   Twelve  Lesser 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  165 

Mysteries  to  receive  ;    before  ye  can  be  qualified  to  enter  the 
Golden  Gate  of  the  Se\enth  Heaven,  and  take  your  predes- 
tined place  in    the    Temple   and   Family  of  Jehovah,  in  the     ) 
Order  of  Elohim.  ) 

325.  "Now  you  must  remember  that  the  constitution  of  > 
your  nature  is  Fourfold,  being  Body,  Mind,  Soul,  and 
Spirit  ;  and  that  these  Four  Natures  are,  in  their  present 
abnormal  state,  antagonistic  the  one  to  the  other,  each  nature  ) 
functioning  from  its  own  Brain-Centre,  and  in  joint  oppo- 
sition to  the  Spirit.  (This  opposition  to  the  Spirit,  you 
sliould  bear  in  mind,  is  not  naturally  or  spontaneously  in 
opposition  to  tlie  Spirit,  as  is  evidenced  by  every  desire  and 
aspiration  of  the  Mind  and  Soul  after  God,  which  compels 
mankind  to  pray,  offer  sacrifices,  seek  after  truth,  goodness 
and  righteousness.  But  the  opposition  to  the  Spirit  is 
owing  to  the  malign  and  mischievous  dominance  and  influ- 
ence of  the  Evil  Spirits  who  are  in  possession  of  the  Souls 
and  Bodies  of  mankind,  creating  incessant  counter-desires  of 
the  Flesh  and  Mind,  and  casting  up  the  miasmatic  clouds  of 
evil  Aura  from  the  Soul  and  Body,  which  blind  men's  eyes, 
obscure  their  vision,  and  drive  them  into  the  uncleanness  of 
self-indulgence,  sensuality,  egotism  and  pride,  and  every 
evil  and  corrupt  thing,  or,  in  the  case  of  the  more  highly 
developed  of  mankind,  swallow  them  up  in  vain  philoso- 
phies, religious  delusions,  and  empty  rites  and  ceremonies,  ) 
that  are  mide  to  appear  to  be  ths  True  Faith  and  Wisdom  ) 
of  Jehovah.) 

126.  "In  consequence  of  the  antagonism  and  depravity  of 
man  in  his  Fourfold  Nature,  it  is  necessary  for  the  processes 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  to  be  applied  to  each  of  the  Four 
natures  successively.  Thus  each  of  the  Twelve  Degrees  of 
the  Cross  is  repeated — so  far  as  the  processes  that  relate  to 
them  are  concerned — Four  times  ;  and  these  Four  applications 
of  the  Cross,  to  the  Body,  the  Mind,  the  Soul,  and  the  Spirit, 
are  called  Steps  of  the  Cross  ;  and  the  same  is  the  case  with 
the  Six  Degrees  of  the  Serpent,  and  the  Four  applications  of 
the   Serpent  are  called  the  Steps  of  the  Serpent. 


l66  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

327.  "Therefore  the  Twelve  Degrees  of  the  Cross  repre- 
sent Forty-Eight  Steps,  and  the  Six  Degrees  of  the  Ser- 
pent represent  Twenty-Four  Steps  ;  or  Seventy-Two  Steps 
in  all  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

328.  "Also  it  must  be  said  that  the  Degrees  of  the  Cross, 
and  the  Degrees  of  the  Serpent  are  coterminous  ;  that  is  to 
say,  they  run  side  by  side,  and  when  Two  Degrees  of  the 
Cross  have  been  taken  One  Degree  of  the  Serpent  is  taken 
at  the  same  time. 

329.  "And  the  effects  of  the  Steps  and  Degrees  of  tlie 
Cross — which  deal  with  the  Material,  or  Physical  and 
Mental  planes  of  the  Soul  and  Body — are  the  necessary 
semi-dematerialisation  and  disintegration  of  the  molecular 
formations  of  the  structures  of  these  entities,  and  thereby  the 
loosening  of  their  compacted  constitutions. 

330.  "By  this  process,  the  Spirit  is  gradually  freed  from 
the  pressure  of  the  overwhelming  abnormality  of  the  Flesh 

S  and  Mind,  and  is  given  vent  to  its  ow'n  dynamic  and  expan- 
sive force.  The  compression  of  its  molecular  nature  is 
gradually  relaxed,  and  witli  the  relaxation  of  its  compacted 
external  environment  of  the  Flesh  and  Mind,  it  gathers  and 
develops  power  and  strength,  and,  in  each  Degree  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent  it  sweeps  the  molecular  channels  and 
passages  of  the  Soul,  the  Mind,  and  the  Body,  until,  with 
the  raising  of  the  Initiate  to  the  Sixth  Degree,  the  Spirit 
bursts  forth,  and  expands  to  the  fullness  of  the  measure  of 
its  Divine  image  and  capacity,  ejecting  from  the  constitu- 
tion the  last  remnants  of  Evil  Aura,  and  purifying  perfectly 
the  whole  Fourfold  nature  of  the  man,  cleansing  and 
healing  him  in  Soul,  Mind,  and  Body. 

331.  "And  there  and  then,  tliat  man  becomes  a  Master, 
and  is  in  Conjunction,  Union,  and  Communion  with  the 
Centre  and  Circles  of  the  Universe,  with  Jehovah-Elohim, 
he  shall  be  independent  of  all  Human  Masters  and  Teachers, 
and  will  Consciously  receive  the  Truth,  Power,  Light,  Life, 
and  Wisdom  of  Jehovah.  Out  of  his  own  Soul,  through 
his  Spirit,  shall  flow  the  l^ivers  of  the  Water  of  Life,  which 


TJIE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


167 


lie  sliiill  receive  from  the  Father,    the  Centre   and  Source  of 
All  Life,  Wisdom,  and  Light  in  the  Universe." 

2,2,2.  And  with  these  words  Jesus  ended  His  First  Dis- 
course, which  He  gave  privately  unto  His  Twelve  Apostles, 
previous  to  their  Liitiation  in  tlie  Third  Degree  of  the 
Cross  and  Serpent,  and  before  He  commenced  His  Public 
Ministrv. 


CHAl  TKR   y. 

THE     MVSTEKV     OF     MEDIATIOX. 

1.  "  Beloved  IJretliifn.  in  iinfuldinjj^  unto  you  the  .Sacred 
Truths  contained  in  the  Twelve  Degrees  of  the  Cross,  I 
have  mucii  to  say  <  f  u  preliminary  nature,  and  on  many 
points,  without  your  apprehension  of  which  it  will  be  diffi- 
cult for  you  to  understand  the  Teaching  that  I  shall  hereafter 
give  unto  you  on  the  Twelve  Degrees  of  the  Cross  and  the 
Six  Degrees  of  the  Serpent,  particularly.  My  present  object, 
in  these  discourses,  is  to  enlarge  your  minds  upon  these 
matters,  generally,  which  lead  up  to  your  consideration  (^f 
the-Mysteries  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

2.  'T  have  alreadv  told  vou  that  in  Me,  that  is,  in  mv 
Life  and  mv  Career,  will  be  exhibited  to  you,  and  to  all 
mankind,  who  have  eves  to  see,  ears  to  hear,  and  hearts  to 
understand,  not  onlv  the  Pattern  and  Example  of  the  True 
Following  of  the  Path  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  of  each 
several  Step  and  Degree,  and  the  signification  of  each  vSign 
that  marks  each  Step  and  Degree,  which  must  be  taken  bv 
every  man  who  seeks  to  save  his  Soul  in  his  life-time,  that 
he  may  enter  upon  the  Eternal  Life  which  shall  be  his  in 
his  future  existence  ;  but  also  the  .Symbolical  Representation 
of  tho^e  Mvsteries  of  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  \vliich 
reveal  the  entire  Course  of  Discipline.  Purification,  Instruc- 
tion and  Development,  necessary  to  the  Nature  and  consti- 
tution of  the  Fourfold  Nature  of  Mm,  in  his  present 
abnormal  state  and  condition. 

J,.  "The  Life  which  I  shall  live  in  this  present  Incarna- 
tion is  a  .Symbolical  Life,  tlelineating  the  Narrow  and  Hard 
Path  of  the  Cross,  which  leadeth  unto  the  Gates  of  Hades 
and  ol  IL-aven.  the  Keys  of  which  are  in  mv  keeping,  and 
wliicii  1  shall  give  unto  all  who  are  worthy  and  eligible  to 
receive  them,  in  tlu;  due  fulfilment  of  their  labours  and 
conflict  in  the  Path  of  the  Cross. 


,  THK     LIFE     AND    DISCOU  KSES    OF    JESUS.  169 

4.  "Each  Great  Act,  or  Feature,  of  1113'  Life  will  portrav 
before  you  one  or  another  of  the  Greater  and  Lesser  Des^rees 
of  the  Cross  and  S^irpent,  in  which  I  shall  enforce,  in  my 
own  Person,  each  of  the  (jreater  and  Lesser  Mysteries 
belongin^i;  unto  the  Degrees  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent 
respectively.  So  that  whosoever  among  you  shall  follow  Me, 
diligently  and  perseveringly,  unto  the  end,  shall  know  how 
they  shall  be  saved,  and  shall  also  achieve  the  great  purpose 
of  their  own  Licarnation  and  Life — the  Salvation  of  their 
Souls. 

5.  "But  ye  niust  likewise  understand,  that  m  >re  than 
these  objects  are  fulfilled  by  my  coming  into  the  world, 
the  Incarnate  Son  of  Jehovah.  Not  only  do  I  stand  as  the 
Pattern,  Example,  and  Symbol  of  the  Processes  of  Human 
Redemption,  signified  severally  in  the  Twelve  Degrees  of 
the  Cross,  and  in  the  vSix  Degrees  of  the  Serpent,  (which 
Processes  shall  hereafter  be  re^•ealed  unto  you,  during  the 
succeeding  course  of  my  Life  and  Teaching  among  you, 
my  Brethren)  ;  but  I  also  stand  to  Human  Nature  as  the 
Head  of  the  Human  Race,  and  as  such,  by  the  Cosmic  Law 
of  Mediation,  the  only  constituted  and  effectual  Medium, 
or  Way,  of  Human  Development,  Purification,  Redemp- 
tion ;  of  Re-Generation,  Re-Constitution,  and  of  Human 
Perfection,  or  the  attainment  of  the  nature  of  Elohim,  lost 
originally  by  the  Fall  of  our  Progenitors,  the  Sons  of  Elo- 
him. or  the  Adamic  Race. 

6.  "Let  me  therefore  unfold  unto  you,  first,  the  great 
fundamental  Law  of  Mediation,  by  which  /,  the.  Son  of 
Jehovah.,  am  the   Tree  of  Life  in  the  midst  of  the  Garden  of  the 

Universe,   and  of  which  each  several  Organism  is  a  Branch  or  a 
Fart.,  and  from   which  eich   several  Branch,  or  Part,  derii'es  its 
Existence,    its   Nourishment,   and  its    Fecundative    Elements   of 
Generation  and  Reproduction,  Evolution  and  Groiuth. 
^  y.    "Again,    it    is    true    that   tiie  Universe  is    One  Organ- 

ism, One  infinite  and  complex  Microcosm — the  Macrocosm. 
\  It  is  the  great  Body  of  the  Cosmos,  each  organism  of  which 
/     it  consists,  great  and  small,  solar,  stellar,  organic,  inorganic. 


lyo  TlIK     I. IKK     AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS. 

and  cellular,    being  the  several    members,    or    parts,   of    the 
great  I^oclv,  or  Macrocosm. 

8.  "And  I,  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  am  tlie  Head  of  the 
Bodv  of  the  L'iii\erse,  by  which  the  Universe  is  sustained, 
comjiacled.  and  increased  by  the  nutriment  which  flows 
into  tile  l>(»dv  from   tiie  Head. 

9.  '•{  slaml  to  the  Universe  in  the  same  organic  relations 
as  the  head  stands  to  the  body  of  a  Alicrocosm  ;  I  am  the 
Vehicle,  the  Flesh,  the  Blood,  the  Bone,  the  Nerves,  and 
the  I^rain,  the  Receiver  of  all  presentations  of  Life  and 
Thought,  and  the  Transmitter  of  the  same  throughout  the 
whole  complex  organisation  of  the  Cosmic  Body;  I  am  the 
prime  medium,  through  which  the  Etheric  Aura,  or  Cell- 
Tiiought,  of  Jehovah,  the  Father  of  the  Universe,  pass  into 
the  various  parts  of  the  Universe,  and  into  all  the  organ- 
isms that  form  the  Universe. 

10.  "For  the  communication  of  the  Forces  and  Elements 
which  form  evcrv  part  of  the  L-niverse,  and  are  the  Substance 
of  which  every  part  of  the  Universe  is  composed  ,  it  is  neces- 
sary that  there  should  be  established  one  Central  Organic 
Head,  or  \Ietlium.  of  these  Forces  and  Elements;  and  not 
only  so,  but  there  are  required  many  other  subsidiary 
Heads,  or  Media,  by  which  the  Forces  and  Elements  of  the 
Universe  shall  be  condensed,  modified,  and  distributed  for 
the  special  purposes  for  which  they  are  intended. 

11.  "Thus  are  there  innumerable  Orders  of  Beings  in  the 
Universe  aud  innumerable  Mediatorial  Offices,  in  all 
Spheres  in  the  Universe,  all  fulfilling  the  functions  of 
Mediation  in  tiie  ratio  of  their  development  and  constitu- 
tion, supplying  and  nourishing  each  their  particular  parts 
in  the  infinite  and  complex  Organisation    of   the   Universe. 

12.  "Each  Circle  of  the  Universe  is  constituted  and 
organised  e\en  as  the  whole  Universe,  each  .Sphere  in  each 
Circle  of  the  Universe  is  constituted  and  organised  even  as 
the  Circle  in  which  it  revolves;  each  Microcosm  in  each 
Splu're  i*^  also  constituted  and  organised  even  as  the 
Spheie  in    uliicli  it  exist s  ;    and    so    it    continues,  down  the 


THE     I.IKE     AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I^I 

Cosmic  Scale,  to  the  individual  Cells,  each  one  of  which  is 
constituted,  and  functions,  even  as  the  Universe  itself,  to 
the  Centre   of  the  Universe. 

13.  "The  constitution  and  mediatorial  functions  of  the 
whole  Universe,  of  all  the  Circles  in  the  Universe,  of  every 
Sphere  in  every  Circle,  of  every  Microcosm  in  every  Sphere, 
down  to  every  Cell  in  every  Microcosm,  are  identically  the 
same  in  kind,  differing  only  in  their  degree  of  office  and 
relation,  the  extent  of  their  operation,  and  of  their  envi- 
ronment. A  molecule  is  a  Universe  in  miniature;  the 
Universe  is  a  molecule  in  infinite  Reduplication. 

14.  "Therefore  you  will  see  that  the  Universe,  or  Macro- 
cosm, is  One  Infinite  Whole,  a  stupendous,  complex,  and 
infinite  Organism,  in  which  there  is  not  a  single  part  that  is 
not  vitallv,  organically  and  functionally  correlated  with  and 
integrally  dependent  upon  the  whole,  and  each  upon  the 
other,  Circle  within  Circle,  all  radiating  and  pulsating  with 
the  diffused  Light  of  Life  that  passes  originally  from  the 
Father,  and  through  Me,  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  the  Supreme 
and  Central  Head  of  the  whole  Organism. 

15.  "But  let  me  further  explain  to  you  how  this  is,  and 
elucidate  the  profound  Truth  which  lies  at  the  very  bot- 
tom of  the  whole  problem  of  Life,  and  by  understanding 
which  ye  will  see  fully  the  truth  of  the  Mediatorial  Func- 
tions of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  and,  under  Him,  of  all 
Microcosms,  in  their  innumerable  Orders  and  Degrees. 

16.  "The  Universe  is  the  Body,  composed  of  iniuunerable 
varieties    ar;d    integrations  of     lesser    bodies,    even    to    the 

(  simple  Cellular  Atom,  of  which  all  substances  originally 
are  formed,  and  from  which  they  were  originally  developed. 
L  the  .Son  of  Jehovah,  am  the  Head  of  the  Universe,  and 
the  Central  Supreme  Head  over  all  the  subsidiary  Heads  of 
the  Universe;  the  First  and  Only  Mediator,  or  Mediating 
Vehicle,  between  the  Father  and  the  Universe,  between 
Jehovah  and  all  the  innumerable  Organisms  that  constitute 
the  LTniverse. 

17.  "The    Head    stands    to    the    whole    body    of  a  Micro- 


173 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUHSES    OK    JESUS. 


cosm  as  the  Centre,  the  essential  vehicle  of  Life  and  Motion. 
But  Life  and  Motion  are  not  the  product  of  the  Brain  ;  the 
Brain  is  only  the  Instrument,  or  Medium,  by  which  the 
Elements  which  produce  Life  and  Motion  are  conveyed  to 
the  Body. 

i8.  ''The  Blood  is  the  Essence  which  contains  all  the 
component  Elements  and  Forces  of  Life,  Motion,  and 
Thought.  The  Blood  is  a  fluid  substance  which  consists 
of  innumerable  quantities  and  varieties  of  the  most  minute 
Cells  of  Living  Substance,  Cells  of  all  the  varieties  of  sub- 
stance necessary  for  the  nourislnnent  and  vitalising  of  all 
parts  and  organs  belonging  to  the  Fourfold  constitution  of 
the  nature  of  a  Microcosm. 

19.  "Now  the  Blood  is  received,  in  the  first  instance, 
from  without  ;  it  passes  into  the  intestinal  organs  through 
the  several  passages  by  which  the  Elements  of  the  Universe 
enter  the  Body,  or  exterior  shell  of  the  Microcosm,  whether 
i-n  the  form  of  meat,  and  drink,  or  of  the  inhaled  atmosphere, 
all  that  enters  the  Body  is  converted   primarily  into  Blood. 

20.  -'Passing  into  the  Heart,  the  finest  Essences,  or 
agglomerations  of  Etheric  Cells,  which  are  the  Elements 
that  produce  the  Force  of  Life,  or  Vitality,  are  received 
into  the  Brain,  and  from  the  Brain  they  pass  through  the 
veins  and  the  Nervous  System  into  the  various  parts  of  the 
Body.  And  this  process  is  effected  in  each  of  the  Four 
Natures  of  the  Constitution  of  a  Microcosm,  by  the  same 
Elements  which  originally  enter  the  Body,  either  in  the 
form  of  nutriment,  as  food,  or  in  the  form  of  the  atmo- 
sphere ;  or  in  the  still  more  attenuated  form  of  Etheric 
Cellular  Force  that  enters  the  molecular  formation  of  the 
Body  in  speech,  or  in  the  Auric  Influence,  or  Force,  which 
passes  from  Soul  to  Soul  in  communion  and  contact  on  the 
physical,  mental,  psychical,  or  spiritual  planes. 

21.  "There  is  an  infinitely  close  relation  between  tiie 
Heart  and  the  I^^rain,  the  Brain  being  the  central  Nucleus 
by  which  all  that  constitutes  the  Motive  Force,  the  Thought- 
Force,  the  Sense-Force,  ami  the  \'ital  Force,  of  all  the  Four 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  I  73 

Xatures  of  the  Microcosm   are   assimilated,    generated,  con- 
densed, and  distributed  to  the  entire  Being. 

22.  "The  Heart  is  only  the  machine  wliich  passes  tlie 
Blood  into  the  Brain  (that  is  to  say,  not  the  whole  fluid 
commonly  called  Blood,  but  those  cellular  essences  that  are 
separated  from  the  Blood  in  the  course  of  its  passage 
through  the  Heart)  ;  and  the  Brain  is  the  organ  that  assimi- 
lates all  the  Elements  and  Forces  contained  in  the  cellular 
essences  of  the  Blood,  and  distributes  them  to  the  organs 
and  parts,  according  to  their  relative  affinities. 

23.  "It  is  unnecessary  for  my  present  purpose,  to  enter 
into  a  description  of  the  anatomy  of  the  Brain,  and  to  shew- 
how  the  Cellular  Etheric  essences  of  the  Blood  pass  into 
the  main  centres  of  Thought  and  Sensation,  and  produce 
in  the  consciousness  of  the  Cerebrum,  Thought,  Sensation,  I 
and  Motion.  It  is  sufficient  to  know  this,  that  all  that 
entereth  into  a  Microcosm,  whether  through  the  ear,  the 
eye,  the  nose,  the  mouth,  the  sensitive  organs,  the  skin- 
pores,  or  the  finer  interstices  of  the  molecules,  and  whether 
it  be  in  physical  substance,  as  food,  or  in  mental,  psychical, 
or  spiritual  cellular  substance  of  Thought,  Inspiration, 
Ideas,  Conceptions,  Words,  or  Impressions, — is  Substance, 
or  the  Cellular  Elements  derived  from  the  Blood,  which 
passes  through  the  arteries  and  ve.ins,  and  those  finer 
channels  of  Etheric  cellular  essence,  called  the  Nerves. 

24.  "Blood,  be  it  understood,  Brethren,  is  the  concen- 
trated agglomeration  of  all  these  substances  and  Vital 
Elements  which  all  are  cellular  in  their  formation,  but  of 
varying  kinds  and  degrees  of  capacity,  potency,  and  size, 
which  are  transmuted  and  condensed  in  the  Brain,  and 
distributed,  or  diffused,  by  the  Brain  through  the  ve:ins, 
arteries  and  nerves,  throughout  the  entire  Body,  in  each  of 
the  Four  Natures. 

2:^.  "Now,  Beloved  Brethren,  this  is  also  a  fact,  that 
Blood,  in  another  form.  Blood  of  an  Etheric  consistence,  fows  in 
the  organisations  of  the  Higher  Beings  who  inhabit  the  Celestial 
Circles.     That  which  we   call  Blood,  among  men,  is  but  the 


174  THE    lAVK    AM)    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


lower  aiul  in:itcrial  form  (in  the  present  Human  Race,  of  a 
sadly  corrupted  and  deteriorated  quality)  of  the  same  essence 
as  the  Vital  Fluid,  which  is  the  Life-Essence  of  all  organ- 
isms in  the  Universe  ;  it  is  the  Light  of  Life,  which  pro- 
ceeds in  vibrations  of  Auric  Force  from  the  Person  of 
Jehovaii,    the  Father. 

^6.  "The  Mtal  I'^luid.  containing  the  Elements  of  Vital- 
ity, Life,  Force,  and  Thought,  mediatorially  conveyed  to 
Man,  have  to  pass  into  the  Human  Blood,  in  order  to  find 
their  wav  into  the  >Sense  and  Thought-Centres  of  the  Brain, 
in  each  of  the  Four  Natures. 

27.  "And  owing  to  the  terrible  fact  that  the  Blood  of  the 
Human  Race  is  contaminated  and  corrupted  by  the  Ele- 
ments of  Sin  and  Evil  generated  in  the  world,  and  which 
have  their  source  in  the  Outer  Darkness,  the  abode  of  the 
Demons  and  Wicked  .Spirits,  the  Vital  Fluid  of  Jehovah 
cannot  exercise  its  dynamic  function,  nor  exert  its  Divine 
I'orce  with  the  freedom  and  power  necessary  for  its  perfect 
inlhience  and  effects  upon  the  constitution  of  the  Four 
Natures  of  the  Earth-Microcosms. 

28.  "Therefore  is  it  true  that  Flesh  and  Blood,  belonging 
to  the  present  constituted  Earth-Microcosms,  cannot  enter 
the  Celestial  Circles  of  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven.  The 
Nature  of  Man  must  be  Regenerated  and  Re-Constituted, 
before  it  is  possible  for  Man  to  enter  the  Spheres  of  Beati- 
tude into  which  the  .Souls  of  Normal  and  Pure  Men  are 
taken  after  death. 

29.  "And  I  mean  by  this,  that  it  is  a  natural  impossibil- 
ity for  corrupted  and  contaminated  Flesh  and  Blood  to 
enter  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  for  this  very  simple  reason — 
that  the  Elements  which  are  contained  in  Blood  have 
certain  cellular  affinities  to  the  source  from  which  they 
spring.  Now  the  source  of  the  predominant  essences  of  the 
Blood  of  the  Human  Race  is,  not  in  Jehovah,  nor  in 
Myself,  the  .Supreme  Head  and  Medium,  directly;  though  they 
are  from  Jehovah  and  from  Myself  mediately  and  originally. 

30.  "But  they  are   the    corrupted    and    vitiated    Aura,  or 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  1^5 

{  Cellular  Elements,  which  proceed  from  tlie  Demons  and 
Wicked  Spirits,  and,  inmiediately,  from  the  corrupted  and 
Demon-corrupted  Tvlicrt  cosms,  of  tliis  wicked  workl  ;  and 
therefore  tiie}',  in  their  corrupt  and  unpurified  stale,  have 
no  attractive  force  to  draw  them,  and  the  Microcosms  tiiey 
occupy,  to  the  realms  of  Purity,  Light,  and  Incorruption. 
31.  "Like  attracts  like,  and,  after  passing  from  this 
earthly  sphere,  the  Microcosms,  unpurified  and  un regener- 
ated, enter  those  spheres  of  Purgatorial,  or  Paradisaical  exist- 
ence, corresponding  to  th.e  degree  of  their  purity  or 
■corruption.  There  are  many  such  spheres  of  existence,  in 
the  zone  of  this  earth  that  lieth  at  the  nether  side  of  the 
Gate  of  Hades,  to  which    the   vSpirits   of    men,    after   death. 


ity,  Being,  and  Thought,  is  originally  in  Jehovah  ; 
mediatorially  in  Me;  and  derivatively  mediated  through  the 
countless  subsidiary  Heads,  or  Media,  between  the  organic 
Microcosms  and  the  several  Higher  Orders  of  Mediation,  of 
which  I  shall  shortly  speak. 

33.  "And  this  foundation  of  Vitality  is  Snbsta/ice,  or 
Etheric  Cellular  Matter,  conhiining  the  Basic  Vital  Ele- 
ments and  Dynamic  Force  of  Life,  which  resolve  themselves, 
by  the  laws  of  Assimilation,  C.)ndensation,  Integration, 
and  Attraction,  into  the  various  Elements  and  Forces  that 
form  the  complex  Body  and  Soul  of  all  Microcosms  with 
their    many   functions,  energies,  and  faculties. 

34.  "Blood,  therefore,  is  the  \'ehicle  of  the  Essences  of 
Vitality,  the  Substance  of  Jehovah,  which  produce  every 
Material  and  Spiritual  form  in  the  Universe.  But  tlie 
'Blood'  with  which  you  are  particularly  acquainted  is  not 
that  Vital  Fluid  which  normally  is  the  foundation  of  Vital- 
ity in  all  organisms  in  the  Universe. 

3^.  "Nevertheless,  Blood,  as  ye  know  it,  is  the  vehicle  of 
this  Vital  Fluid,  but,  being  corrupted  and.  vitiated  by  its 
passage  through  the  Demoniac  and  Astral  forms,  and  by 
its    intermingling    with    the  Elements  of  the  world  and  the 


are  consigned.  ) 

;3.    "Likewise  is  it  true  that   the   foundation  of  all  \^ital- 


i>^6  tup:  like  and  discourses  of  jesus. 

Demons,  is  not  the  Pure  Uncorrupted  Essence  of  the 
Vital  Nature  of  Jeliovah,  and  therefore  it  needs  to  pass 
through  certain  processes  of  Purification,  in  the  constitution 
of  the  UniversL\  before  it  can  exercise  its  functions  in  the 
normal  manner. 

36.  "Likewise  the  Flesli,  which  is  the  solid  substance  or 
tissue,  which  acts  as  the  vessel  or  depositary  of  the  Blood,  and 
is  the  Envelope  of  the  Microcosm  and  the  material  Instrument 
of  the  complex  operation  of  the  Force  and  Energy  generated 
in  the  Brain  from  the  Blood,  is  also  corrupted,  from  the  same 
causes  as  is  the  Blood,  and,  in  its  present  constitution  and 
state,  is  unfit  and  incapable  of  entering  into  tlie  Celestial 
Circles  of  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

37.  "It  is  therefore  necessary  that  both  Flesh  and  Blood 
shall  undergo  certain  Processes  of  Nature,  by  which  they 
may  be  purged  and  cleansed  from  all  the  inherent  and 
inherited  corruption  and  evil  which,  from  the  causes  I  have 
already  signified,  have  vitiated,  contaminated,  and  infected 
with  disease  the  whole  slructure  and  fabric  of  the  flesh,  and 
which  permeate  the  Blood,  predominating  over  and  over- 
whelming, in  their  baleful  influence,  the  whole  constitution 
of  the  Fourfold  Nature  of  the  Microcosms. 

38.  "And  this  is  the  true  account  of  the  constitution  cf 
all  Microcosms  in  the  Universe,  remembering  also  that  the 
difference  between  one  class  of  Microcosms  and  another, 
according  to  their  degree  of  evolution,  their  state  of  exist- 
ence, and  their  spliere  of  abode,  is  not  one  of  kind,  but  only 
of  (iegra:  of  ethereality  or  substance. 

39.  "Likewise,  as  the  several  classes  of  Microcosms  are 
constituted,  so  is  the  Universe  as  a  whole  constituted. 
Not  only  in  exact  analogy,  but  in  its  identical  constitution 
and  form,  the  Universe  is  a  composite  and  integral  body,  as 
the  Microcosms  which  form  the  Universe  are  composite  and 
integral  bodies,  whether  they  be  material  or  spiritual, 
organic  or  inorganic,  animate  or  inanimate  ;  all  are  bodies, 
identical  in  form;  all  are  Li\ing  Entities,  integrally  related 
to  one  another  in  the  composition  of  the  L^^ni verse. 


THK    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  177 

40.  "Tlie  Universe,  or  Macrocosm,  is  an  infinitely 
complex  Microcosm,  the  Sum-Total  of  all  Microcosms,  and 
the  Supreme  Type  of  all  Microcosms  ;  and  Jehovah  is  the 
Supreme  and  Central  Prototype  of  the  Universe,  and  there- 
fore of  all  Microcosms  which  form  the  Universe. 

THE     CONSTITUTION     OF    THE     MICROCOSM. 

41.  ''Before  proceeding  further  in  the  discussion  of  cur 
subject,  viz.,  the  fundamental  and  universal  Law  of  Medi- 
ation, it  is  necessary  that  I  unfold  to  you  the  Truth  concern- 
ing the  constitution  of  a  Microcosm,  in  order  that  ye 
may  belter  understand  the  nature  of  the  constitution  of  the 
Universe,  and  thereby  the  philosophy  and  operation  of  the 
Law  of  Mediation,  which  is  the  Law  that  sustains  the 
Universe,  and  establishes  the  eternal  integral  relations  of  the 
Microcosms. 

43.  "There  hath  for  many  ages  grown  up  in  the  world  a 
misleading  idea  as  to  the  nature  of  the  constitution  of  the 
Microcosm,  arising  from  the  exigencies  and  limitations  of 
human  language  and  intellectual  Reasoning,  which  have 
compelled  the  use  of  certain  terms  in  distinguishing  between 
the  Soul  and  the  Body,  in  difF.irentiating  the  Duality  of  the 
Fourfold  Nature  of  the  Universe. 

43.  "The  mistake  is,  that  Religious  Philosophers  have 
appeared  to  make  too  great  a  distinction  (implying  a  sepa- 
rate existence  and  an  independent  source  and  origin)  between 
the  Soul  and  the  Body. 

44.  "1  have  already  told  you  in  a  previous  Discourse,  that 
a  Microcosm  is  a  Fourfold  Organism,  consisting  of  Four 
Natures  —  Body,  Mind,  Soul,  and  vSpirit  —  which  Four 
Natures  are  divided  into  Two  Dual  Natures — the  Body  and 
the  Soul — each  enclosed  in  a  Body-structure,  which  acts  as 
the  vehicle  of  Consciousness  and  Communication  to  the 
Ego,  and  to  the  Universe.  Thus  the  Sevenfold  constitution 
of  Man  is  a  Dual  Constitution,  consisting  of  Body  and 
Soul. 

45.  "Now  to   press  this  distinction  so  far  as  to  make  the 


178  TIIK    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OF    JESUS. 

Body  and  Soul  two  separate  and  distinct  entities,  the  one 
entirely  independeni  of  tlieother,  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
liglit  of  a  lamp  is  distinct  and  separate  from  the  lamp  that 
holds  it,  or  a  cup  is  dis'iinct  from,  and  independent  of,  the 
wine  that  it  contains,  is  a  mistake,  fatal  to  a  true  concep- 
tion of  the  orfijanisalion  of  a  Microcosm,  and  the  main  cause 
of  so  many  erudite  men  scoffing  at.  and  separating  them- 
selves from,  all  that  appertains  to  religion. 

q6.  "The  Dual  Nature  of  the  Microcosm  does  not  imply 
any  idea  of  a  separate  existence,  of  isolation,  or  of  inde- 
pendence, of  the  vSoul  (or  the  interior  Nature)  and  of  the 
Body  ("I"  the  exterior  Nature). 

^7.  "In  like  manner  as,  in  an  egg,  there  are  Four  distinc- 
tive parts — the  Shell,  the  Skin,  the  Albinnen,  and  the 
Germ  —  so  in  the  Microccsm  there  are  Four  distinct 
structures,  or  Natures  —  th^  Body-structure,  the  ]\Iind- 
structure,  the  SDul-structure,  and  the  Spirit-structure. 
What  is  the  chicken,  eml)ryonically .  but  the  Germ  in  the 
egg,  which,  in  the  course  of  its  development,  absorbs  and 
assimilates  the  elements  and  properties  of  life  contained  in, 
prepared  for  its  nourishment  by,  and  conveyed  to  it  from 
the  Albumen,  the  Skin,  and  the  Shell. ^  From  the  beginning 
the  egg  is  one  entity,  composed  of  these  Four  parts,  the  Four 
parts  finally  merging  into  One  organism,  and  sliedding 
only  the  exhausted  substances  that  were  the  material  vehicles 
for  its  sustenance. 

^8.    "Likewise   is  it    the  case  with    the  Microcosm.      The 
Spirit  is  the  Germ  of  the  Ego;  the  Soul,  the  Mind,  and  the 
Body,   together    \\\\\^    tiie  Astral    and    Physical    Structures, 
correspond    to   the    Albumen,    the   .Skin,    and   the   Shell,  in      ( 
the  Egg. 

d^i).  "Also  in  the  matter  of  development  is  the  analogy 
complete.  In  the  first  stage  of  the  evolution  of  a  Microcosm 
the  Spirit  is  embryonic  and  plasmic,  and  only  when  arrived  ^' 
at  the  conditions  of  Perfect  Manhood  do  the  Four  Natures 
coalesce  and  merge  into  perfect  combination  and  integral 
relations.      The  Tetrad  is    then   developed   into   the  Monad. 


THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  179 

c;o.  "The  embryonic  and  afterwards  organic  Tetrad  is  > 
the  same  integrally.  One  Microcosm  in  the  unformed  and  ) 
o-raduallv  forming:  constitution  of  the  Four  Natures,  which  ) 
become  intrinsically  and  organically  One  during  the  ages  of  ) 
its  evolutionary  progress  of  Organic,  Physiologic,  and 
Psychologic  deyelopment,  which  attains  its  cosmic  perfec- 
tion in  the  form  of  the  Adamic  Race  of  the  Sons  of  ^ 
Elohim  ;  which  perfection  is  the  perfect  mergence  in  the 
whole  consciousness  and  organisation  of  the  Microcosm,  of 
the  Four  Natures,  in  perfect  Equilibrium  and  Union. 

,1.  "The  Dualistic  Doctrine  of  the  Two  separate  and 
distinct  Entities  of  the  Soul  and  Body,  variously  exposed 
by  Theologians  and  Religious  Philosophers,  is  due  partly 
to  the  unfortunate  ambiguity  of  language,  which  necessi- 
tates the  use  of  distinguishing  terms  for  describing  different 
phases  or  planes  of  organisation  of  one  and  the  same 
Entity. 

^2.  "But  the  chief  reason  for  the  mistake  of  Dualism  is 
on  account  of  the  antagonism  and  conscious  separation  and 
opposition  in  the  relations  tiiat  exist  between  the  Soul,  or 
Spiritual  Nature,  and  the  Body,  or  the  Carnal  Nature,  of 
the  present  abnormal  Race  of  Mankind,  an  antagonism 
which  causes  the  Soul  to  sc'^m  to  be  a  separate  and  ^yholly 
heavenly  entity,  and  the  Body  to  seem  to  be  a  mere  material 
and  earthly  entity. 

53.  'Tn  the  case  of  the  Normal  class  of  Microcosms, 
which  occupy  all.  the  spheres  of  the  Universe,  excepting 
this  Earth-Plane,  Flesh  and  Blood   contain   no  evil,  no  cor- 

(      ruption,  naught  that   defileth,   no  antagonistic   Elements  to 
the  Spirit,  or  to  the  Universe. 

54.  "The  Unity  of  the  Four  Natures  of  all  Normal 
Microcosms  is  perfect,  in  all  stages  of  their  organic  develop- 
ment, both  in  consciousness  and  in  organisation. 

55.  "  And,  in  reality,  the  Body  and  Soul  of  the  Abnormal 
Microcosms  are  likewise  perfect  in  integral  and  intrinsic 
unity,  but  the  consciousness  of  this  unity  is  wanting,  for 
the  causes  of  evil  that  I  have  referred  to.  ^ 

) 


[8o  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


56.  '*Boclv  and  Soul,  therefore,  are  one  and  the  same 
Entity,  in  all  Microcosms,  differentiated  only  by  their  rela- 
tive degrees  of  development,  in  Evolution,  and  by  the 
conditions  of  the  cellular  matter  of  which  their  several  con- 
ditions are  formed. 

57.  "The  basis  of  the  intrinsic  unity  and  solidarity  of  all 
the  parts  of  the  Four  Natures,  and  of  the  Four  Natures  to 
one  another,  is  the  same  in  the  Microcosm  as  in  the  Universe. 
There  are  certain  plasmic  Cellular  Elements  in  the  material 
constitution  of  the  Universe  Microcosm,  which  pervade  the 
whole  in  different  degrees  of  substantial  or  Etheric  form, 
which  establish  the  eternal  integration  of  all  the  parts,  as 
of  all  the  cellular  bodies  that  form  the  parts,  and  the  cohe- 
sion of  the  Four  Natures  in  one  Entity,  or  Body.  The 
whole  composite  Microcosm  is  therefore,  in  form,  in  activ- 
ity, in  thought,  in  origin,  and  in  essence,  0?ie  Entity^  a 
purely  Monistic  Being, 

58.  "And  these  plasmic  Cellular  Elements  are  themselves 
organic  and  living  cells,  of  different  degrees  of  substance, 
visibility,  potency,  magnitude,  and  form,  penetrating 
from  the  outer  atmosphere,  through  the  molecular  forma- 
tion of  the  material  structure  of  the  Microcosm,  or  entering 
it  in  the  nature  of  food  and  drink,  or  through  the  media  of 
the  eyes,  tiie  ears,  the  nose,  the  mouth,  and  the  sensitive 
organs  of  touch  ;  and,  passing  into  the  Blood  in  many 
classes  and  types  of  cell-forms,  corpuscles,  and  animalcuke, 
are  transfused,  according  to  the  nature  of  fheir  class,  through- 
out the  system  of  the  Four  Natures,  unifying,  compact- 
ing, and  nourishing,  in  one  composite  body,  both  the 
Spirit,  the  vSoul,  the  Mind,  and  the  Body,  the  Soul-Struct- 
ure and  the  Body-Structure,  and  all  the  several  parts  and 
sections  of  each  Structure. 

59.  "It  is  a  mistake  to  suppose,  as  many  Philosophers 
do,  that  the  Etheric  particles,  invisible  gases,  and  v^piril- 
forms  of  being,  are  substance-less  or  immaterial.  All  that 
is  Spiritual  is  Substance^  all  that  is  Substance  is  Spiritual,  in 
their  intrinsic  forms.      Materiality,   as  distinct  from    Spirit- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  l8l 

udlity,  is  only  a  term  used  to    differentiate  the  two  forms  of 
one  and  tlie   same    Cellular    Elements,    according    to    their     ) 
conditions  ;   as  water  and  steam,  or  as  coal  and  gas,  are  the 
same  respectively,  in  different  conditions. 


THE  CONSTITUTION  OF"  THE  MACROCOSM. 


60.  "The  same  plasmic  Cellular  Elements  that  constitute,     ) 
compact,  and  sustain  the  Microcosm   in   Unity  and  Eternal 
Being,    also    exercise    the    same    functions    in    the  Greater 
Microcosm,  or  the  Universe,  the  Macrocos»i. 

61.  "As  the  different  parts  of  the  Microcosm  are  held 
together,  compacted,  sustained,  and  nourished,  by  the 
pliismic  Eleniints  which  are  drawn  from  the  Universe,  and 
attracted,  according  to  their  classes,  to  the  parts  correspond- 
ing to  their  relative  affinities,  by  the  Eternal  Law  of  the 
Attraction  of  Affinities,  so  the  whole  Sum  of  Microcosms — 
Solar,  Stellar,  Planetary,  Organic  or  Inorganic — and  in 
all  the  Kingdoms  of  Nature  in  the  Universe  (Spiritual  and 
Material)  are  held  together,  compacted,  sustained  and  nour- 

{     ished,  by  the    same    plasmic    Elements   of  the  Universe,  of 

{     innumerable  classes  and  types,    according    to  their  constitu- 

\     tion  and  evolutional  development. 

\  62.  "These  plasmic  Cellular  Elements  are  contained  in 
the  Ether,  which  radiates  from~  the  Solar  Centre,  and  fills 
the  whole  Universe,  forming  of  the  whole  Universe  One 
Macrocosm,  One  Living,  Integrated,  and  Composite  Organism 
in  which  all  the  parts,  from  the  outermost  circles  to  the 
innermost  Centre  of   Centres,    are    dependent  upon,  and  in 

(     integral  relations  with,  one  another,  and  in  eternal  relations     ') 
and     affinity   with    the    Centre,    their  original   Father   and 
Genitive  Source.  ) 

63.  "Brethren,  difficult  as  it  may  seem  for  the  finite  and 
mortal  mind  to  apprehend  the  great  conception  of  the 
Cosmos,  or  the   Macrocosm,   as  it    really  is,    rendered    still     ) 

\  more  difficult  by  the  crude  and  erroneous  hypotheses  of 
cosmogony  which  have  emanated  from  philosophy  and  from 
religion    in    past    ages,    as    well  as  at  the  present  time,   yet 


l83  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

i^  the  Truth  of  very  simple  understanding,  nor  will  it  be 
found  in  any  wise  contrary  to  the  true  facts  and  data  of 
Nature  and  Science,  as  they  have  been  postulated  during 
the  past  gradual  ascent  of  knowledge,  attained  by  students 
of  Nature  from  the  deep  mire  and  black  clouds  of  super- 
stition and  ignorance,  into  which'  the  world  has  so  many 
times  descended,  since  the  Fall  of  the  Adamic  Race,  and 
the  genesis  of  the  present  Abnormal  Conditions. 

64.  "Ye  have,  in  the  outset,  simply  to  conceive  of  the 
Universe  as  a  Being  of  perfect  corporate  solidarity,  governed 
and  sustained  by  the  natural  Law  of  Mediation,  in  which 
all  its  parts  are  involved  in  a  complex  scheme  of  co-opera- 
tion and  mutual  mediatorial  support,  by  which  all  the  parts 
are  linked  eternally  together,  each  contributing  to  the  other, 
and  all  to  all,  the  Cellular  Elements  of  Vitality  (or  Force 
and  Matter),  which  radiate  in  eternal  vibration  and  pro- 
cession from  the  Centre  of  all  the  Circles  in  the  Universe — 
the  Person  of  Jehovah,  the  Father. 

6=,.  "Picture  to  your  minds  the  figure  of  an  immense  Circle, 
embracing  in  its  vast  circumference  the  whole  of  that  which 
we  call  Space — unfathomable,  immeasurable.  Within  that 
Circle  are  certain  inner  Circles  divided  into  Seven  groups 
of  Circles  (called  tiie  Planetary  Circles).  And  in  each 
Circle  there  are  an  infinity  of  lesser  Circles,  of  innumerable 
varieties  of  size  and  appearance,  each  of  which  is  composed 
of  an  infinity  of  still  lesser  Circles,  which  also  are  similarly 
composed.  Continue  this  conception  of  Circles  within 
Circles,  and  of  systems  of  Circles  within  Circles,  until  you 
arrive  at  the  Centre,  which  Itself  is  a  similar  system  of 
Circles  within  Circles,  each  of  the  myriad  cells  of  Ether 
that  revolves  in  the  Centre  being  itself  a  system  of  Circles 
and  Centres,  reduceable  to  infinitude.  So  you  can  form 
a  primary  perspective  of  the  Infinite  Macrocosm — the 
Universe. 

66.  "And  the  First  Centre,  the  Final  Centre  of  Circles, 
around  w.hich  all  the  Circles  revolve,  in  eternal  revolution 
and  motion,  according  to  the  supreme    Law  of  (Jravital  ion, 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  183 

producing  the  two  positive  and  negative  forces  of  Attrac- 
tion and  Repulsion  ;  the  Final  Centre  of  all  the  Circles, 
the  Centre  of  Centres — the  Centre  of  the  L^niverse — is  the 
Person  of  Jehovah,  the  Father  of  the  Cosmos. 

67.  "Conceive  then  the  whole  Universe  as  One  Infinitely 
Great  Organism,  of  which  each  several  part — each  Solar, 
vStellar,  Organic,  Inorganic,  Animate,  Inanimate,  Etheric 
or  Cellular,  Spiritual  and  Material — is  united  to  the  Whole, 
as  perfectly  and  as  organically,  as  every  part  of  a  li\  ing 
Microcosm  is  united,  in  one  Body,  by  the  molecular  attrac- 
tion and  motion  which  conjoins  all  the  cellular  molecules 
into  the  several  integrations  of  cells,  which  form  each  part 
and  organ  ;  and  you  have  a  right  conception  of  the  Universe 
in  its  integral  constitution,  and  in  the  correlation  of  Force 
and  Matter  which  gives  to  each  part  its  own  specific  use 
and  function^  in  the  Body  and  Soul  of  the  Macrocosm. 

68.  "Now  I  have  said  that  the  Centre  of  Attraction  and 
Repulsion  in  the  human  body  is  the  Brain,  which  attracts 
unto  itself,  through  the  Nervous  System  and  the  Spinal 
Cord,  the  Cellular  Elements  of  Vitality  contained  in  the 
Blood,  and  originally  received  (through  molecular  attrac- 
tion) through  the  media  of  the  various  apertures  and  inter- 
stices of  the  physical  senses  and  the  flesh,  from  the 
atmospheric  environment  ;  and  which  exhales  or  diffuses 
from  itself  through  the  Nervous  System  the  same  Elements 
of  Vitality,  after  assimilation  and  condensation  in  the 
Brain-cells,  throughout  the  entire  structure  of  the  Four 
Natures. 

69.  "The  same  is  the  case  in  the  Macrocosm.  The  Uni- 
verse hath  a  Head,  the  vSeat  of  the  Brain-Cells,  the  source  of 
all  motion,  activity,  energy,  and  thought,  as  also  of  all  the 
Cellular  Elements  which  form  the  constituent  parts  of  Force 
and  Matter,  and  which  constitute  all  Alicrocosms,  and  the 
One  Macrocosm. 

70.  "And  as  in  the  case  of  the  Human  Body,  the  Head 
is  not  the  originator  oi  the  Cellular  Elements  of  Vitality, 
but  is  the    primary    Centre  in  the  Microcosm    of    these    Ele- 


184  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


ments.  previous  to  their  regular  and  systematic  dilTusion 
into  the  different  p'.rts  of  the  Body  ;  so  also  the  Head  of  the 
Universe  is  not  the  .Supreme  Central  and  originating  Fount 
and  Source  of  the  Elements  of  Vitality  which  coippose  the 
entire  constitution,  life,  and  structure  of  the  Universe. 

71.  "As  the  Head  of  the  Body  receives  the  Elements 
from  ils  atmospheric  en vii-.)nment,  so  the  Head  of  the 
Universe  receives  the  Elements  of  Vitality  in  the  first  place 
from  the  supreme  atmospheric  environment  of  the  Centre 
of  the  Universe. 

72.  "And  as  the  Head  of  the  Body  hath  subsidiary  and 
supplementarv  organs  by  which  the  Elemental  Cells  pene- 
trate witliiii  it,  viz.,  the  Nervous  System,  the  Flesh,  and 
the  channel  of  the  Spinal  Cord  (which  is  the  nexus  and 
material  accumulator  of  the  Elemental  Cells);  so  hatii  the 
Head  of  the  Universe  subsidiary  and  supplementary  organs, 
or  media,  which  receive  and  transmit  the  Etheric  Cells  into 
its  constitution,  for  the  purpose  of  their  assimilation,  con- 
densation, and  diffusion,  by  the  mediumship  of  the  vast 
system  of  mediatorial  Orders  and  Offices,  in  which  the 
Circles  of  Heaven,  and  of  the  Universe,  are  organised. 

THE  CENTRAL  TEMPLE  OF  THE  UNIVERSE  :  THE  CENTRE  OF 
THE  MEDIATORIAL  FUNCTION  OF  THE   MACROCOSM. 

73.  "All  Brethren  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  are  inti- 
mately familiar  with  the  mystical  and  sublime  symbolism 
of  the  Celestial  and  Catholic  Economy,  which  I  bid  you 
liearken  unto,  as  a  fitting  close  to  the  present  Discourse.  In 
due  time.  Beloved  Brethren,  it  will  be  your  high  and  lofty 
privilege  to  be  permitted  to  gaze  in  Ecstatic  Vision,  upon 
these  glorious  and  supernal  figurations  of  the  Celestial 
conditions,  and  the  w'onderful  Scheme  of  Mediation,  which 
is  the  Basic  Law  that  governs  the  entire  Universe,  promot- 
ing and  sustaining  its  perfect  integral  and  indissoluble 
Unity,  Cohesion,  and  Solidarity,  and  of  consolidating  the  \ 
unity  of  the  Macrocosm  by  the  principle  of  specific  inter- 
dependence and    mutual    support  between  all  Cells,  Organ- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  185 

isms,  and  Microcosms  in  the  Universe,    from    the  Centre  to 
the  furthermost  Circles  of  Infinite  Space. 

74.  "Behold  tlien,  Beloved  Brethren,  the  vast  temple 
OK  Jkiiovah,  CjLirt  within  Cjurt,  extending  beyond  the 
limits  of  sight,  each  Court  dedicated  to  the  use  and  service 
of  the  innumerable  grades  of  Hierarchical  Orders  and  Con- 
gregations, belonging  to  the  Grand  Constitution  of  the 
Square  and  Circle,  or  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven.  The  whole 
Temple  being  a  perfect  Representation  of  the  Macrocosm, 
or  Temple  of  the  Universe. 

75.  "Picture  such  a  Temple,  exceedingly  magnificent  in 
all  its  proportions,  in  its  material  structure,  built  of  precious 
stones,  of  infinite  splendour  and  purity  ;  its  walls  of 
immeasurable  height,  and  exquisite  in  their  architectural 
design  and  ornamental  detail,  engraved  within  and  without 
with  the  countless  symbolical  pictures  and  emblems  of  the 
Sacred  Order,  and  with  beautiful  trefoil  foliage  and  flower- 
ing, beyond  the  description  of  human  language. 

76.  "The  Temple  hath  Twenty-Four  central  Courts,  of 
vast  dimensions,  lying  within  the  outer  circular  enclosures, 
which  lie  inconceivably  bevond,  in  countless  ranks  of 
columns  and  porches.  Within  the  Twenty-Four  Celestial 
Courts  are  Seven  Inner  Courts — the  Courts  belonging  to 
the  Seven  Great  Hierophants  and  their  respective 
Hierarchical  Retinues. 

77.  "Within  these  Seven  Inner  Courts  there  is  a  vast 
space  over-roofed  by  a  great  Circular  Dome,  of  the  purest 
Crystal,  supported  by  alabaster  columns  innumerable. 

78.  "The  height  of  this  Dome,  and  the  countless  rows  of 
Thrones  and  Seats,  ranged  from  the  floor  unto  the  very 
centre  of  the  vast  Dome,  gives  unto  this  edifice  the  appear- 
ance of  a  stupendous  and  magnificent  Globe,  the  Dome  of 
which  is  decorated  with  innumerable  Solar  and  Stellar 
Orbs,  in  precise  representation  of  the  Sidereal  Systems  of 
the  Universe.,  In  the  supreme  Centre  and  Summit  of  the 
Dome  is  a  single  gloriously  resplendent  Stone,  representing 


iSo  THE    JAVK    AM)    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


the  Central  Solar   Sphere  of  the  ITniverse — a  Stone   exactly 
proportionate  in  size  as  the  Sun  is  to  the  Zodiac. 

79.  "On  the  floor  of  this  glorious  Edifice,  below  the 
Dome,  extends  a  vast  circular  expanse  of  Crystal  paving, 
reflecting  all  the  exquisite  opal  hues  of  Light,  diffused  from 
the  Dome  above,  making  it  to  resemble  a  beautiful  Glassy 
Sea,  like  unto  the  S^a  of  Galilee,  calm  and  still,  and  reflect- 
ing the  myriad  hues  of  ihe  setting  Sun. 

80.  "In  the  centre  'of  this  Central  Crystal  Space  staiids 
the  Great  White  Throne  of  purest  Crystal,  shining  with  a 
brilliant  effulgence,  and  shedding  eternally  its  glowing 
rays  of  pin-e  Light  upon  the  whole  expansive  Temple,  and 
contending,  in  majestic  rivalry,  with  the  Light  that  pours  in 
from  t  he  Crystal  Dome. 

THE    THRONE. 

Si.  "Seated  upon  this  Throne  is  the  All-Mighty  Person 
of  Jehovah,  whose  Form  is  invisible,  veiled  in  the  dazzling 
brightness  of  His  All-Glorious  Effulgence.  Clothed  in 
Light,  none  can  see  His  All-Glorious  Countenance,  save  as 
He  permits  the  eye  of  His  Sons  to  rest  upon  Him  in  rever- 
ent adoration.  As  the  brilliance  of  the  purest  Jasper,  but 
million-fold  increased,  so  is  the  appearance  of  Jehovah, 
seated  upon  the  Throne  in  His  Temple. 

82.  "And  the  Light  that  He  sheddeth  forth,  comming- 
ling witli  the  Etheric  Atmosphere  that  filleth  the  Temple, 
createth  a  beauteous  Bow,  high  above  the  Throne,  extend- 
ing northward  and  southward,  in  an  Arc  of  glorious  dimen- 
sion, scintillating  with  every  colour  that  formeth  the  beauty 
of  I  lie  rainbow,  in  inrtnite  gloriousness. 

THE   F-OUR   MVI>JG  ONES. 

83.  "And  in  the  midst  of  the  Tiirone,  hovering  round 
about  Him  who  sitteth  thereon,  are  Four  Wondrous  Living 
Forms,  in  appearance  like  inito  Four  Living  Creatures, 
but  in  degree  of  splendour  differing  from  any  earthly  creat-  i 
urc  as  the  Sun  differeth  from  candlelight,  or  a  diamond 
from  a  pebble  of  stone. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  187 

84.  "These  Four  Beings  are  symbolical  of  the  Four 
Natures  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  of  the  Microcosms,  of  j 
Jehovah  Himself,  and  of  all  the  Beings  that  come  forth 
from  the  Person  of  Jehovah  in  eternal  procession,  even  unto 
the  primal  embryonic  forms  of  the  Etheric  Cells,  that 
emanate  eternally  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah. 

85.  "The  First  Form  resembleth  the  form  of  a  Lion,  and 
representeth  the  Body-Structure  of  the  Microcosm,  colossal 
in  greatness,  majestic  in  mien,  strong  in  energy,  and  bold 
in  nature. 

86.  "But  herein  only  can  I  present  unto  you  this  Figure  as 
resembling  the  Lion;  the  Lion  being  the  only  and  nearest  type 
of  creature  in  the  earth,  at  the  present  time,  of  any  resem- 
blance to  the  glorious  Creature  that  this  Form  really  repre- 
sents— the  Great  Dragon,  at  one  time  the  most  perfect 
evolutionary  species  of  the  Animal  Kingdom,  whose  physical 
structure  was  the  highest  developed  vehicle  of  the  Soul  which 
inliabited  it  in  the  species  of  the  Animal  Kingdom.  //  is  the 
Dragon,  in  Truth,  and  the  Lion  only  in  Resemblance,  that  repre- 
senteth the  Body-vStructure  of  the  Microcosm. 

87.  "The  Second  Form  resembleth,  in  human  sight,  the 
gentle,  patient,  docile,  and  receptive  Calf,  being  that 
creature  which  followeth  only  the  leading  of  the  superior 
creatures,  and  is  either  a  prey  to  wanton  cruelty,  to  the 
appetites  of  creatures  that  live  on  flesh,  or  is  the  tenderly 
nurtured  creature  of  gentle  care  and  guardianship,  drawing 
milk  from  the  teats  of  its  mother,  and  destined  to  be  a 
mother  herself  in  due  time. 

88.  "The  Calf  therefore  representeth  the  Mind-Structure  of 
the  Microcosm,  in  that  the  Mind  is  always  first  either  to  be 
victimised  and  enslaved  by  the  World,  the  Flesh,  and  the 
Demons,  or  to  be  delicately  cared  for  and  taught,  fed  and 
provided  for  by  the  Soul,  and  defended  by  the  Body. 

89.  "This  Figure  I   can    only    represent  as  a  Calf  to  you,      \ 
owing  to  tlie    fact    that    the    exact    form   of   this  sweet  and 
gentle  creature    has    the    nearest    resemblance    to    the  more 
beautiful    and    intelligently     docile    creature    which    really 


l88  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OF    JESUS. 


occupies  this  symbolical  place — viz.,  an  Anthropoid,  or 
animal-human,  creature  of  exquisite  form,  that  was  one  of 
the  first  departures  from  the  purely  animal  kingdom,  in  the 
periods  of  evolutionary  ascent  of  the  Microcosms ;  the  creat- 
ures which  now  are  on  the  earth  being  the  corrupt  and 
abnormal  productions  of  an  abnormal  and  perverted  hered- 
ity, due  to  the  first  departure  from  the  True  Laws  of  the 
Universe. 

90.  "The  Third  Form  resembleth  a  jSIan,  the  highest 
organic  form  of  the  Microcosm  in  his  ascent,  by  evolution, 
unto  the  Nature  and  Constitution  of  Elohini.  The  Man 
representeth  the  Soul-Structure  of  the  Nature  and  Constitu- 
tion of  the  Microcosm. 

91.  "But  think  not.  Brethren,  that  this  representation  in 
the  Throne  of  Jehovah  is  that  of  Man  in  his  present  abnor- 
mal state.  It  is  the  form  of  the  Adamic  Man,  the  Perfect 
Man,  in  his  Nephilic  state  and  appearance,  as  he  was 
before  the  Fall. 

92.  "The  Fourth  Form  representeth,  in  human  sight, 
the  King  of  flying  creatures,  the  unerring  seer  and  the 
high-ascending  soarer  of  the  Heavens — the  Eagle.  The 
Eagle  representeth  the  Spirit-Structure  of  the  Microcosm, 
which  eternally  aspires  to  fellowship  with  the  Eternal 
Spirit  of  the  Universe — the  All-Father. 

93.  "And  think  not.  Beloved  Brethren,  that  this  is 
the  Eagle  of  the  present  abnormal  type  of  feathered  fowl. 
The  Figure  here  represented  is  the  Form  of  an  Elohe,  or 
Son  of  Jehovah,  a  Cherub,  the  organic  form  of  a  Microcosm, 
when  he  hath  entered  upon  the  Celestial  Stage  of  his 
evolution,  and  is  begotten  of  the  Father,  a  Son  of  Jehovah, 
and  is  admitted  into  the  High  Order  of  the  Elohim. 

94.  "And  these  Four  Forms  symbolise  and  represent  the 
Four  Natures  of  the  Constitution  of  Jehovah — the  Body  of 
Jehovah,  the  Mind  of  Jehovah,  the  Soul  of  Jehovah,  and 
the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  as  also  they  image  and  represent  the 
Four  States  of  consciousness  and  development  of  all  Micro- 
cosms as  independent  and    intelligent  Beings — the  Animal, 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  189 

the    Anthropoid,    or    Elementary  Human,    the    Human   or 
Adamic  Man,  and  the  Elohistic,  or  Spiritual  Man. 

9v  "And  their  appearance  and  form  are  likewise  sym- 
bolical in  character — they  are  possessed  of  Six  Wings, 
and  are  covered   with    Eyes   on    all   sides    and  on  all  parts. 

96.  "The  JVings  are  situated.  Two  on  their  feet,  Two  on 
theirshoulders  behind,  and  Two  in  front  of  their  arms. 
These  Six  Wings  represent  the  Omnipresence  of  Jehovah  \\\ 
the  Universe,  in  the  all-presence  of  the  Universe-filling 
Etheric  Cells  of  Light,  which  are  the  Divine  Essence  and 
most  potent  Vital,  Generative,  and  Reproductive  Spirit  of  Jehovah; 
and  in  the  innumerable  Orders  and  Degrees  of  evolutionary 
Beings  that  fill  and  occupy  all  the  Circles  of  the  Universe, 
and  inhabit  their  several  spheres,  performing  all  their 
allotted  functions  and  offices  in  the  service  of  the  Temple  of 
the  Universe. 

97.  "The  Eves,  which  cover  the  Four  Forms  represent 
the  Omniscience  of  Jehovah  and  His  Omnipotence.  For  the 
Eyes  of  a  Microcosm  are  the  Organs  of  Sight,  and  the 
Organs  of  Impression.  By  the  Eyes  are  received  the 
Stimuli  that  correspond  to  the  Optic  Nerves,  and  reflect, 
through  the  Light  that  passes  into  the  Eyes,  the  pictures 
and  scenes  upon  the  retina  that  are  within  the  focus  of  the 
Eyes,  which  are  retransmitted  to  the  Brain  in  indelible 
impressions  and  received  in  conscious  presentations  of 
Thought-Aura.  And  the  Eyes  of  the  Four  Forms  represent 
the  Perfect  Vision  of  the  Four  Natures  of  the  Constitution 
of  Jehovah,  and  His  consequent  perfect  Knowledge  of  all 
that  pertains  unto  the  Universe. 

98.  "Likewise  do  the  Eyes  function  as  the  main  Vehicle 
of  Spiritual,  Psychical,  and  Mental  Force;  for,  although  it 
is  true  that  Auric  Force  emanates  from  the  Four  Natures  of 
all  Microcosms,  through  all  the  apertures  and  molecular 
interstices  of  their  structures,  yet  the  Eye  is  the  principal 
organ  of  Auric  transmission,  being  so  constructed  as  to 
attract,  concentrate,  and  reflect  the  Auric  Cells  of  Thought, 
generated,  condensed,  and  discharged  from  the  Brain. 


190  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


99.  "Therefore  the  T/wug/it  of  JehoTah  ey.erci'r.e?,  Omm}^o- 
tent  and  Omniscient  Force  in  the  Universe,  giving  ahnighty 
Power  to  Him  to  perform  every  Work  that  is  possible  of 
execution,  according  to  the  Immutable  Laws  of  the  Square 
and  Circle,  which  govern  and  express  all  the  correlations  of 
Force  and  Matter,  and  the  principles  of  Motion  and  Energy 
in  the  Universe,  which,  in  combination,  produce  all  natural 
phenomena  in  the  Universe. 

100.  "And  these  Four  Living  Forms,  represent  the  Infinite 
Attributes  and  Functions  of  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  in 
Eternal  Energy,  in  the  generation,  reproduction,  evolution 
and  sustenance  of  His  Offspring,  proceeding  from  Him, 
eternallv,  in  the  embryonic  cellular  forms  of  primal  Light. 

loi.  "Likewise  the  Four  Living  Forms,  as  the  Organs  of 
the  Force  and  Energy  of  Jehovah,  possess  not  only  the 
Positive,  but  the  Negative  and  Reflex  Energy  of  Force  and 
Matter.  All  the  cellular  Vital  Elements,  as  they  pass  from 
the  Microcosms  of  the  Universe,  gravitate  back  to  the 
Centre,  through  the  same  Mediatorial  Agencies  by  which 
they  were  continuously  drafted  and  repelled  into  the  Uni- 
verse. And  the  Four  Living  Forms  are  the  Organs  of  the 
Father  and  of  the  Son,  which  receive  these  Cellular 
Elements  of  Vitality  in  their  return-waves  of  vibration 
from  the  Universe.  The  Cellular  Etheric  Elements  are 
thus  continuously  passing  forth  and  returning  to  and  from 
the  Person  of  Jehovah — the  Centre— in  the  performance  of 
their  functions  in  the  development  and  evolution  of  the 
Microcosms,  each  cell  itself  being  destined  ultimately  to 
evolve  into  a  Microcosm,  and  attain  to  the  Perfect  Micro- 
cosm in  the  fulness  of  Destiny, 

102.  "And  they  do  likewise  exercise  their  Mediatorial 
functions  in  eternally  and  continually  presenting  unto 
Jehovah  the  Auric  Thought  and  Desire  of  the  Universe, 
the  United  and  Spontaneous  Homage  and  Worship  of  all 
Beings,  Microcosms,  Organisms  and  Cells,  in  the  Universe, 
crying  day  and  night  ceaselessly  and  eternally  'Holy,  Holy, 


TIIK     LIFE     AND     DISCOUHSES    OK    JESUS.  I9I 


Holy,  Jehovah-Elohim,  the   All-Mighty,    Which  Is,  Which 
Was,  and  Which  Is  to  C.)ine.      Amen,  Amen.   Amen.' 

THE    LAMB,    THE   SON   OF  JEHOVAH,    IN    THE    AJlHSrOF 
THE   THRONE. 

10:;.  "And  also,  in  the  midst  of  tlie  Throne,  at  the  right 
hand  of  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  there  stands  another  Form, 
as  of  a  Lamb  that  liad  been  slain  in  the  shambles,  and  was 
in  readiness  to  be  di\ided  for  food. 

104.  "And  before  the  Throne,  and  below  where  stands 
the  Lamb,  there  stands  a  great  Altar,  of  I'lire  Gold, 
with  a  grating  of  Gold  upon  it.  And  upon  this  Altar  is  a 
Fire  of  Wood,  ever  burning  before  the  Throne.  And  upon 
this  Altar  doth  tiow  the  Blood  which  is  shed  continually 
from  the  veins  of  the  Lamb  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne,  and 
the  Blood  falleth  continuously  through  the  grating. 

lo^.  "And  tile  Lamb  is  sustained.eternally  in  life  by  the 
Vital  Elements  which  continually  flow^  from  Jehovah,  in 
the  Four  Living  Forms,  through  their  innumerable  Eyes; 
and  at  the  same  time,  the  Lamb  stands  as  it  had  been  stain, 
from  whose  wounds  tiow  unceasingly  upon  the  Altar  the 
Blood  of  His  Veins. 

106.  "And  now,  Beloved  Brethren,  let  me  unfold  unto 
vou  the  meaning  of  this  most  wonderful  of  all  the  .Symbol- 
ical Mysteries,  so  luridly  grievous,  and  so  inexplicable  by 
the  light  of  hinnan  imaginations.  Vea,  and  I  say  inito 
you  that  so  have  men  misconstrued  and  grossly  abused  this 
vSymbol,  that  the  very  mention  of  it  awakens  the  most 
hideous  thoughts  and  reminiscences  of  that  most  ghastly 
of  all  human  worship,  which  aft'e-:ts  to  celebrate  this 
mystical  Symbolism,  the  unholy  and  bestial  worship  of  Baal 
and  Ashtaroth. 

107.  "But  let  me  first  assure  you  that,  only  to  Human 
Sight  doth  this  Mystic  Form  represent  itself  as  a  ^/cvv////.^ 
Lamb.  Far  otherwise  is  this  most  glorious  (  f  all  Beings  in 
the    Divine    and   Celestial    Reality,    and    in    the    sense    and 


102  THE    lAl-E    AND    DISCOcKSES    OF    JESUS. 

consciousness  of  the  Universe,  except  in  this  part  of  it,  the 
E:irt  li-IManet. 

loS.  "-The  Lamb,  shiin  anci  bleeding,  is  in  reality 
the  fuini  (f  the  St)N  of  God.  Radiant  and  All-Cilorious, 
even  as  Jeh()va!i,  the  Father;  who,  by  eternal  Union 
with  and  Coninuini :>n  \n  the  Throne  of  Glory,  receiveth 
from  Jehovah,  in  His  Office  of  First  Mediator,  the 
Cellular  Flem-nts  of  Vitality,  which  is  the  Light  and 
Life  of  tlic  Universe — of  Angels,  of  vSpirits,  of  Men,  and 
of  iill  Organisms  and  Microcosms  in  the  L-niverse. 

109.  "And  from  the  Son  of  God  radiate  in  eternal 
emanation  the  Light-Cells  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah, 
from  each  of  the  Four  Natures  of  this  Most  Holy  Constitu- 
tion, generated  and  condensed,  first  in  the  Son,  and  then, 
diffused  into  the  next  Circle  of  Hierarchical  Mediators. 
The  Four  Living  Forms,  which  I  have  described,  being  the 
Media  which  correspond,  in  the  human  body,  to  the  Nervous 
System,  the  Spinal  Cord,  the  Flesh  Tissues,  and  the  Heart, 
and  wiiich  function  as  the  Nervous  System,  the  Spinal 
Cord,  the  Heart,  and  the  Flesh  of  Jehovah,  the  Giver,  and 
of  the  Son  of  Jehovah  as  the  Receiver,  of  the  Blood  or 
Vital  Elements  of  Jehovah. 

I  10.  "And  the  Golden  A/tar,  which  1  have  described  unto 
Vou,  representeth  the  Siured  2\ible  of  Jehovah,  upon  which 
the  Fatlier  and  the  Son  do  offer  the  Vital  Elements  of  their 
own  Body  and  Blood,  given  and  out-poured  in  an  Eternal 
Oblation  for  the  Life  and  Sustenance  of  the  LIni verse. 

III.  "It  is  the  Perpetual  and  Eternal  Feast  of  Jehovah- 
Elohim — Father,  Son,  and  Holv  Spirit — in  Eternal  Commu- 
nion with  all  tlie  Spirits  of  the  Microcosms  in  all  spheres  of 
existence,  in  all  stages  of  evolution,  and  in  all  the  Circles 
of  t  he  Universe. 

THE      rWENTV-FOlMi     1 1  I  K  KOFir  A  NTS     OF      rUK     ZODIACAL 
II  I  KM  A  HC HIES. 

1  i.i.  "And  around  the  Throne  and  the  Golden  Altar  are 
FouKAND-rwENTV  TiiKONES  of  Pure  Gold,  garnished  with 


THE    LIFE     z\ND     DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


193 


miny-coloured  precious  stones,  that  reflect  the  Glory  of  the 
Light  which  shitieth  from  the  Great  Crystal  Throne  of 
Jehovah  and  of  tiie  Lamb. 

113.  "And  upon  these  Thrones  are  Seated,  arrayed  in 
pure  white  linen,  Four-and-Twexty  Hieropiiants.  each 
wearing  the  I'hrctfold  Cnnou  or  Mitre  of  Gold ^  the  Insignia 
of  their  Sacred  Ot^ce.  And  in  the  hand  of  each  is  a  Golden 
Censer  ready  for  the  vSer\'ice  of  tlie  Altar,  at  which  at 
intervals  it  is  their  duty  to  minister. 

114.  "And  these  Fou ;-  ind-Twenty  Hierophants  form  the 
Second  Mediatorial  Circle  around  the  Throne  of  Jehovah  and 
the  Lamb. 

115.  "Unto  them  it  is  given  to  partake  mediatorially  of 
the  Sacred  Food  represented  in  the  Body  and  Blood  of  the 
Lamb,  />. ,  to  receive  into  their  Beings  the  Light  of  Life  which 
radiates  eternally  from  Jehovah,  the  All-Father,  through 
the  Prime  Mediation  of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  who  forever 
sitteth  on  the  Right  Hand  of  Jehovah,  in  the  Great  Crys- 
tal Throne  of  Glory. 

116.  "And  these  Four-and-Twenty  Hierophants  are  most 
ineiYable  and  glorious  in  their  radiance  and  glory,  reflect- 
ing and  radiating  the  Light  they  derive  from  the  Lamb 
upon  the  Throne,  filling  the  Universe  with  their  Luminance, 
unto  the  Mediatorial  Circles  that  immediately  follow  them 
in  the  Grand  Scheme  of  Mediation  which  sustains  the  Uni- 
verse. 

117.  "Now  these  Four-and-Twenty  Hierophants  are 
seated  upon  their  Thrones,  which  are  ranged  in  a  Perfect 
Circle  around  the  Throne  of  Jehovah,  on  which  are  seated 
Jehovah,  the  Father,  the  Lamb,  which  is  the  vSon  of 
Jehovah,  and  the  Four  Fixing  Forms,  which  are  the 
Spirit  of  Jehovah. 

118.  "And  this  Circle  representeth  the  Circle  of  the  Uni- 
verse ;  and  the  Universe  being  a  Macrocosm,  is  a  Circle 
composed  of  a  Square,  or  Four  Right  Angles,  which  are 
represented  in  the  Four  Natures  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  of 
all  Microcosms;   and  the  Four   Living   Forms  represent  the 


IC)4  '""K    LIFE    AND    DIfCOUUSES    OK    JESUS. 

Four  Natures   of   Jehovali,    the    Centre  of   the    Macrocosm. 

119.  "And  a  Circle  is  likewise  divided  into  Twelve 
Angles  of  Thirty  Degrees;  and  so  likewise  is  the  Macro- 
cosm, or  the  Universe,  divided  into  Twelve  Angles  of 
Thirtv  Degrees,  the  Sun  being  the  Cetitreof  the  Macrocosm, 
and  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  the  .Seat  of  the  Majesty  and 
Government  of  the  Universe,  and  of  the  Central  Hierar- 
chical Economv. 

120.  "Now  it  must  be  remembered  that  a  Microcosm 
hath  Four  Natures — Body,  Mind,  Soul,  and  Spirit ;  ;ind 
that  these  Four  Natures  are  also  divided  into  Two  Dual 
Natures,  integrated  and  indissolubly  joined  unto  one 
another,  but  still  distinct  from  one  another  in  their  individ- 
ual organisation. 

121.  "The  Body-Nature  and  the  Mind-Nature  are  called 
the  Body,  and  it  hath  a  substantial  exterior  structure 
which  functions  astlie  \chicles  of  Consciousness.  Thought, 
Alotion,  and  Volition  for  the  Bodv  and  the  Alind.  And 
the  Body-SlructU'-e,  with  its  two  intrinsic  nalurcs.  the 
Boilv-Nature  and  the  Mind-Nature,  is  a  Circle  with  Twelve 
Angles  of  Thirty  Degrees. 

122.  "The  Soul-Nature  and  t  he  .Spirit-Nature  are  called 
the  .Soi'L,  and  it  hath  a  substantial  exterior  structure  which 
functions  as  the  vehicle  of  Consciousness,  Thought,  Motion 
ami  \'olilion  for  tlie  Soul  and  the  Spirit.  And  the  Soul- 
.'^tructure,  with  its  two  intrinsic  natures,  the  Soul-Nature 
and  the  .Spirit-Nature,  is  a  Circle  with  Twelve  Angles  of 
Thirt}-  Degrees. 

I  2  :^.  "^\ui.l  o\  er  each  of  the  Angles  of  Thirtv  Degrees  into 
which  the  Macrocosm  in  the  first  instance,  and  all  the 
Microcosms  of  which  the  Macrocosm  consists,  are  divided, 
are  set  Two  Iliero[)liant  s — the  one  for  the  l>odv  and  the 
other  for  the  Soul.  And  these  Ilierophants  are  the,same 
Twenty-Four  Hierojihants,  who  are  the  .Seraphim,  seated 
on  their  se\eral    Thrones    around    the    Throne    of     |eho\ah. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  I95 


THE   SEVEN    I.ITMIXAKIES,  OR    SPIRITS  OF  J  E  1 1  OV  A  H  . 

12^.  "But  these  Twenty-Four  IlieioplKui ts  are  not  the 
next  immediate  Circle  of  Mediation  between  the  Tiirone 
ami  the  Universe.  Tliere  is  one  Inner  Intermediate  Circle 
oi"  the  Great  Hierophanls,  Seven  in  ninnber,  inchidiniij  the 
vSupreme  Hierophant,  who  is  the  Lamb  in  the  midst  of  the 
Throne,  The  Son  of  God,  in  His  ollice  of  Great  Hiero- 
phant of  the  Celestial    Circle    and    Centre    of  the  Universe. 

12:^.  "Now  ye  will  remember  that  I  said  unto  you  that  a 
Microcosm  consists  of  Seven  Natures,  \  i/,.,  tlie  Four  Natures 
(i)  Body,  (2)  Mind,  (3)  Soul,  and  (4)  Spirit;  the  Two 
vSubstantial  Structures  of  (5)  the  Body  and  (6)  the  Soul  ; 
and  (7)  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  which  is  the  Central  and  Basic 
Germ  of  the  vSpirit-Nature,  only  to  be  evolved  in  the  final 
sta<)e  of  Evolution,  through  natural  generation  in  the 
Family  of  jeiiovah. 

126.  "And  just  as  the  Lamb,  or  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  is 
the  JNIedium  of  the  Elements  of  Vitality  from  Jehovah, 
through  the  Spirit,  or  the  Four  Living  Forms,  so  the 
Seven  Great  Hierophants  are  the  Seven  Media  of  these 
Elements  of  Vitality,  after  thev  pour  from  the  Person  of 
the  Lamb,  or  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  upon  the  Golden  Altar, 
at  which  the  Twenty-Four  Hierophants  sit,  to  partake  of  the 
Sacred  Food  of  the  Body  and  Blood  of  the  Lamb,  or  the 
Life  poured  out  of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  the  Supreme 
Hierophant. 

127.  "The  Son  of  Jehovah,  or  the  Lamb,  is  the  Medi- 
ator unto  the  Seven  Great  Hierophants  of  the  Four  Natures 
of  the  Macrocosm  and  all  Microcosms,  for  their  generation, 
evolution,  and  sustenance  from  the  Father,  Jehovah,  through 
the  .Spirit,  the  Four  Living  Forms. 

128.  "The  Seven  Great  Hierophants,  or  Luminaries,  are 
the  Mediators  unto  the  Twenty-Four  Hierophants,  for  the 
generation,  evolution,  and  sustenance  of  the  Seven  Structures 
of  the  Macrocosm  and  tlie  Microcosms,  from  the  Father, 
through  the  Son,  and  by  the  Spirit,  or  the  Four  Living 
Forms. 


196  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

129.  ••The  Four  Liviiijr  Forms,  or  the  .Spirit,  function  as 
the  Nervous  System,  the  Spinal  Cord,  the  Heart,  and  the 
Flesh,  of  both  the  Father  and  the  Son,  there  proceeding 
from  both  the  Father  and  the  Son  the  Elements  of  Vitality 

i    for  the  sustenance  and  evolution  of  the  Macrocosm   and  the 
I    Microcosms. 

130.  "Tiuis  vou  will  perceive  that  the  Father,  Jehovah, 
the  Son  or  the  Lamb,  and  the  .Spirit,  or  the  Four  Living 
Forms,  are  One  in  integral  relations,  yet  distinct  Beings 
in  their  Individual  Forms.  This  is  the  True  Doctritie  of  the 
Trhiiiy,  of  which  1  shall  have  much  more  to  say  in  the 
course  of  my  future  Instructions. 

ly.  "The  Seven  Great  Hierophants  are  therefore  tlie 
.Seven  Mediators  between  Jehovah,  our  Father,  and  the 
Perfect  Macrocosm  and  the  Microcosms;  the  Son,  or  the 
Lamb,  being  the  Prime  Mediator. 

132.  "In  the  Great  Temple  of  Jehovali  there  stand 
immediately  before  the  Throne  Seven  Glorious  Ones,  who 
shine  as  Lmnitiaries  of  vast  Light-giving  power.  These 
Seven  Luminaries  are  the  Seven  Great  Hierophants.  who 
are  the  Seven  Spirits  of  Jehovah,  who  reign  over  the  Seven 
Planetary  Circles  of  the  Universe. 

133.  "They  are  the  Seven  Clierubim,  who  are  the 
immediate  Mediators  of  the  Elements  of  Vitality  from 
Jehovah  to  the  whole  L^ni verse,  in  their  respective  Plane- 
tary Circles. 

134.  "From  them  emanate  all  the  Force  and  Matter, 
Motive  and  Thought,  which  energises,  actuates,  inspires 
and  moves  the  whole  Universe,  every  part  of  the  Universe, 
and  all  Organisms  in  the  Universe,  according  to  the 
immutable  Laws  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  which  govern 
the  Universe. 

13^.  "(For  ye  will  see,  as  I  proceed  with  my  Instructions, 
how  that  there  is  nothing  done,  nothing  possible  to  be  done, 
nothing  to  suggest  such  a  possibility,  by  either  Jeiiovah,  or 
any    of    His    All-Miglity    Retinue,    which  is  contrary  to  the 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  ig'j 

Laws  of  Nature,    whicii    govern   all  Bodies    in  the  L^niverse 
to  its  ultimate  Centre,   even  Jehovah,  the  Father). 

136.  "Ye  will  remember  that  I  said  unto  you  that  the 
Four  Living  Forms,  functioning  as  the  Nerves,  the  Spinal 
Cord,  the  Heart,  and  the  Flesh  of  the  Father,  and  the  Son, 
exercise  certain  reflex  functions  in  restoring  unto  the  Father 
in  return-waves  the  Etheric  and  Cellular  Elements  of 
Vitality  whichoriginally  had  emanated  from  Him;  which 
return,  after  due  time,  again  and  again,  in  their  countless 
stages  of  .'Eonial  organic  evolution. 

137.  "As  is  the  Case  with  the  Four  Living  Forms  in  this 
respect,  so  is  it  the  case  with  the  Seven  Great  Hierophants 
and  the  Twenty-Four  Hierophants.  They  are  the  Media  of 
both  the  flux  and  reflux  of  the  Atomic  Cells  which  come 
and  go  to  and  from  the  Father;  alwavs  remembering  that, 
with  the  Seven  Great  Hierophants,  is  included  the  .Son 
Himself,  or  the  vSupreme  Hierophant,  or  the  Lamb. 

138.  "And  I  pointed  out  to  you  that  the  Four  Living 
Forms  cry  day  and  night,  voicing  and  expressing  the 
united  cry  of  all  the  Mediatorial  Hierarchies,  who  voice 
and  express  the  cry  of  the  Universe,  saying,  'Ifo/j,  HoIy\ 
Holy,  Jehorah-Eloliim,  the  All-Mighty  One,  Which  Is,  and 
Which   Was,  and  Which  Is  to  Come^     Amen,  Amen,  Amen.'' 

139.  "Likewise  the  same  function  of  adoration,  homage, 
and  worship  is  performed,  both  mediatorially,  and  for 
themselves,  by  the  Twenty-Four  Hierophants,  who  return 
antiphonal  response  to  this  cry,  falling  down  upon  their 
faces  and  casting  down  their  Golden  Crowns  before  the 
Throne,  crying  in  unison,    re-echoing  and   articulating   the 

{  cry  of  the  Universe  of  Microcosms  which  they  mediatorially 
represent,  saying:  'Thou  art  7uorthy,  O  Jehin'ah,  to  receive 
from  Thy  Great  Family  of  the  Universe,  Glory,  and  Motion r,  and 
Poiver  ;  for  from  Thee  do  all  created  Beings  spring,  of  Thee  are 
they  begotten,  and  nnto  Thee  do  they  return,  in  the  ev€r-Jio7ving 
Streams  of  life,  and  for  Thy  Most  Holy  Delight  are  they  created, 
which  people  the  Universe  with  the  Infinitude  of  Life  and  Being. 
Amen,  Amen,  Amen.' 


198  TIIK    I.IFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

140.  "And  as  they  perforin  tliis  Siicred  Olfi^e,  bearing 
the  Obhition  of  the  Universe  unto  the  Throne,  they  present 
likewise  their  Golden  Censers,  and  kindle  the  Pure  and 
S:icred  Incense  therein,  with  th^'  burning  coals  from  tiie 
Altar.  Wi)0S3  clouds  of  Odours  rise  up  into  the  nostrils  of 
Jehovah,  and  of  the  Cherubim  and  Sarap'.iiaa,  bearing  the 
OiTering  of  the  United  and  Spontaneous  Thought,  Prayer, 
and  Worship  of  the  Universe,  unto  the  Eternal  Father, 
Jehovah. 

141.  "I  have  but  a  few  words  m:)re  to  add.  Beloved 
Brethren,  as  the  conclusion  of  this  Discourse.  Ye  perceive 
by  the  description  I  have  given  you  of  the  Most  Sacred  and 
Glorious  Tetnple  of  Jehovah,  and  tlie  vSolemn  and  August 
Assemblage  of  the  Most  Worshipful  Orders  of  the  Celestial 
Hierarchies,  what  is  the  nature  of  the  vast  Mediatorial 
inter-relation  of  the  Universe.  I  have  given  you  a  picture 
of  the  function  of  the  Mediatorial  Office,  as  it  is  performed 
eternally  in  the  Centre  of  the  Universe,  and  as  it  proceeds 
in  the  Inner  Circles  which  immediately  surround  the 
Centre,  the  Throne  of  Jehovah. 

143.  "This  wondrous  Picture  of  the  Great  Realities 
eternally  proceeding  in  the  Heaven  of  Heavens,  amidst 
those  lofty  and  Most  Holy  Inner  Circles  of  Spiritual  Beings, 
executing  their  Offices  as  the  .Servants  of  Jehovah,  each  in 
His  Order  and  Sphere  of  x\uthority  and  Mediatorial  Func- 
tion, is  a  True  Picture  and  Representation  of  the  Centre  of 
^the  Universe,  and  a  Perfect  Portrayal  of  the  Laws  of  the 
Square  and  Circle,  as  ihey  operate  in  the  Centre  of  Centres 
of  the  Macrocostn. 

143.  "It  is  the  representation  of  the  Nature  of  the  Person 
of  Jehovaii,  of  tlio  Unity  of  the  Trinity,  and  of  the  Trinity 
of  the  Unity  of  the  Great  God  and  Fatlier,  of  the  Son,  and 
of  tile  Holy  Ghost,  integrally  O.ij  God,  but  Organicalh' 
Three  Gods;  One  Organism,  but  Three  Persons;  One 
Integral  Microcosm,  but  Three  Substantial  Microcosms; 
whose  substances  are  the  same  in  Nature  yet  are  not  the 
same  in  I'^orm  (even  as    the    substance    of  all  Microcosms  is 


THE     I.IFE     AND    DISCOl' KSKS    OK    JESUS.  19a 

the  sanie  in  Nature  witli  the  Substance  of  Jehovah,  but  not 
the  same  in   Form). 

144.  "It  is  the  representation  of  the  Nature  of  I  he  Seven 
Great  Hierophants  or  Luminaries  and  Fountains  of  the 
Light  of  Life',  in  integral  relation  with  the  Lamb  and  the 
Four  Living  Forms;  the  First  Vehicles  of  Diffusion  of  the 
Light  of  Life,  or  the  Elements  of  Vitality,  from  the  Son  of 
Jehovah,  into  the  Circles  of  the  Universe. 

145.  "It  is  the  representation  of  the  Nature  of  the 
Twenty-Four  Hierophants,  the  Gods  (Elohim)  of  the  Twelve 
Zodiacal  Angles  of  the  Universe,  in  their  Two  Cosmic 
Natures  of  Body  and  Soul ;  the  Second  Vehicles  of  Diffusion 
of  the  Light  of  Life,  or  the  Elements  of  Vitality,  from  the 
Son  of  Jehovah,  into  the  Circles  of  the  L^ni verse. 

146.  "It  is  the  representation  of  the  passage  of  the 
Embryos  of  all  Microcosms  from  the  Person  of  Jeho\  ah, 
into  the  Circles  of  the  Universe;  the  Beginning  of  their  ) 
predestined  career  of  yEonial  Progression,  Evolution,  and  j 
Development,  which,  in  the  Fulness  of  the  yEons  of  Des- 
tiny, will  terminate  in  the  Birth  and  Admission  of  the  Per- 
fect Microcosms  into  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  in  the  form 
of  the  Elohim,  or  Sons  of  Jehovah. 

147.  "Firstly  do  the  Embryos  pass  as  Light,  or  Germs 
of  Cellular  Life,  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  male  and 
female  Cells  of  Etheric  Light. 

148.  "Secondly,  entering  the  organisation  of  the  Four 
Living  Forms,  they  are  transmitted  through  them  into  the 
Brain-Structure  of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  represented  to 
the  world  in  the  form  of  the  Bleeding  Lamb,  slain  from  the 
foundation  of  this  present  corrupted  Earth. 

149.  "From  the  Person  of  the  Son  of  Jehovah  they  pass 
in  Vibrations  of  Light,  or  Etheric  Cellular  Matter  (Auric 
Force),  into  the  Persons  of  the  Seven  Great  Hierophants, 
or  the  Seven  Luminaries,  which  stand  before  the  Throne, 
to  reflect  and  transmit  the  Liglit  from  the  One  Central 
Luminary,  the  Son  of  Jehovah. 

150.  "The  Seven  Luminaries   then  complete  the  series  of 


200  THK    I.IFE    AND    DISCOUUSKS    OF    JESUS. 

the  Celestial  Mediatorial  Functions,  by  rcceivinj^  the  Light 
from  (he  S(Mi  of  Jehovah,  and  transmitting^  the  same  into 
the  Persons  of  ll)e  Twenlv-Foiir  Ilierophants,  who  rule 
over  l!;e  T\vel\e  ^Vni^los  of   the  l^ni\erse. 

1  =;  I .  "The  F(,ur  Living-  Forms  are  the  OrgVns  of  Trans- 
mission fi-oin  the  Father  to  the  Son,  and  from  the  Son  to 
the  Se\en  Great  Hierophanls,  anil  from  the  Seven  (ireat 
Plierophanls  to  the  rwentyT'our  Ilierophants;  and  from 
the  Twenty-Four  IFero[:)hanls  to  tlie  next  Mediatorial 
Hierarcliy,  and  from  them  lo  the  next  in  order;  and  so  do 
they  proceed,  through  all  the  Systems  of  Circles,  and 
through  all  the  Circles  and  vSpheres,  Cells.  Bodies,  Micro- 
cosms and  Organisms,  of  the  entire  Macrocosm. 

152.  '"The  Four  Living  Forms  are  the  Spirit  of  Jeho\ah, 
and  of  the  Universe:  the  Et^jient  Cause,  Energ}',  and 
Force  of  all  Beiigs;  the  \'ehicle  of  the  Vitality,  Motive, 
Thought,  and  Energy;  of  all  the  (jenerative,  Reproductive, 
Evoluiional,  and  Sensitive  ( )rganisation  and  Force  in  the 
•Universe,  by  which  the  All-Pervading,  Omnipotent,  Omni- 
present, and  Omniscient  Life  of  Jehovah  is  conveyed  to  all 
the  Universe. 

ic;^.  "They  are  the  Four  Vehicles  (^f  the  Nature-Elements 
of  the  Four  Natures  of  the  Macrocosm  and  of  the  Micro- 
cosms ;  the  Organs  of  conveyance  of  all  the  Elemental  Cells 
which  form  the  Basis  of  the  Thought,  Will.  Motion, 
Energy,  Force,  and  Matter  in  (he  Universe. 

1^4.  "•Therefore  do  the  Four  Living  Forms  represent  the 
Holy  vS[)irit,  which  is  the  (xenerating,  Re-Cjenerating, 
Vitalising,  ami  Illuminating  Person  of  the  Triune  Godhead, 
through  whom  the  Life  of  Jehovah  is  reproduced  in  all  Flis 
Creatin-es  and  Offspring,  and  through  whom  the  Life  of 
Jehovah  returns  unto  Jehovah  in  the  Fulness  of  the  ,'Eonial 
Periods  of  Destinv,  which  we  call  'Time.' 

155.  "We  worshi[)  Jehovah,  in  the  Four  Liviiii!;  Fonns, 
because  they  are  that  P;irt  of  (he  Personality  of  Jehovah 
Triune,    which    is    (o    us    the    means    of   our   Oneness    with 


THE    LIP'E    AND    DISCJUHSES    OF    JESUS.  20I 

Jehovali.  and  oF  all  Communion  and  Consciousness  of 
Integration  with  the  Uni\erse. 

156.  "Through  the  Four  Living  Forms  the  Elemental 
Cells  of  Vitality,  of  Construction,  and  of  Thought,  pass 
from  the  Person  of  the  Father,  and  ot  the  vSon,  and  are  the 
Basis  of  Structure,  Cohesion,  Life  and  Motion  in  all 
Microcosms. 

1^7.  ''The  Lamb,  or  the  Son  of  God,  is  the  Fikst 
Medium  of  the  Father,  being  One  with  the  Father  in  the 
Triune  Godhead.  He  is  the  Cosmic  and  Organic  Prototype 
of  the  Macroct)sm  and  Microcosms,  being  the  express 
Image  and  Likeness  of  the  Father,  the  Luminance  of  the 
Father  concentrating  in  Him,  He  is  the  Supreme  Luminary 
and  Nexus  of  Light-Force  and  Elemental  Life. 

158.  "By  the  concentration  of  the  Light  emanating  from 
the  Father,  He  is  the  First  and  Central  Magnet  and 
Dynamo  of  concentrated  Force  and  Vitality,  by  which  the 
whole  Universe  is  held  together  by  the  irresistible  Force  of 
Attraction  generated  in  His  Person. 

1:^9.  "From  Him  emanate  the  Celhilar  Elements  of  Life, 
which  constitute  the  Embryos  of  all  Living  Things,  organic 
and  inorganic,  that  afterwards  pass  into  the  Universe, 
through  innumerable  Mediatorial  Channels  and  Media,  and 
pass  through  the  continuous  course  of  Gonial  Evolution  in 
the  creation  of  the  Sons  of  Jehovah  which  shall,  in  the  Ful- 
ness of  Destiny,  enter  into  Glor}-. 

160.  "Himself  a  vSon  of  Jehovah,  we  worship  Him  as 
our  Elder  Brother ;  as  the  vSupreme  Heir  Ind  Ruler  of  all 
Things,  under  the  Father,  we  worship  Him  as  our  King;  as 
the  First  Mediator  of  the  Light  of  Life,  the  creating,  sus- 
taining, reproducing  and  generating  Energy  of  Life, 
Motion,  and  Thought,  of  all  Organisms",  we  worship  Him 
as  our  Supreme  Hierophant  or  Priest ;  as  the  First  Communi- 
cator of  the  Thought  of  Jehovah,  the  Administrator  of  His 
Laws,  and  the  Bearer  of  His  Will  to  the  Universe,  we 
worship  Him  as  our  Supreme  Prophet ;  and,  to  us  in  this 
present  corrupt  and  evil  Earth,    as    the   Bleeding    Lamb,    we 


202  I  UK     I.llK     AM)     niSCOlKSHS    OK    JESIS. 

worship  Ilim  as  f>//r   Rciiemr   an  I  Sdrioiir   from  Sin,  Evil, 
and  C(^rruption. 

i6i.  "''riie  vScven  Luminaries,  or  (Jrcal  llierophanfs,  of 
whom  One  is  tlie  Son  ok  jkiiovah,  are  t!ie  Srcond  Media 
of  the  Father,  receiving  and  transmilting  from  the  Son  the 
Li^ht  of  Life,  or  the  Ci'lhilar  l'>lemenls  of  Vitality  which 
are  the  Embrvos  of  all  li\  inL!,-  ihinj^s,  organic  ami  inorganic, 
in  tlie  Universe. 

162.  "Thev  are  indenl  as  are  the  Four  Living  Forms  in 
their  particular  Functions  as  Receivers  and  Transmitters  of 
Light,  being  the  \'ehicles,of  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  or  the 
Etheric  Force  and  Matter  which  pass  through  the  Four 
Living  Forms  to  the  Son.  in  like  manner  as  the  Cells  pass 
through  the  Flesh,  the  Blood,  the  Spinal  Cortl,  and  the 
Nervous  Svstem  of  a  man  to  his  Brain. 

163.  "Therefore  the  Seven  Luminaries  are  the  same 
Spirit  of  Jehovah  in  Sevenfold  Personality  and  Form;  they 
are  the  Seven  Spirits  of  Jehovah,  and  are  tiie  Vehicles  of 
the  Elemental  Cells  of  the  vSeven  Structures  of  the  Being  of 
Jehovah  and  of  the  v^on,  and  the  Transmitters  of  the 
Elemental  Cells  whicii  constitute  the  organisation  of 
the  Seven  Structures  of  the  Macrocosm  and  of  the 
Microcosms. 

164.  "Likewise  are  they  the  Receivers  and  Transmitters 
of  all  the  Thought,  Will,  Motion,  and  Energv  of  the  P'ather 
and  the  Son,  from  the  Seven  Structures  of  the  Father  and 
the  Son,  unto  the  S.-ven  Structures  of  the  Macrocosm,  and 
of  all   Microcosms. 

16^.  "The  S.'ven  Spirits  of  Jehovai)  are  the  Seven 
Sources  of  all  the  Wisdom,  Knowledge,  Power,  Strength, 
Holiness,  Likeness  to  Jehovah,  and  Obedience  to  Ilim  and 
to  the  Laws  of  tiie  I'niverse.  in  the  Seven  Structures  of  our 
own  Nature. 

166.  "We  worship  them  as  the  Vehicles  of  the  F'lesh, 
the  Blood,  antl  the  Bones  of  the  Father,  and  the  Son,  which 
are  the  Elemental  Basis  of  our  Phvsical,   Mental.  Psvchical, 


THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  2O3 


and  Spiritual  Structure,  and  of  the  .Structures  of  our  Seven- 


fold Constitution.  ^ 

167.  "We  worship  the  Seven  Luminaries,  or  Spirits  of 
Jehovah,  for  that  they  are  the  Seven  Great  Hierophants  that 
rule  over  the  .Seven  Planetary  Circles.  And  as  there  are  .Seven 
Stars  standing  above  these  Seven  .Spirits,  in  the  Temple  of 
Jehovah,  set  in  the  Crystal  Dome,  each  Star  a  precious 
stone  of  a  different  colour,  and  shining  with  the  brilliance 
of  its  own  specific  hue,  so  we  worship  these  Seven  Spir- 
its or  Luminaries  as  being  the  Heads  and  Mediatorial 
Hierophants  of  the  S^ven  Tlanetary  Circles,  in  which  the  ) 
Stars  (which  are  the  Planetary  Abodes  of  Developing  Souls  ) 
in  their  Course  of  Evolution),  revolve  in  regular  orbital 
motion  round  the  Solar  Orl).  or   the  Celestial  Sphere. 

168.  "The  Twenty-Four  Hierophants,  seated  on  their 
Golden  Thrones,  clothei  in  white  linen  Vestments,  with 
Golden  Mitres  upon  their  heads,  which,  in  solemn  Assembly, 
casting  their  Golden  Mitres  upon  the  ground,  fall  upon 
their  faces  before  the  Throne  of  Jeiiovah,  and  respond  in 
Holy  Adoration  and  Worship  to  the  Song  of  the  Four  Liv- 
ing Forms,  which  voice  the  Worship  of  the  .Son  of  Jehovah, 
the  Seven  Spirits,  and  the  Whole  Universe,  in  the  sacred 
words  of  the  Tris-Agion ;  they  are  the  Third  Media 
betweenjehovah,  the  Father,  and  the  Universe,  in  all  the 
intermediarv  Mediatorial  Circles  of  Hierarchies,  which  medi- 
ate for  all  orders  of  Microcosms,  in  all  spheres  of  Life  and 
Being  in  the  Universe. 

169.  "As  the  Four  Living  Forms  represent,  symbolise 
and  mediate  as  the  Four  Natures  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  of  ) 
all  Microcosms,  integrated  in  One  Person,  the  Person  of  ; 
the  Son  of  Tehovafi,  and  as  the  .Seven  Luminaries  repre-  ) 
sent,  and  symbolise,  and  mediate  as  the  Seven  .Structures  > 
of  the  Microcosm,  integrated  in  the  Person  of  the  Son  of 
Jehovah,  and  which  form  the  Sevenfold  Constitution  of 
the  Macrocosm,  and  of  all  Microcosms: 

170.  ".So  the  Twenty-Four    Hierophants  represent,  sym- 
bolise, and  mediate  as  the  Twelve  Angles  of  the  Macrocosm, 


204  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

in  the  Body  and  in  llic  Soul  of  the  Dual  Nature  of  the  Macro- 
cosm and  all  ]Microc()sms,  which  Twelve  Angles  are  marked 
in  the  Universe  by  the  Twelve  Signs  of  the  Zodiac  ^'-awA.  in  the 
constitution  of  the  Microcosm  by  the  Tivelve  Main  Parts  or 
Sections  of  the  Structures  of  the  Sevenfold  Nature  of  the 
Microcosm. 

171.  "From  the  Twenty-Four  Hieropiiants  emanate  those 
forms  of  Cellular  I'orce  and  Matter  which  constitute  the 
basis  of  the  structure  of  each  several  part  of  the  Twelve- 
fold Constitution  of  all  Organisms.  Each  Ilierophant 
rulelh  over  his  Hierarchy  that  governeth  the  Angle  of  the 
Macrocosm  marked  by  its  particular  Sign  in  the  Zodiac, 
and  transmilteth  in  regular  succession  and  in  spontaneous 
procession,  from  his  Person,  and  from  the  Persons  of  the 
Hierarchical  Eloliim  in  his  jurisdiction,  the  Cellular  Ele- 
ments of  Etheric  Light  of  Life,  which  is  the  creative, 
generative,  and  reproductive  substance  of  the  organisms 
belonging  to  the  particular  part  of  the  Microcosm,  formed 
in  that  Angle  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  disseminated  through- 
out the  Constellatory  Solar  System  in  that  Sign  of  the 
Zodiac,  in  the  course  of  the  revolution  of  the  Constellatory 
Suns  round  the  Central  and  Celestial  Solar  Orb. 

172.  "And  the  whole  series  of  Constellatory  Suns,  gov- 
erned and  sustained  in  cosmic  cohesion,  order,  and  correla- 
tion, revolve  round  the  Central  Celestial  .Sun,  once  in  every 
year  of  360  days,  and  thus,  for  one  month  of  30  days, 
remaineth  under  the  Mediatorial  InHuence  and  Authority 
of  the  Hierophants  who  rule  over  each  particular  Angle  of 
the  Macrocosm,  marked  by    its    special  Sign  of  the  Zodiac. 

173.  "And  these  Hierophants  are  Two  in  each  Angle  of 
the  Macrocosm,  one  answering  to  the  Body-Structure,  and 
the  other  unto  the  Soul-Structure  of  the  vSevenfold  Natin-e 
of  the  Macrocosm,  and  of  the  Microcosms. 

174.  "And  these  Twenty-Foiu"  Hierophants  are  these 
same  Hierophants  which  are  the  Rulers  of  the  Twelve 
Angles  of  the  Macrocosm  under  their  respective  Signs  of  the 
Zodiac.      And  as  the  Bodv  and  the  Soul  are  One  Microcosm 


THE     LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS. 


in  Duality,  being  Male  and  Female,  likewise  are  these 
Twenty-Four  Hierophants  Male  and  Female,  forming  One 
Microcosm  in  Duality;  the  vSoul  being  the  Male  and  the 
Body  the  Female,  as  it  is  in  all  Microcosms,  and  in  the 
Macrocosm;  all  are  One  Microcosm,  and  One  Macrocosm, 
Male  and  Female. 

175.  "In  what  I  have  said  unto  you,  Beloved  Brethren, 
in  this  Discourse,  you  will  have  perceived,  in  a  general 
perspective,  the  Great  Principle  that  underlies  the  whole 
Cosmogony  of  the  Universe,  which  is  the  Basis  of  all  Life, 
Motion,  Thought,  and  Energy  in  the  Universe;  the  Basis 
of  every  Law  that  governs  Force  and  Matter,  the  Law  of 
Generation,  of  Reproduction,  of  Evolution,  of  Thought,  of 
Sensation,  of  Growth,  of  Life,  and  of  Death. 

176.  "And  this  Principle  is  the  Fundamentai.  Law  of 
Mediation,  a  Mystery  of  Mysteries,  which  is  the  Explana- 
tion and  Efficient  Cause  of  all  Phenomena  in  the  l/niTerse. 

177.  'Tn  further  Discourses  I  shall  take  up  this  same  sub- 
ject and  open  unto  your  understanding  the  working-out  of 
this  Law,  in  its  relation  to  the  various  forms  in  which  this 
Law  op-rates  in  the  Universe;  and  particularly  in  that 
Central  Relationship  in  which  I  stand  to  the  Universe,  as 
the  First  Mediator  between  Jehovah  and  the  Universe,  and 
as  relating  to  this  world,  as  the  Lamb,  slain  from  its  founda- 
tion as  a  corrupt  and  darkened  Planet. 

178.  "Ye  will  see,  in  all  its  fulness,  what  is  the  Truth 
concerning  Mediation  and  Redemption,  which,  in  my  Office 
of  Redeemer,  and  in  the  Symbolical  representation  of  the 
Bleeding  Lamb,  broken  upon  the  Altar,  and  whose  Blood 
and  Flesh,  eaten  and  partaken,  are  the  Life  and  vSalvation 
of  Humanity,  will  reveal  unto  you  the  most  sacred  meaning 
of  my  Incarnation,  my  Passion,  my  Death,  my  Burial,  my 
Resurrection  and  Ascension  ;  all  of  which  are  necessary  and 
essential  Acts,  or  Features,  of  my  Incarnation,  and  the 
several  parts  which  I  must  play  in  the  Drama  of  Human 
Deliverance  and  Redemption. 

179.  "By  Mine  Own  Will,  and  with  a  full  knowledge  of 


2o6 


THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


the  severe  Penalty  1  must  pay,  the  iSiifferings  I  imist  endure, 
I  have  come  into  the  Earth,  as  a  Man,  in  Man's  P'allen 
Nature,  that  I  may  restore  this  unhappy  Pkmet  and  its 
unhappy  occupants,  unto  the  phice  which  it  hath  hjst  owing- 
to  the  Fall." 

iSo.  And  having  concluded  His  Discourse,  Jesus,  rais- 
ing hoth  His  hands  unto  Heaven,  pronounced  the  Benedic- 
tion upon  His  Disciples,  and  dismissed  them  to  Pray  and 
Meditate  upon  His  Words  until  the  morrow. 


CHAPTER  \l. 

thk   mystery  of  the  tki-une  godhead. 

Part  1.      jehovah  the   aee-parext,  and  central  ale- 
creating  MICROCOSM. 

1.  "Beloved  Brethren,  in  niy  last  Discoiii-se  I  opened 
unto  you  the  Great  Mystery  of  tlie  Square  and  Circle, 
known  as  the  I^aw  of  Mediation.  In  that  Mystery  are 
involved  all  the  Mysteries  of  the  Square  and  Circle  :  it 
is  the  Central  Mystery  of  Mysteries,  around  which  all  the 
Mysteries  of  the  Universe  revolve. 

2.  "Every-  Law  of  the  Universe,  every  Law  of  Nature, 
which  governs  the  phenomena  of  Nature,  in  all  planes  of 
Life  and  Energy,  in  all  Circles  of  the  L^niverse,  and  in  all 
vSpheres  of  Existence ;  every  Law  that  explains  and  con- 
trols the  movements  of  all  the  Bodies — Cells,  Microcosms, 
and  Organisms — contained  in  the  LTniverse,  or  the  Macro- 
cosm ;  finds  its  Cause  and  Origin  in  this  Ultimate  and 
Basic  Law  of  Mediation, 

3.  "Even  as  the  Person  of  }eho\ah,  the  Father,  is  the 
Central  Fount  and  Source  of  Life,  Energy,  Force  and 
Matter,  which  constitute  the  Structure,  Life,  Energy,  and 
Thought  of  the  Universe  :  so  the  Law  of  Mediation  is  the 
Central  Principle  of  the  same  in  all  the  innumerable 
phases,  planes,  and  circles  of  the  Lhiiverse. 

4.  "Ye  hearkened  unto  me  in  my  description  of  the  (jreat 
Temple  of  Jehoyah,  and  of  the   various  Orders    of   Media- 

}  torial  Beings  and  Olflces,  which  function  in  the  Centre  of 
the  Universe,  in  the  immediate  presence  of  the  Father. 
And  I  know  that  ye  went  away  from  my  presence  wrapt 
in  deepest  contemplation  and  wonder  at  the  immensity  of 
the  Truth  which  ye  had  hearkened  to. 

c^.   "It    is    now    my    task    to    unfold     unto     your   mind's 
understanding    certain     further     Instructions,     particularly      \ 
concerning    that    next    (jreat    Mystery    evolving    from    this     ) 


2o8  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Central  Mystery  of  Mediation,  viz..  The  Mystery  of  the 
Tiu-Une  Godhead. 

6.  "At  startinj^.  let  me  remind  you  of  tiie  great  essential 
fact  of  the  Macrocosm,  that  the  Macrocosm  is  not  a  divisible 
Ori^anisin ;  that  the  Whole  is  precisely  the  same,  in  indivis- 
ible and  indissoluble  Unity,  in  constitution,  in  organisation, 
and  in  Nature,  as  its  Parts.  Every  Microcosm,  from  the 
Cell-Atom  of  Etheric  Substance,  to  the  Central  Person  of 
Jehovah,  is  i/itegra/ly  One  Entity;  that,  in  true  scientifc 
perspective,  there  is  only  One  Entity — the  Macrocosm — 
of  which  Jehovah  is  the  Centre  ;  and  Jehovah  is  the 
Macrocosm. 

7.  "For  what  is  every  Cell,  Organism,  and  Microcosm, 
but  Elohim  in  Embryo,  Elohim  in  evohition,  or  Elohim  in 
perfection?  And  what  are  Elohim,  but  Jehoxah  in 
Differentiation?  And  what  is  Jehovah,  hnX.  the  Macrocosm 
in  Centralisation? 

8.  "As  in  the  Plasmic  Cell  is  contained  the  full-grown 
Man  in  Embrvo  :  so  in  the  Etheric  Cell,  and  in  all  stages 
and  forms  of  the  Evolutional  Microcosm,  is  containeil  the 
full-grown  Elohe,  in  Embryo,  or  in   evolutional   ascent. 

9.  "Therefore  I  say  that  Jehovah-Elohim  are  the  Macro- 
cosm :  and  the  Macrocosm  is  the  Body  of  Jehovah,  the 
functioning  organisation  of  the  Mind  of  Jehovah. 

10.  "Let  me  now  proceed  to  elucitlate  the  Truth,  and  to 
draw  out  in  outline  the  fundamental  principles  which  this 
Truth  illustrates,  which  are  the  Basis  of  the  Unity,  Soli- 
darity, and  Coherence  of  the  Macrocosm,  as  the  Expression, 
the  Form,  and  Organic  Body  of  Jehovah,  the  Tri-Une  God. 

11.  "This  is  that  Truth  which  is  symbolised  in  the 
spectacle  of  the  (ireat  Crystal  Throne,  and  of  the  three 
classes  K'>'i  Forms  seated  thereon.  These  three  Forms,  in  the 
(Treat  Crv.^tal  Throne,  represent  the  Tri-Une  God,  the 
Central  Person  ot  the  Universe. 

12.  "First,  tiiere  is  seen  upon  the  Throne  the  Form  of 
the  Father,  Jeliovah,  clothed  ami  \eile(l  in  the  (jlory  of  His 
Ineffable    Light,    whose   Light-Ravs  of  ln\isible    Life-Cells 


)  IHE    I.IFK    AND    DISCOURSKS    OF    JESUS.  209 

\ 

pour  forth  in  Eternal  Procession,  and  are  the  Basis  and 
Embryonic  Form  of  all  that  creates  the  Structure  and 
Vitality  of  the  Universe,  and  of  all  Microcosms — the  Vital 
Essence  and  vSubstance  of  the  Macrocosm,  or  the  Eternal 
Force  and  the  Eternal  Matter,  of  which  the  Macrocosm 
consists,  and  the  Embr3-os  of  all  evolving  Microcosms. 

13.  "Second,  there  is  seen  the  Form  of  the  Son  of  JehoTcih^ 
the  Christ,  or  the  Anointed  Mediator  between  Jehovah  and 
the  Macrocosm.  The  same  appeareth,  in  human  vision,  from 
the  time  of  the  foundation  of  the  present  evil  world  of 
Matter,  in  the  Form  of  the  Bleeding  Lamb — the  significance 
of  which  manifestation  of  the  Supreme  Mediator  1  shall,  in 
due  course,  elucidate  in  my  Discourse  on  the  Mystery  of  the 
Bleeding  Lamb  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent.  I  am  dealing, 
for  the  present,  only  with  the  Mysteries  of  tlie   Square  and 

;     Circle. 

\  14.    "Third,  the  Forms  of  the  Four  Lrriitg  Creatures,  with 

Six  Wings,  and  with  Eyes  within  and  without.  The  same 
represent  the  Four  Natures  of  Jehovah  the  Father,  and  of 
all  Microcosms  which  proceed  from  the  Father  and  the  Son, 
Also  are  they  the  representation  of  the  agencies  through 
which  the  Spirit  of  fe/iova/i^  or  the  Elements  of  Vitality,  of 
Eternal  Force  and  Matter,  emanate  from  the  Father  and  the 
Son,  viz.,  the  Flesh,  the  Spinal  Cord,  the  Nervous  System 
and  the  Brain  of  the  Father  and  the  Son,  and  of  the  Macro- 
cosm as  a  whole  Organism. 

<  15,    "In    these    three    Representations    are    presented    t/ie 

Idea  of  the  Tri-  Unity  of  the  Godhead,  or  Father^  Son,  and  Spirit,- 
the  Three  Personal  Forms,  in  Unity  of  vSubstance  and 
Organisation,  ever  present   upon  the  Throne  of  Jehovah. 

16.  "These  Three  Persons  of  the  Divine  Being  are  the 
Innermost  Centre  ofthe  Universe ;  the  Centre  of  the  Whole 
Infinite  Sum  of  Persons,  which  form  the  Macrocosm,  or  the 
Body  of  the  Universe;  the  Centre  of  that  vast  and 
immeasurable  expanse  of  Space,  which  is  not  emptiness  (as 
the  ignorant  imagine)  but  is  instinct  with  Life,  that  is, 
of  moving  Energy  and  cohering  Substance;    pulsating  and 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


vibrating  eternally  from  the  eternal  Activity  and  Vitality 
of  the  Centre,  and  cohering'  in  the  illimitable  expanse  of 
Space,  by  the  attractive  Force  of  Ether,  the  embrvonic 
atomic  cellular  substance  which  is  the  Basis  of  all  forms  of 
living  Organisation. 

17.  "Thus,  Beloved  Brethren,  ye  perceive  tlie  Figure  of 
the  Macrocosm,  as  it  unfolds  from  the  Centre,  in  the  Figure 
of  a  Circle.  The  Four  Figures  representing  the  Spirit  of 
Jehovah  are,  in  literal  fact,  the  Four  Natures  of  Jeho\ah, 
and  the  Four  Natures  of  the  Macrocosm  :  Father,  Son.  and 
Spirit,  and  the  Four  Right  Angles  of  the  Square  of  the 
Circle  of  Jehovah,  the  Centre  of  the  Macrocosm, 

18.  "The  Father  hath  Four  Natures,  the  Son  bath  Four 
Natures,  the  Spirit  hath  Four  Natures,  the  Macrocosm  hath 
Four  Natures,  and  the  Microcosms  have  Four  Natures. 
All  are  Circles,  having  all  the  vSquare,  and  Four  Right- 
Angles. 

19.  "The  Four  Natures  are  the  Four 
Right-Angles  which  form  the  Figure  of  a 
Circle,  the  Circle  of  the  Father,  the  Circle 
of  the  Son,  tlie  Circle  of  the  Spirit,  the 
Circle  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  the  Circles 
of  the  Microcosms. 

20.  "The  Four  Living  Forms  represent  the  Eternal  Ema- 
nation, or  Procession,  of  the  Elements  of  Vitality — the 
Cellular  Atoms  of  Embryonic  Life — in  the  appearance  and 
consistency  of  the  Light-Rays,  the  Light  of  Life,  from  the 
Four  Angles  of  the  Square  of  the  Circle  of  the  Father, 
Jehovah,  and  froin  the  Four  Angles  of  the  Square  ot  the 
Circle  of  the  Son,  th<.'  First  Mediator  of  the  Light  of  Life 
from  the  Father. 

21.  "The  Light-Rays  are  mediated  from  the  Father  to 
the  vSon,  and  from  the  Son  they  are  mediated  to  the  Second 
Circle  of  Celestial  Mediation,  and  from  that  Circle  they  are 
mediated  to  the  Third  Circle  .of  Celestial  Mediation,  and 
thus  doth  the  Procession,  or  Mediation,  of  the  Spirit  con- 
tinue   into   the    Seven    Circles  of    the   Macrocosm,   and,    bv 


THE     I.IKE     AND    DISCCHTRSES    OK    JESl'S. 


thein,  into  the  whole  sum  of  Etheric  and    poiulerable    Enti- 
ties, or  Microcosms,  unto  infinity. 

22.  "Ve  have  seen  also  the  representation  of  the  Second 
and  Third  Circles  of  Mediation  in  the  Celestial  Centre,  by 
which  the  Light  of  Life  proceeds  into  the  outer  Circles  of 
the  Macrocosm. 

23.  "The  Second  Circle,  into  which  proceeds  the  Light 
of  Life  from  the  Person  of  the  Son,  the  First  and  Supreme 
Mediator,  is  the  Circle  of  the  .Seven  Luminaries,  or  the 
vSeven  vSupreme  Hierarchies  of  Elohim  under  the  Hiero- 
phantship  of  the  Seven  Great  Hierophants  of  the  Universe, 
who  rule  over  the  vSeven  Circles  of  the  Universe,  and  are 
the  Highest  Mediators  of  the  Elements  of  Vitality  from  the 
Throne  unto  the  ALicrocosm. 

24.  "These  Seven  Luminaries,  which  are  the  Seven 
Great  Hierophants,  occupy  Thrones  of  Glory  in  a  Circle 
immediately  surrounding  the  Throne  of  Jehovah,  and,  in 
Holy  Convocation,  they  stand  before  the  Throne  as  the  First 
Receivers  and  Bestowers  of  the  Light  of  Jehovah  from  the 
Son  of  Jehovah,  through  the  Spirits  who  are  with  Jehovah, 
on  the  Central  Throne  of  Glory,  the  Crystal  Throne  of 
Jehovah,  Father,  Son,  and  Spirit. 

25.  "And  ye  will  remember  that  I  said  unto  you  that,  as 
the  constitution  of  Jehovah,  Father,  Son,  and  Spirit;  of  the 
Macrocosm,  and  of  all  Microcosms ;  besides  being  Four- 
Fold,  are  also  Dual ;  and  each  of  the  Two  Natures  consists 
of  Two  of  the  Four  Natures,  being  each  enveloped  in  a 
distinct  substantial  Body;  and  also  I  said,  that  the  tSpirit 
of  a  Microcosm  contained  in  it  the  Germ  of  the  Spirit  of 
Elohe,  which  would  evolve  in  the  ultimate  and  final  devel- 
opment of  the  Microcosm  into  the  Elohistic  state.  Therefore, 
ye  will  remember  that  I  said  that  the  constitution  of  a 
Microcosm  was  Seven-Fold,  consistintf  of  Body-Structure, 
Mind-Structure,  Soul-Structure,  Spirit-.Struct-ure,  the  Astral 
or  Psychical  Body,  the  Physical  or  External  Body,  and  the 
Germ-Spirit  of  Elohe. 

26.  "And    these    Seven    Natures    of    the    Dual-C^uatrad, 


213  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

constituting  all  the  Microcosms,  are  represented  by  these 
Seven  Luminaries,  and  each  under  the  Special  Supreme 
Hierophantship  and  Mediatorial  Functions  of  the  Seven 
Great  Ilierophants. 

27.  "The  Seven  Great  Ilierophants  are  the  Primary  Indi- 
vidual Fountains  of  the  Light  of  Life,  or  the  Specific  and 
Basic  Elements  of  Vitality,  which  proceed  from  the  Seven 
Structures  of  the  Dual-Q,iiatrad  of  Jehovah  through  the  Son, 
in  the  vSpirit. 

28.  "I  also  said  unto  you  that  the  constitution  of  the 
Macrocosm,  and  of  all  Microcosms,  also  consisted  of  Twelve 
Parts,  or  Sections,  which  correspond  to  one  another  in  each 
of  the  Four  Natures,  and  of  the  vSeven  Structures  of  the 
Microcosms  and  Macrocosm. 

29.  ''And  in  the  Dual  Constitution  of  the  Macrocosm 
there  are  Twelve  Angles  of  the  Circle,  as  also  in  the  Dual 
constitution  of  the  Microcosms,  which  correspond  to  the 
Body  and  the  Soul. 

30.  "And  round  the  Throne  of  Jehovah,  beyond  the 
Circle  of  the  Seven  Luminaries,  there  are  Twenty-Four 
Thrones,  on  which  are  seated  Twenty-Four  Hierophants. 
And  these  Twenty-Four  Hierophants  are  the  Rulers  of  the 
Celestial  Hierarchies  which  mediate  the  Light  of  Life  of 
Jehovah,  Father,  Son,  and  Spirit,  into  the  Seven  Outer 
Circle's  of  the  Macrocosm. 

31.  "These  Twenty-Four  Hierophants  exercise  rule  over 
the  Twelve  Angles  of  the  Square  of  the  Circle  of  the 
Macrocosm,  and  are  the  Mediators  of  the  Twelve  Parts,  or 
Sections,  of  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  the  Father,  through 
the  Mediatorial  agency  of  the  Seven  Luminaries,  the  Son  of 
Jehovah,  and   the  vSpirit  of  Jehovah. 

32.  "Before  proceeding  further  in  the  elucidation  of  the 
Mystery  of  the  Tri-One  (jodhead,  let  me  first  assure  myself 
of  your  perfect  apprehension  of   the  Mystery  of  Mediation, 

^  so  far  as  I  iiave  yet  gone,  in  its  unfoldment — that  Mystery 
of  Mysteries  which  lies  at  the  Centre  of  all  the  Mysteries  of 
Cosmogonv,  which  are  involved  in  the  Great  vSum  of  Truth 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  213 

of  the  Square  and  Circle,  in  which  ye  are  seeking  Initiation. 

33.  "First,  ye  must  understand  that  the  Macrocosm 
(wliicli  is  the  Perfect  and  Complete  Bodv  of  Jehovah, 
regarding  Jehovah  as  the  Centre  of  a  Circle,  which  Centre 
cannot  be  separated  from  the  Circle,  the  whole  being  One 
in  Organisation)  is  a  Monad;  and  so  are  all  Microcosms. 
from  the  Central  Microcosm — the  Father — to  the  farthest 
and  most  embryonic  Microcosm,  the  Etheric  Light-Cell. 
And  the  First  Centre  of  all  Monads  is  the  Primal  Monad, 
Jehovah;  He  that  sitteth  upon  the  Throne  of  Glory,  and  is 
the  Creative  Source  of  all  Monads — the  Father,  the  All- 
Mighty  One. 

34.  "Secondly,  t^e  Macrocosm,  and  all  Microcosms,  are 
DuADS,  and  the  First  Centre  of  all  Duads  is  the  Primal 
Duad,  the  Father  and  the  Son,  in  Eternal  Union  with  one 
another  upon  the  Throne  of  the  Universe,  the  First 
Creative  Source  of  all  Duads, 

33.  "Thirdly,  the  Macrocosm,  and  all  Microcosms,  are 
Triads,  and  the  First  Centre  of  all  Triads  is  the  Primal 
Triad,  or  the  Father,  the  Son,  and  the  Spirit,  in  eternal 
Uni(Mi  and  integral  relation  and  dependence,  in  the  midst 
of  the  Throne  of  Glory;  the  First  Creative  Source  of  all 
Triads. 

36.  "Fourthly,  the  Macrocosm,  and  all  Microcosms,  are 
QjLJATRADS,  and  the  First  Centre  of  all  Qiiatrads  is  the 
Primal  Qiiatrad,  or  the  Father,  Son,  and  Spirit  in  their 
Four  Ahitiires,  as  represented  in  the  Four  Living  Forms  in  the 
midst  of  the  Throne  of  Glory — the  First  Creative  Source  of 
all  Qjiatrads. 

37.  "Fifthly,  the  Macrocosm  and  all  Microcosms  are 
Septads,  and  the  First  Centre  of  all  vSeptads  is  the  Primal 
Septad,  or  the  Father,  Son,  and  Spirit,  mediating  in  the 
Four  Natures  (represented  by  the  Four  Living  Forms)  and 
directly  mediating  in  the  Seven  Lutninaries,  or  the  Seven 
Great  Hierophants,  who  are  the  Seven  Primal  Mediators  of 
the  Light  of  Life  from  the  Seven  Structures  of  Jehovah 
primarily. 


314  THE    lAVK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

38.  "Sixthly,  the  Macrocosm,  and  all  Microcosms,  are 
Duo-Decads,  or  Twelve-Fold  Organisms,  and  the  First 
Centre  of  all  Duo-Decads  is  the  Primal  Duo-Decad,  or  the 
Father,  the  Son,  and  tlie  Spirit,  mediating  in  the  Four 
Natures  (answering  unto  the  Four  Physical  Media  of  the 
Elements  of  Life — the  Brain,  the  Nervous  System,  the 
Spinal  Cord,  and  the  Flesii)  and  directly  mediating  in  the 
Persons  of  the  Twenty-Four  Hierophants ,  who  are  the  Personal 
Mediatorial  Agencies  through  whom  the  Light  of  Life 
from  the  Twelve  Angles  of  the  Square  of  the  Circles  of  the 
Soul  and  the  Body  are  conveyed  to  the  Macrocosm,  and  to 
all  the  Microcosms. 

39.  "In  the  picture  which  I  have  shewn  you  of  the  organ- 
isation of  the  Most  High  and  Holy  Temple  of  Jehovah,  in 
the  Sacred  Act  of  the  Holy  Convocatit)n  of  the  Great  Cen- 
tral Hierarchy  of  Hierarchies,  ye  have  seen  depicted  the 
perfect  Symbolism  of  the  Greater  Organisation  of  the  Uni- 
verse, also  the  Type  and  Pattern  of  the  Central  Temple  of 
the  Earth;  First,  in  the  Days  of  the  Uncorrupted  and 
Normal  Constitution  of  the  Square  and  Circle  in  the  Period 
of  the  Adamic  State,  and  Secondly,  in  the  present  and  past 
Regime  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  under  the  modified  con- 
ditions occasioned  by  the  sad  and  sorrowful  presence  of  vSin 
and  Corruption. 

40.  "It  is  therefore  my  purpose  to  unfold  unto  you  these 
three  Conceptions  of  the  Unitv  and  Mediatorial  Functions 
of  the  Universe,  in  its  several  developments  and  relations  : 
First,  as  to  the  Universe^  in  its  Physical  and  Spiritual  Dual- 
ity in  Unity;  Second,  as  to  the  conditons  of  Life  on  /■//<? 
Ear///,  in  the  Prisfifie  Days  of  Atiamic  Normality  and  Purity; 
and  Thirdly,  as  to  the  conditions  of  Life  on  the  E-irth  in 
the  Days  of  Corruption, Sin,  and  Darkness  which  have  envel- 
oped the  Earth  since  the  Fall  of  the  Adamic  Race,  and  the 
foundation  of  the  present  Corrupt  State  of  the  Earth,  and 
of  the  Earth-Microcosms. 

41.  "The  conclusion  of  these  three  considerations  will 
terminate,  for  the  present,  my  Discourses  unto  vou,  Beloved 


THE     LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  215 


Brethren,  who  are  qualifying  for  Initiation  into  the  Degrees 
appertaining  unto  these  High  and  Sacred  Mysteries. 

42.  "Let  nie  say,  iiowever,  in  remarking  upon  vour 
countenances  a  great  degree  of  troubletl  perplexity,  in  view 
of  the  present  limited  comprehension  of  those  ilecj)  and 
Sacred  Truths  which  I  have  already  imparted  to  you;  that 
ye  have  no  need  to  be  in  doubt  or  hesitation  concerning 
yourselves,  because  you  find  it  a  hard  matter  to  assiniilaie 
and  apprehend  the  complete  philosopliy  of  what  1  sav  unto 
you. 

43.  "The  Faith  that  is  demanded  of  you  is  not  that  of 
credulity,  or  vain  superstition,  ye  are  none  of  you  invited 
to  accept  from  my  lips,  whom  ve  have  accepted  as  your 
Master,  any  statements  that  I  make,  on  my  own  individual 
authority.  Hear  out  all  that  I  say  unto  you,  and  make  no 
trouble,  or  serious  effort  intellectually  to  grasp  everything 
in  minutest  detail.  For  such  a  demand  upon  your  conscious 
intelligence  is  too  great  to  expect  in  any  finite  mind,  before 
long  and  painful  Training  and  Testing  in  the  School  of 
the  Cross  and  .Serpent, 

44.  "But  ye  will  find  that,  howexer  above  your  conscious 
intelligence  the  words  that  I  say  unto  you  are,  there  is, 
underlying  them,  a  deep  spiritual  and  intellectual  congruity, 
and  a  philosophical  correspondence,  which  will  give  you  an 


internal  sense  of  rest  and  assurance  that  what  ye  have  heard     ) 
is  the    Truth,    and    will    develop    into    absolute    intelligent 
certainty  as  ye  grow  in  the   faculty  of  Reception,  and   your 
Souls  are  more  and   more   attuned  to    the   Celestial    Mind — 
the  Mind  of  the  Universe. 

4^.  "Believe,  however,  that  there  is  nothing  that  I  shall 
say  unto  you  that  is  of  the  nature  merely  of  speculative 
hypothesis;  but  that  all  is  the  Pure  Truth  and  \\'isdom  of 
the  Universe,  which  has  been  experimentally  seen  and  heard 
and  known  by  the  Mind  and  Consciousness  of  all  the  Great 
Masters  who  have  preceded  Me,  and  by  Myself,  in  the  long 
course  of  my  own    training    and    Initiation  at  the    hands   of 


2l6  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS. 

the  Eastern  Masrers'wlio    are  tlie    siirvivinjj;'   CusJodians  of 
the  Sacred  Wisdom. 

46.  "■Voii  will  also  find  that  this  Wisdom  from  on  Ili^h  is 
absoliitelv  at  one  with  e\ery  fact  of  Nature  and  Cosmoo-ony 
that  has  been  as  yet  determined  by  scientK^c  experiment 
and  research.  x\nd  although  a  vast  store  of  'new'  science 
will  l)e  forthcoming,  in  the  course  of  mv  Discourses,  beyond 
the  present  knowledge  and  experience  of  Western  Philo- 
sophers, yet,  not  one  dictum  that  will  fall  from  my  lips 
will  contradict  any  one  of  the  pronounced  and-  certified 
data,  now  or  hereafter  laid  down  by  authoritative  scientific 
philosophers. 

47.  "On  the  other  hand,  I  shall  advance  much  that  will 
modify  faulty  deductions  and  conclusions;  much  that  will 
demolish  erroneous  conclusions,  and  destroy  false  premises 
and  fallacious  data;  and  much  that  will  extend  and  expand 
present  knowledge  of  facts  and  data;  reducing  them  to 
perfect  harmony  and  correlation  in  the  vast  system  of 
Cause  and  Effect,  manifested  in  all  Phenomena  and  Data, 
on  which  deductive  science  and  philosophv  have  to  depend 
for  arriving  at  conclusions. 

48.  "I  sav  unto  you,  that  I  shall  ailvance  many  philo- 
sophical opinions,  which  philosophers  will,  naturally  and 
rightly,  only  accept  as  hypotlieses  and  theories,  as  coming 
from  a  man  that  seemeth  to  have  no  apparent  objective 
physical  proofs,  evidences,  or  signs,  to  at  once  demonstrate 
and  prove   them. 

^9.  "And  this  is  the  attitude  I  invite  of  all  who  cannot 
philosophically  follow  my  dicta  as  inspired  utterances  of 
Truth,  received  ami  given  forth  from  immutable  and  infal- 
lible Sources  of  Knowledge,  outside  and  beyond  the  ken 
and  experience  of  humanity  generally;  but  who  must 
rationally  analyse  all  statements  in  the  light  of  experimental 
and  physical  demonstrations. 

50.  "But  1  do  you  to  wit,  l?rethren,  that  not  one  opinion 
shall  be  adxanced  by  me.  in  all  mv  Life  and  Teaching, 
whirl)    shall    not    hereafter  be  fullv   and    absolutely    verified 


THE    LIFE     AND    DI^CJUUSES    OK    JKSUS.  21'] 

and  demonstrated  by  actual  experiment  and  objective  evi- 
dences. Not  in  our  time,  nor  for  many  long  Ages,  will 
vScientific  Research  and  Disc(n'ery  arrive  at  that  stage  of 
Knowledge  and  Experience  which,  in  niv  Life  and  Dis- 
courses I  shall  anticipate  and  promulgate. 

51.  "My  Teaching,  and  the  issues  of  niv  Life,  I  tell  you, 
will  exert  such  an  intiuence  in  the  world,  that,  in  the  ages 
to  come,  the  Truth  and  Wisdom  now  known  bv  a  few,  and 
in  part,  and  only  spoken  of  in  the  secret  places,  where  the 
Wise  ISIen  and  Masters  conceal  themselves,  where  the 
Secret  Mysteries  of  the  Ancient  Faith  are  practised,  wilhout 
limitations,  in  the  Wilderness  Solitudes,  shall  be  published 
broadcast,  and  all  shall  know  the  Truth,  from  the  least  to 
the  greatest. 

52.  "Slowly  and  gradually  will  the  Seed  of  the  Divine 
Logos    germinate    in    the   Soul  of  Mankind,    as   gener.ition 
succeeds   generation,    and    as    the    Soul    gains  a   wider   and     ) 
greater    hold   upon    mankind,    and    human    nature,    and   the 
Flesh  loses  its  dominion  over  the  Spiritual  Nature. 

^3.  "And  when  men  shall  have  lost  and  forgotten  all  but 
the  very  outside  crust  of  my  Teaching,  when  the  Truth 
that  1  taught  shall  have  crystallised  into  almost  unrecognis- 
able variations  of  abuse  and  perversion,  then  will  that  same 
Truth  slowly  be  found  out  and  re-discovered  :  the  ver}- 
stones  of  the  Earth  will  cry  out,  and  proclaim  it  ;  and  men 
will  wrest  from  Nature  her  hidden  Secrets.  Tlie  Wisdom  \ 
of  Jehovah  shall  receive  its  own  corroboration  and  testi- 
mony in  all  that  is  found  out  in  the  coming  struggle  of  the 
human  mind  with  the  Mysteries  that  have  been  concealed 
from  it,  and  in  the  cumulative  evidences  of  Physical 
Science. 

54.    "Then    shall    the   Wisdom   be  justified   of  Iler  Vota- 
ries,   and    the    faithful    who    followed  Her    in    faith    and   in      J^ 
steadfast    confidence   at   a   time    when    all    the    world    was 
steeped  in   ignorance,   materialistic  skepticism,    or    wanton 
superstition;    will    receive  the  Crown  of  their  Fidelity,  and     ^ 
shall    be    rewarded    with   the   Triumph   of  the  Wisdom,  for     ) 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


which  they  contended  when  all  men  re\iled  Her  and  petse- 
ciited  Her  Votaries. 

ss.  "And  now,  Beloved  Brethren,  I  have  somewhat  to 
say  unto  you  concerning  the  First  of  the  tliree  Theses  wliich 
it  is  my  task  to  lay  before  you,  the  Mystery  of  the  Tri- Unity 
of  the  Pevsan  (f  Jehovah  and  of  the  Macrocosm. 

56.  "The  first  difficulty  that  overtakes  the  finite  mind,  in 
its  present  limited  perspective,  of  the  Infinite,  is  due  to  the 
limitations  of  the  visual  capacity,  which  first  set  in  when 
the  human  race  lost  its  consciousness  of  solidarity  and  unity 
with   the  Universe. 

57.  "The    whole   immensity  of  the  Universe  is   shut   out    j 
from  the  vision  and  sense  of  mortal  man.    He  gropes  in  the    1  ! 
dark,  and  sceth  no  light,  beyond  the  feeble   glimmerings  of 
the  twilight  that  arise  in  his  consciousness   from    the  Spirit 
buried  in  the  crust  of  his  mortal  nature  ;   and  in   the  corres- 
pondent   flashes  of  the  Light  of  Heaven,  which    never   fails 

to  respond  to  the  Spirit,  whenever,  having  succeeded  in 
breaking  through  the  crust,  it  cryeth  out  in  inarticulate 
petitions  to  the  Most  High,  I 

!^8.   "In  consequence  of  these    limitations,    Mankind   can 
only  judge  of  Nature  and  the  Cosmogony  by    the    light   of 
Reason,  and   from  the  experience  of  phenomena    that    come 
within    the    range   of   the    physical    senses.     The    Spiritual 
Faculties,  being  practically  in  a  state  of  inertia,  or  compara- 
tive atrophy,    or  torpor,    mankind   are   absolutely    dependent      ■ 
upon  their  intellectual  faculties,  their  powers  of  observation      ^ 
and  intellectual    perception  of  the  phenomena  which  appeal      ^ 
to  their  minds,  and  are  the  stimuli  that   stir  up  their   mental      |^ 
powers  of  assimilation  and  deduction.  ^ 

59.  "And  it  therefore  happens  that  the  more  men  probe  ' 
into  the  Unknown,  and  seek  to  penetrate  the  veil  of  dark-  \\ 
ness.  the  more  do  t  hev  enslave  themselves  to  the  exclusive  |( 
employment  of  the  intellectual  faculties  and  the  physical 
senses  :  and  therefore  it  becomes  a  canon  of  the  study  of 
Nature,  to   disallow    anv    tcstimonv    which    relates    to   facts 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  219 

and  phenomena  not  objectively  demonstrable   to   the    physical 
senses,  or  by  the  intellectual  faculties. 

60.  '-All  assertions  and  testimony  of  things  relating  to 
the  scale  of  phenoxnena  and  facts  of  the  Universe  wider 
than  the  range  of  the  Physical  and  Intellectual  Perspective, 
are  classified  under  the  general  head  of  'Religion,'  or  the 
'Supernatural.'  and  are  regarded  bv  the  Phvsical  Student 
as  mainly  mythical,  transcendental,  and  useless  for  prac- 
tical scientific   purposes. 

61.  "This  attitude  is  perfectly  scientific,  and  is  bv  no 
means  to  be  deplored,  provided  that  the  'Supernatural'  be 
not  counted  as  merely  Superstition,  and  that  the  Natural 
be  not  counted  as  mere  Anti-Religions  Materialism.  Reserva- 
tion, and  not  Negation,  is  the  right  attitude  of  both  «ides. 

62.  "If  mankind,  in  the  pursuit  of  knowledge,  will  pro- 
ceed on  the  system  of  mutual  reciprocity,  neither  attacking 
one  another  with  mere  negations,  nor  each  assuming  the 
other  to  be  wrong,  then  the  services  of  each  will  be  rendered 
to  tlie  other,  and  the  future  will  shew  that  both  Religion 
and  Science  are  High-Roads  which  lead  unto  one  goal,  and 
that  each  is  the  complement  of  the  other,  in  the  full  revela- 
tion of  the  Mysteries  of  Xature  and  Cosmogonv,  the  goal 
that  both  are  aiming  for. 

63.  ''This  is  a  Truth.  Beloved  Brethren,  which  will  have 
to  be  learned  from  experience.  Men  will  evade  it  for  many 
generations.  Bigotrv  and  gross  Superstition,  on  the  side 
of  Religion,  and  implacable  contempt  of  Religion,  on  the 
side  of  Science,  will  set  in.  and  the  two  Sister  Philosophies 
will  be  separated  bv  an  adventitious  and  fallacious  chasm ; 
the  two  roads,  which  naturally  are  co-extensive,  will  branch 
off,  and  separate,  each  for  a  supposed  nearer  cut  to  the  goal ; 
and  OTilv  will  their  union  be  re-established,  after  long  con- 
flict, and  foolish  recriminations,  after  generations  of  bigotry, 
persecutioh,  and  bloodshed.     - 

64.  "For  Science,  man}-  will  be  slain  by  Religion;  for 
Religion,  manv  will  be  slain  by  Science:  and  it  will  come 
to  pass,  in  the  hereafter,  when  the   Two   have   found   their 


220  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

wav  back  to  one  another,  in  reunion  of  aim  and  belief,  that 
it  will  appear  as  if  all  the  conflict,  persecution,  and  blood- 
shed, the  contentions  for  the  Faith,  and  the  contentions  for 
Freedom  of  Thought,  had  been  but  wasted  energy,  and 
futile  effort,  the  mere  setting  up  of  imaginary  puppets,  to 
be  knocked  down  by  imaginary  weapons  of  righteous 
defence  and  attack. 

65.  "Yet,  through  this  Tempest  of  Thought,  will  slowly 
be  generated  the  True  Energy  of  Knowledge;  and  the 
Tempest  of  many  generations  will  prove  to  have  been  the 
necessary  travailing  in  birth,  of  Humanity,  in  bringing 
forth  tiie  Man-Child  of  Knowledge,  the  Fruit  of  the 
Marriage  of  Faith  and  Science — of  Knowledge  of  the 
Supreme. Mysteries  of  Cosmogony,  which  I  am  in  the  world 
anticipatorily  to  reveal,  and  to  lay  open  to  the  minds  of 
the  Faithful. 

66.  "It  is  for  tliis  reason,  as  I  explained  unto  you,  in  my 
former  Discourse,  that  the  Father  hath  not  called  and  chosen, 
as  a  rule,  the  erudite  scholars  of  this  Age,  to  be  the  First 
Disciples  of  the  Sacred  Mysteries  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 
But  the  most  7vorthy  Souls  to  receive  the  Mysteries  are  those 
Souls  that  have  been  pre-natally  prepared  and  developed^  and, 
by  the  simplicity  of  their  antecedent  earthly  lives  and  avo- 
cations, have  not  prejudiced  ttieir  minds  by  a  too  great 
assimilation  of  false  Science  or  of  superstitious  Religion, 
but  are  free  in  Mind,  Body,  and  Soul,  to  receive  the  Truth 
from  my  lips,  without  either  prejudice  or  bigotry. 

67.  "And  by  'worthy  Souls'  I  mean,  not  'worthy'  in  the 
sense  of  intellectual  or  moral  wortii  or  'merit,'  but  purely 
that  worthiness,  or  fitness  of  condition  to  receive  and 
assimilate  the  Spiritual  Truth,  given  in  the  ear,  or  entering 
into  the  vSoul  and  Mind  Consciousness  by  the  Personal 
Auric,  or  Spiritual  Force  of  Jehovah,  through  Me,  the 
Prime  Mediator  between  Jehovah  and  Mankind/ 

68.  "And  this  'fitness  of  condition'  is  regulated  and 
ordained,  not  primarily  by  accident,  or  'hap'  of  human 
birth  or  heredity,  but  primarily  h\  pre-natal  development .   For 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


ye  are  aware  of  tlie  cosmological  fact,  that  Souls  are 
Eternal  in  their  bein^;  as  Microcosms.  And,  in  the  process 
of  devolution,  which  Earth-Microcosms  are  now  passing 
througli,  those  Microcosms  that  have  attained  unto  their 
present  Cosmic  Stage  of  Evolution,  corresponding  to  this 
Cycle  of  Earth-Exislence — those  Souls,  or  Individual  Micro- 
cosms, have  had  many  incarnations,  or  re-births,  and  each 
reincarnation  has  been  a  new  phase  of  Earth-Life. 

69.  "Some  on  this  earth  must  live  and  die  in  strict  and 
unmodified  conformity  to  their  present  devolutionary 
conditions  ;  and  they  will  return  in  another  incarnation,  in 
those  fit  conditions  which  will  render  them  eligible  and 
capable  for  receiving  the  Higher  Light  and  Wisdom  of  the 
Logos  of  Jehovah. 

70.  "The  Body,  prepared  by  the  natural  processes  of 
Law  in  the  Universe  for  each  incarnation  of  a  Microcosm, 
is  the  predestined  and  perfectly  adapted  Body  for  the  degree 
of  developed  fitness  of  conditions  necessary  for  the  partic- 
ular phase  of  Life  and  stage  of  devolution,  corresponding  to 
the  particular  degree  of  Life-Destiny  of  that  Microcosm. 
And  in  the  creation  of  this  Body,  the  Laws  of  (Gravitation 
and  Heredity  govern  the  preparation  of  the  Body,  in  both 
the  Male  and  Female  Parts. 

71.  "Therefore  you  will  see  that  by  no  merits,  or  worthi- 
ness of  your  own  intrinsic  natural  character,  by  no  self- 
attained  adaptation  to  ths  Truth,  by  no  praiseworthiness  of 
action  or  thought,  which  you  can  regard  as  deserving  of 
any  reward  and  honour  of  men,  or  of  the  Universe,  have  ye 
been  chosen  and  selected  by  Me,  and  by  the  Father,  to  be 
the  First  Recipients  of  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  in  the  New 
Dispensation. 

73.  "But  it  is  solely  by  the  predeterminate  Counsel  and 
Foreknowledge,  the  Predestination  and  Election  of  Jehovah, 
the  Macrocosm,  that  ye  are  what  ye  are,  and  are  counted 
fit,  or  'worthy'  to  be  my  Disciples. 

73.  "What  ye  are  is  what  ye  became,  by  no  voluntary  per- 
ceptive   or    receptive    acquisitiveness    of   your    own,  by    no 


232  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

moral,  intellectual,  or  spiritual  attainments,  due  to  any 
peculiar  virtue  you  have  over  and  above  that  of  your  fellow- 
men. 

74.  "Only  are  ye  among  those  Microcosms  now  living 
upon  the  earth,  who  have  ha^n  pre-natally  prepared,  in  corres- 
pondence ivith  the  Laws  of  Pre- Destiny,  by  which  Microcosms 
are,  in  Life,  elected  and  called  from  the  mass  of  Microcosms, 
to  respond  to  those  .Stimuli  of  Heaven,  for  which  they  pre- 
natally  inherited  the  particular  developments  of  their  Four- 
fold Nature,  and  naturally  inherited  from  their  parentage 
the  physical  and  mental  qualities  adapted  to  such  pre-des- 
tined  nature  of  the  Microcosm. 

75.  "But  of  this  subject  I  shall  have  much  hereafter  to 
say,  when  I  have  to  deal  with  those  Laws  and  Mysteries 
of  Cosmogony  to  which  it  is  related.  The  Mysteries  of 
Pre-Destiny  and  of  Destiny  will  be  opened  unto  you  in  the 
due  course  of  your  Initiation. 

)  76.    "The  difficulty  which  I  have  named  unto  you  is   that 

which  is  due  to  the  limitations  of  the  visual  and  sensible 
faculties  of  the  human  constitution.  Except  by  very  difficult 
and  painful  processes  of  purification,  modification,  and 
development  in  both  the  Body  and  the  Soul  Structures  of 
the  Human  Nature,  it  is  not  possible  for  man  to  penetrate 
the  obscuring  veil,  and  to  see  and  sense  phenomena  which 
belong  to  tlie  planes  of  consciousness  beyond  the  physical 
and  intellectual  range. 

77.  "The  Degrees  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  embrace 
those  processes,  by  which  the  physical  nature  is  brought 
into  equilibrium  with  the  Spiritual  Nature,  and  the  Four 
Natures  coalesce,  and  enter  into  rapport  and  Conscious 
Communion  with  the  Universe. 

78.  "By  these  processes  (which  are  purely  Natural,  and 
in  perfect  accord  with  the  Laws  of  Matter  and  Force,  or 
the  Laws  of  the  Universe),  all  who  undergo  them,  and 
attain  unto  the  Degrees  to  which  they  correspond,  will 
recover  the  Conscious  Possession  of  the  lost  faculties  of  the 
Soul  and  Spirit,  and  the  vivified    and  quickened  conditions 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  223 

of  purity  and  functioning  capacity  of  the  physical  and 
mental  faculties  will  be  raised  to  the  highest  degrees  of 
correspondence  and  utility,  in  conformity  and  synthesis 
with  the  Soul  and  Spirit. 

79.  ''They  will  possess  Consciously  the  Soul-Senses,  the 
Soul  Intellect,  the  Soul  Faculties,  and  be  able  to  function  as 
Consciously  on  the  vSoul  and  Spirit-Planes  as  now  they  are 
able  to  function  on  the  Body  and  Mind  Planes.  And  even 
more  so,  for  in  proportion  as  the  Soul  and  Spirit  function 
in,  and  pervade  the  substance  of  the  Body  and  Mind,  and 
as  the  Soul-Structure  and  the  Body-Structure  of  the  Dual 
Nature  are  purified,  refined,  sensitised  and  attuned  to 
harmony  and  synthesis  with  the  Four  Natures  which  they 
embody,  so  will  the  capacity  of  the  functions  of  the  latter  in 
the  Physical  as  well  as  vSpiritual  planes,  be  perfected  and 
adjusted. 

80.  "The  Senses  and  Vision  of  man  will  be  perfected  in 
every  dimension,  on  every  plane  of  consciousness,  he  will 
neither  grope  in  the  dark,  as  heretofore,  nor  will  he  func- 
tion only  on  the  Physical  and  Mental  planes.  He  will 
function  equally  well  on  all  planes. 

81.  "He  will  be  in  the  world  of  darkness,  but  not  of  the 
world  as  conforming  to  the  darkness.  He  will  be  in  the 
Heaven  of  Heavens,  yet  living  in  the  World.  Where  I  am. 
as  the  Mediator  of  Jehovah  to  him,  there  will  he  be;  and 
wherever  he  is  in  the  earth,  simultaneously  will  he  be  where 
I  am,  in  the  Heaven  of   Heavens. 

82.  "I  say  this  in  no  figure  of  speech,  in  no  rhapsody  of 
eloquence,  or  flight  of  poetic  imagery.  It  shall  be  to  such 
men  a  physiological  and  psychological  certainty,  which  the 
world  will  doubt,  and  laugh  to  scorn  ;  but  all  the  Brethren 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent  shall  mutually  know  and  recog- 
nise it,  and  all  who  have  thus  attained  shall  have  the  Testi-  ') 
mony  in  themselves  that  such  a  state  is  a  fact  in  their  own  S 
experience.  But,  as  I  have  before  foretold  unto  you,  the 
day  shall  come  when  not  only  will  the  Faith  of  the  True 
Religion   believe,    but  the   Science,   that   slowly    attains  to 


224  "^^^    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

knowledge     by    experiment    and     objective    demonstration, 
will  also  pronounce  the  same  Truth. 

8:;.  "In  the  conditions  of  the  state  to  which  ye,  Heloved 
Brethren,  are  slowly  and  painfully  graduating,  by  the  Steps 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  ye  shall  be  able  to  see  and  know 
the  things  of  the  Universe,  and  of  Jehovah,  now  obscured 
from  vour  vision  and  senses.  Your  Consciousness  and 
Intelligence  will  extend  unto  the  Soul  and  Spirit  ;  and  your 
Soul  and  Spirit  will  present  unto  your  pliysical  and  mental 
consciousness  those  conceptions  of  the  Universal  Cosmogony 
which  ye  cannot  now  receive,  owing  to  your  present 
psychical  and  spiritual  limitations. 

84.  "Therefore  what  I  have  already  revealed  unto  you, 
and  what  I  shall  reveal  unto  you  in  mv  future  Discourses, 
concerning  those  phenomena  and  realities  of  the  Macrocosm, 
of  which  ye  are  units,  are  as  objectively  demonstrated  to 
myself  in  my  extended  and  developed  psychical  and  spir- 
itual senses,  as  I  myself  am  an  objective  reality  to  you  as 
your  physical  senses  cognise  me  in  theflesh  at  this  moment. 
And  these  self-same  phenomena  and  realities  which  ye  now 
hear  from  my  lips,  ye  yourselves  shall  visualise  and  sense, 
when  ye  have  attained  unto  the  like  conditions  of  psvchi- 
cal  and  spiritual  perfection  that  I  have  attained,  and  that 
the  Masters  attained  who  were  before  me. 

85.  "In  the  preceding  Discourse  I  explained  unto  you 
that  the  Macrocosm  is  One  Infinitely  extended  heterogene- 
ous Organism,  or  Microcosin,  and  is  by  no  means  to  be 
considered  as  an  aggregate  of  separate  ponderable  and  *> 
imponderable  entities,  as  it  appears  to  be  in  the  sight  of  the 
human  eye. 

86.  "In  the  developed  conditions  of  the  Microcosm,  that 
I  have  just  now  alluded  to,  in  which  the  senses  are  set  free 
from  the  limitations  of  the  general  finite  state  of  Earth- 
Microcosms,  the  Oneness  or  Integral  Unity  of  the  Macro- 
cosm would  be  as  self-evident  as  is  the  Integral  Unity  of 
the  human  botiy  to  the  physical  senses. 

87.  "The  Soul-Sense,    which    is   in    ;i   state  of  iiurtia  and 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OP"    JESUS. 


225 


bliiulness  in  the  general  mass  of  mankind,  needs  to  be 
resti:>red  to  normal  conditions,  whereby  Man  will  be  enabled 
to  perceive  those  facts  of  Nature  which  are  now  concealed 
from  him. 

88.  "But  ye  must  know  that  the  Macrocosm  is  as  com- 
pactly and  integrally  constituted  as  is  the  living  organism 
of  a  Microcosm,  and  by  the  same  Elements  which  compose 
the    substance  of  all  Microcosms. 

89.  "The  Elements  which  form  the  substance  of  all  or- 
ganic structures  are  one  and  the  same,  in  kind,  and  in  sub- 
stance. They  all,  when  reduced  to  the  initial  limit  of  their 
being,  consist  of  agglomerations  of  Cells,  each  Cell  being  a 
perfect  Microcosm  in  embryo.  And  these  Cells  are  what  I 
ha\e  previously  named  the  'Elevieiits  of  Vitality,''  and  the 
-Light  of  Life: 

90.  "If  you  could  perceive  the  minutest  detail  of  every 
small  section  of  your  own  body,  within  or  without — hair, 
tissue,  bone,  muscles,'  veins,  blood,  brain,  or  nerve-fibre — 
you  would  perceive  that  every  part  is  composed  of  an  infin- 
itude of  minute  Cells  of  Life,  moving  in  perpetual  vibratory 
motion,  surging  in  perpetual  tide-waves,  integrating  and 
disintegrating,  contracting  and  expanding,  in  infinite 
circles  of  spiral  activity,  within  and  without  the  innumer- 
able main  channels,  or  ducts  of  the  Precious  Fluid — the 
Elixir  of  Life — which  is  the  Basis,  the  Elementary  Fountain 
of  Vitality  in  all  parts  of  the  Microcosm. 

91.  "You  will  also  perceive  that  all  creatures  in  the 
Earth  are  constituted  in  precisely  the  same  fashion,  all  are 
heterogeneous  agglomerations  of  C^Us,  in  various  degrees 
of  integration  and  differentiation  of  integral  form  and 
combination;  all  the  Cells  of  all  bodies  and  Microcosms 
being  composed  of  precisely  the  same  cardinal  constituents 
and  ingredients,  in  the  same  mysterious  amalgamation  and 
cohesion. 

92.  "Now  let  me  here  say  that  all  Activity  of  all  parts 
of  the  Microcosm  is  produced  by  one  and  the  same  cause, 
and   that   the    ceaseless    Motion  of    the   Cellular    Substance, 


226  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


which  I  have  described  as  forming  the  substance  of  the 
whole  Microcosm,  is  the  cause  of  all  Activity  of  the  Micro- 
cosm, or  of  each  part  of  the  Microcosm.  This  Motion,  if 
examined  and  perceived  in  its  commencement,  its  course, 
and  its  end,  is  always  Spiral,  and  produced  from  a  certain 
Centre  of  Force  from  which  the  Spiral  Motion  is  generated. 

93.  "There   are   innumerable   centres  of  motional     force 
\     in  the  Microcosm,  and  all  the  minor  centres  are  Spirally  set 

in  motion  by  certain  greater  centres,  as  these  are  set  in 
motion  by  other  still  greater  centres,  until  the  First  Centre 
of  Motion  is  reached,   situated   in    the   J3rain-Organisation. 

94.  "And  the  Brain-Organisiition  is  but  a  Centre  of 
Motion  that  belongs  to  another  Circle  of  Motion,  in  another 
Microcosm,  beyond  the  individual  Microcosm  subject  to 
the  specific  Brain-Organisation. 

95.  "Carry  this  concept  through  an  infinity  of  Circles  of 
Motion,  and  you  have  the  right  concept  of  the  Macro- 
cosm, the  Central  Brain-Organisation  being  the  Tri-Une 
Person  of  Jehovah. 

96.  "Now  I  have  said  that  all  Activity  in  every  individ- 
ual Microcosm  is  produced  by,  and  dependent  upon,  a 
certain  Centre  of  Force  within    that   Microcosm  ;   and   that 

)  all  Motion  of  all  Microcosms,  from  every  Centre,  is  pro- 
duced by  one  and  the  same  Cause. 

)  97.  "What  is  the  Cause  of  Motion  which  produces  every 
form  of  Activity  in  the  Microcosm,  and  in  every  part  of 
each  nature  of  the  Microcosm?  What  is  that  mysterious 
F/A?/  Eneri^y,  the  influence  of  which  is  the  mainspring  of  all 
thai  is  done  and  thought,  in  the  Microcosm? 

98.  "This  question  can  never  be  demonstrably  answered 
by  the  methods  of  discovery  legitimately  employed  in 
Pliysical  Science ;  its  solution  lies  beyond  the  scope  of  the 
physical  sense-plane,  and  therefore  beyond  the  ratiocinatory 
range  of  the  human  reason,  that  is,  bevond  the  present 
rangfe  of  rationalistic  perspective. 

99.  "llntil  vScience  hath  attained  unto  a  knowledge  of 
Nature  that    lieth    outside  the  scope  of  the  Physical  Senses, 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  22^ 

any  solution,  an\^    dictit7n   offered  as  a  solution,  can    only  be 
received  with   reservation,  as  a  transcendental   hypothesis,   a 
theory  of  Matter   and   Force,  beyond   the  scope  of  empirical     ) 
diagnosis.  > 

loo.  "But  it  will  always  be  found  that,  even  in  the  range 
of  physical  science,  every  advance  in  scientific  discovery 
must,  and  will  be  anticipated  by  a  certain  transcendental 
tlieory,  based  on  the  analogy  of  data  and  phenomena,  but 
not  demonstrable  by  actual  evidences.  It  is  left  to  contem- 
porary scientific  experimenters,  or,  more  often,  to  posterity, 
to  furnish  empirical  evidences  of  the  Truth  antecedently 
propounded  as  speculative  theory.  And  many  times  con-  ) 
temporary  humanity  will,  in  their  blind  bigotry,  and  ignor-  ) 
ant  adherence  to  stereotyped  dogmas  of  Science,  persecute 
and  slav  the  bold  scientific  theorisers  who  entrench  upon 
history  by  certain  scientific  prophecies,  or  speculative  theories. 

loi.  "Thus  will  'History  repeat  itself  in  future  ages, 
that  those  'prophets''  of  Science  who  lived  before  their  time, 
and  who  carried  the  Sword  of  Progress  into  the  somnolent 
camp  of  the  present,  will  be  slain  ;  and  their  posterity  in 
the  future  will  build  memorials  in  honor  of  the  martyred 
heroes  of  discovery,  which  monuments  will  condemn  the  i 
ancestors  of  their  builders  for  the  barbaric  treatment  of  the 
heroes  so  memorialised. 

102.  "The  Qtiestion  is,  then  :  What  is  the  Cause  of  the 
Motion  which  produces  every  form  of  activity  in  the  Micro- 
cosm, and  in  every  part  of  the  complex  constitution  of  the 
Four  Natures  of  the  Microcosm  }  What  is  the  Vital  Energy, 
the  Influence  of  which  is  the  mainspring  of  all  that  is  done, 
or  thought,  in  the  Microcosm.? 

103.  "I  have  said  that  the  Macrocosm,  or  the  Universe, 
is  as  compactly  and  integrally  constituted  as  is  the  organi- 
sation of  the  living  Microcosm.  And  by  this  I  mean,  that, 
viewed  from  the  perspective  of  those  Souls  that  have 
attained  unto  a  faculty  of  Perception  beyond  the  veil  of 
human    darkness   and    visual    limitations,   the  Universe   has 


{       228  THE    LIKE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

all  the   appearance  of  a  Microcosm   such  as  is   every    ort^an- 
ism  within  the  range  of  human  observation. 

104.  "The  ponderable  bodies  of  tiie  Universe,  viz.,  tiie 
Solar  and  vStellar  Bodies,  and  the  innumerable  Orders  of 
Organisms  that  exist  in  the  Heavens,  in  the  Earth,  and  in 
the  Solar  and  Stellar  Spheres,  are  all  bound  together  by  the 
Elements  which  are  contained  in  what  is  called  Ether. 
Ether  is  the  vital  and  unifying  Essence  which  unites  and 
consolidates  the  Macrocosm. 


10^.  "If  you  examine  the  constitution  of  Ether,  and  ana- 
lyse its  nature,  or  if  you  could  perceive  it  with  the  senses  of 
the  Soul,  which  are  capable  of  seeing  and  perceiving  the 
phenomena  that  are  concealed  from  the  physical  senses, 
you  would  see  at  once  that  precisely  the  same  phenomena 
characterise  the  cosmogony  of  the  Universe  as  characterise 
the  cosmogony  of  the  Microcosm.  The  same  identical  Cells 
which  circulate  spirally  in  all  the  parts  of  the  Microcosm, 
and  are  the  basic  substance  of  all  its  parts,  circulate  spirally 
in  the  Macrocosm,  and  are  the  basic  substance  of  all  its 
parts. 

106.  "Likewise  the  same  system  of  centralisation  exists 
in  the  Macrocosm,  in  perfect  similarity  to  the  system  of 
organisation  in  the  Microcosm.  And  it  will  be  seen  that 
all  Microcosms  are  eternally  created  and  preserved  in  their 
structural  vitality,  and  in  all  their  cellular  conditions,  func- 
tions, and  organic  substance,  by  the  Macrocosm  ;  and 
reflexively,  the  Macrocosm  is  likewise  created  and  pre- 
served in  its  structural  vitality  and  in  its  cellular  conditions, 
functions,  and  organic  conditions,  by  the  agglomerate 
Microcosms  of  which  it  consists. 

107.  "Force  is  a  positive  and  negative  phenomenon, 
educing  Perpetual  Motion  and  Eternal  Energy  in  the 
Macrocosm,  and  in  all  Microcosms,  and  is  called  the  Force 
of  Attraction  and  Repulsion — the  Centripetal  and  Centri- 
fugal Force  of  Magnetism,  or  of  Etheric  Currents  of 
Vitality — and  this  Force  ceaselessly  proceeds,  and  eternallv 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  229 

sustains    the    Macrocosm    and    the  IMicrocosms   in   Eternal 
Persistence  of  Life,  Motion,  Energy,  and  Thought.  \ 

108.  "The  course  of  this  Force  of  Energy  is  Centrical, 
and  its  Energy  is  sustained  from  a  Central  Source  of 
Eternal  Energy.  Passing  in  spiral  waves  of  Light  Radia- 
tion, tiie  Cells  of  which  Force,  and  its  cognate  form  of 
Matter,  proceed  from  one  generating  and  creating  Centre. 
For  Matter  is  but  the  aggregation  of  Cells,  and  Force  is  the 
Motion  of  Cells  in  Aggregation,  in  Contraction,  and  in 
Expansion.  ( 

109.  "We  will  now  consider  the  constitution  of  the 
Central  Microcosm,  and  the  co-ordinate  Microcosms  which 
constitute  the  First  System  of  Centralisation  in  the  Macro- 
cosm, or  the  Great  Microcosm, 

1 10.  "For  be  it  clearly  understood  that  such  as  the 
Central  Microcosm  is,  such  is  every  Microcosm  ;  the  Cen- 
tral Microcosm  being  the  Primordial  Prototype  of  all 
Microcosms  and  of  the  Macrocosm. 

111.  "And  the  Laws  of  Nature  which  govern  the  Energy 
of  Force  and  Matter  in  the  Microcosms,  are  the  same  Laws 
of  Nature  which  govern  the  Energy  of  Force  and  Matter 
in  the  Macrocosm,  and  in  the  Central  Microcosm. 

112.  "Now    ye    know     that    the    Central    Microcosm    is 
Jehovah,  the  Father,  the   First   and   Central    Figure  in  the     ) 
Throne  of  the  Universe  already  described. 

113.  "Ye  also  know  that  it  is  from  Jehovah  that  origin- 
ally emanate  all  the  Cellular  Elements  of  Vitality  which 
are  the  embryonic  basis  of  the  Macrocosm  and  of  all 
Microcosms. 

114.  "In  strictest  veracity,  and  in  the  most  literal  sense, 
Jehovah  is  the  Father  oi  the  Universe,  the  Universal  Parent, 
from  whom  is  begotten  every  Cell  that  in  progress  of 
Destiny  will  evolve  into  a  Microcosm.  Thus  it  is  philoso- 
phically and  scientifically  True  that  we  are  all  the  Offspring 
of  Jehovah, 

115.  "In  the  same  manner  as  the  Cellular  Elements  of  the 
flesh,  the  bone,  or  the  muscles,  of    a  man,  are  generated  in, 


230  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


and  proceed  from  the  Bniin,  by  the  communication  of  the 
Elements  of  Vitality  from  the  Blood,  through  the  veins, 
arteries,  and  nervous  system,  making  the  Brain  to  be  the 
Man,  and  the  Man  to  be  the  Brain;  the  Brain  being  the  Man 
in  centralisation,  and  the  Man  the  Brain  in  extension  ;  so 
is  Jehovah  the  Macrocosm,  and  the  Macrocosm  is  Jehovah  ; 
the  cellular  Elements  of  Vitality  which  form  the  Macrocosm, 
deriving  their  origin  and  birth  in  Jehovah,  the  Central 
Microcosm,    or  the  Brain  of  the  Macrocosm. 

116.  "Therefore  is  Jehovah  the  First  Cause,  the  Personal 
Parent,  the  Creator  of  Heaven  and  Earth,  even  as  Religion 
has  postulated,  in  all  Eternity,  as  the  First  Axiom  of  the 
Catholic  Faith. 

117.  "But  as  the  Human  Microcosm,  or  Man,  is  a  com- 
plex   creature,    consisting    of    Four    Natures,    with   Seven 

•  Structures,  that  are  divided  into  Two  Dual  Natures,  so  is  it 
with  the  Macrocosm,  and  so  also  w  ith  the  Central  Micro- 
cosm. Jehovah. 

118.  "Now,  in  the  constitution  of  a  Microcosm,  each  of 
the  Seven  Structures  is  itself  a  Microcosm,  possessing  all 
the  several  parts,  sections,  and  organs  of  a  Microcosm. 
And  the  Centre  of  Motion  in  each  structure  is  the  Brain. 
There  is  therefore  a  distinct,  but  integrally  inseparable 
Brain  belonging  to  each  of  the  Seven  »Structures — (i)a 
Physical  Brain-Organisation,  (2)a  Body  Brain-Organisa- 
tion, (3)  a  Mind  Brain-Organisation,  (4)  a  Psychical  (or 
Astral)  Brain-Organisation,  (5)a  Soul  Brain-Organisation, 
(6)  a  Spirit  Brain-Organisation,  and  (7)  the  Elohistic  Brain- 
Organisation,  (developed  only  in   the  Degree  of  Elohim). 

1 19.  "And  these  Seven  Brain-Organisations  of  the  Micro- 
cosm are  the  Centres  of  Motion  in  the  Microcosm,  which,  in 
a  normal  Microcosm,  connect  the  whole  Microcosm  with  the 
agglomeraie  lirain-Organisation  of  the  Macrocosm,  from 
which  there  is  no  disunion,  but  with  which,  in  normal  con- 
ditions, there  is  perfect  correlation,  communion,  and  inter- 
dependence. 

120.  "The  agglomerate  Brain-Organisation  of  the  Macro- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS,  23I 

C(  Sin  is  therefore  the  general  source  of  the  Elements  of 
Vitality,  that  is,  of  Force  and  Matter,  in  perpetual  motion, 
affording  the  eternal  Energy  of  Substance,  and  the  basis  of 
the  Structural  Vitality  and  Substance  of  Organisms, 

121,  ''The  Elements  of  Vitality  are  composed  of  Cells 
which  fill  the  Macrocosm,  and  by  the  Eternal  Processes  of 
Law  are  converted  into  the  several  structural  and  function- 
al parts  of  all  Microcosms;  otherwise  the  Law  of  Evolu- 
tion, which  works  from  the  first  emanation  of  the  Cells 
from  the  Primal  Centre  of  the  L^niverse,  to  the  return  of 
the  Microcosm  in  Perfect  Equilibrium  and  Constitution,  in 
its  final  stage  of  Cosmic  Development. 

123.  "The  Processes  of  Law  are  various,  appertaining  to 
the  successive  phases  of  Evolution,  the  Degrees  of  exposure 
to  Cosmic  Force  and  the  circumstances  which  modify,  vary, 
and  determine  the  environment  and  conditions  of  the  Cells, 
These  processes  are  generally  described  under  the  names  of 
Integration,  Differentiation,  Segregation,  Equilibration; 
or  the  Positive  Processes  of  Evolution  ;  and  of  Dissolution 
and  Disintegration;  or  the  Negative  Processes  of  Evolu- 
tion. These  Processes,  with  many  variations,  sum  up  the 
whole  scheme  of  Evolution  and  Development  which  all 
cells  undergo  in  attaining  to  a  Perfect  Microcosm.  Of  these 
Processes  I  shall  have  further  to  say  in  the  course  of  your 
Instructions. 

123.  "It  is  for  us  now  to.  confine  ourselves  to  the  consid- 
eration of  the  fundamental  and  basic  Truth  of  the  Origin 
and  Nature  of  Force  and  Matter,  and  their  cognate  traits 
of  Motion,  Energy,  Thought,  and  Organic  Structure.  By 
Force  and  Matter  I  mean,  in  general,  the  same  thing  as  the 
Elements  of  Vitality,  or  the  Light  of  Life. 

124.  "The  Elements  of  Vitality  are,  as  I  have  said,  Cells, 
proceeding  from  One  Centre,  and  emanating  in  Spiral 
Motion  from  the  Centre  in  widening  Circles  of  Radiation, 
through  many  mediating  Circles  of  Agencies,  or  Micro- 
cosms, and  taking  their  parts  in  the  constitution  of  innum- 
erable forms  of  Microcosms  successively,  until,  by  the  Laws 


233  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

of  Evolution,  they  themselves  evolve  into  complex  and  het- 
erogeneous Microcosms,  first  into  bodies  of  balanced 
motions,  and  then  into  bodies  of  balanced  functions. 

12::;.  "That  is  to  say,  in  the  first  essay  of  Cells  in  substan- 
tial and  organic  existence,  the  process  is  of  organising  in 
the  Microcosm  (then  in  molecular  form,  that  is,  the  form  of 
a  quasi-heterogeneous  constitution)  ///.'  proper  equipoise  of 
internal  organic  fuoiion,  the  right  adjustment  and  develop- 
ment of  cellular  motion  and  energy  in  the  molecule.  This 
process  is  accomplished  after  periods  of  adhesion  to  and 
cohesion  with  the  Stellar  and  Planetary  Bodies,  of  which 
they  form  a  part. 

126.  "Then,  in  the  Dissolution  or  Disinlegration  of  these 
Bodies,  in  Gonial  Destiny,  the  molecules  are  separated, 
and  enter  the  Macrocosm,  to  be  re-absorbed  by  organic 
bodies,  vegetal  and  animal,  until  they  evolve  finally  into 
human  molecules.  In  this  second  process  the  molecules 
develop  the  organisation  of  Equipoise  of  functions;  Equipoise 
of  Motio7i  and  Equipoise  of  Function  being  the  7\7;r;;/(7/ Condi- 
tion of  Microcosms. 

127.  "These  processes  involve  a  duration  of  time  infin- 
itely beyond  human  calculation,  and  useless  to  endeavour 
to  estimate;  also  they  involve  innumerable  transmigrations 
and  transmutations,  in  which  the  Microcosm  develops  each 
separate  organ  and  function  of  the  Microcosm,  and  evolves 

\  from  the  original  homogeneous,  or  simple  Cell — the  Embryo 
— to  the  final  heterogeneous,  or  complex  Organism — the 
Perfect  Microcosm,  or  Elohe. 

128.  "We  are  dealing  at  present  specially  with  the  first 
and  initial  form 'of  the  Microcosm,  the  homogeneous  or 
simple  Cell,  or  the  Embryo.  These  Cells,  we  have  seen, 
originally  emanate  from  One  Centre,  the  Centre  of  Centres, 
Jehovah,  the  First  Parent  of  the  Microcosms,  or  the  Macro- 
cosm in  Centralisation. 

129.  "Let  us  now  consider  the  Father  as  the  ^//-/V^rtf^/ 
of  the  Universe,  the  Creator  of  All  Things,  both  Visible  and 
Invisible,    Maker  of  Heaven    and  Earth,  and  of  the  Things 


THE    LIFE    AXD    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  233 


that  are  in  Heaven  and  Earth;  Ilim  Who  is  Himself  the 
Heavens  and  the  Earth,  in  Extension,  as  He  is  the  Personal 
Jehovah,  in  Centralisation. 

130.  "Perhaps  after  what  I  have  already  said,  it  may  not 
appear  such  an  insuperable  difficulty  to  conceive  of 
all  the  millions  of  millions  of  beings  which  already 
people  the  Universe,  in  the  various  degrees,  phases,  and 
forms  of  graduated  cosmic  development,  from  the  infinitude  \ 
of  Cells  that  form  the  Macrocosm,  in  its  ponderable  and 
imponderable  capacities,  to  the  innumerable  hosts  of  Elohim 
which  occupy  their  habitations  in  the  Highest  Tabernacles 
of  the  Sun,  the  Heaven  of  Heavens,  having  sprung  from 
One  Common  Personal  Father,  whose  Body  was  the  Womb 
and  original  Sac  from  which  they  first  emanated. 

131.  "Yet  even  unto  you,  who  have  learned  so  much  of 
these  humanly  inconceivable  Mysteries  of  Nature  and  Cos- 
mogony, such  a  conception  must  be  most  overwhelming. 

133.   "But  I  wnll  point  out  one  or  two  finite  analogies  of 
terrestrial   Nature,    which,    when   considered,  will   entirely 
set  at  rest  all   possible  doubt  as  to  the  Truth  of  this  stupen-     \ 
dous  assertion. 

133.  "First,  recall  the  first  origin  of  the  'present  Human  ( 
Race,  and  consider  that  from  a  comparatively  limited 
number  of  our  fallen  Adamic  parents,  intermarrying  with 
a  comparatively  limited  number  of  the  lower  races  of  man 
and  animal-men,  have  sprung  the  whole  of  the  present 
existing  families  of  the  human  race,"  extending  throughout 
the  entire  terrestrial  globe. 

134.  "Consider  what  the  population  of  this  world   would 
have  become,  if  the   unhappy    exigencies   of  life,    such   as 
disease,  war,  bloodshed,  or  accident,  did  not  remove  period-     ) 
ically  a   vast    proportion  of   the    inhabitants   of  this  over- 
populated  Earth. 

135.  "Secondly,  consider  the  vast  growth,  in  so  short  a 
space  of  time,  of  the  single  race  of  Israel,  from  the  loins  of 
Abraham,  their  proto-father. 

136.  "Thirdly,    take    such    an    organism   as   a   fish,    and 


234  ''''"^    LIFE    AXU    DISCOUUSES    OF    JESUS. 

behold  the  stupendous  fact,  that  each  male  and  female  fish 
have  it  in  their  power  to  increase  their  family  in  one  spawn- 
deposit  at  the  rate  of  many  thousands  of  ofFspringj,  and 
would  do.  but  for  the  merciful  counteracting  provision  of 
Nature  in  the  beneficent  Laws  of  the  Stru^jgle  for  Existence, 
and  the  Survival  of  the  Fittest,  which  put  a  period  on  the 
over-stocking  of  the  ocean  with  living  animalculas. 

137.  "Consider,  Fourthly,  the  marvellously  prolific 
fecundity,  especially  of  the  plant-species,' which,  but  for 
the  interposition  of  the  above-named  laws,  would  exhaust 
and  strangle  Mother-Earth,  and  destroy  her  eternal 
fecundity. 

138.  ''Need  I  say  more  to  demonstrate  the  Truth  of  the 
Paternity  and  Maternity  of  all  Microcosms,  Organisms,  and 
Cells  in  the  Person  of  One  Central  Microcosm  ;  remember- 
ing that  the  above  analogies  are  drawn  from  Nature  in  its 
organic  state,  and  are  illustrations  of  fertility  and  fecundity 
in  their  later  stages  of  Cell-Organisation,  the  propagation 
of  heterogeneous  Organisms,  and  not  of  original  Homo- 
geneous Cells? 

139.  "Consider  that  each  heterogeneous  organism,  born 
and  propagated  in  the  Earth,  represents  a  multiplication  of 
individual  Cells  at  a  rate  of  proportion  beyond  all  human 
calculation.  And  consider  that  this  Earth  is  but  one  of  a 
vast  system  of  Bodies,  each  bringing  forth  Microcosms 
precisely  in  the  same  manner  and  of  the  same  cellular 
composition. 

140.  'T  have  spoken  of  the  Father  as  the  All-Parent  of 
the  Universe.  Now  it  is  obvious  that,  by  the  Laws  of 
Propagation  and  Parentage,  no  organisms  can  take  individ- 
ual existence  without  the  joint  activity  of  two  parent 
organisms,  male  and  female. 

i^i.  "And  ye  know  that  all  fecundity  is  governed  by 
this  Law  of  Dual  Parentage.  In  the  various  forms  of  organ- 
isms we  see  the  Law  of  Parentage  working  in  separate 
individualities.  Put  in  the  case  of  some  of  the  lowest  types 
of    creatures     fecundity    is    established    in    one     individual 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  335 


Microcosm,    the   male    protozoa    and   the   female  ova  being 
located  in  the  same  organism. 

1^2.    "This  dual  sex-state  is  common  to  all  the   inorganic 
and  molecular  forms  of  Microcosms,  and  only  is  the  division     ^ 
established  in  the  moving  creatures  and  some  of  the  plants. 

143.  "All  organisms  come  into  separate  organic  existence 
male  and  female.  But  every  Cell  of  which  all  organisms 
are  composed  is  inclusively  male  and  female.  In  the  ema- 
nation of  all  Cellular  Force,  which  is  called  Auric  Force, 
as  it  emanates  from  the  Microcosm,  every  Cell  composing 
that  Force  is  male  and  female,  and  fertile  in  prolific 
fecundity.  The  Thought  which  passeth  from  man  to  man 
is  Cellular  Force,  or  Auric  Force,  and  is  drawn  from  Micro- 
cosm to  Microcosm  in  vibrations  and  radiations  of  Light, 
varying  in  hue  and  colour  according  to  its  nature. 

i<^4.  "These  Aura,  or  Liglit-Radiations  of  Cells  from 
Microcosms,  are  totally  invisible  to  human  sight,  but  are 
cognised  by  certain  developed  Psychic  natures  in  Clair- 
voyance, or  the  capacity  of  Psychic  Sight  and  Sense.  Such 
Clairvoyance  and  Psychical  capacity  is  capable  of  develop- 
ment by  all  Microcosms  under  certain  conditions,  and  is 
not  necessarily  or  exclusively  a  Gift  of  the  Spirit  of  Jeho- 
vah (as  in  the  case  of  the  Brethren  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent, 
or  of  the  Square  and  Circle),  and  may  be,  and  often  is, 
employed  in  opposition  to  the  Truth,  and  in  correspondence 


with  the  Demons  and  wicked  Spirits  of  the  Astral  Zone.  ) 


145.  "Now  Jehovah  is  constituted  in  the  same  fashion  ) 
as  are  all  Microcosms,  being  as  I  have  said,  the  Prototype 
of  all  Microcosms.  Therefore  in  the  Cellular  Organisation 
of  Jehovah,  Jehovah  is  Male  and  Female.  And,  as  the 
Original  Parent  of  all  Microcosms,  we  have  only,  for  the 
present,  to  regard  His  Personality. 

146.  "There  is,  as  I  shall  hereafter  shew  unto  you,  a 
higher  and  closer  sense  in  which  Jehovah  is  Parentally 
related  to  the  Universe — prospectively — in  all  Microcosms 
outside  of  the  Elohistic  Order,  and  actually,  in  all  Micro- 
cosms of  the  Elohistic  State.      When  I  come   to    deal    with 


236  THE    LIKE    AND    DISCOUUSES    OK    JESUS. 


the  Economy  of  the  Kinjjjdoin  of  Heaven,  I  shall  speak 
more  fully  of  Jehovah  as  the  Father  of  the  Sons  of  Jehovah, 
and  of  the  Most  Immaculate  Mother  of  Elohim. 

147.  "Ye  now  perceive  that  Jehovah,  as  being  the  Cen- 
tral Microcosm,  is ///f  Father-Mother  of  the  Uim'erse;  Jehovah, 
Male  and  Female,  in  whose  Image  and  Similitude  all  Micro- 
cosms are  created,  and  from  whom  they  all  take  their 
beginning. 

148.  "We  have  seen  the  Figure  of  (i)  the  Father  upon 
the  Throne,  clothed  in  Ineft'able  Light,  and,  together  with 
the  Supreme  Person  of  the  Father,  are  (2)  the  Son,  and  (3) 
the  Spirit  (represented  in  its  Four-fold  Sources  of  Emana- 
tion, under  the  Symbolical  Figures  of  the  Four  Living 
Forms). 

149.  "This  Light  which  proceedeth  from  the  Father, 
enwrapping  Him  in  its  most  Glorious  Rays,  is  the  Spirit 
of  Jehovah,  in  its  first  form, as  it  proceedeth  forth  from  the 
Person  of  the  Father. 

150.  "The  Spirit  therefore  is  that  which  is  called  the 
'Light  of  Life,'  or  the  'Elements  of  Divine  Vitality.'  The 
Elements  of  Vitality  are  the  Original  Cells  of  Ether,  which 
constitute  the  Substance  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  of  all 
Microcosms. 

151.  "In  these  Elements  of  Vitality  is  the  Basis  of  Force 
and  Matter,  which  are  generated  and  developed  in  their 
infinite  multiplication  of  Energy,  Motion,  Thought,  and 
Organic  Substance,  pervading  the  Universe — the  Substance 
and  Motion  of  all  Things  in  the  Universe. 

152.  "It  has  ever  been  a  question  of  deep  and  earnest 
consideration  among  Philosophers,  even  with  those  ex- 
tremely advanced  students  who  have  penetrated  the  most 
deeply  into  the  Mysteries  of  Nature,  as  to  what  is  the  Basic 
Cause  of  the  Eternal  Motion  of  the  Cellular  Sub-Basis  of 
the  Cosmic  .Substance.  And  only  to  those  who  have  pene- 
trated into  the  Mysteries  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  the 
Square  and  Circle,  has  this  question  been  given  its  solution. 

153.  "What  is  that    Causative  Force,   which    is  at  the  bot- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  237 

torn  of  all  the  processes  of  Integration,  Segregation,  Equil-     j 
ibration,  Dissolution,  and  Disintegration — the  fundamental 
processes     of      the    Eternal     Labour    of    the    Universe     in 
Evolution  ? 

154.  "We  have  traced  this  tide  of  Force-Waves  from  the 
individual  Alicrocosms  down  to  its  final  Centre,  the  Cen- 
tral Microcosm.  (Hereafter  I  shall  lead  you  back,  step  by 
step,  down  the  course  of  Progress  through  the  Macrocosm, 
made  by  each  individual  Cell,  and  all  the  Cells,  collectively, 
which  come  forth  originally  from  the   Person  of  Jehovah).     ( 

15:^.  "I  have  shewn  you  that  every  Microcosm  is  an 
aggregate  of  Cells,  all  moving  in  persistent  and  rhythmic 
Motion,  in  Spiral  Circulation,  in  all  parts  of  the  structural 
substance  of  the  Microcosm. 

1^6.  "I  have  shewn  you  that  there  are  certain  broad 
Principles  of  Evolution,  which  account  for  every  phase  of 
development  and  condition  which  the  Microcosm  undergoes, 
j  in  its  growth  from  a  Molecule  to  an  Equilibrated  Microcosm.  ) 
^  157.  "In  no  case  is  there  a  Microcosm  which  ever  ceaseth 
to  exist,  or  in  which  this  persistent  rhythmical  Spiral  Motion 
ceaseth  to  exist.  (Death  is  not  ceasing  to  exist ;  death  is 
only  a  certain  change  in  the  condition  of  a  Microcosm,  when 
it  pa&seth  into  another  phase  of  cosmic  existence  and  ) 
development).  j 

158.  "Now,  the  whole  Mystery  of  the  Cause  of  Motion, 
of  the  Origin  of  Force  and  Matter,  is  solved  by  the  simplest     ) 
principle.     The  Macrocosm  is  a  Circle;   the  Microcosms  are 
Circles;   and  the  Central  Microcosm  is  a  Circle.  ) 

159.  "The  whole  Universe  t's  an  infinite  aggregate  of  Circles 
wiihi7i  Circles,  revolving  around  the  Central  Microcosm. 
The  Central  Microcosm  is  Itself  a  Universe  of  Circles, 
revolving  in  the  same  regularity  around  its  Central  part. 
There  is,  in  fact,  no  end  to  the  Centric  System  ;  neither  has 
there  been  a  Beginning,  nor  will  there  be  an  End,  to  the 
Natural  Effects  of  the  First  Cause  of  Motion. 

160.  "Each  Cell  of  each  Molecule,  of  each  part  and  vSec- 
tion  of  a  Part,    of    the    Central    Microcosm,  is  sustained   in 


238  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


perpetual  Motion,  caused  by  the  natural  effects  of  the  inte- 
gral correlation,  the  attraction  and  repulsion,  of  all  Cells, 
undergoing  perpetual  redistribution,  according  to  the  Laws 
of  Evolution  I  have  referred  to. 

161.  "As  is  the  case  with  the  Microcosm,  which  is  ever 
undergoing  change,  modification,  and  differentiation,  its 
cells  perpetually  dissolving,  disintegrating,  fecundating, 
and  emanating  in  Auric  Force  from  its  Body;  and  going 
to  form  the  Molecules  of  other  Bodies;  returning  to  its  former 

\  Body;  periodically  passing  back  into  the  Macrocosm  ;  and 
finally  back  and  upward  to  the  Centre  from  which  they 
originally  came;  so  is  it  with  the  Central  Microcosm.  The 
Central  Microcosm  eternally  undergoes  the  same  processes 
of  flux  and  re-flux.  Eternally  is  there  taking  place,  in  all 
the  several  parts  of  the  Four  Natures  of  His  Person,  the 
processes  of  fecundation  of  Cell-Substance  ;  of  the  exhala- 
tion of  Cell-Substance;  of  the  procession  of  Cell-Substance, 
the  Fruit  and  Offspring  of  the  eternal  propagation  of  Cells 
in  His  Parental  Nature. 

162.  "And  these  Cell-Offsprings  are  the  Privuvdial  Lights 
with  which  the  Father  is  enveloped  in  the  Ineffable  Efful- 
gence of  His  Throne  of  Majesty  and  Glory.  They  are  the 
Light  of  Life,  the  Elements  of  the  Living  Vitality  of  the 
Universe,  the  Basis  of  all  Substance  which  constitutes  the 
Macrocosm  and  all  Microcosms. 

163.  "This  is  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  the  Life  of  Jehovah, 
the  Extended  Person  of  Jehovah,  issuing  from  the  Central- 
ised and  Individual  Person  of  Jehovah. 

164.  "All  things  are  in  Jehovah,  and  Jehovah  is  in  all 
things. 

165.  "Therefore  I  tell  you,  Beloved  Brethren,  that  if  you 
would  know  the  Nature  of  Jehovah  you  must  know  your 
own  Nature  ;  for  your  own  Nature  is  the  precise  Image  and 
Similitude  of  the  Nature  of  Jehovah. 

166.  "There  is  only  one  Type  of  Organism  in  the  Uni- 
verse, and  that  is  the  Organism  of  the  Central  Microcosm. 
All  Organisms  that  at-e  in   the  Universe  are  exact  Replica- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


239 


tions  of  Jehovah,  only  differing  in  the  phase  of  their  Evolu- 
tional Development,  and  their  Cosmic  Conditions. 

167.  "This  being  so,  all  that  is  postulated  of  the 
Microcosm    may   be    postulated  of  the   Macrocosm. 

168.  "Now  ye  know  that  the  Microcosm  is  an  aggregate 
of  Cells  in  Perpetual  Motion,  which  Motion  is  derived  from 
the  circulation  of  its  cellular  matter  to  and  fi-om  the  Cen- 
tres, and  the  Centres  to  and  from  the  First  Centre,  which 
forms  a  Unit  in  a  Greater  Microcosm  ;  the  Greater  Micro- 
cosm being  a  Unit  of  a  Greater  Microcosm  still;  and  so  on, 
until  the  Central  Microcosm  is    reached,  which  is    Jehovah. 

169.  "And  the  same  process  of  Circulation  and  Central- 
ised Force  goes  on  in  the  Person  of  the  Central  Microcosm, 
as  in  the  Persons  of  all  Microcosms.  And  this  scheme  of 
Circulation  and  Centralisation  is  the  secret  of  Persistent 
Energy  and  Motion  in  the  Macrocosm,  in  the  Microcosms, 
and  in  the  Central   Microcosm. 

170.  "The  Macrocosm  is  the  Great  Microcosm,  and  the 
Circulation  of  Cells  is  the  same  in  one  part  as  it  is  in  all  parts  ; 
in  the  Centre  as  it  is  in  the  Circle,  the  Centre  being  itself 
a  Circle,  as  are  all  Centres,  and  all  Units  of  a  Circle;  all 
are  Centres  and  Circles,  in  unceasing  Spiral  Motion,  sus- 
tained by  their  Correlation  and  integral  Contact  and  Union 
with  one  another. 

171.  "There  is  therefore,  in  strict  truth,  no  such  thitig  as 
a  Final  Canse^  because  the  Cause  of  Motion  in  the  Cen- 
tral Microcosm  is  its  integral  relation  with  the  IMacrocosm  ; 
and  the  Cause  of  Motion  in  the  Macrocosm'  is  its  integral 
relation  with  the  Centre. 

172.  "The  principle  of  Circulation  and  Centralisation  is 
the  principle  of  x\ttraction  and  Repulsion,  of  Centripetal 
and  Centrifugal  Force;  and  this  is  the  principle  that 
accounts  for  Perpetual  Motion,  the  Conservation  of  Force 
and  Matter. 

173.  "The  Macrocosm  feeds  the  Microcosm,  the  Micro- 
cosm feeds  the  Macrocosm;  the  Centre  supplies  the 
impulse  to  the  Circle,  the  Circle  supplies  the  impulse  to  tiie 


240 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


Centre.  Reciprocity^  or  Positive  and  Negative  Force,  is  the 
Law,  which  governs,  sustains,  and  vitalises  the  Universe, 
from  the  Centre  to  the  Circumference." 

174.  And  when  Jesus  had  finished  these  words  He  dis- 
missed His  Disciples,  bidding  them  return  unto  him  on  the 
next  day  to  hear  the  continuation  of  the  Discourse  on  the 
Mystery  of  the  Tri-Une  Godhead.  And  Jesus,  according 
to  His  wont,  ascended  the  hill,  alone,  that  He  might  pass 
the  night  in  Solitude  and  Prayer. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

THE   MYSTERY  OF  THE    TRI-UNE  GODHEAD. 

Part  II. — the  law  of  centrai.ity  ;  the  basis  of  crea- 
tion AND  LIFE  OF  JEHOVAH,  THE  ALL-PARENT. 

1.  "Beloved  Brethren,  I  concluded  my  last  Discourse  by 
opening  unto  you  the  Mystery  of  Jehovah,  the  All-Parent, 
the  Central  All-Creative  Microcosm,  and  I  explained  to 
you  briefly  the  fundamental  principle  of  Centrality,  by 
which  the  Motion  of  all  Bodies  in  the  Universe,  and  the 
Motion  of  the  Universe  itself,  is  governed  and  sustained  in 
eternal  continuity. 

2.  "I  also  said  unto  you  that  all  the  phenomena  of  Life 
and  Being,  and  all  the  multiform  correlations  and  conditions 
of  Force  and  Matter,  are  caused  by  the  Energy  produced 
and  generated  by  Eternal  Cosmic  Motion. 

3.  "I  said  that  Jehovah,  the  Father,  is  the  Primal  Centre 
of  Centres  in  the  Universe,  and  that  He  Himself  is  an 
Aggregation  of  Centres  and  Circles,  as  are  all  Microcosms, 
forming  the  perfect  Macrocosm. 

4.  '"Ye  must  understand  that  the  whole  mechanism  of  all 
Organisms,  from  that  of  the  Macrocosm  to  that  of  the 
minutest  cellular  atom  of  a  molecule  of  Etheric  Substance, 
is  sustained  entirely  by  the  same  principle  of  Centrality  and 
Energy  of  Motion,  and  that  no  Organism  is  capable  of 
existence  without  its  antecedent  Cause,  viz..  Motion. 

5.  "This  Energy  of  Motion  has  two  Forces  belonging  to 
it.      First,    it  is  a  Motion   inwards   which    produces  a  Force 
that  draws  to  its  central  point  the  atoms  that  are  within  its     ) 
circle   of  influence;    and   this  is  called    Attraction,  or  Cen- 
tripetal Force. 

6.  "Second,  it  is  a  Motion  outwards,  that  produces  a 
Force  that  projects  from  its  central  point  the  atoms  that  are 
within  its  circle  of  influence;  and  this  is  called  Repulsion, 
or  Centrifugal  Force. 


242  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


7.  "Both  these  Forces,  or  Energies,  belong  to  the  one 
principle  of  Motion,  and  are  the  Positive  and  Negative 
Force  of  Motion,  which  ever  appear  in  every  form  of 
Motion. 

8.  "And  Motion  is  due  to  the  Principle  of  Centrality 
which  rules  and  pervades  the  whole  of  the  Universe,  the 
governing  principle  of  all  Energy,  Force,  and  Activity,  in 
all  Organisms. 

9.  "Now,  in  order  that  ye  may  understand  fully  the 
Nature  of  Jehovah  the  Father,  and  Central  Microcosm,  it 
is  necessary  to  particularise  very  clearly  concerning  this 
fundamental  Principle  of  the  Universe,  the  Principle,  or 
Law,  of  Centrality. 

10.  "1  have  said  that  Motion  is  the  Primal  Cause  of  the 
creative,  vitalising  and  unifying  Energy  of  the  Universe, 
by  which  it  becomes  what  it  is,  an  infinite  and  limitless 
Ciccle  of  aggregations  of  cells  and   bodies,   cohering  in  one 

\  substantial  living  mass,  which  we  call  the  Macrocosm.  Also 
that  Motion  is  likewise  the  Primal  Cause  of  the  creative,  vital- 
ising and  unifying  Energy  of  all  bodies — Cells,  Organisms, 
and  Microcosms — Etheric  and  Material,  which  form  the 
Macrocosm. 

11.  "And,  as  I  have  said,  Jehovah  is  a  Body,  a  living 
Microcosm,  the  Central  Microcosm  of  Microcosms,  the 
Centre  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  the  progenitive  and  original 
Source  and  Parent  of  all  Microcosms,  from  whose  Person 
have  proceeded,  in  eternal  Procession,  the  Primal  Etheric 
Light-Cells,  which  are  the  original  Primary  embryos  of  all 
Microcosms,  all  organisms,  all  bodies,  and  of  all  the  cells  of 
which  they  are  composed;  and  which  fill  the  Universe 
with  their  unifying  and  cohering  entities  of  uni-material 
Etheric  Substance. 

13.  "Therefore  the  same  Motion  that  is  the  Primal  Cause 
of  the  Energy  which  creates,  evolves,  differentiates,  inte- 
grates, dissolve-;,  and  disintegrates  the  whole  aggregate  of 
bodies  and  Microcosms  in  the  Universe,  and  which  sustains 
the  being,  form,  and  life  of  all   organisms  in  the  Universe, 


THK    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  243 

integrally   and  in  cosmic    solidarity,  operates  in  the  eternal 
sustaining,  governing  and  functioning  of  Jehovah  Plimself. 

13.  "Jehovah  is  the  First  Cause  of  Motion  in  the  Uni- 
verse, and  He  Himself  is  caused  by  Motion.  The  One  is  the 
cause  of  the  other.  Motion  causes  its  own  cause.  Jehovah 
is  the  Seat  of  Motion,  and  He  is  Himself  sustained  by 
Motion. 

14.  ''Further  explanation  of  this  Mystery  is  unnecessary, 
and  beyond  the  grasp  of  your  minds  in  their  present  limited 
capacity.  There  needs  for  you  to  enter  into  relations  with 
the  Celestial  Circles,  to  penetrate  the  veil  that  conceals  the 
infinite  from  the  finite,  that  veil  which  shall  be  removed 
when  ye  attain  to  the  Crown  of  your  ideals,  the  End  of 
your  present  labours,  when  ye  have  passed  through  the 
Cross  and  the  Serpent. 

15.  "But  whilst  there  is  much  that  must  be  deferred  until 
a  later  period  of  vour  development  in  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  which  will  then  no  longer  require  to  be  said  with 
words — for  3'e  shall   see  then    even  as  ye  are   seen   from  on 


concerning  this  matter,  in  fuller  elucidation  of  what  I  have 
already  said. 

16.  "The  question  still  remains  :  What  is  the  First  Cause 
of  Motion;  or  rather:  How  is  Motion  first  originated.''  I 
have  already  said  that  Jehovah,  the  Father,  is  the  First 
Cause  of  Motion  ;  but  by  that  I  meant  that  He  is  the  First 
Source  of  Energy  proceeding  from  Motion.  Jehovah  is  not 
Motion,  nor  is  Jehovah  Energy.  But  Jehovah  is  the  Cen- 
tral Source  in  which  Motion  originally  operates,  and  in 
which  Energy  is  generated. 

17.  "Jehovah  is  the  Central  Battery,  or  Generator,  of 
all  Force  and  Matter  that  fill,  pervade,  and  constitute  the 
Macrocosm. 

18.  "The  question  then  is:  What  causes  Motion?  How 
does    Motion   generate  Energy?     And   how    does     Energy 


High,    and   know  even  as  ye  are   known  by  the  Masters  in 
the  Celestial  Regions  ;   I  have  still  somewhat  further  to  say 


344  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

become  the  Creative  Force  of   all  Matter  and  Force  in  their 
infinitude  of  correlative  forms? 

19.  "It  is  understood  that  Motion  is  the  First  Cause  of 
Energy;  that  Energy  is  the  First  Cause  of  all  the  forms 
which  the  correlation  of  Force  and  Matter  takes  in  the 
production  of  organisms;  and  that  Jehovah  is  the  First 
Source  of  Matter  and  Force,  being  the  First  Spring  and 
Fountain  of  Motion. 

20.  "Jehovah  is  the  Author  of  Life  and  Energy,  Being 
and  Thought,  there  being  no  Life,  Energy,  Being,  or 
Thought  that  did  not  first  spring  from  Jehovah  ;  that  has 
not  Jehovah  as  its  Parent.  Into  whatever  forms  these 
Basic  Elements  of  Life  afterwards  develop,  however  they 
deteriorate  or  degenerate,  whatever  be  their  after-career, 
since  they  first  emerged  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  in  the 
primary  form  of  Primal  Light-Cells  of  Etheric  Substance  ; 
Jehovah  is  the  All-Father,  and  all  Cells  that  fill  and  form 
the  Macrocosm  are  built,  formed,  and  made  in  the  image  and 
likeness  of  Jehovah,  all  are  perfect  embryonic  replicas  of 
Jehovah,  from  the  Primal  Cell  to  the  perfect  God. 

21.  "We  are  dealing  only  with  the  beginning  of  organic 
existence,  the  emanation  of  the  original  Cells — hereafter 
destined  to  develop  to  the  Perfect  Elohim — from  the  'bosom 
of  the  Father,'  from  the  Person  of  His  Ineffable  and  most 
Glorious  Divine  Being.  I  shall  speak  anon  of  the  later 
career  of  the  Cells,  Organisms  and  Microcosms,  after  they 
have  entered  into  cosmic  relations  with  the  Universe. 

22.  "It  is  of  Jehovah  therefore  that  I  have  now  to  speak, 
as  being  the  First  Centre  of  Motion,  the  Fount  and  Source 
of  Energy ;  the  Prime  Author  of  Being,  in  all  cosmic  forms 
and  predestined  developments;  the  Generator  and  Creator 
of  Force  and  Matter,  of  Thought  and  Life. 

23.  "Let  us  therefore  examine  into  the  nature  and  con- 
stitution of  Jehovah,  and  in  this  investigation  ye  will  find 
the  answer  to  the  three  questions  I  have  propounded,  viz., 
(i)  What  causes  Motion?  (2)  How  does  Motion  create 
Energy?      (3)  and    How    does  Energy  become  the  Creative 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


245 


Cause  of  Force  and  Matter,  in  their  infinitudes  of  created 
forms  of  Living  Beings,  Bodies,  and  Organisms,  which 
make  up  the  Universe? 

24.  "And  here  let  me  remark,  in  -passing,  that  there  has 
long  existed  a  fatal  and  false  construction  and  sentiment 
associated  with  all  our  thoughts  of  Jehovah,  in  our  present 
religious  habits  and  attitudes  of  mind  towards  the  most 
Sacred  Person  and  Name  of  Jehovah,  by  which  all  true  and 
patient  enquiry  into  the  stupendous  questions  of  His  Nature 
and  Being  is  crushed  and  quelled  in  the  assumption  that 
any  such  enquiry  is  sacrilegious  and  a  profane  intrusion 
upon  the  Presence  of  One  who  is  unapproachable  by  reason 
of  His  Supreme  Exalted  Dignity. 

25.  "By  reason  of  this  fallacious  assumption  mankind  has 
been  content  to  go  on  in  total  ignorance  of  the  truth  con- 
cerning God's  Nature,  and  to  accept,  with  bated  breath, 
certain  formulas  which  atiirm  particular  attributes  that  are 
generally  misconstrued,  and  made  to  describe  a  Being  that 
fails,  in  most  parts,  to  give  any  correct  representation  of 
Jehovah,  and  likewise  repels  all  honest  thinking  Souls  from 
attaining  any  intelligent  conception  of  Him,  and  any  acces- 
sible way  of  approach  to  His  Benign  and  Paternal  Presence. 

26.  "This  ariseth  from  the  perversion  of  the  most  august 
reverence  and  fear  in  which  Jehovah,  His  Person,  and  His 
Name,  are  held  by  all  His  Sons.  For  ye  know  that  His 
Name,  in  its  true  expression,  never  is  employed  by  mortal 
lips,  but  is  secret  unto  all  but  unto  Masters,  and  by  none 
repeated,  save  by  Elohim,  the  Sons  of  Jehovah,  and 
then  only  in  the  most  solemn  Convocation  of  the  Sacred 
Hierarchies  in  the  Glorious  Temple  of  Jehovah,  and  on 
such  occasion  as  the  utterance  of  the  Name  is  permitted  for 
the  invocation  of  those  majestic  powers  of  the  Most  High, 
in  their  benignant  exercise  in  behalf  of  His  faithful  Child- 
ren, or  in  judgment  upon  those  of  His  Children  whose 
disobedience  hath  wrought  havoc  or  might  do  so,  in  the 
Universe,  or  in  any  portion  of  it. 

27.  "But  to    assume    that    the    Person    of    Jehovah,  His 


\       246  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Nature  and  Constitution,  His  Attributes  and  Powers,  and 
all  concerning  Him  that  a  Being  desireth  or  needeth  to 
know,  for  the  full  and  intelligent  acknowledgement  of  His 
Supreme  Glory,  Majesty,  and  Goodness,  is  debarred  from 
his  enlightenment,  and  forbidden  him,  because  of  the 
Majesty  of  Jehovah,  is  the  grossest  superstition,  and  an 
insult  upon  His  Fatlierhood,  His  Person,  Plis  Justice,  and 
His  Goodness. 

28.  "The  more  we  know,    and  try  to  know,  of  Jehovah, 
(     by  legitimate  and  honest   searching,  the  more  do  we  gratify 

and  please  Him,  who  loveth  to  be  the  object  of  men's 
esteem,  of  their  enquiry,  and  of  their  absolute  delight  and 
thought.  To  them  who  by  diligent  searching  find  out  God, 
He  bestoweth  Himself  in  lavish  beneficence  and  response  ; 
and,  by  diligent  pursuit  of  the  knowledge  of  Jehovah,  a 
Soul  enters  the  Highest  Realms  of  His  Wisdom  and  Power, 
and  becometh  more  and  more  like  unto  God. 

29.  "There  is  naught  concerning  God  that  a  Soul  may 
not  know,  understand,  and  conceive  in  his  mind  ;  and  such 
as  find  Him  out  are  they  who  can  command  the  Elements, 
discern  the  Mysteries,  and  live  above  the  World,  in  the 
Presence  of  Jehovah  and  Elohim. 

30.  "The  greatest  reverence,  and  the  most  pleasing  unto 
Jehovah,  that  mortal  men  can  shew  unto  Him  is,  by  Prayer 
and  Fasting,  and  by  the  most  determined  and  resolute  per- 
severance, self-sacrifice  and  pains,  to  force  their  way  through 
the  density  of  their  ignorance,  sensuality,  and  superstition, 
to  the  truth  that  lies  revealed  and  open  to  all,  beyond  the 
evil  of  the  carnal  and  worldly  senses. 

31.  "He  who  would  know  God  Personally  and  Philo- 
sophically, must  risk  and  dare  all  that  the  attainment  of  the 
most  potent  of  all  Wisdom  must  bring,  in  the  course  of  its 
seeking  and  finding.  And  these  risks  and  perils  are  not 
avoidable,  they  come  in  the  direct  line  of  the  Path,  and 
must  be  fought,  surmounted,  and  overcome,  which  only  the 
most  brave  and  sedulous  Will  can  accomplish. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  247 

33.  "But,  Beloved  Brethren,  be  of  ^ood  cheer,  there  is 
ever  the  more  reward  of  following  every  step  and  conquest, 
and  the  Final  Recompense  is  weightier  than  all  the  pains 
and  perils  that  must  be  undergone  in  its  pursuit. 

33.  "And  lo,  I  am  with  you   always,  even  unto  the  end  : 
and  from  Me  is  thy  life  formed,  thy  strength  sustained,  and      j 
thy    courage     renewed.      I    will     repay     thee    a    thousand 
thousand-fold  for  all  that  thou  losest,  sufferest,  and  endurest.      > 

34.  "Jehovah,  we  have  seen,  is  the  First  and  Central 
Fountain  and  Seat  of  Motion,  producing  the  All-Creative 
Energy  that  sustains  and  vitalises  and  unifies  the  Universe. 

35.  "What  then  causes  Motion,  in  the  first  place;  what  is 
the  First  Cause  of  that  Principle  which  is  the  originative 
and  formative  Force  of  Jehovah,  the  Central  Microcosm, 
and,  through  Him,  of  all  Microcosms  in  the  Universe.^ 

36.  "I  say  unto  you,  that,  strictly  speaking,  there  is  no 
Firsl  Cause  of  Motion.  There  can  be  no  First  Cause  of 
that  which  has   never  had  a  beginning. 

37.  "By  this  statement  I  mean,  that  there  was  never  a 
time  when  there  was  not  Motion.  Therefore  there  never 
was  a  time  when  all  that  is  produced  by  Motion  did  not 
exist.  And,  as  a  corollary  from  this,  there  never  icuis  a  time 
zvhen  the  bodies  formed  by  Motion  did  not  exist.  Likewise  there 
never  7vas  a  time  when  there  7aas  no  Universe,  ?io  Macrocostn,  no 
Central  Alierocosm,  or  Jehovah,  and  no  Microcosms  forming  the 
individuated  Macrocosm . 

38.  "Creation,  in  the  generally  accepted  sense  of  the 
word,  is  an  event  that  has  never  taken  place.  The  Universe 
was  never  created.  Jehovah,  the  Centre,  wa?,  never  created ; 
the  cells,  from  which  all  organisms,  bodies,  and  Micro- 
cosms, have  evolved,  were  never  created. 

39.  "The  Universe  is  the  aggregation  of  Cells  that  have 
sprung  from  the  Father,  in  their  innumerable  forms  of 
evolutionary  development.  The  Cells,  of  which  the  Sub- 
stance of  the  Universe  is  formed,  were  never  created. 

40.  "Motion  is  eternal;  Life  is  eternal;  Jehovah,  the 
Author  of  Life,   is  eternal;   the  Universe,  the  Offspring  of 


248  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Jehovah,  is  eternal;  the  Elements  of  which  are   formed   all 
Microcosms,  are  eternal.      All  that  Is,  is  eternal. 

41.  "Only  is  Non-Eternity  ascribable  to  the  manifested 
forms  which  the  Elements  of  Vitality  take,  in  their  passage 
through  their  yEonial  and  evolutionary  course  of  cosmic 
development.  The  Sun  is  non-eternal ;  organisms  are  non- 
eternal ;  the  Planets  and  Sunlets  are  non-eternal,  in  so  far 
as  regards  their  cosmic  formation,  and  their  varieties  of 
evolutionary  or  fluctuating  stages. 

42.  "But  the  Elements  of  which  they  are  formed  are 
eternal.  Eternity  and  non-Eternity  co-exist  in  all  organ- 
isms and  bodies,  from  Jehovah,  the  Centre,  to  the  Macro- 
cosm, the  Universe,  or  aggregation  of  Microcosms.  This  is 
a  paradox  that  can  only  be  an  insoluble  mystery  to  men 
uninitiated  in  the  Mysteries  of  the  Square  and  Circle. 

43.  "When  I  speak  of  the  non-Eternity  of  Jehovah,  I 
mean,  not  that  there  was  a  time  when  Jehovah  was  not. 
But  I  mean  that  the  Nature  of  Jehovah  is  constituted  after 
the  same  manner  as  the  nature  of  all  Microcosms,  being  the 
Proto-type  of  all  Microcosms. 

44.  "And  as  it  is  the  case  with  a  Microcosm  that,  in  a 
given  period,  through  the  flux  and  reflux  which  the  corre- 
lation of  force  and  substance  eternally  causes,  it  throws  off 
the  whole  of  its  substance,  in  continuous  exhalation,  radi- 
ation, and  vaporisation  of  Cells,  which  pass  into  the 
atmosphere  to  undergo  modifications  and  developments  in 
the  ratio  of  their  development;  so  is  it  with  Jehovah,  from 
whom  eternally  proceed  the  original  currents  of  the  Ele- 
ments of  Vitality,  or  Auric  Force,  in  eternal  radiation  from 
His  Person — which  are  the  Light  of  the  Universe,  the  Light 
of  Life. 

45.  "And  this  eternal  flow  of  Cells  from  Jehovah  is  the 
cause  of  the  Motion  that  eternally  persists  throughout  the 
Universe,  and  which  eternally  persists  in  the  Being  of 
Jehovah.  They  pass  from  Him  in  continuous  waves  of 
radiant  Light,  vibrating  and  radiating  Spirally  in  extend- 
ing   Circles,    filling    the    Universe     with    their    substantial 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  249 

Beings,  unifying,  vitalising,  and  creating  all  the  bodies, 
great  and  small,  animate  and  inanimate,  in  all  their  count- 
less stages  of  Etheric  or  Material  consistency. 

46.  "We  know  that  the  Macrocosm  is  composed  of  an 
infinitude  of  Circles  and  Centres,  radiating  in  Spiral  and 
Concentric  Systems  around  the  Centre  of  Centres,  which 
Centre  is  the  Central  Microcosm,  Jehovah,  the  Father, 
Male  and  Female. 

47.  "And   we  know  that  the  Central  Microcosm  Himself 
is  an  infinite  system  of  Centres  and  Circles   radiating  from      $ 
the  Centre  of  the  Central  Microcosm,  or  the  Brain-Organi- 
sation of  the  Interior  Being  of  Jehovah,    which    Itself    is 
also  a  system  of  Centres  and  Circles. 

48.  "The  same  conception  of  Centres  and  Circles  char- 
acterises the  entire  constitution  of  the  Macrocosm,  from 
Circle  to  Circle,  from  Centre  to  Centre,  there  being  no  part 
of  the  Macrocosm  that  is  not  governed  and  constituted  after 
the  same  manner  of  Circularity  and  Centrality. 

49.  "Now  the  eternity  of  Motion  is  accounted  for  on 
this  principle  of  Circularity  and  Centrality  of  the  Macro- 
cosm. A  Circle,  we  know,  is  a  line  that  has  neither  begin- 
ning nor  ending.  All  Motion  springs  from  the  Centre  of 
the  Macrocosm,  which  has  neither  beginning  nor  ending. 
The  Macrocosm  being  on  a  perfect  plane,  hath  perfect 
equilibrium  and  perfect  stability.  Consequently  Motion, 
which  is  the  effect  of  Circularity  in  equilibrium,  is  spon- 
taneous and  eternal. 

50.  "But  we  have  now  to  consider  the  question  :  How 
does  Motion  create  Energy?  Energy  is  the  Force  of  the 
Universe  that  energises  in  the  Macrocosm  and  is  the  creat- 
ive, formative,  and  originative  factor  in  the  production 
and  development  of  all  Microcosms,  Organisms,  Molecules, 
and  Cells.  And  we  have  said  that  Motion  creates,  or 
generates,  Energy. 

51.  "Ye  know  that  all  Cells,  of  which  the  whole  Uni- 
verse, or  Macrocosm,  is  composed,  are  Dynamic,  or  Force- 
full,    in    their    constitution ;    the   analysis   of  a   simple   cell 


250  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


would  reveal  the  existence  of  an  aggregation  of  still  more 
minute  cellular  particles,  or  atoms;  these  atoms  also  would, 
by  analysis,  be  seen  to  be  integrations  of  still  smaller  atoms. 
52.  "The  whole  Universe  is  an  infinite  aggregation  of 
aggregations  of  atoms,  infinitely  integrated,  infinitely  dif- 
ferentiated, and  infinitely  expanded  and  infinitely  con- 
tracted, forming  all  the  Microcosms  and  all  the  Bodies  that 
i  constitute  the  Macrocosm.  And  what  the  Macrocosm  is  as 
a  whole,  so  is  each  Body,  Solar,  Stellar,  Material,  and 
Spiritual,  in  their  several  parts,  even  unto  the  constitution 
\  of  the  innermost  Centre  of  all  Centres — the  Central  Micro- 
(     cosm,  Tehovah,  the  Father-Mother  of  all  Cells,  Microcosms, 

) 
) 
) 


and  Bodies,  in  the  Universe. 

c;3.  "We  have  seen  that  all  the  Cells,  and  original  atoms 
of  being,  originate  from  the  fecundative  Person  of  one 
Father  and  one  Mother  in  one  Person,  and  the  Macrocosm, 
as  a  whole,  is  this  Offspring  in  the  original  generative 
sense,  as  being  the  Central  Womb  and  Matrix  of  all  the 
Cells  that  form  the  Macrocosm. 

54.  "It  is  now  for  us  to  enquire  into  the  questions  :  How 
these  Cells  are  generated?  By  what  means  do  they  issue 
into  the  space  of  the  Universe?  And  what  is  their  nature, 
form,  and  destiny? 

(  55.    "The   dynamic    nature  of  the    Primordial  Cell  is  the 

cause  of  all  Energy,  or  Force,  in  the  Macrocosm.  This 
energy  is  created  by  Motion — eternal  and  spontaneous 
Motion.  The  Cell,  in  its  infinitesimal  dimensions,  is  an 
aggregation  of  moving  rhythmical  vibrative  atoms,  and 
this  motion,  or  vibration,  is  both  positive  and  negative: 
that  is,  it  consists  of  both  the  force  of  Attraction,  or  Centri- 
petal Force,  and  the  force  of  Repulsion,  or  Centrifugal 
Force;  and  the  action  of  these  forces,  in  perfect  rhythm 
and  vibratory  order,  produces  Friction  and  Heat  ;  effects 
which  cause  the  liberation  and  distribution  of  certain  active 
and  potent  Elements,  and  this  distribution,  in  Circular  or 
Spiral  movements,  outward  and  inward,  we  call  jl/a^fief/sm, 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  251 


or  Electricity.      It   is   this   that    causes    Motion,   and    creates 
Energy  in  Matter,  arid  Force. 

56.  "Magnetic  currents  are  thus  generated  from  all  Cells, 
and  in  the  same  manner  they  are  generated  from  all  aggre- 
gations and  integrations  of  Cells,  in  positive  and  negative 
forces,  of  infinite  potency. 

57.  "Magnetism  is  one  form  of  fecundity,  or  the  trans- 
fusion of  one  kind  of  Elements  with  other  kinds  of  Elements, 
and  their  combination  by  contact;  creating  certain  new 
forms  of  Matter  and  Foixe,  wliich  reproduce  and  dissemi- 
nate their  offspring,  according  to  the  specific  form  of  each 
aggregation,  in  vast  clouds  of  Atomic  and  Dynamic  Cells, 
or  aggregations  of  atoms,  projected  in  currents  of  vibratory 
life,  from  every  centre  of  aggregation  spirally  extending 
into  the  space  beyond,  corresponding  to  and  amalgamating 
with  other  currents  of  vibratory  force  in  space,  and  consti- 
tuting the  vast  creative,  formative,  and  originative  substance 
of  Matter  and  Force,  that  we  call  Ether  \  that  substance 
which  is  impossible  of  finite  analysis,  and  which  is  the  sub- 
basis,  and  contains  the  constructive  Elements  of  all  forms 
of  Etheric,  Spiritual,  and  Material  bodies. 

58.  "And  now.  Beloved  Brethren,  I  have  somewhat  to 
say  concerning  the  Cells  of  which  I  have  spoken,  which 
constitute  those  Elements  that  are  the  Substance  and  Basis 
of  Energy.  Herein  is  a  Mystery  that  transcends  all  finite 
and  mortal  sense  and  knowledge  of  the  constitution  of 
Matter  and  Force. 

59.  "The  words  that  I  now  say  unto  you  can  only  express 
a  certain  definite  and  abstract  statement,  a  statement  that,  in 
the  view  of  natural  science  or  philosophy,  would  appear  only 
in  the  light  of  speculative  and  transcendental  conjecture,  and 
will  remain  such  for  so  long  a  time  as  mankind  remains  in 
the  plane  of  material  correspondence,  and  enters  not  into 
those  higher  planes  of  consciousness  in  which  the  human 
perspective  ascends  to  higher  and  more  spiritual  realms  of 
empirical  truth. 

60.  "With   the   development  of  the   interior  faculties  of 


252  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Soul  and  Spirit,  that  which  the  Mind  and  Body  can  treat 
only  as  transcendental  will  become  Empirical.  But,  until 
that  time,  all  that  is  stated  concerning  those  higher  planes 
that  lie  beyond  the  objective  cognition  of  the  physical 
senses  must  be  relegated  to  the  region  of  transcendental 
speculation. 

61.  "And  content  are  we,  who  correspond  to  the  higher 
planes,  that  this  be  so,  content  to  abide  until  the  nature  and 
mind  of  man  have  developed  unto  tiie  higher  dimensions  of 
consciousness,  which  attainment  is  as  sure,  however  slow, 
as  the  most  certain  following  of  cause  and  effect  in  any 
plane. 

(  62.  "For  us  is  it  to  advance  into  the  region  of  knowledge 
(  derivable  from  our  Souls  and  Spirits,  which  are  in  Union 
with  the  Soul  and  Spirit  of  the  Universe  ;  and  to  forestall 
the  service  of  the  Mind  and  Body,  by  cognising  and  declar- 
ing those  facts  and  principles  which  we  have  the  incontest- 
able certitude  will,  in  due  time,  be  discovered  and  made 
known  by  the  longer  processes  of  intellectual  and  philoso- 
phic enquiry. 

63.  "Our  question  is  :  How  are  the  Cells  generated,  that 
form  the  basis  and  originative  substance  of  the  various 
forms  of  Matter,  organic  and  inorganic,  which  constitute 
the  Universe?  By  what  means  do  they  issue  into  the  space 
of  the  Universe?  And  what  is  their  Nature,  Form,  and 
Destiny? 

64.  "I  have  already  told  you  that  these  Cells  are  gener- 
ated in  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  who  is  the  All-Parent,  and 
Central  Creating  Microcosm  of  the  Macrocosm.  Jehovah 
is  the  Archetypal  Microcosm  of  Microcosms,  and  every 
Cell  that  issues  from  Him  is  the  Embryonic  Replica  of 
Himself. 

65.  "The  Cells  of  which  Jehovah  is  composed  are  gener- 
ated in  His  Person,  and  issue  from  Him  in  eternal  progress- 
ion. Jehovah  is  Four-fold,  as  are  all  Microcosms,  and  from 
each  of  the  Four  Natures  of  Jehovah  there  are  continuously 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  253 

generated  the  infinitude   of  Cells  which   flow  from  Him  in 
eternal  streams  of  Living  Elements. 

66.  "These  streams  of  Living  Elements — the  Elements 
of  Vitality — are  the  Light-Rays  from  the  Fire  of  God. 
They  differ  in  their  nature  according  to  the  part  of  His_ 
Person  from  which  they  emanate. 

67.  "In  the  Person  of  Jehovah  the  Cells  have  eternally 
existed,  passing  through  the  successive  stages  of  cellular 
development  ~>a  the  Being  of  Jehovah,  in  like  manner  as 
the  ova  and  spermatozoa  are  generated  and  developed  in  a 
human  being,  and  as  the  Thought-Aura  of  the  human  Brain 
undergo  similar  developments. 

68.  "Jehovah  is  Male  and  Female  in  One  Person,  even 
as  all  Microcosms  are  male  and  female  in  one  Person.  That 
is  to  say,  that  the  Cells  of  which  Jehovah  is  composed  con- 
sist of  male  and  female  Cells,  which  eternally  fecundate  and 
fructify  in  His  Being.  This  fecundity  is  the  transfusion  of 
the  various  Cells  which  pass  into  His  Being  continually 
with  those  that  are  even  then  circulating  in  Him.  The 
marriage  and  fecundation  of  Cells  is  perpetually  going  on  ; 
and  the  offspring  of  that  fecundation  is  perpetually  passing 
forth  from  Jehovah  in  incessant  streams,  from  the  Four 
Natures  of  His  Person. 

69.  "Now  ye  must  remember  ever  that,  in  speaking  of  these 
Embryonic  Cells,  both  as  in  Jehovah  and  as  projected  cen- 
trifugally  from  Jehovah,  I  am  speaking  of  that  which  is 
not  matter,  though  it  is  Substance.  These  Cells  are  the 
Etheric  Substance  of  which  Matter  is  composed,  which 
finally  evolve  in  the  form  of  Matter.  They  are  the  arche- 
typal proto-form  in  which  Matter  first  begins.  lam  speak- 
ing not  of  anything  that  is  within  the  range  of  the  finite 
senses,  or  is  conceivable  to  the  finite  mind,  until  the  mind 
is  suffused  with  the  Soul  and  Spirit. 

70.  "The  Soul  only  can  apprehend  the  Spirit,  and  the 
Spirit  only  can  apprehend  the  Divine,  The  mind  can  only 
apprehend  the   Divine  when   it    has    transmuted  the  Body, 


i;       254  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  itself,  -in  the  Soul,  and  thus   the  mind  finds  in  the  Soul 
the  interpretation  of  all  Mysteries. 
)  71.   "The  Cells  of  Jehovah  are    Wisdom  in  diffusion,  the 

Thought-Aura  of   Him   from   whom   all  Thought  emanates, 
who  is  the  Fount  and  Source  of  all  Thought. 

72.  "Now  Thought  is  as  much  Substance  as  is  Matter ; 
but  Thought  is  the  purest  and  most  refined  form  of  all 
Substance.  And  the  Thought  of  Jehovah  transcends  all 
other  Thought  as  the  Sun  transcends  all  other  light  in  the 
Universe. 

73.  "And  the  Cells,  which  are  the  Original  Substance  of 
Matter,  Organisms,  Microcosms,  and  all  Cosmic  Bodies, 
organic  or  inorganic,  which  are  eternally  in  Jehovah,  which 
eternally  proceed  from  Jehovah,  and  which  develop,  in  a 
vast  succession  of  degrees  of  transmutations,  transmigra- 
tions, and  Incarnations,  as  they  slowly  ascend  the  Path  of 
Evolution,  are  origi7iany  the  Tliought'Cells  of  Jehovah. 

74.  "The  Thought-Cells  of  Jehovah  are  the  ever-flow- 
ing issue  of  the  Mind  of  Jehovah,  in  perpetual  fecundation 
of  fruitfulness;  each  Thought-Cell  is  a  Thought  of  Jehovah 
escaping,  in  manifested  and  created  form,  from  the  Brain- 
Organisation  of  Jehovah.  Each  organism,  each  creature, 
each  individual  Microcosm,  is  the  development,  in  its  suc- 
cessive degree,  of  a  Thought  of  Jehovah.  The  Microcosm 
of  an  Elohe  is  the  perfect  realised  expression,  in  substantial 
consummation,  of  an  original  Thought  of  Jehovah.  Each 
human  Soul  incarnate  is  a  potential  Elohe,  and  a  prospect- 
ive perfect  expression  of  an  original  Thought  of  Jehovah, 
in  the  process  of  realisation. 

75.  "The  Thought  of  Jehovah,  in  aggregate,  is  the 
Divine  Logos.,  the  Word  of  God.  The  Logos  is  the  Light 
which  suffuses  and  clothes  the  Person  of  Jehovah.  Jehovah 
is  Light ;  He  is  All-Thought ;  and  in  Him  is  naught  except 
Light. 

76.  "The  Cells  of  Jehovah  are  the  Rays  of  Light  pro- 
jected magnetically  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah.  Ever 
polarising  in  the  Brain-Organisation,  they  shoot  forth  from 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OK    JESUS.  2^:; 

Him.    eternally,   in  continuous    rays  of  Thoui^lit-A'ibrat i(  ns. 

77.  "So  infinite  in  number,  so  rapid  in  velocity,  so 
minute  in  size,  they  are,  individually,  absolutely  beyond 
the  conception  and  ap])rehension  of  human  minds  or 
faculties. 

78.  "Yet,  in  the  slow  processes  of  their  development,  in 
the  innumerable  phases  through  which  they  pass,  thev  ulti- 
mately attain  to  proportions  and  conditions  which  render 
them  cognisable  to  finite  beings,  and,  in  due  time,  tliev 
reach  the  stage  of  Matter,  which  locks  them  in  the  adaman- 
tine embrace  of  material  existence.  Thence,  in  course  of 
ages,  they  emerge  in  the  higher  forms  of  inorganic,  and 
then  of  organic  life,  until  they  reach  the  human  and  the 
Adamic    life,    consummating    finally  in  the  Life  of  Elohim. 

79.  "And  as  each  individual  Cell,  and  likewise  each 
individual  Organisni,  or  Microcosm,  is  a  Thought  of 
Jehovah,  so  also  is  the  Macrocosm  the  vSum-Thought  of 
Jehovah. 

80.  "Macrocosmically  and  Microcosmically,  the  Universe 
is  the  Thought,  the  Mind,  the  Logos  of  Jehovah. 

81.  "The  Mind  of  Jehovah — the  Divine  Logos — is  infi- 
nite and  eternal.  There  is  no  finality  in  its  expression,  in 
its  manifold  manifestations.  The  Thought  of  Jehovah  is 
ever  building  the  Temple  of  the  Macrocosm,  framing, 
fashioning,  and  perfecting  every  part  of  it.  Whilst  the 
Temple  of  the  Macrocosm  is  never  completed,  its  building 
never  will  cease;  the  Great  Architect  and  the  Great  Arti- 
ficer are  ever  working,  organising,  ordering  and  finishing 
the  eternal  and  infinite  scheme  of  the  Father,  in  the  build- 
ing of  His  most  noble  Temple  of  Wisdom — the  Macrocosm. 

82.  "Consider,  Beloved  Brethren,  the  greatness  of  this 
conception.  What  is  Thought?  It  is  the  height,  the  length, 
the  breadth,  and  the  depth  of  the  Mind  of  the  Infinite 
Thinker,  the  unexpressed  and  the  expressed  dixinings, 
cogitations  and  reflections  ;  the  creating  and  the  uncreate 
intuitions  and  desires,  purp<ise,  and  will  of  (Jod.  the  Infi- 
nite Centre  of  all  Thought-\'ibraiions  and  Mintl-Radiations. 


256  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

83.  '•Thought,  or  the  Mind  of  Jehovah,  is  tlie  Infinite 
Temple  of  the  Universe,  in  its  supremely  perfect  and 
potential  magnitude  and  grandeur;  as  that  Temple  exists, 
and  from  eternity  existed  in  His  Mind,  and  as  it  slowly 
rears  itself  up  in  the  Macrocosm,  under  the  wisdom  and 
skill  of  the  Great  Hierophants  whose  otiices  are  allocated 
in  the  Divine  Hierarchy. 

84.  "The  Thought  of  Jehovah  is  the  perfect  Design  of 
(  Jehovah,  in  the  most  complete  detail  of  its  infinite  compre- 
hensiveness. It  is  the  originative  material  of  all  the  parts 
of  each  individual  Living  Stone,  destined  to  be  placed  in 
its  designated  position  in  the  building.  It  is  the  cumulative 
processes  of  Development,  of  Evolution,  Transmutation  and 
Generation,  comprising  all  the  present  cognised,  and  the 
unknown  changes,  modifications  and  developments  of  the 
Cells,  Organisms  and  Microcosms  in  their  passage  along  the 
Way  of  Jehovah,  to  their  perfect  conditions  and  constitu- 
tions, to  fit  them  for  their  destined  places  in  the  Temple  of 
Jehovah. 

85.  "No  Living  Stone  is  laid  in  the  Temple  of  the 
Macrocosm  for  its  permanent  station  therein,  that  has  not 
passed  through  every  phase  and  process  of  its  development, 
and  is  not  perfect  in  form,  perfect  in  condition,  perfect  in 
structure,  perfect  in  constitution,  and  perfect  in  equilibrium 
and  harmony  with  the  Temple. 

86.  "The  Living  Stones  are  Alicrocosms  which  originally 
were  eternal  particles  of  the  Eternal  Father,  units  in  the 
Infinite  Whole  of  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  the  Central 
Microcosm  of  Microcosms. 

87.  "They  were  projected,  in  Magnetic  currents  of 
Etheric  Light,  as  Primal  Cells,  that  constitute  Primordial 
Light,  which  form  the  Ravs  of  Jehovah,  the  Elements  of 
Vitality,  radiating  in  and  pervading  the  expanse  of  the 
Solar  Circles,  the  derivative  forms  of  which  materialise  as 
Fire  (Light  and  Heat),  Air,  Earth,  and  Water — the  Four 
Elements  of  Microcosms    and    of    the  Macrocosm,  each  Ele- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  257 

menl  being  a  combination   of  an  infinitude  of  finer   Etiicric 
Elements  that  form  the  Light  of  Life  of  all  (M-ganism  >. 

88.  "No  Living  Stone  is  fitted  into  its  pre-designated 
phice  in  the  Temple  of  the  Macrocosm  whicii  lias  not  under- 
gone, I  say,  the  whole  of  its  predestined  course  of  shaping, 
hewing,  creation,  evolution,  and  development. 

89.  "This  is  the  work  of  the  infinite  number  of  Lives,  of 
Transmutations,  Transmigrations,  and  Reincarnations, 
will,  h  each  Microcosm  must  luidergo,  before  it  can  be  a 
Perfected  Living  Stone  ;  the  rationale  and  object  of  Destiny. 

90.  "A  Perfected  Living  Stone  is  an  Elohe,  the  Perfect 
Temple  of  Jehovah  is  the  whole  Congregation  of  Elohim, 
whose  Hierarchies  fill  the  Heaven  of  Heavens  in  their 
Orders,  Offices,  Functions  and  Dignities,  and  which  have 
their  several  vocations  and  authorities  over  the  various 
Circles,  vSpheres,  Agencies,  and  Processes  of  the  Macrocosm. 

91.  "Innumerable  are  the  stages  of  the  growth  of  a 
Microcosm  from  the  Original  Cell  to  an  Elohe  ;  from  the 
homogeneous  and  Primal  Etheric  Divine  Particle  to  the 
ultimate  heterogeneous  Microcosm,  in  its  Four-fold  Perfec- 
tions, which  constitute  an  Elohe. 

92.  "Of  that  course  I  have  yet  to  speak  to  you  in  detail; 
and  of  the  evil  cause  that  has  temporarily  interposed  to 
protract  the  course,  in  one  of  its  most  momentous  stages, 
of  the  present  races  of  Earth-Microcosms. 

93.  "Let  me  again  emphasise  that  which  I  have  stated. 
Whosoever  a  man  is  now,    incarnate   on   the  Earth  ;    be    he 

1!  however  fallen  and  depraved,  however  vitiated  by  Devils 
{  and  Corruption;  howsoever  this  Earth  has  become  depraved, 
corrupted  and  defiled,  contracted  and  distorted  in  its  shape, 
its  form,  and  constitution,  and  in  the  shape,  the  form,  and 
the  constitution  of  the  organisms  that  live  in  it  and  upon 
it;  nevertheless  every  living  thing,  from  the  living  Earth 
itself,  to  the  smallest  creature  that  draws  sustenance  from 
it,  is  a  Thought  of  Jehovah,  a  part  of  that  Whole  Mind  of 
Jehovah  which  compasseth  the  Universe,  and  which  was 
generated  in  the  Person  of  Jehovah. 


358  THE    LIKE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

94.  "Remember  this,  that  Sin  atid  Evil  do  not  frustrate 
the  Mind  of  God.  The  Mind  of  God  is  the  Destiny  of  the 
Microcosms.  The  Substance  of  everything  is  the  Mind  of 
God  in  various  forms  of  Being,  in  various  degrees  of  devel- 
opment and  growth,  and  in  some  particular  conditions  that 
have  evoh  ed  from  certain  Natural  or  Cosmic  Causes. 

95.  "Evil  and  vSin  are  natural  and  Cosmic  Causes,  which 
causes  are  themselves  natural  and  cosmic  effects  of  still 
more  antecedent  causes.  But  there  are  causes  and  effects 
that  lie  behind  even  these  causes,  in  which  Evil  and  Sin 
had  no  part ;  and  these  causes  and  eft'ects  underlie,  and  are 
bound  up  with,  the  later  causes  and  effects  in  which  Evil 
and  vSin  had  their  parts.  And  these  antecedent  causes  and 
effects  date  back  to  the  Eternal  First  Cause,  the  Being  and 
Central  Person  of  the  Father  of  All. 

96.  "Therefore  the  ephemeral  and  temporary  supervention 
of  Evil  and  Sin  can  no  more  destroy  or  frustrate  the  work- 
ing of  these  antecedent  causes  and  effects,  than  can  disease 
destroy  the  individuality  of  its  victim.  And  these  anteced- 
ent causes  and  effects  so  far  outweigh  the  causes  and. 
effects  which  have  intruded,  which  we  call  Evil  and  Sin, 
that  no  weight  of  Evil  and  vSin  can  turn  the  balance  to  the 
utter  annihilation  of  anything  that  has  its  first  Inceptions 
and  Beginnings  in  God,  and  that  was  built  up  from  an 
infinite  combination  of  causes  and  effects  that  extend  back 
in  ^ons  of  time,  exceeding  in  .Eons  the  number  of  min- 
utes occupied  in  the  period  in  which  Sin  and  Evil  have 
supervened.  ( 

97.  "Shi  and  Evil — stupendous  and  momentous  as  are  ( 
their  terrible  effects  upon  the  Microcosms  affected  by  them  ( 
— are  yet  but  a  transitory  episode  in  the  career  of  those  <( 
Microcosms,  and  will  have  no  eventual  consequence  upon  the  < 
Microcosms,  other  than  the  terrible  pain  and  suffering  ( 
superadded,  and  l!ie  (to  human  estimates)  interminable  y 
lengthening-out  of  their  periods  of  development  ;  which,  in  J^ 
so  many  cases,  will  mean  as  many  ^'Eons  more  as  have  ^ 
already  been    swallowed    up    in    their  past  evolution.      For,  '; 


THE    LIFE     AND    DISCOUHSES    OF    JESUS.  259 


as  I  have  already    reminded   you,    many  Souls,  both  of  this 
generation,  and  the  Demons  of  the  Astral  Zone,  will  suffer     ) 
Dissolution,  and  will  require  to  re-be^in  their  development 
from    their   earliest    beginnin<r,  and  will  be  saved,  yet  so  as 
bv  Fire. 

98.  "Let  this  be  thoroughly  understood  by  you,  I^eloved 
Brethren,  that  Sin  and  Evil  cannot  ultimately  frustrate  the 
counsels  and  purposes  of  Jehovah,  or  throw  into  any  sort 
of  confusion  the  mechanism  and  order  of  the  Macrocosm. 
All  that  ever  came  from  the  Father  will  eventually  return 
to  the  Father,  every  Cell  of  Substance  that  began  individual 
existence  and  life  in  the  Bosom  of  the  Father,  that  was 
generated  in  the  Maternal  Womb  of  the  Father,  and  pass- 
eth  forth,  a  Cosmic  Atom,  into  the  Macrocosm,  to  fulfil  its 
eternal  Destin\-.  will  fulfil  that  Destiny  for  which  it  was 
created,  and  will  ultimately  become  an  Elohe,  a  Living 
Stone  in  the  .Supernal  Temple  of  the  Almighty,  a  perfected 
Part  of  the  Macrocosmic  Whole. 

9g.    "Though  for   the    deliverance   of   the    Earth  from  its 
Curse — the  Curse  of  Disobedience,  which  fell  upon  it  in  the 
last  Adamic   Age — many    Sons    of    God  have  perished,  and 
will  perish,  from  the  Earth,  by  persecution,  by  torture,  and 
by  death;    though  the    Enemy   seemeth    to    triumph,  and  to     ^ 
have  worked  the    final    destruction    of    the   Earth  ;    the  end     ) 
will  only  result  in  the  triumph  of    God,  in  the  ultimate  vic- 
tory of  the  GOD  that  licth   at  the  bottom^  and  in  the  centre  of    \ 
Evil.  ) 

100.  "And  every  Age  is  bringing  that  end  nearer,  and 
ye,  my  Brethren,  who  have  chosen  the  Path  of  the  Cross 
and  Serpent,  shall  have  your  share  and  privilege  in  hasten- 
ing that  end,  though  ye  shall  die  the  death,  and,  in  your  )' 
life,  and  in  your  death,  ye  shall  not  see  the  end.  As  the 
Prophets  who  were  before  you,  who  lived  and  died  in  ^ 
hope,  suffered  for  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  perished  for 
their  testimony,  so  shall  ye  suffer  and  die,  in  the  testimony 
of  the  truth  of  the  Wisdom  that  I  teach  you,  even  also  as  ye 
shall  see  me  die. 


26o  THE    I.IKE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

loi.  "Jehovah,  I  have  shewn  von,  is  ihe  First  Cause  of 
Being,  the  Central  Microcosm  of  Microcosms,  the  Father- 
Mother  of  Cells,  Organisms,  and  Microcosms,  which  form 
the  Basic,  Formative,  Creative  and  Sustaining  Substance 
of  the  Universe. 

102.  "The  original  form  in  which  the  Etheric  Divine 
Substance  emanates  from  the  Person  of  Jehovali  is  in  Cells, 
which  is  the  form  of  that  substance  both  *  in  its  original 
existence  eternally  in  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  and  in  each 
successive  development  of  its  constitution. 

103.  "All  that  Is,  is  cellular,  and  nothing  exists  but  is 
constituted  in  cellular  form.  The  Perfected  Elohe  is  a 
supreme  aggregation  of  Cells  in  a  complex  lieterogeneous 
system  of  integrated,  differentiated,  and  segregated  conger- 
ies of  Cells,  all  moving  .Spirally  from  their  several  Centres, 
exhaling  and  receiving  Cells,  in  and  from  their  Divine 
Persons.  - 

104.  "Jehovah  is  the  Supreme  and  Central  Elohe,  the 
Creative  Microcosm,  from  whom  all  the  Cells,  in  all  cosmic 
aggregations,  originally  came. 

105.  "The  Cells  that  form  the  Being  of  Jehovah  appear, 
in  His  Being,  as  Primordial  and  Suffused  Light.  Jehovah's 
Person  is  invisible,  except  as  Transcendent  Light,  Light 
that  surpasseth  all  visuality,  Light  unapproachable  and 
Infinitely  Glorious,  which  only  Elohim  can  behold  and 
steadfastly  gaze  upon, 

106.  "They  are  generated  eternally  in  Jehovah,  Male  and 
Female,  and,  passing  through  innumerable  cellular  trans- 
mutations and  modifications,  as  they  pass  from  the  Brain- 
Organisation,  in  fluidic  flow%  into  eacii  and  every  part  of 
His  Being,  in  each  of  His  Four  Natures,  they  attain,  in 
each  part,  the  characteristic  and  substantial  form,  embryon- 
ically,  of  each    part. 

107.  "So  that,  when  the  time  cometh  for  them  to  be 
projected  into  tiie  Etheric  Atmosphere  outlying  the  Person 
of  Jehovah,  and  to  begin  their  separate  organic  and  Cosmic 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  261 


Existence,  they   are,    in    Embryo,   the    Perfect    Monad,    the      ) 
complete    Microcosm. 

108.  "A  Cell  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah  is  One,  a 
Homogeneous  and  Perfect  Monad,  containing,  in  perfect 
suffusion  and  equilibrium  of  .Substance,  all  tiie  parts,  sec- 
tions, and  organs  of  the  Four  Natures  of  a  Microcosm  in 
One  Entity. 

109.  "Centralised,  in  the  first  instance,  in  the  Brain- 
Organisation  of  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  the  Cell  circulates 
in  the  Spirit,  and  develops  the  various  parts  and  organs  of 
the  Spirit,  all  the  functioning  faculties  of  which  it  derives  \ 
in  embryonic  form.  In  each  part  of  the  Spirit,  of  which 
there  are  Twelve,  to  which  the  Twelve  Angles  of  the  Sun 
and  the  Twelve  Signs  of  the  Zodiac  correspond,  the  Cell 
circulates  from  the  Centre  of  that  part,  each  part  itself 
being  subdivided  into  Centres  and  Circles  in  the  Square  of 
Twelve,  in  each  of  wliicii  central  system  the  Cell  passes,  in 
continuous  rev'olution  and  rotation. 

no.  "The  same  course  is  followed  next  in  the  Soui.  of 
Jehovah,  in  which  it  partakes  and  draws  to  itself  the  ele- 
ments and  characteristics  of  the  vSoul-Organs  and  function- 
ing faculties. 

111,  "Likewise  it  entereth  the  Mind  of  Jehovah,  with 
a  like  course  of  development,  and  modification,  in  embryo. 
And  Finally  it  entereth  the  Body  of  Jehovah,  with  the 
same  processes  and  courses  of  Development. 

112.  "Thus,  after  ^onsof  ^ons  of  Interior  Develop- 
ment and  creation,  in  the  Being  of  Jehovah,  continuously 
being  born,  and  re-born,  according  to  the  form  of  birth  and 
re-birth  obtaining  in  Cell-Generation,  by  constant  Trans- 
mutations, Solutions,  Dissolutions  and  Transfusions;  the 
Embryonic  Microcosm  is  projected  from  the  Being  of  Jeho- 
vah, Father-Mother,  leaveth  the  Bosom  of  the  Father,  and, 
in  a  shaft  of  Etheric  Light,  pierceth  the  surrounding 
Etheric  Zone  of  Jehovah,  the  Exterior  Being  of  the 
Father;   then  to  pass  through  its  further  processes  of  devel- 


262  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

opment  and  organisation,  in  the  Tri-L  ne  Being  of  Jehovali 
in  the  midst  of  the  Throne. 

11^.  *'Vou  see,  therefore,  that  the  Microcosm,  in  its 
original  Cell-form,  as  it  entereth  the  Macrocosm,  and  com- 
menceth  its  correlation  with  the  Universe — the  innumerable 
Cycles  of  Transmutations  which  it  must  undergo,  in  order 
to  find  organic  and  cosmic  Personality  in  the  Perfect  State 
of  Elohim — emerges  from  the  unseen  and  common  life  of 
Cellular  Being,  in  the  Di\'ine  Being,  a  perfect  Alicrocosm 
in  latent  embryonic  conditions,  an  exact  Replicj  of  JchoTtih, 
made,  formed,  designed,  and  fashioned  in  the  precise 
image  and  likeness  of  Jehovah. 

114.  "No  part  of  Jehovah,  no  organ,  faculty,  or  section 
of  the  Supreme  Father-Mother  of  the  Macrocosm  is  missing 
in  the  organic  Cell  of  Etheric  Primal  Light  that  emerges 
from  Jehovah,  and  that  is  tlie  First  Appearance  of  the 
Microcosm  in  the  arena  of  Development,  in  the  expansive 
Circles  of  the  Universe, 

115.  "The  Microcosmic  Cell  is  Elohe  from  the  Begi/ining, 
cvibryonical/y,  latently,  and  potentially,  the  Microcosmic  Cell  is 
Elohe  in  the  End,  actually,  organically,  constitutionally,  when 
it  returns  finally  to  the  Bosom  of  the  Father,  and  is  re-born, 
for  the  last  time,  in  tlie  Family  of  Jehovah,  a  Perfect  Elohe, 
a  Son  of  Jehovah. 

116.  "Of  its  further  Transmutations,  Solutions,  Dissolu- 
tions, Transfusions,  and  Re-formations,  1  shall  speak  anon. 
In  my  next  Discourse  I  shall  speak  of  the  First  of  these,  as 
it  takes  place  immediately  it  leaveth  the  Being  of  the 
Father,  and  entereth  the  Being  of  the  Son,  represented  in 
the  Vision  I  have  related  to  you,  in  the  form  of  the  Lamb 
as  it  had  been  slain,  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne.  Ye  shall 
thus  learn  of  that  Great  Mystery  of  the  Son  of  [ehovah, 
the  Christ  of  Ciirists,  the  One  Mediator  between  God 
and  the  Macrocosm;  and  the  Mystery  of  the  At-One-tnent, 
which  follows  as  a  necessary  Law  in  the  dissolution  of  Sub- 
stance,   and   the    Fixation    of    the    Dissolved;    the    Descent 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


263 


of  Spirit    (latent)   into   Matter,   and    the   Ascent  of  Matter 
into  .Spirit  (organic  and  functional). 

117.  "I  have  now  shewn  you,  as  far  as  human  language 
will  permit  of  the  exposition  of  the  Language-less  Wisdom 
— the  Logos  that  surpasseth  Expression — the  history  of  your- 
selves and  of  all  Microcosms,  in  the  Beginning  of  the 
Beginnings;  emerging  from  Jehovah,  the  Father-Mother, 
in  the  impalpable,  imponderable,  and  wholly  Etheric  form 
of  Latent  Light  \  the  Primordial  Fire  of  Jehovah,  in  its  first 
Radiation  and  Diffusion. 

118.  "My  next  Discourse  will  shew  this  same  Primordial 
Fire  in  its  first  forms  of  manifestation  and  organic  shaping, 
before  it  entereth  the  Macrocosmic  Circles  and  participateth 
in  the  Spiral  Course  of  Descent  and  Ascent  unto  the  apex 
of  the  Triangle  which  is  at  once  the  Starting-Point  and  the 
Goal  of  Being. 

119.  "Starting  from  the  One  Line  Descendant,  travers- 
ing the  horizontal  Base,  and  proceeding  along  the  other 
Line,  Ascendant,  the  Microcosm  describeth  the  Four-fold 
Circles,  and  establisheth  an  unbroken  and  eternal  correlation 
and  solidarity  with  Jehovah  the  Centre  of  Centres,  and 
with  the  Macrocosm,  the  Circle  of  Circles." 

120.  These  words  spake  Jesus  unto  His  Disciples,  and 
ended  His  Discourse  on  the  Law  of  Centrality,  the  Basis  of 
Life  and  Generation  in  Jehovah,  the  Father-Mother  of  the 
Macrocosm. 


% 


)  \ 

) 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

\ 

>  THE   MYSTERY  OF  THE  TKI-UNE  GODHEAD. 

) 

Part  III. — the  mystery  of  the  logos,  or  the  prim- 
ordial LIGHT. 

1.  "Beloved  Brethren,  in  my  last  Discourse  I  elucidated 
the  Mystery  of  the  Tri-Une  Godhead,  in  its  Central  aspect, 
the  Person  and  Nature  of  the  Father,  the  Central,  All- 
Creative  Microcosm  of  the  Macrocosm  —  Jehovah,  God 
Almighty. 

2.  "I  she\ved  to  you  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  clothed  in 
Ineffable  Light,  the  Radiation  of  which  fillet h  the  Macro- 
cosm with  the  Eternal  Basic  Substance  of  Matter  and 
Force,  the  Basis  of  all  Life,  Being  and  Form,  throughout 
the  Circles  of  the  Universe,  in  all  their  manifold  forms  antl 


)     grades  of  development. 

3.  "He  is  the  Central  Sovereign  Archetypal  Figure  th;it 
sitteth  upon  the  Throne  of  the  Heaven  of  Heavens,  from 
whom  emanate  all  the  Microcosms  that  exist  in  the 
Universe. 

4.  "Now  hearken,  Bsloved  Brethren,  for  I  have  a  great 
Mystery  to  deliver  unto  you,  the  nature  of  which  surpasseth 
all  human  knowledge  and  all  human  understanding.  Put 
away  from  you  all  the  finite  ideas  that  ye  have  formed  in 
your  minds,  all  the  understanding  and  misunderstanding 
that  have  been  implanted  in  you  through  ignorance  and 
illusion  ;   enrobe  your   minds    in   the   pure  garments  of  the 

{  Divine  Wisdom  that  I  have  shewn  unto  you;  for  upon  the 
basis  of  that  Wisdom  only  can  ye  upraise  the  Temple  of 
Truth,  upon  the  Foundation  of  the  Divine  Knowledge 
which  I  have  laid,  and  will  lav — even  the  Mind  and  Logos 
of  Jehovah-Elohim. 

5.  "Ye  know  that  I  have  so  far  described  unto  you  the 
^  Person  and  Nature  of  Jehoxah,  the  Centre  of  the  Macro- 
) 


THE    LIFE     AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  26c; 

cosm,  who  sitteth  clotfied  in  Li<i[IU,  upon  the  Great  Crystal 
Throne  of  the  Universe,  in  the  .Supreme  and  Sacred  T«Mnple 
of  the  Sun  of  Suns,  that  eternally  moveth  in  the  midst  of 
the  vast  and  glorious  Zone  of  Light,  the  Celestial  Abode  of 
the  Eternal  Father-Mother,  the  Crvstal  Metropolis  of  the 
Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

6.  ''Think  not  that  such  a  description  as  1  have  given 
unto  you  is  only  figurative  or  visional.  It  is,  in  very  truth, 
such  as  I  have  told  you.  The  Sun  of  Suns  is  the  Seat  of 
the  Universal  Empire  of  Jelun  ah  ;  the  Central  Orb;  the 
Abode  of  Jehovah,  and  of  the  Great  Hierophants  of  the 
Universe,  and  their  Supernal  Hierarchies,  who  rule  over 
the  Uni\erse  in  their  several  Stations,  Authorities,  Digni- 
ties, and  Offices. 

7.  "The  Temple  of  the  Sun,  the  Archetvpal  Temple  of 
Temples,  (whose  structural  counterparts  are  multiplied  in 
all  Spheres  and  Circles  of  the  Universe),  stands,  in  glorious 
fashion,  in  the  midst  of  the  Central  Orb;  and  the  Vision 
ye  have  heard  from  Me,  is  the  true  and  literal  description 
(so  far  as  the  limitations  of  language  can  avail  to  describe 
that  which  surpasseth  the  power  of  language)  of  that  most 
Magnificent  Temple. 

8.  "When  ye  lift  up  vour  eyes  to  the  Sun  in  meridian, 
your  ph3'sical  optics  sutler  blindness  in  beholding  its  radi- 
ance. Yet  that  orb  of  magnificence,  of  powerful  eflPulgence, 
is  not  the  Sun  of  .Suns,  nor  is  its  light  comparable  to  the 
Light  of  Lights  that  proceedeth  from  the  Sun  of  Suns. 

9.  "The  Sun  which  ye  behold  is  the  reflected  incandes- 
cence of  the  polarised  Etheric  Light-Rays,  ignited  in  the 
course  of   their    pilgrimage    from    the    Sun    of    Suns    to  the 

^  attraction  of  the  Zodiacal  bodies.  The  Light  that  ye  see 
\  concentrated  in  yon  glorious  Orb,  is  the  zone  of  burning 
gases,  generated  by  the  friction  caused  by  the  velocity  of 
the  Spiral  Motion  of  the  infinitude  of  atomic  Etheric  Cells 
which  pass  from  the  Sun  of  Suns  by  eternal  rotary  move- 
ment in  perpetual  motion. 


266  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS, 

10.  "The  Light  that  ye  see  is  the  expanded  form  of 
gaseous  matter  to  which  the  Cells  of  Primordial  Light,  the 
Embryos  of  all  Microcosms,  are  reduced,  after  that  they 
have  entered  the  Zodiac  and  assimilated  with  the  Cells  and 
Microcosms  already  existing  and  developing  in  cosmic  and 
individuated  conditions,  in  the  vast  aggregation  of  polar- 
ising Bodies  in  the  Macrocosm. 

11.  ''These  Cells  already  existing  in  the  Macrocosm  are 
not  such  as  they  were  when  they  first  emanated  from  the 
Being  of  Jehovah.  Many  transmutations  of  their  nature 
have  taken  place  before  they  appeared  in  the  form  of  Incan- 
descent Light,  projecting  forth  Heat  and  Luminance  into 
the  Circles  of  the  Universe,  and  are  made  capable  of 
assimilation  and  absorption  in  the  Stellar  and  Solar  Bodies, 
and  in  the  various  Microcosmic  organisms  that  inhabit 
those  bodies. 

12.  "The  Mysteries  that  I  am  now  revealing  unto  you 
deal  with  these  Cells,  of  Etheric  Cellular  Embryos  of  the 
Microcosms,  which  appear  visibly  to  your  eyes  and  senses 
in  the  forms  of  Light-Rays  and  of  Etheric  and  Chemical 
Gases  and  Elements,  composing  Ether  and  Force,  many  of 
which  are  now  known  to  chemistry  but  of  which  the  larger 
number  are  still  undiscovered;  at  a  period  of  their  cosmic 
development  long  anterior  to  the  time  when  they  became 
visible  in  incandescent  Light-Rays. 

13.  "The  purest  and  most  immaterial  form  of  Light  is, 
to  human  perception,  absolutely  colourless,  impalpable, 
intangible,  and  invisible. 

14.  "Their  existence  is  infinitely  beyond  the  perceptivity 
of  the  human  senses. 

15.  "Only  can  Primordial  Light  be  perceived  by  the 
finest  and  latest  developed  organs  of  Spirit. 

16.  "Only  can  a  Master — a  Perfected  Microcosm — see 
Primordial  Light,  and  perceive,  with  his  Spirit-Senses,  the 
infinite  and  supernal  variations  of  voices,  colours,  fragrance, 
form,  and  appearance,  of  those  infinitely  exquisite  Entities 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  267 


which  constitute  the  Substance  of  the  Celestial  Atmosphere, 
and  the  Basic  Elements  of  Life. 

17.  "Yet  I  tell  you  that  these  Cells  of  Primordial  Light 
possess  powers  and  energy,  in  latency,  in  degrees  of  potency 
exceeding  by  million  times  the  Forces  which  exist  in  the 
most  potent  of  all  material  dynamic  agencies.  And,  were 
the  knowledge  of  the  potencies  that  exist  in  many  of  our 
commonest  material  gases,  and  chemical  compounds  (such 
as  are  already  known  to  Science,  as  well  as  those  that  have 
not  yet  been  discovered) — were,  I  say,  such  knowledge  in 
the  hands  of  mankind, /cv'/'/f,  to  the  very  existence  of  the  7-ace^ 
tvoiild  he  entailed,  such  that,  can  ye  zvonder  that  the  Mysteries 
which  the  Ancient  Wisdom  safeguards  cantiot  be  i?idiscriminately 
divulged  to  mankitid  generally? 

18.  "Yea,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  that  if  the  Mysteries  of 
the  vSquare  and  Circle,  and  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent — the  > 
Greater  and  the  Lesser  Mysteries  respectively — were  spread 
broadcast  throughout  the  world,  and  if  all  mankind  were 
permitted  to  follow  the  Principles  of  Spiritual  Development 
inculcated  in  these  Mysteries,  and  to  inconsiderately  and 
inquisitively  partake  of  the  Tree  of  Life,  that  maketh  men 
to  become  Gods,  then  would  be  let  loose  upon  this  earth 
such  Dynamic  and  Spiritual  Forces  as  would  speedily  con- 
vert the  earth  into  Gehenna.  The  Earth  and  all  its  Micro- 
cosms would,  in  the  twinkling  of  an  eye,  be  consumed  with  \ 
fervent  heat — gfood  and  bad  alike — and  dissolution  would  S 
instantly  overtake  all  Souls,  in  Purgatory,  in  the  Lower 
Paradisaical  Spheres,  in  Sheol,  as  well  as  those  existing  in 
and  upon  the  Earth.  Untimely  and  swift  destruction  would 
befall  every  Sphere,  and  every  abode  of  Spirits,  discarnate  ( 
and  incarnate,  within  the  zone  of  the  Earth- Attraction,  \ 
through  the  effects  of  mighty  igneous  cataclysms,  and  ter- 
rific catastrophes,  set  on  foot  by  the  unscrupulous  passions 
of  Demons  and  Men,  bent  only  on  destruction.  ( 

19.  "Yea,  Beloved  Brethren,  there  are  Forces  in  this 
Earth,  and  Astral  Zone,  that  lie  in  wait  to  seize  upon  every 
chance  of  wreaking  an  infernal  vengeance  upon  the  Sacred 


268  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Hierarchies  of  Jehovah  ;  who,  if  smicli  a  chance  were  given 
them,  would  hurl  the  whole  world  and  Astral  Zone  into 
^^onial  Dissolution.  But  concerning  these  matters  I  shall 
have  to  speak  further  and  more  explicitly  when  dealing 
with   the  Lesser  Mysteries   of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

20.  "I  speak  now  particularly  concerning  the  Cells  of 
Primordial  Light,  issuing  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  the 
Father-Mother  of  the  Macrocosm.  And  I  have  said  that 
these  Cells  are  infinitely  beyond  the  perceptivity  of  the 
human  senses,  as  of  the  senses  of  any  vSpirits  other  than 
those  who,  having  undergone  the  TweKe  Labours  of  the 
Cross,   and   having  passed    through    the    Six    Gates   of   the 

■!  Serpent,  have  redeemed  their  Souls  from  sin  and  degener- 
acy, have  slain  the  Serpent  of  Corruption,  and  have  become 
identified  with  the  true  and  pure  Serpent  of  Wisdoni,  the 
Seraph  of  Light,  whose  coiling  form  illumines  the  Path 
that  leadeth  unto  the    Highest   Heavens,    the   Sun   of   Suns. 

21.  "Only  when  a  Spirit  attaineth  to  the  Sixth  Degree 
of  the  Serpent,  and  is  qualified  for  Initiation  into  the  Greater 
Mysteries  of  the  Celestial  Order  of  the  Square  and  Circle, 
is  he  capacitated  to   pierce    the   Darkness   and  to  survey  for 

(  himself  the  whole  glory  of  the  Macrocosm,  in  its  eternal, 
interior,  and  exterior  relations  and  conditions,  even  to  the 
Centre  and  Source  of  its  manifold  Life  and  Being, 

22.  "Only  when  such  conditions  have  been  attained,  can 
)     a  Microcosm  be  permitted  to  penetrate  the  Veil  of  Mystery 

which  hideth  the  extremely  subtle  and  most  potent  Forces 
of  the  Cosmos  from   undeveloped   and    unperfected   Beings. 

23.  "Therefore  I  say  unto  you,  that  the  Elements  of 
Vitality,  the  Cellular  Entities  which  come  forth  into  the 
Inner  Circles  of  the  Celestial  Zone, — the  first  Cells  of 
Etheric  and  Primordial  Light — hold  Powers  of  latent  force 
and  potency  which,  in  their  exercise  and  operation,  have 
power  to  bring  infinite  catastrophe  upon  any  portion  of  the 
Universe  in  which  these  Forces  have  been  discovered,  and 
profanely  set  in  motion.  And  these  supernal  concentra- 
tions of  initial    and   undiluted   Force,    which    repose    in  the 


THE     lAVK    AND    DISCOl'KSHS    OK    JESUS.  269 

infinitesimal  atomic  particles  of   the   Etheric  Cells  of  Prim-     ; 
ordial  Light,  constitute,  in    transmuted   states  of  vast  diffu-     ^ 
sion  and  ellieric  expansion,  the  Basis  of  all  the  innumerahle 
Forces  and  Elements,  both  which  are  known  in  the  Science 
of  this  world,  and  those  which    are  yet  largel)'  to  be  discov- 
ered by  Science  in  the  future  ages. 

24.  '•They  are  those  Forces  and  Elements — simple  and 
compound — which  the  Masters  of  the  Divine  Wisdom  know, 
and  so  rigorously  conceal  and  conserve,  knowing  well  the 
incalculable  peril  that  such  knowledge  would  place  in  the 
hands  of  foolish  and  deluded  men,  ignorantly  duped  by 
the  unscrupulous  and  vampire  malice  and  wickedness  of 
the  Astral  Demons — the  unseen  and  unsuspected  Rulers  of 
this  world,  the  Princes  of  the  Power  of  the  Atmospheric, 
or  Astral  Zone. 

2^.  '"These  Astral  Spirits  are  wise  in  the  cult  of  the 
Divine  Wisdom,  being  discarnate  Souls  of  Adainic  off- 
spring, many  of  whom  are  versed  in  the  Mysteries  to  a 
high  degree. 

26.  "Their  greatest  purpose  is  to  encourage  the  Initia- 
tion of  the  unwise  and  untaught  of  this  world  into  these  J 
Mysteries,  and  their  seduction  into  Occult  Sorceries, 
Necromancy,  Magic,  Witchcraft,  and  Devil-dealing,  that 
they  mav  secure  for  themselves  skilled  agents  on  the  earth, 
without  which  they  cannot  operate  in  the  hidden  skill  which 
they  possess.  And  so  do  they  devise  to  work  to  infernal 
mischief  and  destruction  upon  this  unhappy  Planet,  to 
accomplish  its  extinction  by  Fire,  and  the  Dissolution, 
with  themselves,  of  all  Beings  still  enmeshed  in  the  Dark- 
ness and  Illusion,  that  have  fallen  upon  it,  from  the  time 
of  the  Fall,  all  Souls  not  redeemed  by  the  Cross  and  Ser-  \ 
pent,  and  thereby  immune  from  destruction  and  Demoniac 
influences.  ) 

27.  "The  Cells  of  Primordial  Light  from  the  Father,  by 
reason  of  their  antecedent  course  of  plasmic  development, 
and  gradual  generation  and  assimilation,  in  the  Being  of 
Jehovah,  Father-Mother,  are,    when    they    pass    forth    from      , 

) 


2^0  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

His  Person,  perfect  embryonic  Replicas  of  the  Being  of  the 
Father,  even  to  the  minutest  detail.  They  contain,  Ether- 
ically  and  Embryonically,  the  precise  form  of  each  struc- 
tural form,  part,  section,  and  organ  contained  in  the 
Four-fold  Constitution  of  the  Father. 

28.  "Thus  each  section,  part,  organ,  and  Structural 
Form  of  the  Cell,  from  its  first  entry  into  the  cosmic  system 
of  Creation  in  the  Macrocosm,  forms  itself  into  a  Centre  of 
Motion,  and  therefore  of  Attraction  and  Repulsion,  within 
itself,  establishing  the  Basis  and  Nucleus  of  the  perfect 
part,  which  evolves  in  its  progress  through  the  evolutionary 
System  of  Creation  in  the  Macrocosm. 

29.  "The  Cell  may  therefore  be  denominated  the  Shade, 
or  Etheric  Nebula,  of  the  Microcosm,  being  the  Microcosm 
in  Embryo,  the  Microcosm  /;/  Spiritu,  the  Microcosm  in 
posse.  Each  part  of  the  Cell  gradually  integrates,  generates 
and  materialises,  in  perfect  order  and  harmony  with  the 
whole  Microcosm,  as  it  slowly  passeth  through  each  phase 
and  degree  of  the  evolution  and  development  of  its  individ- 
uated existence,  during  its  long  Spiral  passage  through  the 
Zodiac,  and  in  its  innumerable  Cycles  of  existence  in,  and 
correlations  with,  the  Planetary  Spheres,  and  with  the 
Organisms  that  exist  upon  the  Spheres. 

30.  "And  therefore  ye  will  see  that,  as  is  the  Macrocosm, 
such  are  the  Microcosms  of  which  the  Macrocosm  is  com- 
posed;  and  as  are  the  Microcosms,  such  are  the  individual 
Cells  of  which  the  Microcosms  are  composed ;  and  as  are 
the  Cells,  such  also  is  the  Central  Microcosm,  Jehovah,  the 
Father  Almighty,  of  which  Cells  He  is  composed. 

31.  "All  are  Perfect  Replicas  one  of  another,  Jehovah, 
the  Central  Microcosm,  being  the  Original  and  Archetypal 
Form  of  all  Microcosms,  of  all  Cells,  and  of  the  Macrocosm. 

32.  "Now  we  know  that  all  Forces  and  all  forms  of  Sub- 
stance, from  the  Etheric  to  the  Material,  come  from  the 
Father,  as  being  the  products  of  correlations,  affinities  and 
oppositions  of  these  several  forms  of  Substance,  in  their 
innumerable  cosmic  relations  and  conditions;   and  therefore 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  271 

these  various  forms  of  Substance,  in  correlation  and  contact, 
are  not  only  Replicas  or  Counterparts  of  Jehovah,  in  Sub- 
stance, form,  appearance,  nature,  and  constitution,  but  also 
in  Energy  and  Dynamic  Force. 

33.  "And  the  nearer  that  we  arrive  at  the  Person  of 
Jehovah,  in  our  Spiritual  and  Organic  Development,  and 
come  into  touch  and  vision  w^ith  the  Etheric  Cells  of  Primor- 
dial Light,  which  compose  the  Atmosphere  of  the  Inter- 
Celestial,  or  Central  Zone  of  Heaven,  the  more  we  know 
and  have  the  secret  of  the  exercise  of  those  omnipotent 
Forces  and  Potencies  contained  in  the  Cellular  Elements  of 
the  Divine  Person.  We  become  Gods,  not  only  knowing 
the  Absolute  of  Good  and  Evil,  but  possessing  the  Power 
to  exercise  the  Absolute  of  Good  and  Evil. 

34.  "By  this  statement  it  also  follows  that  the  Absolute 
Power  and  Wisdom  of  Jehovah  is  possible  of  being  seized, 
possessed,  and  applied  to  uses  and  purposes  that  are  evil, 
as  well  as  to  those  that  are  good.  The  Power  and  Wisdom 
of  Jeho\'ah  is,  so  to  speak,  public  property^  provided  the 
Microcosms  attain  to  the  conditions  in  which  they  may 
possess  the  knowledge  necessary  for  their  acquisition  and 
use. 

35.  "These  conditions  are  inculcated  in  the  Greater 
Mysteries,  and  the  Lesser  Mysteries  are  they  which  inculcate 
the  manner  in  which  the  Greater  Mysteries  may  be  attained 
by  mortal  men  in  this  Generation,  or  of  this  Race  of  Man- 
kind. 

36.  "But  it  is  possible  (except  for  the  very  careful  safe- 
guarding of  these  Mysteries  in  the  hands  of  the  Elect,  the 
Church  of  Jehovah,  the  Wise  Men),  for  evil  men,  deceived 
Souls,  possessed  of  Demons  and  Wicked  Spirits,  to  qualify 
themselves  in  the  Lesser  Mysteries  for  the  attainment  of 
the  conditions  inculcated  in  the  Greater  Mysteries. 

37.  "Since  the  time  of  the  Fall,  through  the  whole  path 
of  history,  the  attempt  has  been  persistently  made,  but  con- 
tinuously thwarted,  to  possess  the  Mysteries,  and  to  graduate 
Souls  in  their  attainment  ;    and  thus  to  put  under  the  power 


2^3  THK    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

of  the  Astral  DcMiions  an  host   of  living    men    and  women, 

capable    of    co-operating    in    the    exercise    of    those    subtle 

)     Forces  of  the  Universe  which  can  only  safely  be  committed 

unto  the  true  and  wise  followers  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

38.  "And  if  the  world  is  once  seduced  by  the  Demons 
into  the  belief  that  the  false  Baal-Worship  and  Cult  is  the 
true  following  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  if  Mankind 
once,  eji  masse,  throws  itself  into  the  arms  of  those  seducing 
Spirits,  or  Demons,  in  possession  of  men's  Souls,  and  com- 
mits the  fatal  error  of  submitting  itself  to  the  dominion  and 
control  of  deceiving  and  seducing  Spirits,  through  the  many 
plausible  and  deceitful  seductions  and  subtle  forms  of  Magic, 
of  Trance-Mediumship,  of  Demoniac  possession  and 
Inspiration,  unless  Higher  Forces  are  exerted,  and  prevail,  i 
to  thwart  the  designs  of  the  Evil  Ones;  the  swift  and  eter-  \ 
nal  end  of  the  Earth  and  its  inhabitants  will  ensue.  Catas- 
trophes will  occur  such  as  will  exceed  in  awfulness  the  first 
evils  which  befell  our  antediluvian  progenitors,  and  of  like 
nature  as  happened  unto  the  cities  of  Sodom  and  Gomor-  ; 
rah,  which  events  took  place  in  but  confined  parts  of  the 
globe.  I 

39.  "But  if  such  an  eventuality  occurred  in  these  days,  or    [  ^ 

in  the  days  to  come,  the  extent  of  the  area  of  the  catastro-    ' 

phe  would  be    most  widely  increased,  and  would  eventually 

swallow  up   the    whole   Earth    (for    none    realise   how  close 

are  the  affinities   which  correlate  the    Earth  with  Mankind,     \ 

be  Mankind  dominated  by  the  Divine  or  by   the  Demoniac  ' 

'             .  !  ^ 

Aura),  and  would    cause   the  untimelv  and   terrible  end  of  \ 

""                                    .  h 

the  Planet,  and  of  the  unhappy  Microcosms  and  Cells  which  (, 

form   and    inhabit    it;    which    would,   by   the    action  of  the     \ 

released  fires  of  the  Earth's  interior,  disintegrate  and  nebu-    ; 

lize  them,  and    thereby    cause   tlie    total    extinction    of   the 

individuated  Organisms. 

40.  "I  say  this  to  you  at  the  present  moment.  Beloved 
Brethren,  anticipating  the  word  that  I  shall  anon  declare 
unto  you,  that  ye  may  perceive  and  know  the  greater  signifi- 
cance of  the  truth  I  am  now  inculcating.     For  I  have  told  you 


THK    LIFE     AND    DISCOUHSKS    OF    JKSUS. 


what  is  the  Nature  aad  what  is  the  infinite  Potency  of 
each  separate  Cell  of  Primordial  Light,  as  it  emerges  in 
c  )sinic  form  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  charged  with  the 
Dynamic  and  Omnipotent  Forces  and  Elements  of  the 
Natureof  Jehovah,  in  their  initial,  concentrated,  undiluted, 
and  unmodified  form. 

41.  "Understand,  then,  that  these  same  Forc-s  and  Ele- 
ments pervade  the  Universe,  in  diffused  ard  transmuted 
conditions,  and  though  by  the  time  they  reach  the  Planet  in 
which  we  exist,  they  are  reduced  to  safe  and  salutary  pro- 
portions of  power  and  effect,  yet,  by  the  exercise  of  certain 
subtle  and  secret  gifts,  attainable  by  those  who  set  them- 
selves sedulously  to  their  attainment,  those  Laws  of  Nature, 
as  they  are  cognised  by  Mankind  in  their 'limited  knowl- 
edge of  the  Higher  Laws  of  the  Universe,  may  be  super- 
seded by  the  Laws  of  the  Greater  World,  outside  the  zone  of 
human  cognisance,  and  trenching  upon  the  still  Higher 
Laws  of  the  Universe,  embraced  and  hidden  in  the  Greater 
Mysteries;  and  their  interposition  would  bring  about,  in 
unscrupulous  or  malicious  hands,  the  direst  and  most 
complete  perditi-Mi.  Whilst,  on  the  otlier  hand,  if  possessed 
and  wisely  exercised  by  the  faithful  and  wise  Adepts  and 
Masters  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  they  would  bring  infinite 
blessing  upon  the  Earth. 

42.  "What  is  Matter?  What  is  Force?  What  is  the 
Substance  of  which  all  material  objects  and  beings  consist? 
Wliat  is  Mind?  What  is  Body?  What  is  Soul?  What 
is  Spirit?  What  is  Thought?  What  are  the  Elements 
of  Matter  and  Force?  What  are  all  Vegetal  and  Ani- 
mal Organisms?  W^hat  is  Water?  What  is  Air?  What  is 
Earth?      What  is  Fire?      Of  what  does  everything  that  Is, 

consist? 

43.  "Know  ye  that  all    these    things  consist  of  One  Basu 
■  Element,  or   Substance,    divided  and   subdivided,   integrated 

and  disintegrated,  contracted  and  expanded,  fused  and 
diffused,  transfused  and  transmuted,  in  infinite  variations  of 
correlation,  solution,   and  combination. 


274  "^"^    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

44.  "These  variations  of  correlation,  solution  and 
combination,  are  brought  about  in  infinite  complications  of 

(  contact  of  the  atoms,  particles,  cells,  and  molecules,  as  they 
pass  through  relation  after  relation  with  one  another,  in  the 
infinitude  of  circles  through  which  tliey  descend  the  Macro- 
cosmic  line  of  Evolution,  and,  traversing  the  base  of  the 
Triangle  of  Existence,   ascend   the   line  of  Involution,  unto 

(     the  Apex  of  the  Divine,  or  Elohistic  Perfection. 

45.  "And  thus  ye  will  see  that,  when  the  Microcosmic 
Cell  first  emerges  into  the  Macrocosmic  Circles,  it  exists  as 
a  perfect  and  compacted  Cell,  a  complete  Microcosm  /// 
Etheric  Embryo^  unseparated  as  to  its  embryonic  particles; 
Male  and  Fenxale  in  one  Embryo;  One  in  constitutional 
Solidarity. 

46.  "It  is  a  Fixed  Entity^  each  particle  of  its  being  un- 
materialised,  undefined,  and  unsubstantiated,  except  as 
being  the  Proto-plastic  Substance  of  the  first  formed  Etheric 
Proto-plasm.  For  Protoplasm  is  the  original  form  of  all 
organisms,  in  each  stage  of  embryonic  existence ;  the  Pro- 
toplasm of  the  Etheric  organism  differing  in  substance  from 

)  Terrene  Protoplasm  in  proportion  to  the  difference  in  the 
substance  of  its  Etheric  compounds  as  compared  with  that 
of  Terrene   Matter. 

47.  "The  purpose  of  the  yEonial  Periods  of  Develop- 
ment, and  the  Cell's  passage  through  the  Macrocosmic 
Triangle  of  Evolutional  and  Involutional  Existence,  is 
the  gradual  differentiation  and  disintegration  of  the 
Microcosmic  Cell,  and  the  separate  growth  and  development 
of  each  particle,  atom,  molecule,  part,  section,  and  organ 
of  the  Four  Natures  of  the  Microcosm,  in  Equilibrium;  so 
that  when  the  Involutional  course  is  reached,  the  Re-inte- 
gration and  Fixation  of  the  disintegrated  and  volatilised 
particles  may  be  accomplished,  in  the  fulness  of  the  ^ons ; 
and  the  Microcosm  returns  unto  the  Centre  of  the  Macro- 
cosm, a  perfect  Microcosm,  perfect  in  each  Nature,  and 
perfect  in  all  parts  of  each  Nature. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


7:^ 


/[S.  ''Thus  in  the  history  of  :i  Microcosm,  a  perfect  Circle 
is  described,  in  Spiral  progress.  Take  a  Circle,  and 
describe  a  Square  within  the  Circle,  and  draw  a  Spiral 
from  the  point  at  the  centre  of  the  East,  enlarging  in  equal 

proportions  from  the  East- 
ern point  to  the  North  and 
South,  and  then  decreasing 
in  like  proportions  from 
the  North  and  South  to 
the  point  at  the  Centre  of 
the  West ;  then  reversing 
and  returning  to  the  East- 
ern point ;  and  ye  have 
the  Figure  of  Microcos- 
mic  Evolution  and  Invo- 
lution, thus  : 

^9.  'Tt  is  the  Square  and  Circle,  the  Macrocosm 
traversed  by  the  Microcosm,  containing  the  Double  Tri- 
angle in  the  form  of  the  Perfect  Square,  and  representing 
the  Path  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  Descendant  and  Ascend- 
ant, Evolutional  and  Involutional;  from  the  Eastern  Pole 
of  the  Divine  Birth,  to  the  Western  Pole  of  the  Human 
Perfection,  and  from  the  Western  Pole  back  to  the  Eastern 
Pole  of  the  Divine  Perfection. 

50.  "Therefore  ye  will  perceive  that  all  Substance,  in 
every  one  of  its  myriad  forms  of  living  Matter,  is  the  trans- 
miett'd  state  of  the  Etheric  Cells  (f  Primordial  Light,  in  one  or 
other  of  the  innumerable  conditions  of  development,  of  dis- 
integration, and  of  differentiation  ;  and  each  of  these  forms 
of  Matter,  each  integration  of  Cells,  each  aggregation  of 
Molecular  Centres  and  Circles,  forming  a  particular  species 
of  organic  or  inorganic  Being,  whether  in  Gaseous,  Vapor- 
ised, or  Material  substance;  or  whether  Physical,  Mental, 
Psychical,  or  Spiritual; — each  form,  I  say,  represents  a 
part,  or  an  aggregation  of  parts  of  the  Perfect  Embryonic 
Microcosm  that  originally  emerged  from  the  Person  of 
Jehovah  ;    and  each    containeth    Powers   and   Elements   of 


276  THE    I.IKE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

potency  in  proportion  to  its  relations  and  conditions  of 
development. 

51.  "But  if  tlie  parts,  in  cosmic  or  material  stales,  are 
full  of  latent  Force  and  Energy,  of  vast  destructive  or  bene- 
ficial potentiality,  for  evil  or  for  good,  how  much  greater  is 
the  Potency  of  Force  and  Energy  contained  in  the  JVhole, 
of  which  these  parts  are  subdivisions;  viz.,  the  Original 
and  Etheric  Primordial  Light-Cells,  the  Thought-Cells  of 
the  Mind  of  Jehovah. 

52.  "And   if  one    Primordial    Light-Cell   is   one  Whole, 
*i     and  the  Celestial  Zone  is  filled  with  the  ever-flowing  streams 

of  Primordial  Liglit-Cells,  or  Embryonic  Wholes,  from  the 
Person  of  Jehovah,  then  how  infinitely  potent  is  that  Ele- 
ment of  Vitality  of  Being,  of  Force  and  Matter,  which  I 
have  described  unto  you  as  the  One  Basic  Element,  or  Sub- 
sfa/ice,  of  ivhich  eTerythi?ig  in  Heaven  and  Earth  consists;  which 
Substance,  or  Element,  is  the  aggregation  of  all  the  Wholes, 
in  embryo,  destined  to  pass  througii  tlie  Circles  of  Creative 
Existences,  unto  the  perfect  Cosmic  Wholes,  the  Monads, 
or  perfect  Microcosms  of  Elohim. 

53.  "Now  I  have  said  that  each  form  of  living  Matter  is 
a  part,  or  an  aggregation  of  parts,  of  the  Whole  Microcosm, 
first  as  it  was,  in  Embryo,    at   the    Beginning   of  its  cosmic 

(  Existence  in  the  Elheric  Cell  of  Primordial  Light,  and 
secondly,  as  it  will  become,  in  its  perfect  state,  the  Monad, 
or  perfect  Microcosm  of  Elohim. 

54.  "And  therefore  the  business  of  Creation,  of  the  vast 
succession  of  creative  Cycles  represented  by  the  Spiral 
Path  of  the  Square  and  Circle  is,  First,  descending  the 
Path  of  Creative  Existence,  to  disintegrate  and  diffuse  the 
parts  of  each  whole,  for  their  separate  and  individual  cor- 
relation with  the  Macrocosmic  Elements  and  Bodies,  and 
their  gradual  transmutations  of  form,  until  they  reach  the 
perfect    state,    in   equilibrium    with    the  other    parts;    and 

(  Secondly,  to  re-integrate  and  re-unite,  in  all  their  co-ordi- 
nate parts,  by  successive  Steps  of  Involution,  ascending  the 
Path  of  Creative  Existences,  until,  in  the  Adamic  Manhood, 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  2^7 

all  the  parts  are  restored  to  solidarity,  to  equilibrated 
co-ordination  and  union,  in  the  one  Cosmic  and  Monadic 
Body  of  Adam. 

55.  "Then  remains  but  one  Cycle  of  Incarnations,  for 
the  perfect  adjustment  of  all  the  perfected  parts  to  one 
another,  and  for  the  perfect  adaptation  of  the  parts  to  one 
another,  and  of  the  whole  to  the  external  environment  of 
the  Earth  and  of  the  Spiritual  and  Celestial  Planes,  which 
Cycle  of  Incarnations  being  accomplished,  the  Microcosms 
are  perfect,  and  qualified  to  enter  the  Gate  of  the  Seventh 
Heaven,  the  Bosom  of  the  Father-Mother,  in  the  Most 
High  Order  of  Elohim. 

56.  ''Therefore  as,  when  the  Etheric  Cell  of  Primordial 
Light  issueth  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  it  is  a  perfect 
Embryonic  Whole,  a  Fixed  Entity^  embryonically  complete 
and  undivided;  so  after  it  hath  passed  through  the  entire 
succession  of  existences,  transmutations,  and  disintegra- 
tions, slowly  volatilising  in  the  course  of  its  career  of 
Evolution,  and  then  slowly  re-integrating  and  fixing,  by 
constant  accretion,  the  divided  parts  of  the  whole,  by  the 
processes  of  creation  in  the  Zodiac  of  the  Macrocosm  ;  the 
same  Cell,  now  developed  unto  the  perfect  Microcosm, 
returneth  finally  unto  the  Bosom  of  the  Father,  ai^ain  a 
Fixed  Entity,  a  Monad,  as  it  was  in  the  beginning;  no 
longer  embryonic,  but  cosmically  and  organically  perfect; 
a  Son  of  Jehovah. 

57.  "The  process  of  Creation,  in  a  word,  is  the  passage 
of  the  Microcosm  from  the  state  of  the  Fixed  Entity  in 
Embryo,  as  it  is  constituted  in  the  embryonic  likeness  and 
image  of  Jehovah,  the  Father-Mother,  into  the  various 
stages  and  degrees  of  transmutation,  or  volatilisation,  in 
which  the  Embryonic  Whole  is  separated  in  all  its  parts, 
in  the  vast  Laboratory  of  the  Zodiac;  and  finally  com- 
mences the  Return  Ascent  from  the  volatilised  state,  to  \ 
the  fixed  state,  to  which  it  ultimately  arrives  in  the  degree 
of  the  Sons  of  Jehovah,  the  Perfect  Monad  of  Elohim. 

58.  "This,   in  a  word,  is  the   whole   process    of  Develop- 


278  THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

ment  through  which  the  Primordial  Cell  of  Light  passeth  in 
its  progress  through  the  Macrocosm,  or  the  Zodiac,  traversing 
the  Seven  Circles  of  the  Zodiac  twice,  first  on  the  line  of 
the  Descendant,  and  then  on  the  line  of  the  Ascendant, 
describing  the  Double  Triangle  in  the  Circle,  or  the  Square 
and  Circle,  in  Spiral  Revolutions  of  Circles  from  East  to 
West. 

59.  "In  the  course  of  your  Instructions  ye  will  learn  in 
fuller  detail.  Beloved  Brethren,  the  truth  that  revealeth 
unto  you  the  course  of  Progress  undergone  by  the  Micro- 
cosm during  this  long  Gonial  succession  of  Transmutation 
and  Development,  which  ye  yourselves,  in  company  with 
all  your  Brethren  in  the  world,  are  undergoing,  from  the 
time  that  ye  came  forth  in  individuated  existence  from  the 
Person  of  Jehovah.  But  this  matter  ye  will  learn,  not  from 
the  lips  of  Human  Teachers  ;  it  will  all  be  revealed  unto 
you  by  the  Spirit  of  Truth  that  is  in  you,  waiting  for  its 
deliverance  from  the  flesh  in  the  Redemption  of  the  Soul, 
which,  in  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  ye  are  now  achieving. 

60.  "But  let  us  now  return  to  the  direct  consideration 
of  the  first  development  and  generation  of  the  Microcosmic 
Embryo,  as  it  emergeth  from  the  Being  of  Jehovah. 

61.  "Ye  know  that  I  have  already  said  that  Jehovah,  as 
are  all  Microcosms — Jehovah  being  the  Central  Archetypal 
Microcosm  of  the  Macrocosm — is  a  Dual  Being,  Body  and 
Soul,  Male  and  Female.  Now  this  Duality  of  the  Micro- 
cosmic  Sexhood  exists  not  onl}-  in  the  Microcosmic  Whole, 
but  also  in  all  the  Parts  of  the  Microcosm,  down  to  the 
constitution  of  the  particles  and  atoms  composing  an 
Embryonic  Cell  of  Primordial  Light. 

62.  "The  Being  of  Jehovah,  the  Proto-type  of  all  Micro- 
cosms, is  Four-fold,  consisting  of  Four  whole  and  perfect 
Natures,  centrically  constituted  in  indissoluble  solidarity 
and  union.  The  First,  and  Central  Nature,  is  the  Spirit- 
Nature  of  Jehovah,  the  Prototype  of  the  Spirit-Nature  that 
co-exists  in  all  Microcosms  from  the  beginning.  Within  the 
Spirit-Nature  is    the  Spirit   of  Jehovah,    perfect    in  its  Infi- 


THE    LIFE    AXD    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  270 


nite  Constitution,  the  Nucleus  of  the  whole  and  perfect 
Spirit-Nature  of  Jehovah,  the  Prototype  of  all  Microcosms. 
Ricrhlly  speaking-,  therefore,  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah  is  (lie 
First  Nature,  and  the  Second  is  that  which  I  iiave  denomi- 
nated the  Spirit  Nature;  tiie  I'ltler  being  as  tlie  Nucleolus  of 
the  former,   which  is  as  the  Nucleus. 

63.  "The  Third  Nature  of  Jehovah  is  the  Soul-Nature  of 
Jehovah,  the  Prototype  of  the  Soul  Nature  that  co-exisls  in 
all  Microcosms  from  the  beginning.  The  Soul-Nature  func- 
tions in  the  Microcosm  as  the  vSpirit-Nature,  which  functions 
as  the  Nucleus. 

64.  "The  Fourth  Nature  is  the  Spiritual  Body  which 
ensheaths  the  Nucleus  and  Nucleolus  of  the  Spirit  and  Soul- 
Natures  of  Jehovah,  and  is  the  Prototype  of  what,  on  the 
Earth,  we  denominate  the  Astral  Body. 

65.  "The  Fifth  Nature  is  the  Mind-Nature  of  Jehovah, 
the  Prototype  of  the  Mind-Nuture  of  the  Microcosm,  the 
seat  of  the  Intelligence  and  Consciousness  of  the  Microcosm, 
by  which  all  the  presentations  of  the  Soul-Nature  are  received 
and  transmitted,  in  Intuitional  and  Inspirational  phenom- 
ena and  perceptions. 

66.  "The  Sixth  Nature    is    the    Bod^'-Nature  of  Jehovah, 

<  the  Prototype  of   the  Body-Nature  of    the    Microcosm,  the 

<  seat  of  the  Sensibilities,  Energies,  and  Activities,  by  which 
all  the  presentation  of  the  Mind-Nature  are  received  and 
transmitted,  in  Intellectual  and  Manifested  physical  phenom- 
ena, perceptions  and  sensations. 

6y.  "The  Seventh  Nature  is  the  Substantial  Body,  or 
Physical  Organisation  of  the  Exterior  Being  of  Jehovah, 
that  ensheaths  the  Four  Natures,  and  functions  as  the  Instru- 

/     ment  of  Perception,  Realisation,  Actualisation,  and  Energy, 

<■  in  the  Outer  World  of  B-ing,  and  is  the  Prototype  of  the 
Material  Body  of  all  Microcosms, 

68.  "Thus  the  Being  of  Jehovah  is  One  Being,  Four 
Natures,   and  Two  Bodies ;   even   as  a   Circle   is  One  Body, 

^     Four  Right-Angles,  and  Two  Half-Circles,  joined    together 

,      in  One  Centre. 


280  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

69.  "Now  as  the  whole  and  perfect  Microcosm  of  Jeho- 
vah, the  Archetypal  Microcosm,  is  constituted,  so  are  all 
the  parts  of  the  perfect  Microcosm  of  Jehovah  ;  and  so  are 
ail  the  Cells  which  nucleate  and  segreorate  in  the  various 
aggregations  that  constitute  each  part;  and  so  are  all  the  par- 
ticles, or  atoms,  that  form  each  cell  constituting  each  part 
of  the  perfect  Microcosm. 

70.  "All  are  Typal  Forms,  of  one  another,  being  of  the 
precise  likeness  ynd  image  of  one  another,  as  all  are  the 
likeness  and  im  igi  of  the  whole,  and  as  the  whole  is  the 
Prototype,  in  liken-ss  and  itiiage,  of  each  part,  cell,  and 
atom. 

71.  "But  not  only  is  the  Being  of  Jehovah,  the  Arche- 
typal Microcosm,  thus  divided  into  Four  Natures,  Seven 
Structural  Entities,  in  One;  and  Two  Structural  Natures, 
as  1  have  specified  ;   but  also,   each   of  the  Seven   Structural 

i  Entities  is  likewise  divided  into  Twelve  Sections  or  Parts, 
and  the  Two  Structural  Natures,  the  Body  and  the  Soul, 
likewise  are  Twelve-fold,  according  to  their  Sections  or 
Paris. 

72.  "And  these  Twelve  Sections,  or  Parts,  answer,  in 
the  Macrocosm,  unto  the  Twelve  Signs  of  the  Zodiac  and 
the  Twelve  Angles  of  the  Sun  of  Suns  ;  and  they  have  their 
counterparts  in  all  Microcosms,  which  are  divisible  (in 
each  of  their  Seven  Structural  Natures,  as  well  as  in  their 
Two  Structural  Entities)   into   Twelve   Sections   or    Parts. 

73.  "And  these  Twelve  Sections,  or  Parts,  belonging 
unto  the  Two  Structural  Entities,  have  intrinsic  relations 
and  affinities  imto  the  Twelve  Signs  of  tlie  Zodiac,  unto 
the  Twelve  Angles  of  the  Sun  of  Suns,  and  unto  the  Twelve 
Sections  or  Parts  of  Jehovah,  the  Archetypal  and  Central 
Microcosm. 

74.  "For  the  Being  of  Jehovah  is  the  Prototype  of  the 
Being  of  the  vSun  of  Suns,  of  the  Macrocosm,  of  all  the 
Bodies  of  the  Macrocosm,  Solar  and  Stellar,  and  of  all 
Beings,     Atomic,    Cellular,    Molecular,    Organic   or    Inor- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  201 

ganic,  that    exist    in    the    Heavens,    in    the    Siinlets,    in    the 
Planets,  and  in  this  particular  Phinet,  the  Earth. 

75.  "Thus  the  Macrocosm,  and  the  Microcosms,  are  the 
perfect  Likeness  of  the  Circle,  having  the  Scjuare,  or  Four 
Right-Angles,  the  vSeven  Circles  centricaily  constiluteJ 
within  one  another,  answering  to  the  Planetary  Circles ; 
and  the  Twelve  Angles  of  Thirty  Degrees,  answering  unto 
the  Twelve  Signs  of  the  Zodiac. 

76.  "And  each  of  these  is  Two-fold,  corresponding  unto 
the  Two  Structural  Entities,  of  which  the  Microcosm  is 
formed. 

yy.  "So  there  are  Twenty-Four  Parts,  or  Sections, 
Twelve  for  the  Soul,  and  Twelve  for  the  Body. 

78.  '-The  same  is  the  Constitution  of  Jehovah,  the  Arche- 
typal Microcosm,  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  of  all  the  Micro- 
cosms. All  are  constituted  after  the  Heliometrical  and 
Divine  Figure  of  the  vSquare  and  Circle  :  One;  Two;  Four; 
Seven;  Twelve;  Twenty-Four.  The  Circle,  the  Centre,  the 
Two  Bisected  Semi-Circles;  the  Four  Right-Angles,  the 
Seven  concentric  Circles,  the  Twelve  Angles,  and  the 
Twenty-Four  Angles.  This  is  the  Mystery  of  the  Square 
and  Circle,  Macrocosmic  and  Microcosmic. 

79.  'T  have  said  that  the  Being  of  Jehovah,  in  all  the 
several  parts  and  sections  of  the  Seven  Structural  Bodies, 
is  composed  of  various  aggregations  of  Cells  of  Primordial 
Light,  in  various  forms  of  individual  integrations,  forming 
the  various  Organs  of  each  Structural  Body,  or  Organis'a- 
tion  of  Organs  and  Parts. 

80.  "These  Cells  are  not  permanently  located  in  the 
Being  of  Jehovah. 

81.  "They,  being  Male  and  Female  in  one  Cell,  fecundate, 
and  reproduce  themselves,  each  in  millions  of  millions  of 
Etheric  Atoms,  which  circulate  in  the  Being  of  Jehovah, 
passing  through  a  constructive  course  of  embryonic  develop- 
ment, in  precisely  the  same  manner,  and  through  precisely 
the  same  number  of  transmutations  and  generations  of 
embryonic  evolution,  as  do  the  same  Cells,  when  they  enter 


202  THE    I,IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

the  Zodiac  for  Cosmic  development  and    organic  evolution. 

82.  "For  be  it  remembered  that  the  Being  of  Jehovah  is 
the  Archetypal  Microcosm,  and  the  Perfect  Type  of  the 
Macrocosm  in  form,  in  constitution,  in  activity,  and  in 
energy.  Therefore  the  passage  of  an  Embryo  through,  and 
out  of,  the  Central  Archetypal  Microcosm,  is  the  same,  in 
manner  and  degrees,  as  through  the  Twelve  Angles  of  the 
Sun  of  Suns,  or  through  the  v'^even  Circles  of  the  Zodiac, 
as  through  the  .Sunlets  and  Planets,  and  as  through  each 
form  of  inorganic  and  organic    life  on  the  Earth. 

83.  "The  detailed  account  of  these  successive  Cycles  of 
progressive  courses,  in  the  creation  of  a  Microcosm,  is 
cajjable  of  full  unfoldment.  It  sufHceth  now  only  to  state 
the  case  in  the  abstract.  Even  is  it  possible  to  calculate 
the  number  of  such  Cycles,  the  number  and  nature  of  each 
Transmutation,  and  the  aggregate  number  of  separate  Forms, 
belonging  to  a  Microcosm,  in  the  infinite  course'  of  its  pro- 
gression from  the  atomic  state  in  the  Being  of  Jehovah,  to 
the  Monadic  and  individiuited  perfection  of  constitution  to 
which  it  ultimately  attaineth,  as  a  vSon  of  Jehovah,  a  Citi- 
zen of  the  Holy  City  of  the  Heaven  of  Heavens,  the  Abode 
of  Jehovah  and  Elohim. 

84.  "And  1  bid  you.  Beloved  Brethren,  to  wit,  that  the 
time  will  come,  when  ye  shall  have  purified  your  mortal 
bodies,  and  have  re-equilibrated  your  present  abnormalised, 
degenerate,  and  corrupted  natures;  and  then  will  all  this 
past  history  of  your  Microcosmic  journeys  in  the  Macrocosm 
be  as  fully  known  unto  you  as  is  the  history  of  your  present 
earthly  existence. 

8:^..  "Ye  will  know  all  that  ye  have  passed  through,  in 
the  yEons  past.  In  the  eternal  memory  of  your  Souls 
reposeth  every  tletail,  indelibly  ami  everlastingly  impressed 
upon  those  secret  tablets  of  your  Spiritual  Mind,  the  safe 
and  sacred  Repository  of  all  the  Mind  and  Wisdom  of 
Jehovah-Elohim. 

86.  "Pursue  faithfullvthe  Path  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent, 
and  ye   shall  know  yourselves  as  perfectly  and  completely  as 


THE     LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  283 

Elohiin.  the  Sons  of  Jehovah,  know  you;  us  Jehovah 
Himself,  who  sitteth  between  the  Clieriibim,  knoweth  you  ; 
ye  shall  apprehend  that  for  which  ye  liave  already  been 
apprehended  by  the  Sons  of  Jehovah. 

87.  "In  the  elucidation  of  the  truth  concernin<^  the 
Cosmotjjony  of  I  he  Universe,  as  it  is  unfolded  in  the  Mys- 
teries of  the  Tri-Une  Godhead,  it  is  necessary,  at  this  poiat, 
that  I  refer  to  one  Mystery,  which,  though  it  shall  hereafter 
be  elucidated  more  fully,  has  an  important  bearing  upon 
what  I  have  already  said,  and  therefore  requires  some 
explanation. 

88.  "I  refer  to  the  Dual  Sexhood  of  Jelunuih,  who  is  both 
the  Father  and  the  Mother  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  of  all 
the  Microcosms.  In  what  manner  doth  Jehovah  become  our 
Father  and  our  Mother? 

89.  "There  are  two  distinct  ways  in  which  Jehovah  is 
the  Father  and  Mother  of  all  living  things.  The  one  is  by 
virtue  of  His  Dual  Sex/iood,  as  a  Microcosm  ;  and  the  other 
in  virtue  of  His  Paternity  of  the  Sons  of  Jehovah,  the 
Ancestral  Father  of  all  Mankind  and  of  Elohim,  through 
His  partaking  of  the  same  functions  of  the  marital  and 
generative  organs,  with  all  Microcosms. 

90.  "Of  this    latter   fact    I    shall    have   much   hereafter  to     S 
say  unto  you.      It  sufficeth  now  but  to  mention  it. 

91.  "When    the    evolving    Microcosms    attain    unto    the 
condition  of  Adamic  Perfection,  commencing  the  last  Cycle     S 
of  Incarnations  on  the  Earth,  they    are,    at   each    pre-natal 
Incarnation,  reborn  on  the  Earth  through  the  Mediation  of 
one  of  the  Sons  of  Jehovah. 

92.  "That  is  to  say,  that,  when  they  have  left  Paradise, 
previous  to  their  re-incarnation  upon  the  Earth,  they  die  in  j 
Paradise  the  ordinary  death  of  Spirit-mortals,  and  their 
Souls  pass  into  the  Solar  Orb,  are  absorbed  in  the  Being  of 
two  of  the  Elohim.  a  male  and  a  female;  the  Soul-Nature 
of  the  Dual  Entity  passing  into  the  Female,  and  the  Body- 
Nature  of  the  Dual  Entity   into  the  Male. 

93.  "In  due   course  the  Soul,  brought   together  again,  in 


{       284  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


\  their  Dual  capacity,  by  parental  marriage,  liveth  a  season 
in  the  Solar  Orb  (the  final  period  of  their  Paradisaical 
Life),  and  after  death  in  the  Solar  Orb  passeth  into  the 
Zodiac,  and  is  drawn,  by  attraction,  to  its  natal  Sunlet, 
and  thence  it  is  drawn,  in  due  course,  to  the  attraction  of 
the  Earth,  where  it  is,  in  due  time,  reincarnated  and 
re-born,  of  Adamic  parentage. 

94.  "In  this  sense,  all  Mankind  are  the  Sons  of  Jehovah, 
by  virtue  of  their  descent  from  the  Being  and  Fatherhood 
of  Jehovah. 

95.  "For  ye  must  know  this,  that  Jehovah,  as  an  Individ- 
ual and  Personal  Microcosm,  is  a  Man,  in  perfected  condi- 
tions and  constitution,  excelling  in  greatness  and  perfection 
all  the  Celestial  Family;  but  nevertheless  He  is  Man.  And 
all  the  organs  and  functions  of  the  Man,  Jehovah  possesseth; 
He  functions  as  a  Man  in  all  the  Four  Natures  of  His 
Being,  in  all  the  Seven  Structural  Entities  of  His  Being; 
and  in  all  the  Twelve  Parts  of  His  Dual  Nature. 

96.  "And  Jehovah  hath  One  Wife,  the  Mother  of  the 
Sons  of  Jehovah,  in  Eternal  Wedlock  with  Jehovah;  and 
Jehovah  hath  many  Consorts,  living  in  Eternal  Love  and 
Marriage  with  Jehovah,  and  in  holy  and  happy  Love  and 
Subservience  unto  their  Eternal  Mother,  the  Spouse  of 
Jehovah. 

97.  "The  same  likewise  is  the  case  with  all  the  Sons 
of  Jehovah  ;  each  having  One  Wife  and  many  Consorts, 
in  exceeding  beatific  Love  and  Happiness,  and  forming  the 
many  Habitations  of  Jehovah-Elohim  in  the  Celestial 
Kingdom  in  the  Sun  of  Suns. 

98.  "And  all  Souls  which  pass  from  Paradise  to  the 
Earth,  after  each  Paradisaical  Life,  have  passed  a  period 
of  Life  Paradisaical  in  each  of  the  Seven  Celestial  Circles, 
and  have  revolved,  in  each  Circle,  a  certain  number  of 
times  through  the  Zodiac,  Spirally,  until  they  have  reached 
the  Centre  of  the  Sun  of  Suns. 

99.  "And  in  the  Sun  of  Suns,  they  are  respectively,  in 
each    Solar    Paradisaical    Period,    re-born    in   the   Celestial 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  285 

Kingdom,  in  the  Habitation  of  each  of  the  Seven  Phmetary 
Gods,  severally,  ruling  over  the  Circle  of  tlie  Macrocosm 
into  which  their  next  Planetary  Paradise  will  take  place. 

TOO.  "The  Final  .Solar  Paradise  is  always  in  the  Habita- 
tion of  Jehovah,  the  Soul  being  born  of  Jehovah  by  one  of 
His  Beloved  Consorts,  whence  the  Soul  returneth  for  the 
Final  Incarnation  and  Probation  to  the  Earth. 

loi.  "After  the  end  of  this  Final  earth-life,  having  lived 
the  life  of  the  Adamic  Race,  and  having  perfected  himself 
in  the  Mysteries  and  Development  of  the  Square  and 
Circle,  then  returneth  that  Soul  upward,  through  the  Six 
Circles  of  Paradise,  unto  the  Solar  Orb,  the  Celestial 
Circle;  and,  there  returned,  he  is  born  in  Holy  Wedlock 
of  Jehovah  and  the  Holy  Mother  of  the  Sons  of  Jehovah, 
he  is  born  a  Son  of  Jehovah,  in  the  Celestial  House  of  the 
Blessed  and  vSacred  Habitation  of  Jehovah. 

I03.  "Of  the  former  truth  concerning  the  Dual  vSexhood 
of  Jehovah,  viz..  the  union  in  His  Being,  of  the  Two  Sexes  in 
One  Person,  I  ha  /e  now  to  speak,  which  truth  is  the  explan- 
ation of  the  Mystery  of  the  Divine  Paternity  of  Jehovah 
over  all  Microcosms. 

103.  "I  have  already  said  that  the  Being  of  Jehovah  con- 
sisteth  of  a  perfect  aggregation  of  Cells,  Molecules,  and 
integrations  of  Molecules,  forming  the  several  aggrega- 
tions which  constitute  each  organ  and  part  of  the  Twelve 
Sections  of  the  Soul  and  of  the  Body  of  Jehovah,  the 
Archetypal  Microcosm. 

104.  "These  Cells  in  their  individual  atomic  nature,  are 
male  and  female  in  one.  The  eternal  procession  of  Cells 
which  issue  from  the  15eing  of  Jehovah,  are  the  product, 
the  Offspring  of  the  eternal  fecundity  and  generation  of  the  indiv- 
idual Cells  offehovah's  Being,  in  their  collective  aggregations. 

105.  "And  thus  eternally  fJow  from  the  molecular  forma- 
tion of  the  Being  of  Jehovah,  from  all  the  sections  and 
parts  of  the  Seven  Structural  Entities  of  His  Dual  Nature, 
the  radiant  Stream  of  Primordial  Eight-Cells,  which  are 
the  Embryos  of  the  future  Microcosms. 


286  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OF    JESUS. 

106.  "From  each  of  the  Twelve  Parts  or  sections  of  the 
Being  of  Jehovah,  the  Cells  are  generated.  They  circulate 
through  the  entire  Being  of  Jehovah,  developing  the 
embryonic  organs,  and  parts,  of  the  future  Microcosms,  in 
the  course  of  their  circulation  througii  the  corresponding 
organs  and  parts  of  each  of  the  Seven  Structural  Entities. 
in  which  the  Four  Natures  of  Jehovaii  are  Dually  divided 
and  distinguished. 

107.  "In  each  of  the  Twelve  Parts  of  each  of  the  Seven 
Structural  Entities  of  Jehovah,  in  which  the  Cell  circulates, 
it  is  Born,  Lives,  and  Dies,  to  be  re-born  in  the  next  suc- 
ceeding part,  until  the  Four  Natin-es  have  been  successively 
traversed,  and  the  Cell  has  developed,  by  successive 
accretions  from  each  part,  to  the  perfect  Microcosmic 
constitution. 

T08.  "Finally,  the  Cell  divides,  for  the  last  time,  the 
Soul-Nature  from  the  Body-Nature,  to  be  born  again  into 
the  fit  state,  embryonically,  for  the  first  stage  of  individuated 
cosmic  existence,  as  a  Fixed  Entity,  in  the  Macrocosm,  in 
Embryo. 

109.  "This  is  the  product  of  tlie  final  conception  of  the 
Two  Natures  in  the  Being  of  Jehovah,  this  time  by  the 
coming  together  of  the  Soul  and  Body  in  the  Wedlock  of 
the  Divine  Soul  and  the  Divine  Body  of  Jehovah. 

110.  "For  ye  must  remember  that,  in  ail  Microcosms,  the 
Soul  is  the  Female  and  the  Body  is  the  Male,  and  all  Generation 
of  Microcosms  is  effected  by  the  Union  of  the  Soul-  Ova  and  the 
Body-Spermatozoa,  in  the  conception  of  the  united  Soul  and  Body 
of  every  Microcosm. 

111.  "Thus,  after  this  Conception  hath  taken  place  in  the 
Being  of  Jehovah,  and  the  Soul  and  Body  of  an  Embryonic 
Cell-Microcosm  is  in  the  act  of  birth,  it  lieth  in  the  Womb 
of  the  Soul  of  Jehovah,  which  is  the  Brain-Organisation  of 
the  Body  and  Soul  of  Jehovah  in  Conjunction. 

112.  "And  the  Ova,  or  Cells,  secreted  in  the  Womb  of 
Jehovah,  are  the  Logos,  or  Mind  of  fehovah — the  Thought- 
Cells  of  Jehovah — before  it  passeth    forth    into    the    Circles 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS. 


of  the  Macrocosm,  to  take  concrete  form  and  expression,  in 
the  course  of  its  successive  cycles  of  transmutati(Mi  and  e\(,- 
lution  of  Substance,  inlo  Ortranic  and  Cosmic  indi\  iihiat  ion 
and  existence. 

113.  "The  moment  of  the  birlh  of  the  Logos-Cell  from 
the  Womb  or  Mind  of  Jehovah  is  the  nn>ment  when  the 
Cell-Microcosm  entereth  the  Universe,  or  Macrocosm,  an 
individuated,  self-existent  Entity,  embryonically  the  per- 
fect Likeness  and  Image  of  Jehovah  the  Father-Mother, 
Male  and  Female. 

114.  "Beloved  Brethren,  in  my  next  Discourse  I  shall 
speak  of  the  next  stage  in  the  course  of  development  thr:)ugli 
which  the  Cell  passeth,  after  it  hath  been  born  of  the 
Father  a  holy  and  perfect  Embryo  of  the  Microcosm,  which, 
during  the  ensuing  course  of  cycles  of  existence,  transmu- 
tation and  evolution,  passing  from  the  Fixed  Entitv  in 
Embryo,  it  enters  the  stage  of  volatilisation  and  of  the 
Nebulised  and  Etherised  conditions  which  ensue  on  its 
entrance  into  the  Zodiac  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  ascends 
on  the  return  journey  to  the  Fixed  State  of  the  perfect 
Microcosm,  the  Cosmic  and  Organic  Monad,  in  the  Order 
of  Elohim,  and  in  the  Family  of  Jehovah,  which  it  attains 
in  the  Celestial  Kingdom,    the  Sun  of  Suns. 

115.  "Ye  now  perceive  in  what  manner  ve  may  under- 
stand that  ye,  in  common  with  all  created  beings  in  the 
Universe,  are  the  Most  Sacred  Offspring  of  our  Fatlier- 
Mother,  Jehovah,  the  Elohe  of  Elohim,  the  King  of  Kings, 
the  God  of  all  the  hosts  of  Celestial  Gods,  the  Author  of 
all  Being,  God  Almighty. 

116.  "There  is  no  speech  nor  language,  given  unto  men, 
that  can  express  adequately  and  fully,  the  supernal  truth  of 
this  great  and  wonderful  Mystery.  Words  die  on  mv  lips, 
as  I  essay  to  elucidate  this  truth  in  finite  terms.  The  picture 
of  this  Infinite  Conception  is  so  complex  ;  it  containeth 
colours,  shades  and  tints  so  infinitely  intricate  in  their  com- 
bination,   in    delineation,    that    the   sight    and    sense   of  our 


388  THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSKS    OF    JESUS. 


finite  capacities   are    wholly  inadequate  to   know   or  receive     S 
their  glory  and  wisdom. 

117.  "Yet  are  these  truths  so  perfectly  comprehensible, 
so  mathematically  true,  both  in  the  Science  of  Heliomet-  S 
rical  Wisdom,  and  in  that  of  Geometrical  Calculation,  as 
thev  are  exercised  in  the  minds  of  those  who  are  Initiated 
in  the  deeper  and  liighcr  Mysteries  of  these  Universe-em- 
bracing Sciences,  that,  though  they  seem  so  absolutely 
simple,  yet  are  thev  the  mo^t  indescribable,  when  we 
attempt  to  state  them  in,  the  terms  and  forms  of  speech 
em]:)Ioved  by  the  Uninitiated  in  the  world. 

118.  "Nevertheless,  a'^  I  have  before  said,  so  say  1  again 
unto  you;  the  time  comelh,  and  that  right  soon,  when  ye 
shall  have  no  need  that  I  should  instruct  you,  or  teach  you 
of  these  things.  Ye  shall  see  and  know  them  of  your  own 
selves. 

119.  '•'T/ic  Spirit  of  the  Truth,  which  ye  are  now  seeking 
to  liberate,  and  in  order  to  give  w^hich  the  functioning 
capacity  in  vour  vSouls,  your  Minds,  and  your  Bodies,  ye  are 
now  seeking  to  develop  tlie  parts  of  your  Seven-fold  Organ- 
isation, that  they  m^iy  equilibrate,  and  correspond  to  the 
Spirit-Nucleus  of  your  Beings  ;  the  Spirit  of  the  Truth,  I  say, 
shall  lead  vou  into  all  the  Truth,  and  shall  take  of  the  ihitigs  of 
the  Logos,  whose  Mediator  to  the  Macrocosm  /,  the  Son  of  feho- 
vah,  am,  who  am  uok<  Incarnated  in  this  degenerate  nature,  and 
shall  rcTcal  them  unto  you . 

120.  "It  is  however  sufficiently  clear  unto  your  finite 
comprehension,  that  every  Cell  of  Primordial  Light — crery 
Cell  or  Conceived  Ovum  of  the  Divine  Logos — when  it  passeth 
from  the  Mind,  or  Womb,  of  Jehovah,  the  Father-Mother,  \ 
is  the  Etheric  Embryo  of  the  Microcosm  hereafter  to  be 
evolved,  individuated  and  consolidated  in  the  Ultimate 
Spiritual  Substance  of  Elohim,  and  to  be  developed  in  each 
part  of  its  Seven-fold  Structural  Constitution,  cosmically 
and  organically,  in  tlieir  successive  degrees  of  substance,  of 
organic  nature,  and  of  functional  capacity. 

121.  "He    assmetl  of    this,    I    say,    therefore,    that    every 


THE     I,IFE     AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JKSIS.  280 

Emhryonic  and  Etiieric  Cell  of  Pritnonlial  Lig/it  is  the  lo/i^i/e 
Indn-idiiated  Microcosm,  created  perfect,  in  all  its  parts,  in  the 
course  of  its  existence  in  the  Being  of  fehoTah . 

122.  "Believe  that,  wlieii  ye  came  forth  froin  jehovali, 
ye  came  forth  not  imperfect,  />ut  perfect;  icanfim:^  n  'thing of  any 
part  or  organ,  of  any  of  the  Seven  Struclural  entities,  of 
your  Four  Natures,  or  of  the  Twehe  Parts  or  Sections  of 
your  Soul,  or  of  your  Body. 

123.  "Naught  was  lacking;  the  Etheric  Enibrvo  was 
perfectly  formed  in  that  invisible,  infinitesimal  ami  efTul- 
gent  Atom  of  Light,  which  issued,  in  the  v'Eons  past,  tliat 
was  the  Embryo  of  your  vSelf.  In  the  Image  and  Likeness 
of  Jehovah,  Father-Mother,  ye  came  forth  from  Him  ;  and, 
whatever  has  supervened,  in  your  career  as  a  Microcosm, 
growing  unto  perfection,  ye  shall  inevitably  return  unto 
the  Womb  of  Jehovah,  Father-Mother,  and  be  uilimatelv 
born  a  Perfect  Monad,  a  Son  of  Jehovah, 

124.  "Therefore,  Beloved  Brethren,  ye  will  perceive  how 
closely  and  intrinsically  are  we  all  correlated  to  one  another, 
that  in  every  atom  of  matter,  in  every  form  of  Life,  Mineral 
Life,  Vegetal  Life,  Animal  Life,  Human  Life,  Divine 
Life,  ye  recognise  your  Brothers  and  Sisters,  Fellow-Ravs 
of  the  Sun  of  Suns,  of  the  Alniighty  Father-Mother  of  the 
Macrocosm. 

I2c^.  "And  the  Life  that  we  breathe  in  the  air  above, 
that  we  eat  and  drink  in  the  food  we  partake  of,  is  the  Life, 
poured  out,  of  Him  who  is  our  Father-Mother.  Every  blade 
of  grass  that  the  beasts  graze,  every  seed-corn  that  makes 
the  bread  we  eat,  every  grape  that  makes  the  wine  we 
drink,  every  animal  that  we  kill  nnd  cdX,  is  a  Sacrifice  of 
Life,  an  Oblation  of  Life,  for  the  Good  of  fehovah,  and  of  the 
whole-  Family  of  fehovah  in  Heaven  and  Earth. 

126.  '•'■The  Life  of  the  World  is  the  Love  of  fehovah,  poured 
out  in  all  His  Offspring,  and  outspread  unto  all  His  O'^- 
^pt\n^,  of  which  all  LLis  Offspring  are  the  Sacred  and  Divine 
Chalices;  that  the  Oblation  of  Food  and  Clothing,  of  all  the 
comforts  and  necessaries  of  life,   conveyed    in  the  innumer- 


290  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS, 

able  food-products  and  in  the  various  means  of  obtaining 
the  materials  and  means  of  clothing, of  pleasure  and  of  com- 
fort ;  all  Life- Oblations  are  the  mediated  Oblations  of  Jehovah 
unto  His  Offspring;  they  are  the  Breathing-Out  and  the 
Breathing-In  of  the  Holy  and  Pure  Breath  of  Love — the 
Ether  of  Jehovah — that  sanctifieth  the  giver  and  the  receiver 
alike.      For  the  Logos  of  Jehovah  is  Pure  Love. 

127.  "When  ye  slay  your  oxen  and  your  sheep  in  the 
shambles,  and  when  ye  partake  of  the  meat  they  provide, 
think  it  not  cruelty  to  them,  on  your  part,  in  being  partici- 
pators in,  and  deriving  benefit  from,  their  death.  They  are 
the  Chaliee  (f  the  I.oi'e  and  IJfe  of  Jehovah,  for  the  sustenance 
of  your  Bodies  and  Minds,  your  Souls  and  Spirits. 

128.  "There  are  such  who  pretend,  or  are  deceived  into 
the  idea,  that  such  slaughter  of  tiesh  for  meat  is  un-Divine, 
impious,  and  unclean.  But  such  are  ignorant,  self-deceived, 
or  Dc\il-deceived. 

129.  "HeWcxe  that  the  /^fe  of  God'' s  Offspring  is  conveyed 
unto  them  in  many  essential  forms,  and  that,  in  the  beasts  that 
men  use  for  tiieir  food,  and  in  the  fruits  and  vegetables,  the 
grains  and  grasses,  the  birds  and  fishes:  all  alike  are  forms 
m  whieh  the  Primordial LJght  Cells   of  Jehovah    are   transmuted 

for  the  Sustenance  of  His  Offspring. 

130.  "Also  believe  that,  in  thus  partaking,  in  sanctity 
and  thankfulness,  of  such  foods  as  Jehovah  provideth,  you 
are  fulfilling  the  Destiny  of  the  many  Mieroeosms  eontaitied  in 


the  food  ye  partake.  ^ 

131.  "For  these  foods  rt-zY'  Mievoeosms  in  various  states  of 
Transmutation  and  Evolution;  and  the  digestive  organs  of 
the  Mineral,  the  Vegetable,  the  Animal,  and  the  Human, 
all  are  instruments  of  Destiny,  carrying  out  their  ofHce,  ful- 
filling their  functions,  in  the  Divine  Order  of  the  Macro- 
cosm, according  to  the  Infinite  Plan,  or  Law,  of  Creation 
and  Evolution,  which  guideth  the  Universe. 

132.  "And,  in  every    breath    we    breathe,  we  are  slaying     \ 
Life;    in  every  mouthful  of  bread,    we   are  slaying  Life;    in 
every  fruit  or    vegetable    we    eat,    we  are    slaying    Life;    in 


THE     lAVK    AND     DlSCOli  liSES    OK    JESUS.  JOl 


every  cup  of  wine  or  water  we  drink,  we  are  slaying  Life; 
s/ay/n>^  Life  milliotifold!  And  how  say  some  that  only  do  we 
slay  Life  when  we  partake  of  animal  food?  I  low  say  thev 
that  to  slay  Life  is  cruel  and  impious,  when  we  slay  Life,  a 
millionfold.  every  time  we  breathe,  we  eat,  we  drink,  we 
move? 

133.  "And  is  there  no  Resurrection  of  Life?  No  Re- 
Birth?  Aye,  and  is  not  every  Resurrection,  every  Re-Birth, 
a  vStep  hicrher  in  tlie  growtii  and  development  of  the  Micro- 
cosm. Vea,  verilv,  we  confer  a  Blessing  when  we  right- 
eously, lawfully,  and  in  true  conditions,  for  necessity,  for 
our  life,  for  our  health,  and  for  our  comfort,  slav  Life! 

134.  "Death    is   Life;    I^ife    is    Death.      Life    and    Death      > 
are  the  Steps  of  Destiny. 

135.  "But  see  that  ye  protect  Life,  and  preserve  it,  that 
when  Death  shall  come,  it  shall  come  according  to  the  Laws  \ 
of  Divine  Destiny,  and  not  by  Demoniac  influences,  or  by 
the  wanton  cruelty  and  love  of  torture  and  slaying,  which  ) 
evil,  lustful,  cruel  and  sensual  Devils,  men  and  beasts, 
delight  in. 

136.  "Beloved  Brethren,  ye  have  heard,  in  this  Dis- 
course, the  truth  concerning  the  Light  that  enfoldeth  the 
Person  of  Jehovah,  the  Father  Almighty,  the  Father- 
Mother  of  the  Macrocosm. 

137.  "Ye  now  know  the  nature  of  the  dazzling  Efful- 
gence of  Light  with  which  He  is  clothed,  which  conceals 
His  Most  Sacred  Person  from  the  eyes  of  all  but  those 
whose  nature  hath  been  raised  unto  that  perfection  of 
Spiritual  Sense  and  Vision,  that  they  can  steadfastly  behold 
Him  who  is  Invisible  and  Unapproachable  to  all  else. 

138.  "Ye   know   that  the  Light  of  Jehovah    is  Jehovaii's     ( 
Nature;  Jehovah  Himself  is  all  Light,  and  in  Him  is  naught 
but    Light,   and    no  Darkness  at  all.      He  is   the   Sovereign 
Person,  the  Light  of  Lights. 

139.  "And'the  Light  that  poureth  from  Him  is  the  Prim- 
ordial   Light    of  the  Macrocosm,  which,  in  its   many   trans- 


293  THE     LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS. 

muted  forms,  is  the  Light  that  Lighteth  every  Being  in  the 
Macrocosm,  the  True  Light  from  Heaven. 

140.  "The  Light  of    Jehovah   consisteth   of  tlie  invisible. 
(      impalpable   and    intangible  Cells  of  Etheric   Substance,  the 

Embryos  of  all  IMicrocosms,  coming  from  His  .Sacred  Being 
into  the  Universe. 

141.  "It  is  Primordial  Light,  the  Logos,  the  Mint!  of 
Jehovah,  radiating  from  His  Brain-Organisation,  in  His 
Four  Natures. 

142.  "The  Cells  of  Primordial  Light  are  the  perfect 
Embryos  of  Microcosms.  They  contain  the  Matter  and 
Force,  in  their  infinitesimal  aggregations  of  Cell-Substance, 
which,    generated,    transfused   and   diffused    in    the    Macro- 

<  Q.o%\w  is  the  Basic  Element  of  all  Force,  and  Matter,  of  Life, 
of  Heat,  of  Air,  of  Fire,  of  Water,  of  Ccjlour,  of  all  the 
countless  forms  which  Matter  takes,  in  combination  with 
Force,  in  all  its  countless  forms. 

143.  "Thus  ye  know  that  the  Macrocosm  is  naught  more 
nor  less  than  the  eternal  and  infinite  Expansion  and  Exten- 
sion of  Jehovah  ;  and  such  as  Jehovah  is,  such  is  the  Mac- 
rocosm, and  such  as  the  Macrocosm  is,  such  are  the  Micro- 
cosms, and  such  as  the  Microcosms  are,  such  also  are  all  the 
Cells  that  constitute  the  Microcosm. 

144.  "This  is  the  True  Paiitlicisvi.  There  is  not  a  particle 
of  Matter,  not  a  form  of  life  or  being,  not  a  blade  of  grass, 
not  a  dust  of  pollen  from  a  single  flower,  not  a  single  fiower 
or  fruit,  root  or  grain,  not  a  drop  of  water,  not  a  vapour  or 
gas,  not  a  flame  or  spark  of  fire,  not  an  organic  or  inorganic 
body,  be  it  dust,  a  stone,  a  tree,  an  animal,  a  star,  or  a  sun, 
but  it  is  Jehovah  \  even  as  every  Ray  of  Light  is  the  Sun  in 
radiation. 

14:^.  "This  is  Jehovah,  our  Father-Mot  her  ;  in  One  Per- 
son, He  sitteth  upon  the  Throne  of  the  Universe,  in  the 
Sacred  Temple  of  the  Sun  of  Suns;   the  Father  of  All. 

146.  "Worship  Him  as  such,  Beloved  Brethren  ;  as  the 
Person  of  Persons,  God  Almighty;  the  Being  who  Ruleth 
and    Watcheth    over    the    Universe;     whose    Logos    is   the 


THE     LIKE    AND     DISCOURSES    OF    JESL'S.  202 


Foundation  and  Top-Stone  of  the  Temple  of  the  Macro- 
cosm. Worship  Him  as  your  Father,  your  Mother,  the 
Source  of  your  Life  and  Being  eternally.  ) 

i^y.  "Worship  Him  in  His  countless  forms  of  Radiation 
and  Distribution  in  the  Universe;  in  the  Heavens  above, 
in  the  Earth  beneath,  in  the  Waters  under  the  Earth;  in 
Earth.  Air,  Fire,  and  Water;  in  things  visible  and  invis- 
ible; in  Force  and  Matter  ;  in  the  Chemical  Compounds; 
the  Gases;  the  Inorganic  Objects  of  Nature;  in  tlie  Atomic 
Forms  of  Nature,  in  all  the  Kingdoms,  Genera  and  Species 
of  Life,  teeming  around,  beneath,  and  above  you. 

148.  "Worship  Him  in  tlie  Stars  and  ,Suns,  in  the  Moons, 
the  Meteors,  the  Comets  and  the  Nebuhe,  that  bespangle 
the  Heavens  by  night,  and  illumine  the 'Heavens  by  day, 

1^9.  "Worship  Him  in  the  Archangels  and  Angels,  the 
Sons  of  Jehovah  ;  in  the  Spiritual  Hierarchies  that  obey 
them,  and  serve  Jehovah  night  and  day;  worship  Him  in 
the  Spirits  of  the  Seven  Circles;  in  the  Spirits  of  the 
Blessed  Dead  in  Paradise;  in  the  Spirits  in  Purgatory;  and 
in  the  Spirits  in  Sheol. 

150.  "Worship  Him  in  every  Thought  that  is  sent  to  vou 
from  the  minds  of  Spiritual  and  Human  Teachers,  Priests, 
Prophets,  Poets,  Singers,  Musicians  and  Philosopliers  ;  in 
the  Colours  that  beautify  and  delineate  the  Life  and  Energy 
of  the  Universe;  in  the  Tones  and  Notes  that  charm,  awe, 
and  delight  your  ears;  in  the  Scenes  and  V^istas  that  glorify 
Nature  and  sanctify  Art  before  your  eyes;  in  the  Tastes 
and  exquisite  Flavorings  of  the  comfortable  things  that 
delight  your  palate  ;  in  the  Delicacies  that  ye  love  to  eat  and 
drink  ;  in  the  million  Scents,  Perfumes,  and  Odours,  full  of 
exquisite  delight,  of  pungency  and  potency,  to  befriend 
and  aid  your  lives. 

151.  "Worship  Him  in  all  the  Happenings,  the  Fatali- 
ties, the  Sins,  the  Evils,  the  Destructions,  that  assail  you  ; 
in    every    Grief  and    Affliction,    in    every   Tribulation    and 

Adversity,  in  vSickness  and  in  Death.  ^ 

) 


294     •  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

152.  "And  worship  Him  in  every  Fruitful  Beneficent 
Event  that  occurretl). 

153.  "All  is  Jehovah  Manifested,  Concealed,  or  Revealed. 

154.  ••Worship  Him,  Beloved  Brethren,  in  all  that  ye 
Do,  and  Say,  and  Think  ;  and  naught  but  God  shall  ye  see 
and  feel,  and  that  which  cometh,  whether  evil  or  good, 
shall  have  its  only  interpretation  of  God  in  its  nature, 
origin,  destiny,  and  purpose,  as  being  Jehovah,  the  Father, 
Manifested  in  one  or  another  of  His  infinite  and  innumer- 
able ways. 

155.  "But,  Beloved  Brethren,  do  ye  ask  what  do  1  mean 
by  that  word,  worship.?  Do  1  mean  any  f(^rin  of  Devotion, 
Offering,  or  Homage,  done  by  Man,  that  is  in  itself  the 
purest  Idolatry  ? 

ic^6.  "From  the  earliest  times  the  employment  of  Art  has 
been  the  most  conspicuous  feature  of  Worship  among  Man- 
kind. And  this  feature  is  conspicuous,  not  only  among 
incarnate  beings  in  the  Earth,  but  it  is  one  of  the  most 
prominent  methods  of  worship  in  all  the  Spheres  of  Paradise, 
in  the  Circles  of  the  Universe,  and  in  the  vSacred  Temple  of 
the  Sun  in  the  Celestial  .Spheres. 

157.  "These  Temples,  abounding  in  all  the  Habitations 
of  the  Square  and  Circle,  in  the  Celestial  and  Paradisaical 
Circles,  are  counterparts  of  the  Most  Sacred  Temple  of  the 
Sun  of  Suns,  which  I  described  briefly  unto  you  in  a  pre- 
vious Discourse. 

158.  "They  are  replete  with  the  most  exquisite  linages. 
Sculptures,  Pictures,  and  Artistic  Representations,  of  Jeho- 
vah-Elohim,  in  their  several  Forms,  Persons,  and  Manifesta- 
tions. 

159.  "Votive  Offerings,  and  Festal  Oblations,  are  offered 
by  the  Brethren  of  the  Chapters,  Lodges,  and  Ecclesia[>, 
belonging  to  the  innumerable  Habitations  and  Orders  of 
the  Scjuare  and  Circle,  in  constant  celebration  of  the  Glo- 
ries, the  Noble  Acts,  and  the  Lofty  Attributes,  of  the  Gods, 
in  their  several  Personal  Aspects,  the  .Saints  who  have 
entered  the  Kingdom  of    Heaven,  and  are  the  .Sons  of  Jeho- 


-\ 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  295 

vah,  whom  we  call    Elohim,    and    who    belong  to  tlic  many 
Orders  and  Hierarchies  of  Elohim. 

160.  "And,  in  the  Adamic  Age.  before  tiie  sad  and 
calamitous  Fall  of  the  first  progenitors  of  our  fallen  ancestors, 
the  children  of  the  Sons  of  Elohim,  every  Temple,  every 
Lodge,  every  House,  of  every  Adamic  Habitation,  was 
filled  with  the  most  sacred  Shrines,  Images,  and  beautiful 
Monuments  of  the  Adamic  Saints,  entered  into  the  Celes- 
tial vSabbath  ;  as  well  as  of  the  Holy  Angels,  iheElohim, 
and  of  Jehovah,  the  Father-Mother. 

161.  "The  Adamic  Temples,  like  all  the  Temples  in  the 
Macrocosmic  Spheres,  were  the  most  exquisitely  designed 
and  constructed  Edifices,  after  the  pattern  of  the  most 
Sacred  Temple  of  Jehovah  in  the  Sun  of  Suns. 

163.   "The  Images  and  Shrines   which   occupied  the  most 

prominent  spaces  in  the  Adamic  Temples,  each  had  an  Altar 

of  exquisite  sculptured  work,  in  precious  stones,  marbles,  or 

alabaster.      And  upon  these    Altars    were  placed,  in  solemn 

ceremony,  the  Oblations  and    Sacrifices  of  the  worshippers. 

163.     "These    Shrines    were    erected    in    memory    of    the 

{    Exalted    Beings,    whom    the    worslnppers    loved    to    adore, 

I    with  whom  they  were  in  the   most  conscious  Spiritual  com- 

!    munion  and  intercourse,  and  whose  Incarnate  Life  had  been 

lived,  in  past  periods,  in    their    midst.      They    were,    manv 

of  them,  the    Ancestors  and    Fore-Parents   of  the  Brethren 

who  sacrified   to   them,    in   adoration   of    their  Beings,  now 

in  Celestial  Rest  and  Bliss,    among    the  vast   Hierarchies  of 

J     Elohim. 

(!         164.     "These     worshipped    Elohim    likewise    before    the 

Sacred  Images  of  the    Great   Hierophants.    and    the  Migiity 

i    Seraphs  who  rule  in  the  Zodiac,  and   in  the  Planetary  Cir- 

I    cles  ;   they  worshipped  the  Son  of    Jehovah,   represented  in 

the  Vision  I  have  already   described  unto  you,  as  the  Lamb 

in  the  midst  of  the  Throne,    in   the  representations  of  Him 

that  were  made  in  all  the  Sacred  Shrines ;   they  worshipped 

I    the  Divine  Motherhood,   and    the    Divine    spouse,    in  many 

!    most  beautiful  representations — the   Divine    Motiierhood  of 


296  THE    LIFE    AMU    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Jehovah,  and  Her  Offspring,  particuUirly  in  the  form  of  a 
Virgin,  Pure  and  Undefiled,  holding  to  Her  spotless  breast 
the  Man-Child,  representing  the  whole  Family  of  Jehovah 
in  Heaven  and  Earth. 

165.  "Also  they  worshipped  the  Four  Living  Forms,  or 
the  Holy  Ghost,  whom  I  have  already  described  unto  you, 
and  will  anon  explain  in  greater  fulness;  and,  finally,  they 
worship  Jehovah,  the  Father-Mother,  who  sitteth  between 
the  Cherubim,  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne. 

166.  "Thus,  throughout  the  Macrocosm,  is  the  worship 
of  Jehovah,  in  His  own  Person  and  Individuality,  and  in 
th.;  inrui.nerable  gradations  of  His  manifested  forms,  cere- 
monially and  votively  observed. 

167.  "All  the  Stars  of  Heaven,  the  Sun,  the  Sunlets  of 
the  Zodiac,  and  the  Moons,  are  the  sacred  objects  of  the 
worship  and  oblations  of  tiie  whole  Family  of  Jehovah. 

168.  "And  shall  it  be  said  that  such  worship  is  Idolatry? 
Where  only  is  idolatry  to  be  found  in  the  Universe?  Only 
upon  this  most  degenerate  and  unhappy  Planet.  For  idola- 
try consists  in  the  worship  of  the  Creature,  the  Material 
Form  or  Representation,  without  respect  to  Him  who  is  the 
Creator;  in  regarding  the  creature,  or  manifested  form,  as 
God,  irrespective,  and  independent,  of  the  God  of  Gods,  by 
whom,  and  in  whom,  all  creatures  exist. 

169.  "Whereas,  in  worshipping  the  Form  or  Image  in 
Spirit  and  in  Truth,  we  worship  not  the  Image  or  Form, 
but  Jehovah  who  is  in  the  Image,  and  whom  the  Image 
represents. 

170.  "We  adore  Jehovah,  tlie  Father-Mother,  when  we 
adore  His  Sons  and  Daughters;  we  adore  Jehovah,  when 
we  make  our  oblations,  our  sacrifices,  our  prayers  and  suppli- 
cations to  His  Children  and  Offspring,  when  we  invoke 
their  aid  and  presence,  which  they  only  can  vouchsafe  by 
permission  and  grace  of  Jehovah. 

171.  "In  invoking  their  presence,  communion,  and  sup- 
port, we  are  invoking  the  presence,  communion,  and  sup- 
port of  Jehovah. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OV    JESUS.  207 

172.  "But,  Beloved  Brethren,  I  reserve  for  future  occa- 
sions the  revelation  of  the  conditions  of  life  and  worship  in 
those  beatific  times,  when  the  Gods  walked  witli  men  upon 
the  earth,  and  the  worship  of  Jehovah  was  observed  in 
Spirit  and  in  truth. 

173.  "But  what  I  have  now  to  say  unto  you,  in  conclu- 
sion of  this  Discourse,  is,  that  ye  truly  and  Spiritually  wor- 
ship Jehovah,  by  your  personal  enjoyment  and  taking 
pleasure  in  Ilim,  not  only  as  ye  believe  in  Him  as  a  Person, 
as  the  God  of  Gods,  the  Father  Almitrhty,  but  as  ye  know 
Him  to  be  diflPused  and  manifested  in  all  creatures,  evil  and 
good,  alike,  in  Nature  in  all  her  manifold  forms,  in  the 
w^orks  of  Art,  of  Virtue,  of  Wisdom  andvScience,  of  Benev- 
olence and  Beauty,  in  all  the  Plenitude  of  the  Oblation  of 
Himself,  offered  in  every  Creature,  in  every  Work,  in  every 
Conception,  and  in  every  Thought  that  discloseth  or  con- 
cealeth  Him. 

174.  "Even  the  wicked,  evil,  and  bad,  are  but  perver- 
sions and  corruptions  of  the  forms  of  Jehovaii,  and  are  so  to 
be  viewed  and  treated,  with  Comijassion,  LoNe,  Forgive- 
ness and  Long-Suffering,  knowing  that  every  evil  thing 
begets  its  own  penalties,  without  man  judiciallv  or  inten- 
tionally adding  one  whit  to  theni,  and  everv  evil  thing  is 
working  towards  its  own  redemption,  in  the  course  of  ulti- 
mate Destiny.  Therefore  remember  that  Judgment  and 
Vengeance  are  in  the  hand  of  Jehovah,  and  are  not  tlie 
prerogative  of  man,  save  as  he  is  the   chosen    instrument  of 

(J  Jehovah,  and  as  an  agent  in  the  counsel  of  Jehovah,  and 
must  not  be  undertaken  by  man's  counsels  or  itistru- 
mentality,  independently  of  the  counsels  and  authority  of 
Jehovah. 

175.  "Let  your  worship  of  Jehovah  be  observed  in  your 
Love  of  His  Creatures,  in  your  Benevolence,  in  your  Ciiar- 
ity,  in  your  Kindness,  in  your  Tenderness,  in  your 
Sympathy,  and  in  your  Duty  to  every  creature  of  Jehovah, 
evil  and  good,  as  being  Jehovah  Himself,  in  Manifestation 
and  created  Forms. 


298  THE    LIFE     AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

176.  "Particularly  I  say:  Shew  your  worship  of  Jehovah 
in  those  forms  and  manifestations  of  Jehovah  which  have 
perverted  from  the  original  type  of  their  origin  and  paren- 
tal form,  knowing  that  not  of  their  own  free  will  hath  evil 
depraved  and  corrupted  the  races  of  Beings  of  the  Earth, 
formed  originally  in  the  Image  and  Likeness  of  Jehovah. 

177.  "Knowing  that  ye  also  are  born  of  depraved  and 
corrupted  parentage,  and  your  forefathers  before  you,  and 
that  by  no  special  merit,  or  favor  of  Jehovah,  are  ye  better 
than  the  worst  and  most  depraved. 

1 78.  "'x^nd  knowing,  as  ye  will  one  day  know,  that  ye 
yourselves  have,  in  past  lives,  risen  from  a  depravity  and 
perversion  of  type,  as  evil  as,  or  worse  than,  the  worst  of 
the  present  living;  and  that  by  the  course  of  Destiny,  and 
by  the  operation  of  the  Divine  Force  of  Vitality — the  Grace 
of  God — ve  have  been  raised  to  what  ye  are  ;  that  ye  were 
born,  in  this  incarnation,  into  the  conditions  in  which  ye 
have  attained  unto  a  Higher  Life,  that  leadeth  unto  the 
Highest.   • 

179.  "And  knowing  that  all  the  lowest  types  of  per- 
verted Microcosms,  however  degraded  and  depraved, 
consumed  by  devilish  lusts  and  evil  passions,  are  in  the 
same  course  of  Devolution,  and  in  this,  as  in  past  incarna- 
tions, as  well  as  in  the  future,  they  are  raising  themselves, 
step  by  step,  in  their  purification  and  development,  and 
preparing  for  the  Life  of  the  Elect,  which  they  will  pursue 
when  to  them  is  given  the  privilege  of  the  Cross  and 
Serpent. 

180.  "Unto  these,  the  lowest  forms  of  the  perverted  human 
types  of  the  marred  and  broken  Image  of  Jehovah,  shew 
unremitting  Love,  Patience,  Forbearance,  and  Compassion  ; 
suffering  at  their  hands,  with  all  long-suffering,  the  pains 
and  troubles  which  they,  in  their  ignorance,  their  malicious 
and  perverted  minds,  inflict  upon  you  ;  neither  condoning 
their  sins,  nor  resenting  or  revenging  their  deeds,  either  in 
tliought,  word,  or  deed. 


THE    LIKE     AND    Dli-.COl' H  SES    OF    JESUS.  290 

181.  "On  the  other  hand,  love  them  as  the  Father  loveth 
Hi^  erring  and  afflicted  Offspring,  never  punishing  tlieni, 
nor  visiting  upon  them  His  wrath;  knowing  that  every  sin 
punisheth  the  sinner,  and  whatsoever  a  man  soweth,  that 
shall  he  also  reap;  and,  in  the  reaping-time  always  cometh 
self-clisillusionmenl,  self-condemnation,  remorse,  and  re- 
pentance. 

i8j.  "Therefore  I  say  unto  you  :  Worship  Jehovah,  in  the 
least  and  worst  of  His  Creature-Manifestations,  as  well  as 
in  the  best.  And  such  worship  is,  as  the  Wise  Man  hath 
said.  'Heaping  coals  of  fire  upon  their  heads.'  And  that  is, 
the  Baptism  of  the  I^ove-Fiie,  that  purifieth  the  Baptised, 
and,  administered  freely  by  you,  will  permeate  the  adamant 
of  the  flesh-prison  of  the  sinner's  Soul,  and  serve  to  con- 
tribute largelv  to  that  sinner's  redemption. 

183.  "Bless  them  that  evil-entreat  you,  persecute  you, 
and  do  and  sav  all  manner  of  evil  things  against  you  falsely: 
Pray  for  them  that  do  you  despite  and  mischief;  and  ye  shall 
thereby  be  paying  worship  to  Jehovah,  in  the  Spirit  and 
in  the  Truth;  and  ye  shall  thereby  spread  around  their 
Souls  and  Bodies  the  invisible  net  of  Love — flic  Fire-Zone,  | 
through  which,  by  so  doing  ye  give  the  mediating  vehicle  > 
by  which  the  Spirits  of  Elohim,  in  the  Celestial  Shekinah 
— the  Paraclete — may  operate  in  the  sinner's  behalf,  and 
effect  the  sinner's  speedy  redemption. 

184.  "And  this  I  say,  do  ye,  not  only  in  behalf  of  the 
incarnate  sinners,  living  and  functioning  in  this  perverted 
fle^h  ;  but  also  in  behalf  of  the  discarnate  sinners  in 
Sheol,  who  suffer  the  penalties  of  their  sins,  and  languish 
in  darkness,  the  Shadow  of  Death,  waiting  for  the  Redemp- 
tion ;  that  Redemption  which  your  Prayers  and  Intercessory 
Supplications  and  fervent  Desires,  will  speed,  and 
consummate. 

185.  "Worship,  therefore,  is  Love;  Pure,  True,  and 
Constant,  burning  with  impartial  radiance  and  heat,  and 
radiating  equally  on  all  sides,  and  upon  all  who  fall  within 
its  radiating  circles. 


300 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


i86.  "This  is  the  Perfect  Life,  as  Jeliovah  lives  it,  as 
the  Gods  live  it,  as  the  Angels  in  Heaven  live  it,  as  the 
Spirits  in  Paradise  live  it,  and  as  all  Perfect  Men  on  Earth 
live  it. 

187.  "For  Jehovah  maketh  His  Sun  to  shine  upon  the 
Evil  and  upon  the  Good,  in  equal  plenitude;  and  He 
sendeth  His  Rain  upon  the  Just,  and  upon  the  Unjust. 

188.  "Be  Ye  Therefore  Perfect,  as  your  Father 
IN  Heaven  is  Perfect." 


CHAPTER  IX. 

THE   MYSTERY    OF"   THE  TRI-UXE   GODHEAD. 

Part  IV. — the  son  of   jehovah  :   the   central   medi- 
ator   BET\VEEN    JEHOVAH    AND    THE    MACROCOSM. 

1.  "Beloved  Brethren,  it  is  now  my  duty  to  pass  from 
the  description  of  the  Central  Figure  in  the  Great  Crystal 
Throne,  which  I  described  unto  you  in  a  previous  Dis- 
course, the  Figure  of  Jehovah,  the  All-Father,  the  Central 
and  All-Creating  Microcosm  of  the  Macrocosm  ;  unto  the 
consideration  of  the  Second  Supreme  Figure  of  the  Son  of 
Jehovah,  who  sitteth  on  the  Throne  with  the  Father. 

2.  '"Ye  remembered  that  I  shewed  unto  you  the  Form  of 
the  Son  of  Jehovah  the  Sublime  Lord  of  Heaven  and  Earth, 
as  represented  from  the  point  of  view  of  this  Planet,  point- 
ing out  that  only  unto  this  Planet  is  He  thus  seen  and 
known. 

3.  "It  is  not  permissible  for  me  to  describe  unto  you  the 
Form  of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  who  sitteth  in  eternal  Union 
with  the  Father,  and  with  the  Four  Living  Forms,  or  the 
Most  Holy  Spirit,  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne. 

4.  "Only  when  ye  have  yourselves  fulfilled  the  course  of 
your  Purification  and  Redemption,  in  the  Path  of  the  Cross, 
and  have  entered  the  G:ites  of  the  Serpent,  will  ye  be  per- 
mitted to  behold  for  yourselves,  in  the  Beatific  Vision  that 
ye  shall  then  enjoy,  the  Form  of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  as 
He  appeareth  unto  the  Pure  and  Holy  Brethren  of  the 
Square  and  Circle  throughout  the  Universe. 

5.  "Unto  the  Souls  incarnate  upon  this  Planet,  since  the 
day  when  your  first  parents,  the  Adamic  Race,  fell  from 
their  high  estate  in  th^  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  and  reduced 
this  Planet  to  her  present  materialised  and  corrupted  con- 
dition; the  Son  of  Jehovah  hath  always  been  represented 
in  the  form  of  the  Bleeding  Lamb. 


302  THE    LIKE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS. 


6.  "In  the  present  Discourse  it  is  my  purpose  to  unfold 
to  you  :  First,  the  nature  of  the  Supernal  and  Divine  Office 
of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  in  relalion  to  the  Univeri^e  ;  and. 
Secondly,  the  nature  of  the  Office  of  the  Son  of  [ehovah, 
in  relation  to  the  Planet  Earth,  as  represented  in  the  mystic 
Form  of  the  Bleeding  Lamb. 

7.  "The  Son  of  Jehovah  is  the  Supreme  Elohe,  the  First- 
Begotten  of  Jehovah,  the  Father;  before  the  worlds  were 
formed,  by  whom  and  through  whom  all  things  were  created 
and  formed,  throughout  the  infinite  course  of  the  evolution 
of  the  Universe,  and  in  whom  the  Universe  is  sustained 
by  the  mediation  of  the  Elements  of  Vitalitv  from  the 
Father. 

8.  "By  Him  and  through  Him,  the  original  Cellular  Ele- 
ments of  all  that  constitutes  life  and  being  in  the  Universe 
— which  Elements,  in  their  original  form,  are  the  Primor- 
dial Light,  which  pour  in  ceaseless  streams  from  the  Being 
of  Jehovah  eternally — enter  into  cosmic  conditions,  and 
relations  to  the  Universe,  for  the  foundation,  origin,  and 
sustenance  of  the  organic  and  inorganic  beings  which  fill 
the  Universe  with  bodies  and  organisms. 

9.  "In  substance,  form,  nature,  and  constitution,  the 
Father  and  the  Son  are  co-equal.  There  is  nothing  in 
appearance  or  form  to  differentiate  the  Father  from  the  Son. 
Both  are  Elohim,  perfect  Beings  dwelling  eternally  in  the 
ineffable  Light  of  the  Father,  both  clothed  in  the  Glorv  and 
Majesty  of  Jehovah. 

10.  "Consubstantial  and  co-eternal,  both  are  the  image 
and  likeness  of  the  other;  both  are  One  in  perfect  Central- 
ity  of  Union  and  Solidarity.  The  Son  is  the  first  representa- 
tion and  manifestation  of  the  Father  in  cosmic  reality  and 
generation.  He  is  the  personalisation  and  first  polarisation 
of  the  being  and  nature  of  the  Father,  as  He  reduplicates 
Himself,  in  infinite  personal  reproductions  of  Himself,  in 
the  Cosmic  Universe. 

11.  "And  likewise  being  the  First-Begotten  of  the  Father, 
He  is  the  first  of  all  the   Begotten    of   the  Father,  that  have 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUUSKS    OK    JHSIS.  :^0  :^ 


returned  and  shall  return  in  the  ,^ons  of  time,  from  the 
infinite  Death,  that  brinireth  infinite  Life,  ami  produceth 
from  the  original  Cells  the  full-formed  and  iicrfecl  Klohim, 
the  Sons  of  Jehovah. 

12.  "He  is  the  x\rch-Leader,  the  Archegon,  of  all  the 
Sons  of  Jehovah,  from  the  --Eonial  course  of  development 
and  making  of  Eloliim. 

13.  "Like  unto  Him  are  all  the  Sons  of  Jehovah,  that 
follow  Him  unto  the  Celestial  state  in  the  high  and  sacred 
Order  of  Elohim  ;  even  as  the  Son  of  Jehovah  is  like  unto 
the  Father.  For  all  beings  are  made  in  the  image  and  like- 
ness of  Jehovah,  all  are  Elohim  in  prospcdii^  in  potenfialitate. 

14.  "The  difference  that  existeth  between  the  Father  and 
the  Son  is  that  difference  that  existeth  between  Jehovah 
and  Elohim;  between  Father  and  Offspring;  between  the 
parent  tree  and  the  young  trees  that  spring  up  around  it  ; 
or  between  King  and  people. 

15.  "The  Son  of  God,  in  like  manner  with  all  the  Sons 
of  Jehovah,  and  all  Beings — potential  Sons  of  Jehovah — 
hath  eternally  existed  with  the  Fatlier.  But  the  Fat  her  only 
hath  known  eternal  cosmic  and  personal  existence.  The 
Father  hath  no  parentage.  Himself  being  the  All-P-irent  ; 
He  is  uncreate,  being  the  All-Creator. 

16.  "Jehovah  is  the  Father-Mother  of  the  Universe,  the 
Parental  Microcosm,  from  whose  womb  all  Microcosms  have 
sprung,  whose  life  they  receive  for  their  life,  in  whose  like- 
ness and  similitude  all  beings  are  originally  made  and  event- 
ually are  formed.  As  the  protoplasm,  the  ova,  the  worm, 
the  chrysalis,  all  are  different  forms  of  the  butterHy  that 
evolveth  from  them;  so  the  Etheric  Cell,  and  all  the  suc- 
cessive forms  of  the  innumerable  orders  of  development,  are 
different  forms  of  the  Elohe  that  shall  ultimately  evolve 
from  them,  in  the  infinite  course  of  Life  and  Death,  that 
mark  the  periods  of  the  Microcosm's  exolution    from  order 

N     to  order  of  cosmic  development. 

17.  "The  difference  that  existeth  between  the  Sons  of 
Jehovah,  in  the  Order  of  Elohim,   and  the  Son  of  Jehovah, 


304  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

is  that  He   is   the  First-Begotten   of  the   Father,  and  conse- 
quently the  Supreme  Son  of  Jehovah  in  Glory,   in  Dignity, 
\     and    Honour,    of  all    the    Elohiin,    the    Sons    of    Jehovah, 
born  unto  Jehovah   in   the   Kingdom    of  Heaven. 

18.  "He  is  the  Heir  of  Jehovah,  of  the  inheritance  of  the 
Universe;  the  Eldest-Born,  in  whose  Name  and  Office,  the 
Universe  is  governed  and  sustained.  Through  Him  are 
mediated  the  Grace  and  Glory,  the  Light  and  Life,  the 
Truth  and  Wisilotii  of  Jehovah,  unto  all  the  Elohim,  in  their 
several  Orders  and  Degrees,  and  unto  all  the  Beings  that 
inhabit  all  the  Circles  of  the  Universe;  all  of  whom  are 
joint-heirs  with  Him  of  the  mediatorial  and  governing  pow- 
ers Hnd  responsibilities  of  the  Universe,  in  their  countless 
orders,  dominions,  offices  and  authorities. 

19.  "Now  it  must:  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  Son  of  Jeho- 
vah alone  standeth  in  relationship  with  the  Father,  of  co- 
equality  and  of  co-eternal  Union.  Unto  none  of  the  Sons 
of  Jehovali  is  given  th^  title  and  privilege  of  eternal  session 
at  the  right  hand  of  the  Father,  on  the  Throne  of  Celestial 
Glory,  saving  only  the  Four  Living  Forms  that  surround 
the  Father  and  the  Son  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne,  of  whom 
I  shall  hereafter  speak  in  greater  fulness. 

20.  "Let  me  now  speak  of  the  Son  of  God  more  fully  ; 
of  His  beginning;  of  His  offices ;  of  His  relations  to  the 
Father;  and  of  His  relations  to  the  Universe.  Afterwards  I 
shall  explain  unto  you  the  truth  contained  in  His  represen- 
tation as  the  Bleeding  Lamb,  which  applieth  unto  His  rela- 
tion exclusively  unto  this  Planet. 

31.  "I  have  to  call  your  minds  back  to  a  period  of  cosmic 
time  that  transcendelh  all  human  conception  or  calculation, 
a  time  when  the  Universe  lay  as  an  etheric,  translucent  body, 
whose  Central  Orb  only  then  existed  in  any  substantiated 
and  manifested  form.  This  period  dates  back  unto  a  time 
that  can  only  be  in  part  conceived;  were  ye  to  count  the 
number  of  grains  of  sand  in  the  bed  of  the  ocean,  plus  the 
number  of  the  atoms  that  form  the  dry  land,  plus  the  ninn- 
ber  of  molecules  that  form  all    li\'ing    forms,   and  that  make 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSKS    OF    JESUS.  301^ 

the  volume  of  water  that  filleth  the  ocean,  and  t  he  cells  of 
Ether  contained  in  the  atmosphere  ;  even  thcMi  ve  could  not 
know  the  full  number  of  years  embraced  in  this  infinite 
length  of  time — a  period  which,  unto  the  human  miml. 
appeareth  to  be  an  eternity. 

22,  "Conceive  in  your  minds  this  vast  infinitude  of  space, 
whose  Etheric  Form  undulated  with  every  breath  and  pul- 
sation of  its  Central  Figure,  the  eternal  Foim  of  the  Ever- 
lasting Father;  that  vibrated  rhythmically  in  harm  )nv  with 
the  glorious  radiations  of  Supernal  Light-Rays,  radiating 
from  the  Father,  and  in  spiral  beams  and  darts  of  effulgence, 
filling  the  Universe  with  the  excjuisile  opaline  hues  of  trans- 
lucent glory. 

23.  "Each  cell-atom  of  Light  that  filled  the  Universe 
was  destined  to  develop  unto  an  Elohe,  an  Immortal  God, 
a  Son  of  Jehovah;    an  Emanation  of  the  Being  of  Jehovah. 

34.  "Thus  lay  the  Universe,  in  circling,  spiral  movement, 
revolving  and  rotating  in  perfect  equilibrium  of  liarnKuiious 
and  rhythmical  motion,  around  its  centre,  the  most  glorious 
and  substantial  Nexus  of  Light-Cells,  proceeding  originally 
from  the  Father,  the.  Central  Nexus  of  Light. 

35.  "Passing  forth  into  the  Universe,  and  returning  to 
and  from  the  Central  Nexus  of  Light,  Substance,  and  Force, 
the  cells  gradually  entered  successive  minute  stages  of 
development,  and  assumed  infinitesimally  modified  condi- 
tions of  corporeity,  during  the  .Eons  of  .^ons  of  their 
attraction  and  repulsion,  to  and  from  the  Central  Orb,  and 
caused  by  the  constant  and  increasing  heat  of  friction,  and 
variations  of  temperature  occurring,  as  they  attained  greater 
complexities  of  correlation  one  with  another,  in  their  lount- 
less  passages  through  the  length  an.l  breads  h  of  the  Scpiare 
and  Circle  of  the  Universe,  or  the  Zodiac. 

26.  "In  the  course  of  .-Eons  of  this  process  of  lUix  and 
reflux,  of  action  and  reaction,  of  positive  and  negative  cur- 
rents of  the  Elements  of  Life,  slowly  there  emerged  from 
the  Etheric  translucence  of  the  blue  infinitude  of  space  a 
new  and  filmy  form,  as  of    a    beautiful    Si)irit    of  vapourous 


306  THE    LIPE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


( 

( 

( 

( 
( 
( 
( 

in  the  course  of  the  yEons  of  slow  evolution.  ^ 


Light,  which  gradually  overspread  a  great  part  of  the  space 
of  the  Heavens,  becoming  more  and  more  visibly  manifest, 
and  assuming  form  and  shape  and  substance,  more  and  more, 


27.  "This  was  the  Nebulous  Nucleus  of  a  new  phenom- 
enon, a  new  body,  slowly  forming  by  the  Laws  of  Motion 
which  govern  the  movements  of  substance,  and  the  change 
of  Ether  to  matter.  It  was  the  birth  of  the  first  of  the 
Seven  Great  Planets,  the  Mother  of  all  the  Planets,  the 
Mother  of  the  Zodiacal  Sunlets,  the  Mother  of  the  organic 
beings  that  live  and  move  upon  .ill  the  Planets  and  the  Sun- 
lets — and  this  Planet  is  Isiia,  or  Earth,  the  greatest  and  at 
one  time  the  noblest  and  tlie  first  created  of  all  the  heavenly 
bodies. 

28.  "Isha,  or  the  Earth,  stands  in  relation  to  the  Sun,  or 
Ish — the  cosmic  centre  of  the  Universe,  the  Great  Central 
Orb,  and  the  Heaven  of  Heavens — as  the  Spouse  and  Wife 
of  the  Sun,  the  Cosmic  Mother  of  the  Universe,  even  as  the 
Sun  is  the  Father  of  the  Material   Universe, 

29.  "And  when  the  Earth,  or  Isha,  had  attained  unto 
materiality,  and  was  in  a  fit  state  of  substantiality  for  the 
life  and  growth  of  living  organisms  upon  her  most  glorious 
and  ethereal  surface,  there  evolved  the  first  race  of  beings, 
in  evolutional  order,  unto  the  human  state. 

30.  "And  there  came  forth,  by  the  will  and  mind  of  Jeho- 
vah, from  out  of  the  human  family,  a  Woman,  the  perfectly 
and  sublimely-glorious  Qj.ieen  of  all  Beings,  the  first  of  all 
creatures  to  enter  the  Adamic  state,  and  to  pass  unto  the 
Elohistic  state.  This  Woman  was  Maria-Isha,  the  Mother 
of  Elohim,  the  most  Ineffable,  Sacred,  and  Beloved  Wife  of 
Jehovah,  the  Father. 

31.  "Fairer  than  the  fairest  of  the  daughters  of  Jehovah, 
nobler  than  the  noblest  of  the  Mothers  of  Elohim,  is  Maria- 
Isha,  the  Qj.ieen  of  Heaven,  She  reigneth  over  the  Universe, 
the  most  Holy  and  Immaculate  Mother  of  Elohim.  She 
liveth  in  the  Sacred  Habitation  of  Jehovah,  the  Mother  of 
Jehovah's  Children,  the  Arch-Mistress  of  all  the  vast  multi- 


THE     LIFE     AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  307 


tilde  of  Jeh()\ali's  Sacred  and  Beloved  Consorts,  who 
worship  Her,  in  unison  with  the  whole  .Sacred  Family  of 
Jeho\ah.  willi  a  homatre,  devotion,  and  aft'ection,  that  only 
Siie  could  draw  out  of  the  hearts  of  so  perfect  and  loftv 
Beings. 

j,2.  '-Havinir  lived  Her  fulness  of  days  upon  the 
Earth,  over  which,  and  over  the  innumerahle  races 
and  species  of  beings  that  fdl  the  Earth,  She  reigned 
as  Monarch  and  Mistress,  the  fair,  spotless,  and  ineffably- 
(jlorious  C^ueen  of  all  Creatures;  having  attained  unto 
the  .Sixth  Degree  of  Adaniic  perfection,  the  time  came 
that  .She  should  be  Translated  unto  the  Celestial  state, 
antl  become  the  Founder  of  the  Order  of  Elohim,  and 
the  .Sacred  and  most  Beloved  Mother  of  the  Son  of 
Jeho\'ah. 

33.  "Then  a  great  and  wontlerful  thing  happened  unto 
the  Hol^^  Virgin,  Maria-Isha,  ere  she  passed  away  unto 
the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  ;  a  thing  that  hath  never  occurred, 
and  never   again  will  occur  in  the   history  of  the  Universe. 

34.  "There  being  no  other  male  in  the  Earth,  or  in 
Heaven,  that  had  attained  unto  the  state  of  Adamic 
Perfection,  which  is  the  Sixth  Degree  of  Cosmic  and 
Microcosmic  evolution;  and  therefore  there  being  no  Man 
upon  the  Earth,  or  in  the  Universe,  fit  and  eligible  to 
espouse  the  Holy  and  spotless  Virgin,  that  reigned  in 
Holv  Soliiutle  of  being  on  the  Earth,  as  Jehovah  reigned 
in  Holy  Solitude  of  being  in  Heaven  ;  it  was  impossible 
that  the  Adamic  Race  could  extend  beyond  this  lofty  and 
noble  Woman,  nor  that  the  Family  of  Elohim  could  be 
procreated,  according  to  the  Laws  of  the  Universe. 

35.  "For  tlie  most  stringent  and  binding  of  all  laws  that 
govern  the  Universe  is  that  law  which  forbids  the  inter- 
mingling of  the  blood  of  the  Adamic  Race  with  a  lower 
race  of  human  beings.  Only  must  intermarriage  take  place 
with  themselves,  or  with  a  higher  Order  of  Beings  than 
themselves. 


,308  TMK    lAVK    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS. 

36.  "Maria-Islia  beinir  Mlone  of  Her  race  upon  tlie  Earth, 
and  there  beinj^  no  Eloliim  in  Heaven,  and  no  Male  eligible 
for  niarriatre  with  the  Lninaculatc  and  Perfect  X'irtrin, 
Maria-Isha,  except  Jehovah;  then  did  Jehovah  descend,  in 
His  most  Holy  and  Pure  Spirit,  to  the  Planetarv  Mother. 
Isha,  or  Earth,  where  the  Holy  (^ueen-\'iri^in,  Maria- 
Isha,  lay  sleeping  beneath  the  sacred  dome  of  the  glorious 
Palace  of  Purity  and  Peace,  surrounded  by  Her  maidens 
and  companions,  the  fair  and  lovely  daughters  of  the 
human  race  that  lived  on  the  Earth  under  Her  Beatific 
reign  ;  and  guarded  by  the  subjects  and  courtiers  who 
obeyed  Her  rule,  and  were  Her  most  dutiful  and  humble 
subjects. 

37.  "And  as  She  lay  asleep.  She  dreamed  a  dream,  and 
Her  entranced  eyes  beheld  the  Form  of  Jelunah's  noble 
and  sacred  Spirit,  lying  beside  Her  in  Her  nuptial  bed.  and 
they  loved  as  Gods  only  love,  and  lay  in  one  another's  arms 
in  the  delight  of  an  holy  passion,    until  the  morning. 

38.  ''When  the  Sun  arose  in  the  morning,  and  his  brigiit 
beams  fell  upon  the  beauteous  and  lofty  brow  of  the  Holv 
Virgin,  She  awoke  from  Her  sweet  trance-sleep,  and, 
behold.  She  lay  alone,  and  She  knew  not  if  it  had  not  been 
a  dream  that  had  made  that  night  unto  Her  the  Night  of 
Nights. 

39.  ''Maria  awoke,  and  She  knew  not  of  that  Holy  and 
wonderful  thing  that  had  happened  unto  Her,  which  had 
truly  happened,  and  had  made  Her  a  Virgin  no  more. 

40.  "And  whilst  Maria  lay  upon  Her  bed,  pondering 
deeply  in  Her  Soul  the  blessed  dream  which  had  awakened 
in  Her  such  fondness  and  ecstasy,  lo,  Her  .Spirit  spake  unto 
Her,  and  She  hearkened  unto  the  message  of  Jehovah  that 
came  unto  Her  in  Spirit,  wiiich  said  unto  Her  : 

41.  "'Maria,  Beloved  of  Jehovah,  thou  art  henceforth 
unto  Me  my  Eternal  and  most  dearly-Beloved  Wife,  and 
unto  Me  shalt  Thou  cling,  and  from  Me  shall  Thou  liave 
great  fruitfulness.  Thou  shalt  be  the  Mother  of  my  Sons 
and    my    Daughters,    and    Thou    shalt    reign    the  Qiieen  of 


THE     LIFK     AND     DISCOUKSKS    OF    JKSIS.  309 


Heaven  and  of  all  the  Spheres,  that   have   been  begotten  of 
Thee,  when  Thou  wast  in  Me  in  tlie  /Eons  of  the  past. 

42.  -And  unio  Thee  shall  be  born  my  Only-Begotten 
Son,  Jes'.is  C'.H-istos,  for  only  will  lie,  of  all  my  Sons  that 
shall  come  forth  from  Thee,  b-  born  of  Thee  in  the  flesh 
upon  tlie  Earth.  lie  is  Myself  in  Created  and  Manifested 
Form  ;  Myself  in  His  nature  and  dignity;  and  by  Him  and 
through  Him  shall  all  Beings  receive  my  Life  and  my 
Nature. 

43.  'Vo\-  He  is  my  Son,  the  Mediator  of  Myself  unto  all 
Bv"ings.  By  Me  they  live  and  move  and  liave  their  being, 
and  through  the  mediumship  of  my  ,Son  shall  beings  have 
Life.  He  is  the  manifested  image  of  my  Person;  and  by 
the  operation  of  His  Mediatorial  OfHce,  He  will  uphold  all 
things  in  the  Universe,  and  by  Him  shall  all  the  worlds  be 
formed;   and  He  shall  be  the  Heir  of  all  things. 

44.  'And  that  Holy  Thing  which  Thou  hast  conceived 
in  thy  womb  is  the  .Seed  of  my  Body,  of  my  Mind,  of  my 
S-)ul,  and  of  my  .Spirit,  which  I,  Jehovah,  have  conceived 
in  Thee,  when  I  came  unto  Thee  in  my  Spirit,  in  the  night 
which  Thou  thoughtest  to  have  been  a  lovely  dream. 

^5.  "This  Holy  Child  that  shall  be  born  hath  already 
abode  in  Me,  and  hath  been  formed  in  Me  eternally,  only 
awaiting  thy  coming  unto  thy  Perfection,  that  He  might 
find  in  Thee  His  Created  Mother,  from  whom  He  may 
take  Cosmic  Form  and  conditions,  that  He  might  thus  be 
the  Mediator  of  the  Life  that  shall  be  created  in  the  Uni- 
verse, which  shall  evolve,  in  the  course  of  the  ^'Eons,  into 
the  Beings  who  shall  be  born  of  Me  and  Thee  in  the  King- 
dom of  H-'aven. 

46.  'And  Thou,  Maria-Isha,  art  the  Fulness  of  my 
Eternal  Wisdom  and  Glory  and  Power.  For  Myself  I 
brought  Thee  forth  into  the  world  of  substance.  Thou  art 
my  predestined  Bride,  the  Soul  of  my  substance,  and  the 
M3ther  of  all  substance  and  living  beings.  Thou  art  Soul 
of  my  Soul  and  Body  of  my  Body;  and  through  thy  most 
Sacred  and    Immaculate   Generation    and  Conception,  shall 


3IO 


THE     LIFE    AND    DTSCOUKSES    OK    JESUS. 


the  Universe  be  filled  with  Holy  Beings,  who  sh;ill  be 
Fellow-Kings  and  Fellow-Q_iieens,  Princes  and  .-E:)ns, 
Powers  and  Rulers,  over  the  Twelve  Principalities  of  the 
Universe,  and  over  the  Seven  Planetary  Circles,  and  over 
the  innumerable  Dominions  and  Rulerships  that  compose 
the  Hierarchy  and  Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

47.  'Thou  Thrice-Blessed  One,  art  the  Perfect  Double  of 
my  Soul,  my  Spouse,  my  Bride,  and  of  all  the  Q_ueens  of 
Heaven  that  shall  come  forth  out  of  our  Holy  Union  and 
Marriage,  there  shall  none  be  ecjual  unto  Thee  in  Majestv. 
in  Dignity,  in  Honour  and  in  Glory.  Thou  art  the  .Supreme 
Woman,  whom  all  the  Sons  and  Daughters  of  Jehovah 
shall  worship,  as  the  Mother  of  the  Elohim. 

48.  'Thou  wast  with  Me.  Soul  of  my  Soul,  in  all  the 
eternal  Past,  before  the  time  had  come  for  the  substantiat- 
ing of  Myself  in  the  Universe  of  the  Cosmos.  And  when 
my  Emanations  of  Light  passed  outwards  into  the  vast 
formless  and  circumferenceless  expanse  of  space,  filling 
circle  after  circle  with  the  Cells  of  Light,  I  projected  Thee 
forth  into  the  Cosmos;  and  in  time,  the  substance  of  Light 
became  fixed  and  stable,  in  the  form  of  the  Nebula  which 
evolved  into  this,  the  first  of  the  Planets;  then  did  I  cause 
the  Life  that  was  contained  in  the  myriads  of  myriads, 
m3-riad-fold,  of  Cells  that  formed  the  Elements  of  the 
Planet,  in  substantiality,  to  fecundate  and  bring  forth 
species  and  kinds,  after  the  measure  of  the  configurations 
and  types  bethought  by  Me  in  my  Mind,  and  {)rojected 
from  Me  in  the  currents  of  my  Will-Force.  Then  ensued 
^ons  of  ALonfi  of  the  majestic  roll  of  evolution,  ever 
ascending  in  the  scale  of  organisation  and  creation,  until  I 
brought  Thee,  O  Maria-Isha,  forth,  in  Adamic  Substance, 
in  the  final  stage  of  thy  Adamic   and  Perfect  Womanhood. 

49.  'Thus  did  I  substantialise  Thee,  my  Soul,  in  the 
Cosmos,  and  Thou  didst  Rule,  a  (roddess  among  mortals  and 
all  creatures,  until  I  came  unto  Thee,  O  Beloved,  and  I  lay 
with  thee,  and  Thou  didst  conceive  of  Me,  and  Thou 
shalt,  after    nine    months  of  pregnancy,    bear  a  Man-Child, 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  31I 


who  shall  be  the  Branch  of  the  Sacred  Tree  that  shall  rule 
and  create  the  Family  of  Man,  and  sustain  the  species  and 
kinds,  in  their  orders  and  types,  by  being  the  Mediator  of 
our  Two-Fold  Excellencies,  the  Light  and  Life  of  my 
Spirit,  and  the  Light  and  Wisdom  of  my  Soul,  which  Two 
are  One  in  Me,  and  Thou  art  the  Mediative  Substance 
and  Organism  that  presenteth  my  Soul  to  Him  who  sliall 
be  born  of  Me. 

50.  'Thus,  O  Maria-Isha,  know  Thou  the  great  and 
noble  Destiny  unto  which  Thou  art  come,  in  the  fulfilment 
of  the  eternal  ^'Eons.  Thou  art  now  One  with  Me,  thy 
Father,  thy  Spouse;  and  Jesus,  thy  .Son,  art  (Jne  with  Us. 
the  Son  of  Jehovah,  Ish  and  Isha,  and  the  First  of  all 
created  things  that  cometh  from  thy  womb,  and  from  my 
body. 

51.  'And  the  Soul  of  all  beings  is  in  thy  Soul,  as  Thou 
art  in  my  Soul,  and  camest  from  my  Soul. 

52.  'And  the  Body  of  all  beings,  in  Essence  and  Ele- 
mental Substance,  is  in  iny  Bodv,  as  tliv  Body  was  in  my 
Body,  and  camest,  Body  and  Soul,  from  my  Body  and 
Soul.  Thou  art  the  Female  of  my  Male,  and  IMiou  art 
Male  and  Female  of  my  Male  and  Female;  and  all  beings 
are  Male  of  my  Male,  and  Female  of  my  Female,  anil  are 
Male  and  Female  of  thy  Male  and  Female,  as  Thou  art 
Male  and  Female  of  my  Male  and  Female. 

53.  'For  I  am  the  Central  Point  of  Emanation  of  all. 
both  Male  and  Female. 

54.  'Once  and  once  only  will  such  a  thing  happen  that 
hath  happened  at  this  time,  when  Jehoyah  hath  descended, 
and  hath  conceiyed  and  begotten  a  Child  in  the  womb  of  a 
woman  of  Adamic  substance.  Thou,  O  Maria-lsha,  iirt 
specially  favoured,  in  that  Thou  art  the  only  Woman  with 
whom    the    Father    hath    lain,    and    from    the    Father   shalt 

(     Thou    bring    forth  a  Child  in  tlie    substance  of  His  Adamic 
)     Mother. 

55.  'The  Son  that  shall  be  born  is  the  substantialised 
Form  of  the  Father  and  Mother  of  all.     He  is  the  substance 


312  THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  person  of  the  Body  and  the  Soul,  the  Mind  and  the 
Spirit,  the  Male  and  the  Female,  the  Li^ht  and  the  Wis- 
dom, the  Life  and  the  Power,  of  Jehovah,  Ish  and  Isha, 
Male  and  Female,  Body  and  Soul,  Mind  and  Spirit. 

56.  'I  and  Thou  and  He  are  the  Three  Persons  of  the 
ever-blessed  and  thrice-Holy  Trinity,  by  whose  Tri-Une 
operation,  creation,  and  mediation,  the  Life  and  Light,  the 
Wisdom  and  Power,  the  Substance  and  Essence,  the  Force 
and  Matter,  which  shall  compose  the  Universe,  and  every- 
thing that  is  in  and  of  the  Universe,  shall  be  generated, 
projected  and  supplied. 

57.  'We  are  One,  I  am  Jehovaii,  Thou  art  Jehovah,  the 
Son  is  Jeliovah,  inseparable,  indissoluble,  and  one,  we 
reign  in  the  Centre  of  Light.  We  three  are  the  Prism  of 
Light  that  divideth  the  Seven  Rays  unto  the  Twenty-F.our; 
and  diflFuseth  the  Light  and  Elements,  through  the  Seven 
and  the  Twenty-Four,  into  the  Universe  of  the  Cosmos. 

58.  'And  from  Us — the  Tri-Une  Jehovah — shall  proceed 

the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  in    the    ever-fiowing   Rays  of  Light, 

the  Primordial  Elements  of  Life  and  Thought,  of  Substance 

)     and    Essence,    of  Force  and  Matter,  which    shall   illumine, 

) 

\     fill,  and  form   tlie  One    Being   of  the  Macrocosm,    and   the 

differentiated  beings  of  the  Microcosms.'  " 

^9.    "i\nd  it  came  to  pass,  in  the  ninth   month,  after  the 

visitation   of  Jehovah,    and    the    conception    of    the    Holy 

Virgin,   Maria-Islia,   by  the    Spirit   of  Jehovah,    that   there 

was    born    unto     Maria-Isha,    a    Holy     Man-Child.       And 

Maria-lsha  called  His  name   Jesus   Christos,  the   Redeemer 

and  Anointed  One,  for  that,  by  Him    would  substance,   the 

emanations  of  Jeliovah,  Ish  and  Isha,  be  redeemed  froni  jthe 

lower  to  the  higher  forms  of  being,  and  to  the  highest,    the 

Celestial  God.      And  for  that  He  should    be  the  Medium  of 

the    Light    and    Life,    the    Wisdom    and  Substance,    of  ^1} 

beings,    the    Essence    of    Jehovah    being    as    the   .Oil   -that 

anointeth   the    Universe   with    Life   and   Light.      He  is  the 

High-Priest,  the  Arch-Hierarch,  the    Supreme  Hierophant. 

And  He  sup[)licth   unto  the  body  of  the  Macrocosm    all  the 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  2,i  7, 

essence  and  power  of  Light  and  Life,  the  energy  and  sub- 
stance that  are  contained  in  the  Forces  and  Elements  of 
Nature,  which  come  from  the  Being  of  Jeiiovah,  Ish  and 
Isha. 

60.  ''And  Jesus  Christos  lived  upon  tlie  earth  unto  many 
generations,  and  He  reigned  over  the  whole  eartli,  and  over 
the  species  and  kinds  that  lived  upon  the  earth,  according 
to  their  type  and  configuration,  as  Jehovah  had  thought  and 
willed  in  His  Mind. 

"61.  "And  Maria-Isha  was  translated  unto  the  Habitation 
of  the  Throne  of  Jehovah,  and  there  She  reigneth  with 
Jehovah,  over  the  Universe,  One  with  the  Father,  Soul  of 
His  Soul,  Body  of  His  Body — Jehovah,  Father-Mother. 

62.  "x\nd  it  came  to  pass  that,  in  due  time,  the  race  of 
men  that  had  arrived  at  the  Twelfth  ^-Eon  of  their  evolu- 
tionary Cycle,  were  ready  to  enter  the  Thirteenth  yEon  of 
the  Adamic  state,  and  were  prepared  to  pass  the  Six  Gates 
of  Planetary  Development.  And  these  died  in  the  due  order 
of  dissolution,  and  passed  up  into  the  Celestial  Paradise, 
where  they  received  the  Mysteries  of  the  Thirteenth  ^on, 
preparatory  to  their  next  and  final  reincarnation,  after  that 
the  Five  Planetary  Spheres  were  established  in  the  Heavens. 

63.  "But  there  had  been  no  wife  given  to  Jesus  Christos. 
He  had  remained  on  the  earth,  the  (niardian  and  Custodian 
of  the  earth,  and  the  Ruler  of  all  beings  upon  the  earth. 
For  it  was  contrary  to  the  Laws  of  Nature  and  of  I  he  King- 
dom, that  a  God,  a  Hierarch,  should  intermirry  wilh  the 
children  of  men  upon  the  earth.  Therefore  Jesus  waited 
until  Jehovah,  Ish  and  Isha,  should  send  unto  Him  the 
Help-Mate  who,  by  marriage  with  Him.  should  be  the  First 
Progenitors,  with  Him,  of  the  Adamic  race  of  the  Sons  of 
Elohim  upon  the  earth. 

64.  "Then  it  came  to  pass  that  on  a  certain  night,  Jesus 
Christos  dreamed  a  dream,  and  He  dreamed  that  He  beiield 
a  bright  and  burning  Light  descend  from  Heaven,  and  it 
fell  upon  Him,  as  He  lay  asleep.  And  it  filled  Ilim  with 
its    Light    and    Power,    and    after    a   time,    He    felt   that  a 


314  tup:  like   and  discourses  of  jesus. 

strange  thing  was  happening  to  Iliin  ;  that  as  He  lay,  His 
body  expanded,  and  there  poured  out  from  Him  the  stream 
of  His  Light  and  .Substance,  flowing  from  His  brain. 

65.  "Now  in  His  waking  thoughts  the  mind  of  Jesus  had 
been  much  occupied  witii  thoughts  of,  and  communings 
witli  His  Mother,  Maria-Isha,  the  thrice-Holy  and  ever- 
Blessed  \^irgin,  who,  having  received  the  Alysteries  of  the 
Sacred  Wisdom  and  Light,  had  entered  into  the  Celestial 
Kingdom,  and  was  One  with  the  Father  and  Himself  in  the 
Glory  of  the  Throne  of  the  Universe. 

66.  "And  His  heart  had  conjured  up  the  ineffable  image 
of  a  beauteous  and  Divine  Woman,  whom  He  saw  in  His 
Soul,  but  yet  not  in  the  substance^  of  the  flesh.  And  He 
longed  and  desired  after  Her,  and  prayed  unto  the  Father- 
Mother  that  wShe  might  i)e  given  unto  Him  for  His  Bride. 

67.  "And  as  He  longed  and  prayed,  behold,  it  was  told 
Him  by  Jehovah,  His  Father-Mother,  that  this  glorious 
Woman  was  awaiting  Her  descent  into  substance,  and  that 
She  should  pass  into  Him  as  the  substantialised  form  of 
His  vision  and  thought. 

68.  '*Forye  must  know,  that  in  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven 
there  are  Mysteries  of  being  and  causation,  the  nature  of 
which  only  can  ye  know  when  ye  attain  unto  the  constitu- 
tion of  the  (jods.  And  it  is  possible  for  a  God,  whether 
incarnate  or  spiritual,  to  project  the  Elemental  Substance 
of  Soul  and  Body  to  the  formation  of  a  Soul  and  Body 
outside  of  Him  ;  even  as  a  flame  can  project  its  Elemental 
Substance  and  create  flames  from  itself.  Ye  in  your  pres- 
ent materiality  of  substance  have  not  this  capacity,  except 
in  a  certain  degree  in  a  certain    Psychical  condition. 

69.  "Now  the  Soul  of  Chavah,  the  Bride  of  Jesus  Christ, 
the  First    Adam,    had  entered  into  the   vSoul   of   Adam,   or 

[esus  Christ,  and  the  body  of  Chavah  hiid  entered  into  the 
body  of  Adam ;  each  in  their  Etheric  condition,  as  yet 
unclothed  with  the  body  of  the  substance  of  the  flesh  of 
Adam. 

70.  "It  is  not  inconceivable,   even     to  mortal  men  of  this 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  3IC5 


day,  that  the  material  substance  of  the  body  of  the  flesli  is 
capable  of  extension  and  projection,  and  of  being  used  to 
form  the  matter  of  a  new  body.  In  the  case  of  what  are 
called  'Materialisations'  this  is  constantly  done  by  vSorcerers 
and  Astral  Mediums.  But,  in  these  cases,  the  occupying 
entities  being  only  Astrals,  or  Phantoms,  have  no  separate 
organic  and  spiritual  existence.  They  are  mere  magnetised, 
obsessed  Shapes,  and  not  Egos,  or  Persons.  Hence  the 
Materialisations  are  but   transient  and  evanescent. 

71.  "And  it  appeared  unto  Jesus  Christos,  whilst  He  lay 
in  Trance,  as  if  He  had  become  the  point  of  attraction  of  a 
most  stupendous  stream  of  Light  from  Heaven,  pouring 
into  His  Body  at  every  part,  into  His  Mind,  into  His  Soul, 
and  into  His  Spirit;  that  He  was  a  Prism,  into  which  the 
Perfect  Light  of  Jeliovah  was  drawn,  and  divided  in  Him 
into  the  Seven  Rays  of  Colour,  and  into  the  Seven  P'^orms 
of  Matter  in  its  organic  formation. 

72.  "And  these  Seven  Rays  entered  into  Him,  each  Ray 
into  the  nature  to  which  it  corresponded,  and  each  Ray 
reflected  the  colour  and  substance  of  all  the  Twenty-Four 
Elements  whicli  compose  the  substance  of  the  Body,  and 
the  substance  of  the  Soul. 

73.  "And  He  saw  and  beheld  that  eacii  Ray,  thus  consti- 
tuted, was  the  complement  of  its  fellow-rays,  the  whole 
forming  one  complete  Light-Entity,  consisting  of  Seven 
Light-Structures,  and  Twenty-Four  Light-Parts — the  Em- 
bryonic Substance  of  the  Microcosm. 

74.  "Likewise  He  saw  that  the  whole  Ray  came,  in  a 
stupendous  stream  of  Light,  from  the  Centre — the  Person 
of  Jehovah,  His  Father  and  Motlier,  Ish  and  Isha — where- 
in they  were  generated  and  fused,  from  Ish  and  Isha,  into 
the  One  Ray,  that  passed  forth  in  Sevenfold  form,  and  in 
Twenty-Four-fold  constitution. 

75.  "And  behold  these  Rays  all  concentred  and  were 
focussed  in  His  Body  and  Soul,  He  saw  Himself  as  the 
prismatic  Reflector  of  the  whole  stream  of  Light  from 
Jehovah. 


I       316  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

<  ^6.   "And,  beholding  more  closely.  He  perceived  that  these 

Seven  Rays,  constituted  in  their  Twenty -Four  parts,  were, 
in  all,  the  figure  and  form  of  a   Colossal  and  Supernal  Man, 

(  full  of  colour  and  moving  shades  of  incandescence  and  radia- 
tion. And  this  Man  He  belield  to  be  Himself,  His  own 
Spiritual  and  Perfect  Being,  of  which  His  physical  and 
incarnate  Self  was  the  most  beautiful  eartlily  pattern  and 
material  Double. 

77.  ''Also,  as  He  gazed  in  wonder  and  admiration  upon 
this  sublime  vision.  He  looked  still  more  deeply  into  the 
nature  of  this  Colossal  Man,  and  He  saw  that  it  consisted 
of  Light-Substance,  exceedingly  glorious  and  beauteous, 
brighter  than  the  brightness  of  the  Sun  for  glorv. 

78.  "And  this  Light  was  composed  of  an  infinitude  of 
lesser  lights,  or  bodies  of  Light,  of  an  infinitude  of  forms 
and  shapes,  and  each  lesser  Light  was  likewise  sub-divided 
into  still  lesser  Light-Bodies,  and  this  was  the  case  inter- 
iorly and  exteriorly,  even  beyond  all  calculation  and  visual- 
isation. Every  form  was  a  Nucleus  of  forms,  unto  infinitude. 
And  each  form,  though  varying  in  shape  and  form,  bore 
the  likeness  reflected  upon  it,  of  Himself,  even  as  He  ob- 
served that  He  Himself  bore  the  likeness  of  Jehovah,  the 
Father-Mother. 

79.  "For  He  observed  that  in  each  nucleated  Light-Body, 
and  in  each  atomic  Light-Body,  even  to  the  most  rare  and 
infinitesimal  cellular  body  of  each  Light-Body,  there  was  al- 
ways a  Twofold  form,  an  interior  and  exterior,  and  whilst  the 
exterior  appeared  to  be  of  one  likeness,  or  another  likeness, 
and  never  perpetually  of  one  and  the  same  likeness,  chang- 
ing from  one  likeness  to  the  other,  and  increasing  in  its 
likeness  to  its  interior  more  and  more;  yet  the  interior  was 
ever  the  same  likeness,  even  the  likeness  of  Himself,  as  He 
is  the  likeness  of  Jehovah. 

80.  "Now  the  interior  is  the  Soul,  and  the  exterior  is  the 
Body.  And  the  Soul  is  the  Soul  of  Jehovah,  reproduced  in 
His  offspring,  and  is  unchangeable  in  all  beings;  it  is  the 
Logos  of  Jehovah,    the   Christos   of  Jehovah,  in  all  beings. 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  317 


81.  "But  the  exterior  is  the  Body  Substance  of  Jehovah, 
and  is  yet  to  be  found  in  the  perfect  likeness  of  Jehovah. 
And  all  that  is  of  tiie  Body  hath  to  be  made  and  fashipned 
in  the  likeness  of  Jehovah.  For  the  Perfect  God  is  not 
perfected,  when  He  is  only  embryonic,  and  hath  been 
neither  formed  and  perfected  in  matter,  nor  hath  evoluted 
His  developed  and  individuated  being. 

82.  "Likewise  I  lie  interior  is  the  Soul  and  Spirit-Sub- 
stance of  Jehovah,  the  Nucleus  and  Nucleolu.s,  and  is  yet  to 
be  formed  in  the  perfect  likeness  and  fulness  of  Jehovah. 
Anil  the  appearance  of  the  Soul  in  the  unchanging  likeness 
of  Jehovah  is  due,  not  to  the  fact  of  its  completeness  of 
development  and  constitution  (for  how  can  the  Etheric  .Cell, 
or  formless  substance,  be  counted  complete  form  and  sub- 
stance!); but  because  the  Centre  of  the  Soul  is  the  Spirit 
of  Jehovah  the  Father,  the  Male,  that  is,  the  Nucleolus  of 
the  iVLicrocosm  ;  and  the  Soul,  that  contains  it,  is  of  the 
Mother,  the  Female,  that  is,  the  Nucleus. 

83.  "For  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah  is  the  Male,  and  the  Soul 
of  Jehovah  is  the  Female,  and  as  the  Woman  that  sitteth 
with  the  Father  is  the  Medium  of  the  Soul  of  the  Father, 
and  the  Father  is  the  vSource  of  the  Spirit  of  the  Father,  and 
theFour  Living  Ones  are  the  Media  of  the  Four  {Structures 
of  the  Father  and  the  Mother,  i.e..  the  Spirit-Structure,  the 
S)ul-Si;racture,  the  Mind-Structure,  and  the  Body-Struct- 
ure; as  these  Structures  are  eternally  reproduced  and  pro- 
jected from  the  Father  and  the  Mother. 

84.  "But  the  likeness  of  the  Soul  unto  Jehovah  is  due 
to  the  fact  that  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  which  is  reflected  in 
the  vSoul,  is  of  unchangeable  likeness  to  Jehovah,  even  in 
its  earliest  Cellular  Etheric  and  Embryonic  state. 

85.  "And  the  whole  course  of  evolution  that  followeth 
the  entrance  into  the  Cosmos  of  a  Spirit  of  Jehovah  unto 
the  nature  and  constitution  ,of  an  Elohe,  is  that  course  of 
organic  and  cosmic  developnient  and  evolution,  by  which 
the  whole  nat,ure  and  being  of    the   Microcosm   assimilatetb 


3l8  THE    LIP^E    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

the    nature    and    being    of    the    Centre,    the    Christos,    the 
Logos, 

S6.  "Then  did  Jesus  Christos  behold,  as  He  lay  entranced, 
the  Light-Stream  (that  was  in  shaps  and  form,  the 
likeness  of  His  Spiritual  Self,  made  in  the  likeness  of  the 
Father-Mother — the  Central  Microcosm  — ),  concentreing  in 
Himself,  the  material  and  individuated  Person,  entering 
into  Him,  as  the  Light  Rays  of  the  Sun  enter  into  the  pris- 
matic lens,  and,  dividing  in  His  Person,  into  the  Seven 
Rays  of  separate  colour  and  form  of  substance,  were  distri- 
buted each  and  all  into  the  Twenty-Four  dual  parts  of  His 
^     Cosmic   organism. 

87.  "And  these  Rays  streaming  into  Him,  thus  divided, 
yet  intrinsically  One,  in  Him,  took  the  form  of  a  Woman, 
the  Soul  and  the  Body  being  the  Nucleus  of  the  Spirit- 
Nucleolus  that  rested  in  the  centre. 

88.  "And  as  He  lay,  He  saw  the  Woman  gradually  par- 
take, in  each  of  His  Seven  Structures,  and  in  each  of  the 
Twenty-Four  dual  parts  of  His  organism,  of  the  substance 
of  which  they  were  composed,  yet  was  the  substance  not 
depleted,  neither  His  Sevenfold  Structural  Being  dimin- 
ished. He  supplied  unto  the  Woman  the  corporeal  and 
substantial  Elements  of  His  own  matter,  from  the  eternal 
in-flow  and  out-flow  of  His  organic  system,  interior  and 
exterior,  Body  and  Soul. 

89.  "When  the  Woman  in  Him  had  derived  the  needed 
matter  to  clothe  and  enrobe  her  vSpiritual  entity  withal,  She 
lay  within  Him  as  a  beauteous  flower  nestling  within  the 
bosom  of  the  tree,  even  as  the  flower  of  the  Fig-Tree  liveth 
and  floresceth  within  the  structure  of  the  tree. 

90.  "And  then  did  Jesus  Christos  observe  tliat  from  His 
expanded  and  partly  dematerialised  form,  the  Woman 
passed  forth,  as  coming  out  from  His  side,  and  She  lay 
upon  the  ground,  in  the  sweet  and  effulgent  beauty  of  Her 
glorious  Adamic  nature,  a  Woman,  by  IL's  side,  in  the 
garment  of  Her  Native  Light,  the  Light  which  She  had 
derived   from   Himself,    when   She    had    formed  and    made 


THE     LIFE     AND     niSCOUHSES    OF    JFSIS.  :^  1  o 


Herself  of  His  substance,  in  His  interior  and  exterior  parts. 

91.  "And  Jesus  Christos  awoke,  at  the  dawning  of  day, 
and  He  beheld  the  Woman,  Chavah,  or  Eve,  Ivini^  bv  Hi- 
side,  gazing  in  love  and  devotion  upon  the  face  of  Him 
whose  life  .She  had  taken,  and  with  whom  She  was  eternally 
one,  being  Spirit  of  His  Spirit,  .Soul  of  His  .Soul.  Mind  of 
His  Mind,  Body  of  His  Body,  Flesh  of  His  Flesh,  Blood  of 
His  Blood — Male  and  Female  of  His  Male  and  Female  ; 
even  as  He,  Jesus  Christos,  is  Male  and  Female  of  Jehovah. 
Male  and  Female,  in  whom,  by  whom,  from  whom,  and  to 
whom  they  eternally  existed,  and  eternally  exist. 

92.  "And  behold,  the  face  of  Chavah  was  the  face  of  the 
Woman,  with  whom  He  had  become  intimately  acquainted 
in  His  visions  in  the  days  that  were  passed,  the  beauteous 
Woman  of  His  day-dreams,  and  of  His  night-visions,  the 
Woman  whom  He  had  beheld  descending  unto  Him  in  the 
stream  of  Light,  in  whom  He  had  likewise  beheld  the 
Spirits  of  Beings  that  should  hereafter  be  begotten  of  Him, 
and  of  His  children,  that  should  be  the  beginning  of  the 
Adamic  Race,  and  of  the  Order  and  Hierarcliy  of  Eloliim. 
the  Sons  of  Jehovah,  in  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

93.  "So  Jesus  Christ  recognised  His  Bride,  ami  knew 
Her,  and  He  loved  Her  surpassingly.  And  unto  Jesus 
Christos  and  Chavab.  whom  mankind  and  the  terrestrial 
beings  named  Adam  and  Eve,  were  born  manv  children. 
And  Jesus  Christos  lived  many  generations  upon  the  earth, 
and  He  had  manv  wives  and  many  consorts,  and  the  .Sonsof 
Elohim  multiplied  exceedingly  upon  the  earth,  beautifying 
the  earth,  and  making  it  the  Paradise  of  Delight,  wherein 
the  children  of  Adam  lived  bealifically,  in  all  the  statutes 
and  ordinances  of  the  Sc]uare  and  Circle,  and  in  all  the 
Wisdom  of  Jehovah. 

94.  "Then  did  Jesus  Christos  come  unlo  the  end  of  His 
days,  and  likewise  Chavah  completed  Her  course  of  Life  in 
the  Terrestrial  .Sphere,  and  they  ascended  into  the  Heavens, 
and  sat  down  on  the  Right  Hand  of  God  on  the  Throne  of 
Glory,  waiting  until  all  the  vast  Macrocosm  was  compleied. 


;^20  rilK     Lllli    AND    DISCOUKSHS    OK    JESUS. 

the  Temple  of  Spirit  and  Mutter,  in  the  Twenty-Four  ^ons 
of  the    Twelve    Paris    of    the    Universe,    and    in  the  Seven 
(      Pianclary  Circles  whicii  bisect   and  pass  through  each  part. 

95.  "Beloved  Brethren,  ye  have  hearkened  unto  my  words, 
as  I  have  told  you  the  story  of  the  Christos,  the  First  Adam, 
and  of  the  Holy  Mother  of  the  Christ,  the  Spouse  of  Jeho- 
vah. Deep  has  been  your  interest  in  what  I  have  already 
said  unto  you.  And  now  I  will  expound  unto  you,  briefly 
but  clearly,  the  Truth  that  relateth  unto  the  .Son  of  Jeho- 
vah. 

96.  "I'irst.  let  me  sa\'  unto  you,  that  you  must  not  con- 
found the  Cosmic  Maria-lsha,  and  the  Cosmic  Jesus  Christos, 
with  liie  >fi'/£'/7/(^)'/ Maria-lsha,  and  the  iB'/^/v/rt'/ Jesus  Christos. 
Both  are  one  and  tlie  same,  the  Eternal  and  the  Cosmic,  in 
their   Identity  and    Personality. 

97.  "But  the  Eternal  is  the  Personality  that  was  ever  in 
the  Leather;  and  the  Cosmic  is  that  which  was  begotten  of 
the  Father  before  the  worlds,  being  the  first  coming  into 
Matter  of  the  l^ltheric  Emanations,  through  the  passage  of 
evolution  and  of  involution,  forming  the  Triangle  of  Crea- 
tion and  the  Triangle  of  Life,  in  one. 

98.  "Secondly,  I  would  add  that  ye  must  not  confound 
the  Philosophy  witii  the  History  of  the  .Son  of  Jehovah,  the 
Christos,  of  Maria-Islia.  the  Mother  of  Christos  and  of  the 
Cosmos.  In  the  teaching  of  the  Masters  and  Teachers  of 
later  days,  of  the  Divine  Mysteries,  owing  to  the  profound 
sublimity  of  the  Philosophy  of  the  Christos,  or  the  Logos, 
which  proceedeth  out  of  the  History  of  the  Sacred  Persons; 
the  History  hath  been  too  much  overlooked  and  superseded 
by  the  Philosophy,  chiefly  for  the  reason  that  the  human 
mind  is  so  gross  and  limited,  unaided  by  the  grace  of  the 
Holy  Spirit  that  floweth  from  Maria-Lsha  through  Jesus 
Christos,  that  it  cannot  grasp  both  the  Philosophy  and  the 
History,  The  one  obscures  the  other,  and  the  mind,  illu- 
mined by  the  Philosophy  of  the  Sacred  Wisdom,  is  darkened 
concerning  the  History  of  the  Personages  that  it  speaketh 
of. 


THE     LIKK    AND     DISCOLrUSES    OK    JKSIS. 


99.  "The  Person  of  Maria-Isha,  and  the  Person  of  Jesus 
Christos  and  tlie  Person  of  all  the  Christs,  which  afterwards 
individuate  as  Microcosms,  are  eternally  in  tlie  Father,  who 
is  the  embodiment  of  all  .Spirits  and  Matter. 

100.  "In  the  Order  of  the  Being  of  the  Father,  His 
Spirit  is  the  Centre — the  Logos — and  His  Soul  is  the  Re- 
pository of  the  Logos.  The  Spirit  is  the  Father,  and  the 
vSoul  is  the  Mother,  of  all  the  Cells  that  form  the  Being  of 
the  Father,  and  of  all  the  emanations  that  pass  from  His 
Being.  The  Mind  and  the  Body,  as  the  exterior  nature  tjf 
Jehovah,  being  dual  (as  also  the  Spirit  and  the  Sou!)  are 
the  Four  Living  Forms  that  are  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne, 
the  vehicles  of  the  Light-Cells  of  the  Spirit  and  Soul  of  the 
Father. 

loi.  "By  the  eternal  fusion,  or  generation  of  the  Soul 
and  Bodv,  the  Male  and  Female,  the  Cells  of  Light  are 
created  and  energise,  and  are  projected,  in  and  from  the 
Father,  as  1  have  previously   indicated. 

102.  "Thus  ye  will  understand  the  manner  in  which  the 
energy,  generation,  and  creation  of  beings,  in  and  from  the 
Father,  are  mediatorially  accomplished.  Maria  is  the 
Female,  from  the  Matrix  of  whom  all  the  Light  and  Life  of 
Jehovah,  the  Male,  is  transmitted  unto  the  Mind  and  Bodv. 
and  is  represented  bv  the  Four  Living  Forms,  (which  cor- 
respond to  the  Brain,  the  Heart,  the  Nerves,  and  the  Flesh  of 
a  Body)  unto  the  next  mediatorial  Agent,  who  is  Jesus 
Christos,  the  .Son. 

103.  "Jesus  Christos,  the  Son,  is  tlie  individuated  and 
perfect  Image  of  the  Father-Mother,  being  by  natural  gene- 
ration, as  I  have  related,  the  Son  of  Jehovah  and  Maria- 
Isha,  and  in  Him,  and  through  Him,  the  Life-Elements  of 
the  whole  Cosmos  are  polarised  and  transmitted  through 
the  Twenty-Four  ^'Eons,  or  Angles  of  the  Square  of  the 
Universe,  i.e..  the  Twelve  Angles  dualised. 

104.  "Therefore,  before  the  Licarnation  and  liirth  of 
Jesus  Christos.  in  the  Terrestrial  Sphere,  when  He  came  as 
the  First  Adam,  He   functioned  in  the  Joeing  of  the  Father 


332  THK    LIKE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

as  the  Lens  or  Prism,  that  attracted  the  Light-Rays,  or  the 
Etheric  Elements  of  Vitality,  in  the  Father-Mother,  and 
transmitted  them,  in  their  Seven  Rays,  and  in  their  Twelve 
dual  Parts  {i.e.,  the  Twenty-Four  ^-Eons)  to  the  space  of 
the  Universe. 

105.  "Eternally,  as  well  as  cosmically,  the  Son,  Jesus 
Christos,  is  the  Mediator  of  Light  and  Life  in  the  Universe, 
which  were  first  generated  by  the  eternal  Union  and  Fecun- 
dation of  Jehovah  (Male)  and  Maria-Isha  (Female)  in  the 
Person  of  Jehovah,   Father-Mother. 

106.  '"When  the  time  came  for  the  first  nebulising  and 
consolidating  of  the  Etiieric  Cells  that  had  been  mediated 
by  Jesus  Christos  in  the  space  of  the  Universe,  when  the 
Macrocosm,  as  I  ha\'e  described  it  to  you,  was  a  vast  space, 
filled  with  undulating  and  vibrating  rays  of  Lieffable  Light, 
whose  rays  were  seething  and  fusing  in  the  vast  caldron  of 
Ether,  and  were  slowly  crystallising  in  the  molecules  that 
were  forming  into  the  nebulous  shape  of  the  first  Planet, 
Earth,  or  Isha  ;  then  was  Maria-Isha  prepared  likewise  for 
Her  descent  into  Matter,  then  slowly  forming  in  the  Nebule. 

107.  "And  when  the  Terrestrial  Sphere  was  formed  and 
compacted,  then  did  Jehovah  project  the  Soul  of  Maria-Isha, 
in  Double-Form  (the  Double,  i.e.,  of  the  Soul  of  Jehovah's 
own  Personality),  and  vShe  entered  into  the  Body  of 
a  Man  and  a  Woman,  in  Her  dual  parts,  a  pair  who  were 
passed  into  the  earth  after  completing  the  stages  of  their 
evolution  unto  the  stage  previous  to  the  Adamic  stage. 

108.  "And  of  this  pair  was  born  Maria-Isha,  the  Ineffable 
Virgin,  and  the  Bride  of  Jehovah,  destined  to  be  the  Moth- 
er of  Jesus  Christos,  in  the  incarnate  life,  as  She  was  His 
Motherin  the  Being  of  Jehovah.  Of  this  Birth  and  of  the 
Birth  of  Jesus  Christos,  the  First  Adam,  and  of  the  Family 
of  Adam  and  E\e,  I  have  already  told  unto  you. 

109.  "You  will  now  understand.  Beloved  Brethren,  that 
in  the  first  instance,  all  the  Cells  of  Etheric  Light,  the 
Elements  of  Vitalitv,  the  basis  of  .Substance,  the  Essence  of 
Matter  and  Force  and  of  all  creative  and  generative  energy, 


THE     LIKE    AND    IMSCOURSES    OF    JKSUS.  227 


in  the  Macrocosm,  and  in  the  Mirocosnis,  are  orij^rinally 
generated  in  the  Person  of  Jehovah.  Father-Mother-Son. 
no.  ''The  Father  is  the  Male,  and  the  Mother  is  the 
Female,  and  the  Son  is  the  Mediator  of  tlie  Cu-Uular  OiT- 
spring  of  the  congenital  relations  of  the  Father  and  the 
Mother;  and  He  the  Father  is  before  all,  and  in  all;  and 
all  are  in  Him  and  of  Him. 

111.  "And  all  that  is  cometh  by  generation  of  jehovah- 
Ish,  and  Maria-Isha,  and  descendeth  through  Jesus  Christos, 
who  is  the  Liberator  of  the  Light-Cells  from  the  Being  of 
Light,  and  their  Transmitter,  in  their  Seven-fold  Radia- 
tion, into  the  Twenty-Four  Angles,  according  to  their 
Twenty-Four  ^-Eons,  or  dual  Parts,  which  answer  respect- 
ively unto  the  Seven  Structures,  and  to  the  Twelve  Orga^^s 
of  the  Body  and  of  the  Soul  of  the  Microcosms  and  of  the 
Macrocosm. 

112.  "At  the  period  of  the  historv  of  the  Cosmos  when 
the  storv  I  have  just  related  took  place,  there  was  no  formed 
Macrocosm.  All  was  inchoate  and  immaterial.  The  Father, 
the  Mother,  and  the  vSon,  were  in  the  One  Person  of  the 
Father — the  Triune  Person.  Neither  was  the  Mother  an 
Individuated  or  Cosmic  Being,  nor  was  the  Son  an  Individ- 
uated or  Cosmic  Being.  Tliey  were  not  Persons,  of  distinct 
cosmic  personality;  ihey  were  Persons  distinct  in  their 
Individualitv.  but  only  Etherically  existing,  in  the  Prim- 
ordial vSubstance  of  which  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  Triune, 
is  constituted. 

I  i  :^.  "Their  cosmic  Doubles  or  Counterparts  were  not 
created,  only  their  Original  Beings  existed,  in  one  Triune 
personalisation  in    Jeliovah. 

114.  "Yet  mistake  not  my  meaning.  I  mean  not  that 
although  Jehovah,  the  Father,  Maria-Isha.  the  Motiier,  and 
Jesus  Christos,  the  Son,  were  in  Jehovah,  and,  apparently 
One  Person,  vet  they  were  not  by  any  means  literally  One 
Person.  Thev.  eternally  jnaintain  their  differentiation  of 
Personality.  The  love  of  the  Father  and  Motiier  was  eter- 
nally maintained  and  consciously  realised,  even  more   indis- 


324  THE    LIFE     AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

soliibly  than  the  Love  of  husband  and  wife  in  incarnate 
existence.  The  Father,  the  Mother,  and  the  Son,  were  more 
distinct,  and  more  self-conscious  in  their  distinctiveness 
than  are  the  Body,  the  Mind,  and  the  Soul  of  an  incarnate 
being. 

115.  "Neither  suppose,  when  the  Mother,  Maria-Isha, 
descended  into  Matter,  and  became  a  Cosmic  Woman,  the 
Cosmic  Bride  of  Jehovah,  and  the  Mother  of  Elohim,  that 
tiie  Mother,  in  Her  eternal  Etheric  state,  had  parted  from 
the  eternal  Triune  Person  and  Being  of  Jehovah.  Other- 
wise, then,  the  Soul  of  Jehovah  would  have  parted  from 
the  Body  of  Jehovah.    For  schism  of  Being  is  impossible. 

116.  "No,  the  Incarnate  Maria-Isha,  who  ascended  to 
the  Throne  of  Jehovah,  is  the  Cosmic  Double,  or  Material 
Counterpart  of  the  Etheric  Maria-Isha,  by  whom  She  was 
vitalised  and  formed,  through  Jesus  Christos,  the  Mediator 
of  the  Divine  Currents. 

117.  "Again,  ye  must  not  suppose  that  the  Son,  Jesus 
Christos,  when  He  descended  into  Matter,  and  was  born  of 
Maria-Isha  and  Jehovah-Ish,  was  parted  from  the  Person  of 
Jehovah,  Father-Mother,  in  the  Etheric  state. 

118.  "The  incarnate  and  cosmic  Microcosm  of  Jesus 
Christos,  who  is  the  First  Adam,  was  the  Cosmic  Double, 
the  Materialised  Counterpart,  of  the  Jesus  Christos,  who  is 
eternally  in  Jehovah,   the  Father-Mother. 

119.  "Nor  must  ye  also  suppose  that  the  Doubles  or 
Counterparts  of  a  Being  are  not  one  and  the  same  as  tlie 
Being  of  which  they  are  the  Counterpart.  They  are  one 
and  the  same,  and  only  in  appearance  do  thev  seem  to  be 
the  contrary.      The  one  is  the    projected    form    of  the  other. 

120.  "All  Beings  have  their  Counterpart,  their  Doubles. 
And  only  when  the  Original  Being,  which  is  at  one  and 
the  same  time  in  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  and  in  the  Soul  of 
the  Being,  hath  coalesced  with  the  Counterpart,  in  its  final 
degree  of  evolution  and  development  ;  when  all  the  elements 
and  results  of  its  course  of  passage  through  Matter,  have 
been  assimijated  and.  realised  ;  will  the  Counterpart  and  the 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  325 


Original  Being  reunite  in  the  Person   and    with    llie  Person 
of  Jehovah. 

121.  "Then  will  come  to  pass  that  Mystery  of  1  he  King- 
dom of  Heaven,  the  Restitution  of  all  things,  when  the  Identity 
of  the  Microcosms  with  Jehovah  will  be  revealed,  (the 
Doubles  being  united,  the  Original  Beings  and  the  Counter- 
parts coalescing)  whilst  the  Individuality  of  the  Personalities 
of  the  Microcosms  will  be  fixed  and  eternally  perpetuated, 
in  the  Order  of  Elohim. 

122.  "Again  I  must  say  unto  you  that,  because  I  say  that 
the  Original  Being  is  in  the  Person  of  the  Father,  1  mean 
not  that  there  is  disunion  between  the  Original  Being  and 
its  Counterpart,  for  this  is  bv  no  means  the  case.  The 
Original  Being  and  the  Counterpart  (the  latter  being  the 
Cosmic  Microcosm,  and  the  former  being  the  Etheric 
Entity)  are  eternally  One,  and  the  attachment  of  the  one 
to  the  other,  viewed  in  their  diflferentiated  forms,  is  the 
Spirit  of  Jehovah,  or  tiie  Xucleolus  in  the  Soul  of  the 
Microcosm. 

123.  "In  other  words,  the  Cosmic  Microcosm  is  a  projec- 
tion, or  extension  of  the  Etheric  Entity.  The  Christos  in 
the  Microcosm  is  the  point  of  Conjunction,  of  Unification, 
and  of  Identity,  with  the  Etheric  Entity,  which  is  a  part 
of  Jehovah,  and  we  call  it  the  Spirit  of  the  Microcosm. 

124.  "This  Union  is  indissoluble  and  permanent — not 
even  Sin  can  part  this  infrangible  cord  that  linketh  the 
Spirit  of  the    Microcosm  to   Jehovah. 

125.  ''And  X.\\e  purpose  of  Evolution,  and  the  discipline  and 
passage  of  the  Microcosm  through  the  Incarnate  and  Material 
process  of  existences,  or  reincarnations,  is  that  the  completion  of 
th:  Individuation  of  the  Being  may  be  accomplished,  the  culmina- 
tion of  which  is  the  Reunion  and  the  Identification  of  the  Micro- 
cosmic  Counterpart  or  Double,  with  the  Original  Being  that  is 
in  the  Father  eternally. 

126.  "And  this  Reunion  is  the  end  of  Evolution,  the 
fixation  and  sealing  of  the  individuality  of  the  Microcosm, 
the   perfect    Union    and    Identification    of    the    Microcosmic 


326  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Counterpart    with    the    Original    Being;    or    the    Heavenly 
Marriage. 

127.  "This,  Beloved  Brethren,  is  the  eternal  Mystery  of 
Cosjiiic  Desfiny,  the  reason  that  is  behind  every  act  in  the 
vast  scheme  of  creation,  whose  ages-long  course  of  develop- 
ment culminates  when  tlie  vSoul  of  the  Ego  finds  itself  one 
and  the  same  with  the  vSoul  of  Jehovah,  the  Father,  the 
Mother,  and  the  Son. 

128.  "Slow  and  gradual  is  the  process  of  unfoldment,  of 
growth,  in  which  the  Ego,  the  vSpirit  of  the  Microcosm, 
the  Cosmic  Counterpart  of  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah,  passeth 
the  infinitude  of  stages  of  its  growth,  and  the  innumerable 
phases  of  cosmic  being.  The  path  of  the  Microcosm  is  a 
long  path  ;  it  is  the  path  of  a  Light-Kay,  through  every 
phase  and  form  of  its  change  and  development  unto  the 
Light-Substance,  and  upward  and  onward,  unto  the  Light- 
Organism;  until  it  is  raised  unto  the  Light  of  Manhood,  and 
then  graduateth  in  the  final  vSteps  and  Degrees  of  the  Square 
and  Circle,  unto  the  most  Glorious  Form  of  the  LJght-Godhood, 
even  the  Form  of  Elohe,  which  are  the  degrees  of 
evolutionary  ascent  represented  in  the  figures  of  the  Your 
Living  Forms  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne. 

129.  "I  have  shewn  unto  you  the  maniier  in  which  the 
Light-Ray  is  generated  in  the  Being  of  our  Father-Mother, 
how  it  is  polarised  and  centred  in  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  and 
then  mediated  into  the  Seven  Circles  of  the  Macrocosm, 
through  the  Seven  Lmninaries  of  the  Inner  Temj^le  of  Jeho- 
vah, the  Receivers  and  Transmitters  of  the  Se\en  Rays 
that  radiate   from  the  Divine  Prism,  the  vSon  of  jehovali. 

130.  "It  is  for  me  now  to  expound  more  clearlv  the 
nature  and  functions  of  Jesus  Christos,  the  Central  Medi- 
ator, on  the  Throne  of  Glory  ;  of  the  Four  Living  Ones  that 
are  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne;  of  the  Seven  Luminaries 
that  surround  the  Throne;  and  of  the  Four-and-Twentv 
Hierophants  that  form  the  Outer  Circle  of  the  Celestial 
Hierarchy  in  the  Temple  of  Jehovah. 

131.  "It  will  then  be  my  final    task  to  expountl  the  Mys- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JKM  S. 


tery  of  the  Bleeding    Lamb,    and   all  the  glorv  and  hlessinir 
that  centres  in    that    most    mystical  and  significant  Figure. 

132.  "Ye  now  know  who  the  Son  of  Jehovah  is.  and  ye 
have  heard  the  story  of  His  beginning,  how  lie  that  hath 
no  beginning;  who  is  eternally ;  "came  into  Exisfrnce,  for 
there  is  a  dift'erence  between  Being  a??t/  Existence.  Being  is 
eternal,  Existence  is  temporal.  Being  hath  never  had  a 
beginning.  Existence  hath  a  beginning.  Existence  is  the 
emergence  of  Being  from  the  Etheric  nature  into  Cosmic 
Form  and  Substance.  Existence  is  the  evolution  of  Spirit 
into  Form,  Substance,  and  the  Concrete  state;  it  is  the 
Individuation  of  the  Eternal  Ego  from  its  non-personal 
condition  of  Cellular  Etheric  Substance,  to  the  personal  and 
realised  Independent  Ego. 

133.  "The  Father-Mother-Son,  Jehovah,  hath  Eternal 
Being,  the  Three-in-One.  The  Mother,  in  that  She  is 
the  Mother  of  all  Being  and  Existence,  Eternal  in  Her 
Being,  and  came  into  Existence  as  Maria-Isha,  the  Mother 
of  the  Christos.  The  Son,  in  that  He  is  the  Mediator  and 
Vehicle  of  the  Light-Offspring  of  the  Father-Mother,  Eter- 
nal in  His  Being,  and  came  into  Existence  as  Jesus  Chris- 
tos, the  vSon  of  Jehovah  and  Maria-Isha;  the  only  Begotten 
Son  of  Jehovah   Father-Mother. 

134.  "As  Being,  Eternal  with  the  Father,  Maria-Isha  is 
the  Mother  of  the  Light  of  Jehovah,  that  streameth  from 
the  Father,  through  the  Four  Natures  of  His  constitution, 
represented  bv  the  Four  Living  Forms  in  the  midst  of  the 
Throne,  which  are  as  the  Heart,  the  Brain,  the  Nerves,  and 
the  Spinal  Cord,  of  the  Macrocosm. 

135.  "These  Four  Living  Forms  represent  both  the 
Father  and  the  Mother,  the  Soul  and  the  lM)dy,  and  the 
Spirit  that  is  the  Innermost  Nucleolus,  encompassetl  by  the 
Soul  and  the  Body. 

136.  "Now,  in  order  that  ye  may  see  clearly  what  are 
the  mediatorial  functions  of  Jesus  Christos,  the  Son  of 
Jehovah,  mediating  bet  ween  Jehovah,  Father-.Mother,  and 
the  Macrocosm,  it  is    necessary   that    I    unfold  unto  you  the 


338  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

meaning  and  functions  of  the   Four    Living  Forms  which  I 
have  shewn   unto  you,  in  the  midst  of  the  Throne. 

137.  "Ye  remember  that,  in  describing  unto  you  the 
Four  Living  Forms,  under  the  figures  of  the  Dragon  ;  the 
Anthropoid,  or  the  prehuman  species;  the  Adamic  Man,  or 
pre-Elohistic  species ;  and  the  Elohe,  (or  in  the  present 
constitut  ion  of  tlie  human  race,  under  the  figures  of  the  Lion, 
the  Calf,  the  Man,  and  the  Eagle)  I  pointed  out  that  these 
Four  Living  Forms  represent  the  Four  Structural  Natures 
of  Jehovah,  the  Father-Mother,  and  constitute  the  Third 
Person  of  tlie  Triune  Godhead. 

138.  "The  Dragon  representeth  the  Body-Structure  of 
Jehovah  ;  the  iVnthropoid  representeth  the  Mind-Structure 
of  Jehovah  ;  the  Adamic  Man  representeth  the  Soul-Struct- 
ure of  Jehovah  ;  and  the  Elohe  representeth  the  Spirit- 
Structure    of  Jehovah. 

139.  "B'.it  the  same  representation  of  the  Four  vStructures, 
or  Natures  of  Jehovali,  hath  also  a  reflex  representation  in 
the  Macrocosm  and  the  Microcosms.  For,  as  the  Macro- 
cosm and  the  Microcosms  are  Jehovah  in  Diffusion,  in 
Manifestation,  and  in  Individuation,  so  these  Four  Living 
Forms  represent  the  Four  .Structures  of  the  Macrocosm  and 
of  the  Microcosms,  as  well  as  of  Jehovah,  the  Prototype  and 
Original  Entity  of  the  Macrocosm  and  of  the  Alicro- 
cosms. 

140.  "For  in  Jehovah  all  the  Original  Entities  or  Beings 
exist  eternally  ;  and  the  Macrocosm  is  the  Double  or  Count- 
erpart of  the  whole  Being  of  Jehovah,  and  the  Microcosms 
are  the  Doubles  or  Counterparts  of  the  Original  Beings 
whose  Cellular  and  Etheric  Forms  eternally  constitute  and 
co-exist  in  the  Person  of  Jehovah. 

141.  "But  Jehovah  hatli  His  own  Personal  Double,  or 
Counterpart,  in  the  first  place,  in  Maria-Isha,  His  Wife, 
who  is  the  Mother  of  the  Macrocosm.  Therefore  the  Four 
Living  Forms  are  the  representation  of  Maria-Isha,  and 
Maria-Isha  is  the  Third  Person  of  the  Triune  Godhead,  as 
represente.l  bv  the  Four  Living  Forms,  which  represent  the 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OK    JESUS.  :>Jcj 


Four  vStructural   Natures    of  Jeliovah,    the    Macrocosm,  and 
the  Microcosms. 

142.  "And  the  reason  tlial  Maria-Isha  is  not  represented 
as  the  Woi/ia/i  \n  the  vision  I  h;ive  shewn  unto  you  of  the 
Great  Crystal  Throne  of  Glory,  is  that  none  of  these  Struct- 
ural Natures  of  Jehovah,  nor  of  the  Microcosms,  nor  of  the 
Macrocosm,  could  have  any  Existence,  but  onlv  could  thev 
have  Being,  without  the  Woman.  For  out  of  the  Matrix 
of  Maria-Isha  came  forth,  first,  the  Macrocosm,  and  then 
the  Microcosms,  and  the  Four  Structural  Natures  of  all. 
Through  the  Woman  therefore  doth  Being  come  into  Existence  ; 
the  Impersonal  findeth  Personality ;  the  Infinite  becometh  the 
Definite. 

143.  "Therefore,  likewise  ye  see  that  the  Woman  Maria- 
Isha,  hath  this  Four-fold  representation,  figuring  thereby 
the  Four  Typical  Forms  of  Development  that  the  Microcosm 
taketh,  after  generation  and  projection  from  Jehovah, 
through  the  Matrix  of  the  Woman,  or  the  Four  Great  Kiiisj;- 
doms  of  Microcosmic  Being — the  Dragon,  the  Anthropoid, 
the  Adamic  Man.  and  the  Elohe ;  these  being  the  Four 
Stages  of  the  evolution  of  the  Individuated  Counterpart  of 
the  Etheric  and  Spiritual  Ego  that  co-existeth  eternally  in 
Jehovah,  Father-Mother;  the  Four  vSteps  in  the  process  of 
the  Personalisation  and  Individuation  of  ihe  Impersonal. 
Infinite,  and  Spiritual  Being. 

144.  "From  what  I  have  previously  said,  ye  will  remem- 
ber that  the  Four  Living  Forms  represent  the  emanations 
of  the  Father,  generated  in  the  Womb  of  the  Mother,  and 
mediated  through  the  Son.  These  emanations  are  the  Ele- 
ments of  Vitality,  the  Etheric  Cells  of  Light,  which  form 
the  substance  of  all  evolving  Beings,  or  Microcosms,  them- 
selves also  being  in  the    process    of  Microcosmic   evolution. 

145.  "Hence  the  representation  of  the  Four  Living  Forms 
as  the  Four  Natures  of  the  .Microcosm— the  Spirit,  the  Soul, 
the  Mind,  and  the  Body.  The  units  of  cellular  substance 
of  which  these  Four  Natures  are  composed,  originally 
come  from  the    Person,    or   Being,   of  the   Father,    and    the 


330  THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Mother;  i.e.,  the  Body  and  the  Soul  of  Jehovah,  and  the 
Mother,  being  the  Matrix  from  which  all  the  offspring  flow, 
is  the  Mother  of  the  Cells  of  Light. 

146.  "Now  ye  know  that  the  Elements  of  Vitality  are 
the  embryonic  forms  of  the  Beings  ultimately  to  evolve  in 
individuated  existence.  They  are  the  first  form  in  which 
the  Counterparts  of  all  Beings  are  manifested  in  the  Macro- 
cosm. Each  Cell  therefore  hath  its  Original  Being  eter- 
nally in  the  Father-Mother;  and  the  Counterparts,  or 
Doubles,  are  the  cosmic  projections  of  the  Original  Beings, 
as  Maria-Isha  is  the  Cosmic  projection,  or  Double  of  Isha, 
and  as  Jesus  Christos  is  the  cosmic  projection  of  the  Son 
of  Jehovah,  in  the  Triune  Being  of  Jehovah. 

147.  ''Jehovah,  Father-Mother-vSon,  -is  the  Original 
Being  of  the  Macrocosm  and  the  Central  Nexus  of  the 
Original  Beings  of  all  the  Cosmic  Counterparts,  or  Micro- 
^  i  cosms  of  the  Macrocosm.  And  the  Spirits  in  the  Microcosms 
are  the  Spirits  of  the  Original  Beings  that  are  eternally  in 
Jehovah,  Father-Mother-Sun.  They  are  the  Light-Rays 
which  are  the  Sun  in  Radiation,  and  the  Sun  is  Jeho- 
vah in  Centrality,  inseparable  from  the  Rays,  and  the  Rays 
inseparable  from  the  vSun. 

148.  "Therefore  the  world  hath  been  taught  to  speak  of 
the  Four  Living  Forms  as  the  Holy  Spirit,  7vhiih  meaneth  not 
the  Spirit- Nature  of  Jehovah,  but  the  Spiritual  Being  of  Jehovah 
in  His  Four  Natures,  outpoui-ed  through  Jesus  Christos,  from 
the  womb  of  Isha,  in  congenital  relations  with  Ish. 

149.  "Theiefore  Isha  is  the  Spirit,  or  .Soul  of  the  Macro-  ( 
cosm,  represented  in  the  Four  Living  Forms,  and  Ish  is  the 
Bodv  of  the  Macrocosm  ;  and  Jesus  Christos  is  the  Medi- 
ator and  Manifester  of  the  Soul  and  Body  in  One.  He  is 
the  Prismatic  Lens,  that  receiveth,  divideth,  and  transmit- 
teth,  the  Light-Rays  into  the  Macrocosm,  through  the 
Seven  Luminaries  and  the  Twenty-Four  yEons. 

150.  "And  the  representation  of  the  Four  Living  Forms 
in  the  different  evolutionary  stages  of  Microcosmic  develop- 
ment— the  Dragon,  the  Anthropoid,  the  Adamic  Man,  and 


1^3-  "But  in  order  for  the  Microcosms,  or  Light-Cells, 
thus  conjoined  and  unified,  by  generation  in  Jehovah, 
Father-Mother,  to  attain  unto  Microcosmic  Form,  the  Light- 
Cells  need  to  polarise  in  a  vSubstantiated  Microcosmic 
Being,  who  shall  be  the  Medium  of  their  proper  diffusion 
in  the  Macrocosm,  according  to  the  relations  of  the  various 
Structures  and  Organs. 

154.  "Each  Cell  is  as  the  Sun,  dividing  itself  into  its 
radial  forms,  each  radial  part  individually  taking  substance, 
form,  and  definiteness  of  personality.  And  Jesus  Christos 
is  the  Being,  substantiated  in  form,  perfect  in  Microcosmic 
Personality,    the    Son    of   Jehovah    and  the  Son  of  Man,    in 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  1.11 

the  Elohe — meaneth  that  the  Elements  of  Vitalitv,  that  are 
the  substance  of  these  creatures,  come  from  Jehovah,  Father- 
Mother  congenitally,  and  likewise  that  these  Cells  must  ) 
pass  through  every  stage  of  evolution,  from  the  lower  to  \ 
the  higher,  in  their  development  to  the  Order  of  Elohim, 
their  ultimate  Destiny. 

151.  "The  Four  Living  Forms  represent  the  Four 
Natures  of  Jehovah,  Father-Mother,  Male  and  Female,  as 
they  emanate  from  the  Father,  Ish  and  Isha,  Male  and 
Female;  and  from  Jehovah-Ish,  Father,  and  Jehovah- 
Maria-Isha,  Mother;  they  represent  the  Four  Natures  of 
Jehovah,  in  their  Spiritual  Oneness,  eternally  co-existing  ) 
in  the  Being  of  Jehovah,  Ish  and  Isha  ;  they  represent  the 
Four  Natures,  in  the  form  of  Etheric  Light-Cells,  emanat- 
ing from  Jehovah,  Ish  and  Isha;  and  converging  to  the 
Supreme  Magnetic  Centre  of  Microcosmic  organisation  in 
the  Son.  Jesus  Christos. 

152.  '"As  the  Original  Offspring  of  Jehovah,  Ish  and 
Isha.  the  Light-Cells,  or  embryonic  forms  of  the  Micro- 
cosms, are  unformed  and  formless.  By  the  Union  of  the 
Father  Jehovah-Ish,  and  Maria-Isha,  in  eternal  Marriage, 
the  Microcosms,  Male  and  Female — the  embryonic  Soul  and 
Body — are  Spiritually  conjoined  in  the  embryonic  entity  of  \ 
a  whole  Microcosm. 


332  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

one;    who    functions    as  the  Sun  of  Microcosmic   Radiation 
and  Mediation. 

155.  "Soul  and  Body,  perfect  in  equilibrium,  unity  and 
nature,  He  is  Male  and  Female  in  One  Man,  God  and  Man 
in  One  Person,  alike  the  perfect  Receiver  of  the  Light- 
Rays  from  Jehovah,  Father-Mother,  and  the  perfect  Trans- 
mitter of  the  Light-Rays  unto  the  Macrocosm. 

156.  "Jesus  Christos  is  the  perfect  and  absolute  Reflection 
and  Image  of  Jehovah;  He  is  Jehovah,  the  Microcosm, 
Jehovah-Elohe,  Jehovah-Adam  ;  in  Him  is  reflected  and 
concentred  the  Spiritual  Rays  from  Jehovah,  Ish  and  Isha, 
Father-Mother,  as  represented  in  the  Four  Living  Forms — 
the  Figures  of  the  Four  Natures  of  Jehovah,  Ish   and  Isha. 

157.  "He  is  therefore  unto  Jehovah  the  completion,  the 
finality,  the  perfection  of  Jehovah,  in  His  exteriorisation  of 
Himself  in  the  Macrocosm.  The  Son  of  Jehovah  and  the 
Son  of  Man  is  the  Person  of  Jehovah  in  substance  of  Spir- 
itual Matter,  i.e.,  of  IMatter  void  of 'all  elements  that  are 
not  pure  as  the  Light  of  Jehovah,  (for  I  am  not  here  speak- 
ing of  Matter  as  ye  know  it  in  this  corrupt  world). 

158.  ''He  is,  unto  the  Macrocosm,  and  all  Microcosms, 
the  Manifest  Jehovah,  in  Substantiated  Form  and  Perfect 
Manhood;  the  Substantiated  Manifestation  of  the  Manhood 
and  Womanhood  of  Jehovah,  Ish   and  Isha. 

159.  "Likewise  He  is  the  Formative  Basis  and  vSource 
of  all  Microcosms,  in  their  Microcosmic  state,  as,  in  His 
Etheric  Original  Being,  in  Jehovah,  of  which  He,  the 
Microcosm,  is  the  Cosmic  Counterpart,  He  is  the  Formative 
Basis,  or  Centre  of  Light-Cells  in  the  Being  of  Jehovah. 

160.  "From  the  time  when  the  Microcosms  attained  to 
the  state  of  Manhood,  in  the  Adamic  Race,  Jesus  Christos 
is  the  Medium  of  the  Logos,  or  the  Christos,  in  each  Micro- 
cosm arriving  at  Adamic  Being.  He  is  the  Christos-Centre 
of  the  Macrocosmic  Christos,  and  the  Central  Medium  of 
the  Christos  in  all  Microcosms. 

161.  "Through  Jesus  Christos  the  Christos  in  all  Micro- 
cosms    hath     Union    and    conscious     Fellowship    with    tiie 


THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OK    JESUS.  333 


Christos    of    all    Microcosms    in    Jehovah,    wliich    are    the 
Original  Spiritual  Beings. 

162.  "All  Microcosms  are  constituted  in  the  ^ame  man- 
ner, the  Nucleolus  in  the  Centre  of  each  being  the  Christos- 
Double,  or  Counterpart  of  the  Original  Christos-Spirit, 
in  eternal  co-existence  in  Jehovah.  The  great  work 
of  Evolution,  of  the  vast  progress  of  the  Microcosm 
through  the  Zodiac,  and  through  the  Seven  Planetary 
Spheres,  in  all  the  Rounds  and  Cycles  of  existences,  is  the 
assimilation  of  the  perfected  Interior  with  the  perfected 
Exterior;  or  the  attainment  of  the  Microcosmic  Cliristos  by 
the  perfected  Unity  of  the  Microcosmic  Christos  with  the 
Spiritual  Christos. 

163.  "It  is  the  Transmutation  of  the  substance  of  the 
Microcosm  into  the  substance  of  the  Christos-Pneuma  ;  and 
of  the  substance  of  tl)e  Christos-Pneuma  into  the  substance 
of  the  Microcosm  ;    or  the  state  of  perfect  Equilibrium. 

164.  -"Jesus  Christos,  in  the  Throne  of  Jehovah,  is  the 
Way  of  Attainment,  the  Door  of  Entrance  into  the  Inner 
Sanctuary  of  Jehovah  ;  the  Door  of  the  Temple  of  the 
Macrocosm  ;  through  which  the  Microcosms  enter  into 
Union,   or  Oneness,  with    the  Christos-Pneuma  of  Jehovah. 

16^.  "Ye  remember  that  I  have  said  that  the  Macrocosm 
is  a  Being,  a  complex  Microc:)sm,  the  Replica  and  Image 
of  Jehovah,  the  Central  and  Originative  Microcosm.  Eter- 
nally; before  the  Beginning  of  the  Cosmos,  the  Macrocosm 
had  no  formed  and  Materiafed  Existence,  it  ivas  Being  of  the 
Being  iff ehovah.  At  that  period  only  Jehovah  was  Form, 
and  only  the  Sun,  or  Solar  Orb,  was  a  Materiated  Body. 

166.  "But  when  the  Etheric  Cells  finally  arrived  at  the 
period  of  Nucleation  and  Materiation  in  the  Circles  of  tiie 
Macrocosm,  then  the  Macrocosm  began  to  take  Cosmic  and 
Material  Form. 

167.  "Thence  after,  the  Microcosm  gradually  assumed  a 
Cosmic  and  Material  Form,  or  Body,  the  Planets  and  the 
Sunlets  gradually  emerging  from  the  Etheric  formlessness, 
and   the    Universe   became  a  vast    complex    body,   each    orb 


334  'r*^^    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  sphere  revolving  in  co-ordinate   relations  to  all,  and  all 
in  co-ordinate  relations  to  the  Centre. 

i68.  "And  as  Jehovah,  Father-Mother-Son,  is  the  Centre, 
or  Head  of  the  Body  of  the  Spiritual,  or  Etheric  Alacro- 
cosm  ;  so  Jesus  Christos,  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  is  the 
Microcosmic  Head  of  the  Cosmic,  or  Material  Macrocosm. 
For  that  in  Him  are  concentred  the  Light-Rays  of  Jeho- 
vah, Father-Mother-Son,  and  in  Him  they  are  focussed, 
assimilated,  and  diffused  into  the  Macrocosm,  for  their 
passage  through  the  course  of  Individuation  and  Develop- 
ment, by  which  they  come  unto  the  state  of  perfect  Micro- 
cosmic  Being — the  Elohistic  state. 

169.  "Jesus  Christos  is  the  Cosmic  Prism  of  the  Primor- 
dial Light-Rays  that  emanate  from  Jehovah.  Through 
Him  the  Seven  Structural  Parts  are  divided  and  diffused 
into  the  Macrocosm,  and  commence  the  existence  which 
shall  culminate  in  their  return  unto  Jehovah,  to  be  finally 
born  in  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  of  Jehovah  and  Maria- 
Isha,    by  natural  generation. 

170.  "Jesus  Christos  alone  received  Birth  by  natural 
generation  on  the  earth  ;  He  only  is  the  Begotten  of  Jeho- 
vah, in  the  Flesh,  by  Human  and  Physical  Conception.  He 
is  the  Only-Begotten  Son  of  Jehovah,  born  of  Maria-Isha 
in  the  Flesh,  and  Conceived  of  the  father,  Jehovah,  in  His 
Spirit-Form,  as  I  have  related  it. 

171.  "But  all  the  Microcosms  that  accomplish  the 
passage  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  attain  unto  the  final  Degrees 
of  the  Adamic  Order,  when  they  pass  unto  the  Kingdom  of 
Heaven,  are  naturally  begotten  of  the  Father,  in  the  womb 
of  Maria-Isha,  and  become  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  of  the  Order 
of  Elohim,  in  the  Household  of  Jehovah. 

172.  "Yea,  verily  I  say  unto  you,  Beloved  Brethren, 
that  Elohim  are  verily  the  Sons  of  Jehovah,  and  Maria-Isha 
is  the  Mother  of  Elohim  ;  for  all  Microcosms  that  enter  the 
Elohistic  state,  are  merged,  in  their  divided  dual  nature,  in 
the  Beings  of  Jehovah  and  Maria-Islia,  in  the  same  manner 

^i 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OV    JESL'S. 


335 


that  the  Microcostns  are    merged   in  the  bodies  of  the   male 
and  female  who  are  their  earthly  parents. 

173.  "Then  are  they  brought  forth  in  tlic  Kingdom  of 
Heaven,  the  manner  of  their  birth  being  according  lo  the 
manner  of  Spiritual  Beings,  and  not  according  to  the  man- 
ner of  earthly  births.  They  are  begotten  of  Jehovah  and 
Maria-Isha,  in  the  full  measure  of  their  perfect  Elohistic 
state. 

174.  "Indeed,  Beloved  Brethren,  ye  know  not  to  what 
depravity  the  earthly  Microcosms  have  been  reduced,  when, 
by  reason  of  the  .Sin  of  our  First  Parents,  the  Human  Race 
hath  suffered  so  much  in  their  material  nature. 

175.  "From  the  hour  of  the  Disobedience  of  the  Adamic 
Race,  at  the  Fall,  Conception  and  Birth  have  been  degraded 
and  degenerated  into  the  Labour  and  .Suffering  that  it  now 
is.  And  the  conditions  of  Childbirth  are  infinitely  out  of 
order  with  the  true  and  normal  condition. 

176.  "The  birth  of  normal  creatures  meaneth  no  infantile 
oblivion  and  darkness  of  the  understanding.  Children 
retain,  in  birth  and  childhood,  the  perfect  intelligence  and 
knowledge  of  their  past  existence,  and  enj(,y  the  fruition  of 
all  their  previous  lives  and  disciplines. 

177.  "They  begin  their  incarnate  life  precisely  from  the 
point  that  they  reached  in  their  previous  Paradise,  ('l)cva- 
chan')  and  they  progress  without  delay  in  the  Path  of  their 
Disciplines,  Instructions,    Temptations    and  Developments. 

178.  "Thus,  when  ve  understand  that  Elohim  esitertlie 
Celestial  Existence,  that  they  are  merged  in  the  Being  of 
Jehovah-Ish,  and  Maria-Isha,  and  are  born  into  the  Celestial 
Kingdom  by  the  natural  processes  of  generation,  ye  will 
likewise  understand  that  this  birth  is  a  very  different  thing 
from  any  idea  of  birth,  as  it  is  experienced    upon   the  earth. 

179.  "Likewise  ye  will  understand  that  the  mergence  of 
the  Microcosms  in  the  Beings  of  Jehovah-Ish  and  Maria- 
Isha,  is  not  the  mergence  of  the  Ego  in  an  eternal  and 
non-personal  sense,  as  some  Teachers  suppose,  but  only  that 
mergence  that  must  take  place,  when  the  Microcosm  is  born 


33^  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS, 

again  of  new  Parents — in  this  case,  of  Jehovah-Ish  and 
Jehovah-Isha. 

i8o.  "Beloved  Brethren,  in  my  next  Discourse,  which 
concludeth  the  present  course  of  Discourses  on  the  Mysteries 
of  the  Tri-Une  Godhead,  I  shall  unfold  further  to  your 
understanding  the  Mystery  of  the  Four  Living  Forms; 
being  the  Revelation  of  the  Mystery  of  Sexhood  and 
Natural  Generation. 

i8i.  "Later,  I  shall  preach  a  further  series  of  Discourses 
on  the  Lesser  Mysteries,  which  shall  be  delivered  to  the 
Greater  Discipleship  and  the  multitude  of  Enquirers  and 
Aspirants." 


% 


CHAPTER  X. 

THE   MYSTERY    OF  THE  TRI-UNE   GODHEAD. 

Part  V. — the   mystery  of   the   four    mving    forms  ; 

the    mystery   of   sexhood    and   natural 

generation. 

I.  "Beloved  Brethren,  I  have  now  brought  you  to  the 
closing  Discourse  of  the  course  of  instructions  I  have  given 
you  upon  those  Greater  Mysteries  of  the  Wisdom  of  Jeho- 
vah that  treat  of  the  Tri-Une  Godhead,  and  which  are 
necessary  for  you  to  know,  that  ye  may  be  fitly  prepared 
and  enlightened  for  your  Initiation  in  the  sacred  Degrees 
of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  for  your  entering  into  those 
Gates  which  open  not  to  any  that  have  not  the  Golden 
Keys  thereto. 

3,  "Ye  will  remember  that,  in  one  of  my  former  Dis- 
courses, I  opened  unto  you  the  First  Principle  of  the 
Universe,  or  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  which  is  the  symbol 
of  the  Universe,  the  Macrocosm.  That  Principle  is  revealed 
in  the  Law  of  Mediation,  in  which  Mystery  all  the  Mys- 
teries of  the  Universe,  or  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  are 
involved.  As  I  said  unto  you,  it  is  the  Central  Mystery  of 
Mysteries,  around  which  all  the  Mysteries  of  the  Universe 
revolve.    It  is  the  ultimate  and  basic  Law  of  Causation  and     | 


Energy,   by    which    the    Macrocosm    and    the    Microcosms 
exist. 

3.  "In  my  Discourse  upon  the  Law  of  Mediation,  I 
opened  out  to  you  the  picture  of  the  most  sacred  and  glori- 
ous Temple  of  Jehovah,  and  of  the  Central  Figures  in  that 
Temple,  or  the  Forms  of  the  Tri-Une  Godliead.  First,  ye 
saw  the  Form  of  the  Great  Father,  on  the  Throne  of  (ilory  ;  ) 
Secondly,  the  Forms  of  the  Four  Living  Ones  in  the  midst  > 
of  the  Throne;  and  Thirdly,  the  Form  of  the  vSon  of 
Tehovah,  at  the  right  hand  of  the  Father  on  the  Throne  ) 
of  Glory.  .  J 


338 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


4.  "Ye  will  remember  that  I  unfolded  unto  you  the 
manner  in  which  the  Cells  of  Etheric  Light  were  begotten 
in  Jehovah,  the  Father-Mother  of  all  Microcosms,  in  their 
initial  embryonic  form  of  Light-Cells.  Passing  from  the 
Person  of  Jehovah,  they  were  mediated  through  the  four 
organs  of  Force  and  Energy,  represented  in  the  Four  Living 
Forms,  unto  the  Person  of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  represented 
as  sitting  with  the  Father  on  the  Throne  of  Glory,  together 
with  the  Four  Living  Forms. 

c^.  "These  Four  Living  Forms  I  have  shew^n  to  you  as 
having  various  significations  and  representing  various  ideas, 
in  their  relations  to  Jehovah  and  to  the  Universe.  And  I 
perceive  that  in  your  minds  there  is  still  some  perplexity 
concerning  them,  which  I  will  now  proceed  to  clear  up, 
before  we  can  further  advance  in  the  unfoldment  of  these 
Great  Mysteries  of  the  Tri-Une  Godhead, 

6.  "Let  me  first  recapitulate  the  various  representations 
which  the  Four  Living  Forms  convey  in  their  several  aspects 
and  functions. 

7.  "First,  I  shewed  unto  you  that  the  Four  Living  Forms 
represent  the  four  natures  of  Jehovah,  of  the  Macrocosm, 
and  of  all  Microcosms.  Now,  I  have  said  that  the  L^niverse, 
or  the  Macrocosm,  is,  as  a  whole.  o;/e  Orgayiism,  or  an  infi- 
nitely complex  Microcosm,  consisting  of  all  the  cosmic  units 
that  form  the  entire  Substance  of  the  Universe,  and  of  all 
organisms  in  the  Universe. 

8.  "Therefore,  the  Four  Living  Forms  are  the  represent- 
ation,   not    only    of   Jehovah,   the    Central    Microcosm    of 
Microcosms,    but  of  all  the  Microcosms  that  form    the  Mac- 
rocosm ;    and  as  the   four  right  angles  of  a 
Scjuare   extend    from    the  centre  of  a  circle 
to  its  circumference,  each  line  of  each  right 
angle     bisecting     the     circle,     so    the    four 
natures  of  Jehovali    do   extend   from    Him- 
self unto  the    infinite    bounds   of   the   Uni- 
verse, and  are  repeated  in  each  of  the    units    of   the  Macro- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  339 


cosm,    which   are   parts  of  Himself,  as  a  ray  t)f  sunlight  is  a 
part  of,  and  inseparable  from,  the  Sun. 

9.  '-Secondly,  I  have  shewn  unto  you  tliat  the  Four 
Living  Forms,  as  representing  the  oneness  of  the  Universe, 
and  the  intrinsic  and  integral  relations  of  all  organisms  in 
Jehovah,  represent  the  four  main  organs,  which  act  as  the 
vehicles  of  the  Aura  of  Jehovah,  the  agents  of  the  Will- 
Force  and  Thought-Energy  from  the  Brain  of  Jeliovah  in 
His  four  natures,  unto  the  Brain  of  the  Macrocosm,  and  of 
all  Microcosms,  in  their  four  natures. 

10.  "These  four  organs,  represented  by  the  Four  Living 
Forms,  are,  the  Brain,  the  Nerves,  the  Spinal  Cord,  and 
the  Flesh,  of  Jehovah,  Father-Mother,  of  the  vSon  of  Jeho- 
vah, of  the  Macrocosm,  and  of  the  Microcosms.  They 
represent  the  reproductive,  the  sensory,  and  the  perceptive 
faculties,  the  organs  of  Energy  and  Generation,  of  all 
organisms,  beginning  from  the  Centre,  Jehovah,  and  ex- 
tending throughout  all  the  Macrocosm  and  repeated  in  all 
Microcosms. 

11.  "From  these  two  representations  of  the  Four  Living 
Forms  (of  which  I  have  spoken  more  at  length  in  my  two 
first  Discourses,  in  describing  the  niost  Sacred  Temple  of 
Jehovah),' it  will  be  seen  that  they  represent  the  media  of 
the  discharge  of  the  Thought-Aura  of  Jehovah  into  the 
Macrocosm,  at  their  \ery  first  emanation.  They  are  the 
actual  orifice  of  the  Father,  from  which  the  offspring  of 
Jehovah  begin  their  first  introduction  as  substantiated  and 
individuated  Beings,  as  distinguished  from  the  eternal  and 
unsubstantial  Being  of  all  Microcosms  eternally  in  the 
bosom  of  the  Father. 

12.  "For  this  cause  do  they  appear  on  the  Throne  of 
Jehovah  in  the  forms  in  which  I  have  before  described 
them,  not  only  representing,  as  ye  will  remember,  the  four 
natures  of  Jehovah,  the  Macrocosm  and  the  Microcosms, 
but  also  as  representing  the  four  principal  types  of  the 
Microcosm  in  its  evolution  unto  the  Perfect  Man,  orElohe. 
By  this  twofold    representation    they   portray    tiie    oneness, 


340  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

solidarit}^  and  integrality  of  the  whole  aggregation  of 
Microcosmic  units  (in  their  several  gradations  of  evolution) 
with  the  Centre,  Jehovah,  who  is,  by  the  same  manner  of 
representation,  the  Source — Father-Mother — of  the  Macro- 
cosm. 

13.  "Having  reminded  you  of  these  statements,  which  I 
have  already  more  fully  uttered  in  the  previous  Discourses, 
you  will  now  be  able  to  grasp  with  understanding  the  two 
further  representations  which  I  have  stated  to  you  in  my 
last  Discourse,  of  the  Four  Living  Forms. 

14.  "First,  I  have  said  that  the  Four  Living  Forms  are 
the  '•'■  orifice  of  Jehovah  ^  Father- Mother,  from  which  the  offspring 
of  Jehovah  begin  their  first  introduction  in  substantiated  and  indiv- 
iduated existence''''  in  the  cosmos.  Therefore  ye  will  see  what 
a  great  truth  is  represented  in  the  Four  Living  Forms  as 
the  Mother  of  the  Macrocosm.  Jehovah-Maria-lsha  is  re- 
presented under  the  Four  Living  Forms,  as  being  the  Matrix 
from  which  are  begotten  the  offspring  of  Jehovah-Ish,  and 
Jehovah-Isha,  the  Eternal  Father-Mother  of  the  Macro- 
cosm. 

15.  "Thus  we  have,  in  this  representation  of  the  Great 
White  Throne,  the  complete  representation  of  the  Tri-Une 
Godhead;  the  Father,  the  Mother,  and  the  Son.  (i)  The 
Father,  Jehovah,  is  the  Central  Figure,  the  Eternal  Father- 
Mother,  Jehovah-Ish  and  Isha ;  (2)  Jesus  Christos,  the 
Only  Begotten  Son  of  Jehovah,  begotten,  before  all  worlds, 
of  Jehovah-Ish  and  Jehovah-Maria,  the  Cosmic  Double  or 
Counterpart  of  Jehovah-Isha;  and  (3)  Jehovah-Isha-Maria, 
in  Cosmic  Substance  and  Form,  who  sitteth  with  the  Fath- 
er and  the  Son  on  the  Throne  of  Glory,  and  is  represent- 
ed in  the  Vision  of  the  Great  Temple  of  Jehovah,  under 
the  figure  of  the  Four  Living  Forms. 

i6.  "Remove  from  your  Minds,  Beloved  Brethren,  any 
thoughts  of  the  human  intellect,  which  refuses  to  see  One 
in  two  forms,  or  in  any  number  of  forms.  I  am  aware  of 
the  disabilities  of  your  limited  perceptive  and  intellectual 
faculties,    which    obscure    from    your  comprehension  those 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  341 


presentations  that  can  only  appeal  to  the  Soul  and  Spirit 
faculties,  which  ye  cannot  exert  until  ye  have  come  to 
function  in  the  Fourth  Dimension. 

17.  "Therefore  ye  find  it  difficult  to  reason  out  the  fact  I 
have  told  you,  that  the  Four  Living  Forms  are  One  Form, 
and  that  the  One  Form  is  Two  Forms.  Ye  can  hardly 
conceive,  how,  that  the  Four  Living  Forms  are  in  reality  the 
Woman,  Maria,  as  the  spiritual  vision  knows  Her,  the  fin- 
ished creation  of  the  Jehovah-Isha,  of  which  Her  form  por- 
trays the  several  grades  of  Her  evolution  in  the  cosmic 
spheres.  The  spiritual  vision  only  perceives  the  Woman 
as  One  form — the  Mother  of  the  Only  Begotten  Son,  Jesus 
Christos,  and  of  all  the  Elohim  ;  but  in  that  sublime  Form 
of  the  Woman,  the  spiritual  vision  likewise  sees  the  forms 
which  She  has  manifested  in  the  course  of  Her  evolution 
unto  the  Perfect  Woman,   or  Elohe. 

18.  "To  Elohim  the  pure  mathematics  of  multiples  in 
unity  is  not  a  mere  reasoning  expression,  it  is  a  dynamic 
and  real  phenomenon.  Even  as  20  is  a  multiple  of  x 
which  can  be  reduplicated  and  multiplied  ad  infinitum,  so  a 
man  is  a  multiple  of  x  multiplied  <7rtf  infinitum,  each  x  unit 
being  a  Being,  a  form,  of  an  x  Microcosm,  diiTerentiated 
from  other  units  in  the  x  Microcosm,  in  form,  features  and 
characteristics,  and  each  having  its  own  future  career  of 
cosmic  evolution  and  destiny. 

19.  "So,  what  are  the  Four  Living  Forms  but  the  Four 
Eternal  Types  of  past  heredity  in  the  ascending  steps  of 
evolution  from  Matter  to  Spirit,  and  from  organic  being  to 
Elohe? 

30.  "Again,  as  I  have  said  that  the  spiritual  vision  sees 
the  forms  which  Maria  hath  manifested  in  the  course  of  Her 
evolution  unto  the  Perfect  Woman,  or  Elohe,  represented 
in  the  Four  Living  Forms,  so  I  say  again,  that  the  spiritual 
vision  only  can  perceive  the  Identity  and  Oneness  of  the 
Two  Forms  of  Maria-Isha,  the  Eternal  Woman,  in  the 
Form  of  Jehovah,  Father-Mother,  and  Maria-Isha,  the  Cos- 
mic   Woman,     in    the    Four     Living     Forms    in  the  midst 


342  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

of  the  Throne.  The  Two  are  One,  as  the  Four  are 
One,  Maria-Isha  and  Jehovah-Isha  being  One  Being,  the 
Eternal  and  the  Counterpartal,  or  Cosmic  Woman,  the 
Woman  of  all  Women,  the  Mother  of  the  Macrocosm,  and 
the  Mother  of  Elohim. 

21.  "As  the  Mother  of  the  Macrocosm,  in  its  Etheric  and 
unindividuate  form.  She  is  Jehovah-Isha;  as  the  Mother  of 
the  Macrocosm  in  its  substantiate,  individuate  and  perfect 
form,  She  is  Jehovah-Maria.  Commencing  its  course  of 
cosmic  evolution,  the  Call-Embryo  or  Light-Cell  of  Thought- 
Aura  is  begotten  of  Jehovah-lsh  and  Jehovah-Isha,  the 
Father-Mother,  in    the  Eternal  Being  of  Jehovah,  and  pass- 

)  eth  into  the  cosmic  state.  Terminating  its  course  of  cosmic 
evolution,  the  same  Cell-Embryo,  having  evolved  by  the 
long  course  of  cosmic  evolution  and  involution  in  the 
spheres  of  the  Macrocosm,  is  begotten  of  Jehovah  and 
Maria,  the  Father  and  Mother  of  Elohim,  and  entereth  the 
Perfect  Life  of  Elohim  in  the  Most  Worshipful  and  Sacred 
Order  and  Hierarchy  of  Jehovah-EIohim. 

22.  "Second,  I  have  said  that  the  Four  Living  Forms 
are  the  Media,  or  Agents,  of  the  emanations  of  the  Elements 
of  Vitality,  the  Cellular  Embryos  of  organisms,  begotten  of 
Jehovah-lsh  and  Isha,  in  the  womb  of  Jehovah-Isha,  the 
Eternal  Mother  of  the  Macrocosm,  by  congenital  relations 
with  Jehovah-lsh  in  the  One  Person  of  Jehovah-Isli  and 
Isha. 

23.  "The  Four  Living  Forms  are  the  Matrix  of  the 
Macrocosm,  the  Womb  of  the  Thought-Aura  of  Jehovah, 
in  which  they  are  generated  before  they  emanate  in  the 
form  of  Etheric  Cellsof  Ligiit,  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah. 

24.  "Now  these  Cellular  Elements  of  Liglit  are  the 
Thought  of  Jehovah,  that  passeth  into  the  Macrocosm  in 
rays  of  Primordial  Light,  and  are  the  sub-basis  of  all  that 
is  created  and  formed  in  the  Macrocosm.  And  all  that  is 
created  and  formed  are  the  substantiated  forms  of  the 
Thought-Aura  of  Jehovah,  the  developed,  or  developing 
creatures  of  the  Mind  of  Jehovah,  in  the  fust  place,  brought 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  343 


into  correlation  with  the  Macrocosm  through  the  succession 
of  Celestial  Mediatorial  Agents,  that,  each  in  its  order, 
diffuse  the  Light  of  Jehovah,  and  contribute,  in  their  order, 
the  necessary  degrees  of  development  in  the  making  of  a 
Microcosm. 

25.  "The  Tliought-Aura,  I  have  shewn  to  you.  are  tlie 
infinitesimal  Cells  of  Initial  Light,  or  the  Primordial  Fire, 
of  which  the  Constitution  of  Jehovah,  the  Macrocosm,  and 
the  Microcosms,  are  severally  composed,  in  various  forms  of 
their  manifestation,  substance,  and  cosmic  conditions. 

26.  "They  are  Pure  Primordial  Light,  and  infinitely 
potent  in  their  dynamic  nature  and  force.  They  are  the 
unutterable  expression,  in  dynamic  and  etheric  substance,  ) 
of  the  Alind  of  Jehovah,  the  manifestation  of  the  Logos, 
that  can  only  be  apprehended  through  the  successions  of 
polarising  media,  by  which  they  are  gradually  transmuted 
and  modified,  in  the  ratio  of  the  spiritual  conditions  of  each 
Mediatorial  Circle  of  the  Zodiac,  into  which  they,  in  due 
course,  penetrate. 

27.  "Now  these  Thought-Aura  of  Jehovah  are  the 
essence  and  basic  quality  of  all  Substance,  all  Matter,  all 
Force — yea,  of  all  that  is — in  the  Universe.  They  are  the 
subtle  and  invisible  Power  that  energises  every  activity, 
every  motion,  every  thought,  every  form,  every  appear- 
ance, that  obtains  in  every  part  of  tlie  Universe,  and  in 
every  Microcosm. 

28.  "They  are  the  secret,  mysterious  Force  that  creates, 
dissolves,  re-creates,  and  perfects  everything,  fixed  or  mov- 
able, in  the  Universe.  They  compose  the  translucent  vibrat- 
ing substance  of  the  Etheric  Fluid  that  fills  and  unifies  tlie 
Macrocosm,  that  interpenetrates  all  the  vastness  of  Space; 
that  fills  the  vacua  of  bodies,  and  the  minutest  interstices 
of  molecules  and  atoms,  that  causes  the  perfect  harnionisa- 
tion  of  the  sidereal  and  planetary  Spheres,  in  their  won- 
drous order  of  rotation  and  revolution. 

29.  "They  are  the  hand,  the  feet,  the  voice,  tlie  eyes,  the 
ears,  and  the  senses  of  Jehovah,  overspreading  and  pervad- 


344 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


ing  the  whole  Universe;  unobserved,  but  all-observing; 
intangible,  and  therefore  unassailable,  but  all-potent,  all- 
mighty,  omnipotent;  impalpable,  but  all-feeling  and 
all-knowing. 

30.  "They  are,  as  I  have  said,  the  sensory  and  perceptive 
faculties,  as  well  as  the  reproductive,  generative,  sustaining, 
energising,  and  vitalising  organs  of  the  Person  of  Jehovah, 
Father- Mother.  They  perform,  for  Jehovah,  all  the  func- 
tions tliat  these  organs  perform  in  a  human  being;  only 
regarding  the  Person  of  Jehovah,  not  so  limited  to  His  own 
individual  Microcosmic  Personality,  but  as  the  Central 
Figure  or  Entity  in  the  greater  Person  of  Jehovah,  which 
is  the  Macrocosm. 

31.  "Thus  in  the  language  of  the  Square  and  Circle,  or 
pure  Heliometry,  the  Centre  is  Jehovah,  and  the  Four 
Right   Angles  are  the  Four  Living  Forms,  whose   lines  are 

as  the  organs  of  Jehovah,  co-extensive  with 
the  Circle  of  the  Macrocosm,  the  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  instruments  of  the 
Mind  of  Jehovah,  the  Great  Central  Dyna- 
mo of  the  Macrocosmic  Battery.  In  Sym- 
bolisation  and  representation  of  these 
fundamental  truths,  of  the  Omnipresence,  the  Omniscience, 
and  the  Omnipotence  of  Jehovah  in  the  Macrocosm  (shewn 
by  the  operation  of  the  dynamic  and  magnetic  Force  that 
is  inherent  in  the  l^uidic  substance  of  the  all-pervading 
Etheric  Cells,  whose  Source  is  Jehovah,  and  whose  Destiny 
is  Jehovah-Elohim),  ye  will  remember  that  I  described  the 
Four  Living  Forms  as  possessed  of  Six  Wings,  and  as 
covered  with  Eyes  on  all  sides  and  in  all  parts. 

32.  "The  Wings,  situated  two  on  their  feet,  two  on  their 
shoulders  behind,  and  two  in  front  of  their  arms,  represent 
the  Omnipresence  of  Jelurrah^  in  the  diffusion  and  radiation  of 
Himself  by  the  currents  of  the  Etheric  Light-Cells,  7c>hich  pene- 
trate into  the-  Circles  of  the  Macrocosm,  from  the  Centre  to  its 
Circu  mference . 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSKS    OK    JESUS.  :^4 1^ 


33.  "The  Omnipresence   of  Jehovah    means   the    perfect  \ 
solidarity  and  oneness  of  tlie  Etheric  Cells,    which    are   the  \ 
sub-basis  of  the  Substance  of    the   Macrocosm,    and    of   the 
Microcosms.      It  means   that    the   Macrocosm    is  Jehovah  in 
His    perfect   Corporate   Constitution,  as  the    integration    of 
cells   in    all    parts    of  the   body    are  co-ordinately   and    inte- 
grally One  with  the  whole   body,   and    as    the  separate  rays  ■ 
of  sunlight  are  inseparably  and   indissolubiv    itlentical  with  'J 
the  Sun. 

34.  "Let  this  Truth  sink  deeply  into  your  Soids,  Beloved 
Brethren,  that  vou,  as  a  person,  a  Microcosm,  a  man,  are  ■ 
Jehovah  in  one  of  His  infinitude  of  radial  and  corporate  j) 
manifestations,  forming  some  part  of  some  organ  of  the  > 
corporate  Body  of  Jehovah  in  the  Macrocosm,  of  which  ) 
Jehovah  is  the  supreme,  over-ruling,  governing  and  creat-  ) 
ingMind;  and  ye  all,  together  with  all  Microcosms,  are  ) 
cosmic  units  in  the  organic  constitution  of  the  Macrocosm,  !) 
in  which,  and  by  which,  Jehovah  gives  expression  to  the  \) 
workings  and  generated  visional  articulations  of  His  ) 
Thought,  in  the  planes  of  materiated  and  cosmic  substance  \ 
and  activity.  ) 

35.  "Vou  are,  yourself,  a  living  proof  and  example  of  '  > 
the  Omnipresence  of  Jehovah  ;   you  iw^  presencc-in^^  Jelioviih 

in  your  own  life  and  existence  in  this  world.    And  n<  t  only 

so,    but   ye  all  are   the  complete  replicas  of  Jehovah  in  His  ■ 

All-Presence.  \ 

36.  "As  Jehovah  is  Father-Mother,  in  the  supreme  raiik 
of  Dual  Parentship  in  His  own  Person,  so  are  ye,  each  and 
all,  father-mother  in  your  several  ranks,  in  the  eternal  order  | 
of  evolution  and  cosmic  conditions.  | 

37.  "And  now,  Beloved  Brethren,  on  this  point  I  have  | 
somewhat  to  say  unto  you  to  which  I  demand  your  utmost  .| 
attention,  and  on  account  of  which  I  must  tarry  awhile  in  ) 
the  course  of  this  elucidation,  in  order  to  fully  declare  the  > 
Truth  concerning  a  certain  principle  of  the  Law  ot  Jeho-  \ 
vah,  which  is  an  issue  from  what  I  have  just  now  said  in  h 
reference  to  the  Omnipresence  of  Jehovah  in  the  Microcosm.  [  > 


\       346  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

)  38.    "I  have  already    shewn   to  you   that   all    Microcosms 

have  their  origin  and  take  their  being,  form,  and  substance, 
in  the  first  instance  from  Jehovah,  Father-Mother.  And, 
as  I  shall  hereafter  have  more  fully  to  disclose  to  you,  and 
as  I  have  already  hinted,  ye  must  remember  that  all  spheres 
are  only  peopled  by  the  act  of  Generation  of  Male  and 
Female,  in  Marriage, 

39.  "This  Law  of  Generation  is  co-extensive  with  the 
whole  of  the  Macrocosm.  As  in  the  planet  Earth,  so  in  all 
the  planets  of  the  Seven  Planetary  Circles,  and  as  in  the 
Planetary  Circles,  so  in  the  Solar  Circles,  and  as  in  the 
Solar  Circles,  so  also  in  the  Celestial  Solar  Orb;  no  indiv- 
idual Microcosms  enter  those  Circles  to  live,  even  for  a 
period,  but  enter  by  the  process  of  birth  in  the  manner  of 
bringing  to  birth  that  naturally  obtains  on  this  planet. 

40.  "Therefore  in  Heaven  itself  the  Angels  and  Elohim 
entered  the  eternal  state  of  Microcosmic  perfection  by 
natural  Generation.  They  did  not,  as  the  ignorant  sup- 
pose, pass  into  Heaven  by  any  other  way,  such  being 
contrary  to  the  Laws  of  Being  that  govern  the  Universe. 

41.  "This  is  a  scientific  fact  that  is  capable  of  immediate 
proof  by  the  argument  of  analogy.  We  know  that  Souls 
incarnate  upon  the  earth,  and  each  time  they  re-enter  the 
incarnate  state,  do  so  by  natural  birth,  resulting  from 
gestation  in  the  union  of  man  and  woman  in  marriage.  By 
analogy,  therefore,  it  is  probable  that  a  Soul  that  enters 
Paradise,  or  any  of  the  Upper  Spheres,  does  so  by  the  same 
process  as  obtains  on  the  Earth-Plane. 

42.  "(Ye  will  see,  then,  Brethren,  how  true  it  is,  what  I 
have  on  a  previous  occasion  stated,  that  the  Dead  do  not 
personally  visit  the   earth    from    Paradise,   or  any  Circle  of 

}  the  Universe,  excepting  those  that  are  duly  and  properly 
qualified  and  developed  in  their  conditions,  and  those  only 
by  the  Will  of  Jehovah-Elohim. 

43.  "But  be  it  known  unto  you  that  it  forms  part  of  the 
penitential  and  redemptive  services  and  functions  of  the 
Saints  in  Paradise,  during  certain  periods  of  their  disciplin- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  347 

ary  course,  to  visit  the  Earth-Sphere,  and  minister  unto  tlie  \ 
Souls  of  mortals.  Yet  only  do  they  do  this  after  birth  in 
Paradise,  and  their  growth  unto  the  age  of  maturity  in  those  \ 
bright  and  blissful  Spheres.  But  of  all  this  I  shall  have  \ 
much  to    say  in  later  Discourses). 

44.  "It  being  the  case  that  only  by  natural  Generation 
and  Birth  do  Microcosms  enter  the  state  of  being  in  any 
planet,  in  their  passage  from  the  Cellular  to  the  Elohistic 
state,  it  therefore  is  the  case  that  in  Heaven  itself,  the 
Abode  of  Elohim,  and  of  Jehovah,    the   same  Law  obtains. 

45.  "I  have  repeatedly  discovered  to  you  the  distinction 
that  exists  between  the  'Sons  of  Jehovah'  and  the 'Sons  of 
Elohim.'  The  Sons  of  Elohim  will  be  spoken  of  in  a  later 
Discourse,  therefore  it  will  suffice  to  say  only  that  they  are 
the  offspring  of  the  Adamic  Race,  in  their  final  Incarnation 
upon  the  earth,  prior  to  their  entering  the  Kingdom  of 
Heaven,  in  the  Order  of  Elohim. 

46.  "The  vSoNS  OF  Jehovah,  on  the  other  hand,  are  the 
Microcosms  who,  having  passed  through  the  whole  course  of 
evolution  and  development,  and  having  taken  the  Degrees  of 
the  Square  and  Circle,  have  passed  through  the  Six  Gates  of 
the  Planetary  Circles,  and  are  brought  unto  the  Gate  of  the 
Central  Kingdom,  the  Solar  Circles.  ^ 

47.  "The  Sons  of  Jehovah   are   the    Elohim,    and  consti 
tute  the    whole    Microcosmic    Family   of    Jehovah-Ish    and     | 
Maria-Isha,  the  Father  and  Mother  of  Elohim. 

48.  "Entering  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  in  the  Outer 
Circle,  the  Microcosms  enter  upon  the  Elohistic  state  in  the 
primary  Orders  of  Elohim,  in  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven, 
passing  from  one  Circle  to  the  other,  of  the  Seven  Solar 
Circles,  which  correspond,  in  order,  to  the  Seven  Planetary 
Circles. 

48.  "Finally  the  Microcosms,  having  ascended  the  scale 
of  development  in  these  several  Celestial  Orders  of  Elohim, 
graduating  unto  that  perfection  of  being  and  fitness  of  con- 
stitution— Perfection  of  all  Perfections;  they  are  ultimately 
begotten    of   Jehovah-Ish    the    Father,   and    Maria-Ish    the 


348  THE    LIFE    AN1>    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Mother,  in  the  Supernal  Throne  of  Jehovah-Ish  and  Maria- 
Isha,  and  become,  by  natural  Generation  and  Birth,  the 
Sons  of  Jehovah. 

50.  "This  culmination  of  the  progress  of  the  Microcosms 
is  the  Supreme  Beatification^  unto  which  all  Microcosms 
must  eventually  attain  ;  it  is  that  Bliss  of  Bliss,  the  infinite 
Glory  of  Being,  which  our  Eastern  Brethren  do  speak  of  in 
their  word  ' A^irvaz/a,''  and  whicli  they  describe  as  Absorp- 
tion in  the  Being  of  God.  And  this  it  is,  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  an  unborn  child  is  pre-natally  absorbed  in  the  being 
of  its  father  and  mother,  afterwards  to  be  born  a  distinct 
Microcosm,  incarnate  in  the  flesh. 

51.  "vSo,  in  precisely  the  same  way,  the  Ciiildren  of 
Jehovah-Ish  and  Maria-Isha  are  born  in  the  sacred  and 
most  worshipful  Kingdom  and  Household  of  Jehovah,  in 
the  Central  Habitation  of  Elohim  ;  and  they  only  are  per- 
mitted to  live  in  the  near  and  intimate  relations  to  Jehovah, 
who  are,  verily  and  indeed,  by  the  Laws  of  Nature  that 
prevail  throughout  the  whole  Universe  in  perfect  uniform- 
ity of  operation.  Born  of  Jehovah,  the  Sons  and  Daught- 
ers of  Jehovah,  inhabiting  the  vast  Central  City  of  Jeho- 
vah, marrying  and  begetting  children,  each  in  His  own  Habi- 
tation, and  filling  Heaven  with  Holy  Beings.  This  is  the 
Constitution  of  the  Supreme  Hierarchy  of  Elohim. 

52.  "But  of  this  matter  I  shall  have  much  further  to  say, 
in  the  course  of  my  instructions,  in  full  and  complete  eluci- 
dation of  the  whole  subject. 

53.  "But  why  have  I  introduced  this  Mystery  of  Divine 
Generation  at  this  point  of  my  present   Discourse? 

54.  "Thave  been  shewing  unto  you  the  signification  of 
the  Four  Living  Forms  that  have  Wings,  and  I  said  that 
these  Wings  represent  the  Omnipresence  of  Jehovah  in  the 
Universe  :  First,  in  the  primal  presence  of  Jehovah  in  His 
original  offspring,  tjie.  Primordial  Cells  of  Ether,  or  the 
Elements  of  Vitality,  which  pervade:  the  Universe  in  the 
form  of   translucent   Cell-Substance,    which    we  call  Ether  : 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  349 


55.  "Secondly,  in  all  the  innumerable  grades  of  Micro- 
cosmic  development,  which  constitute  all  the  forms  of  Liv- 
ing Organisms,  animate  and  inanimate,  ponderable  and 
etheric,  material  and  immaterial,  that  occupy  the  space  of 
the  Macrocosm  : 

56.  "Thirdly,  in  all  the  gradations  of  beings,  in  their 
order  of  evolution,  from  the  Primal  Cell  to  the  Adamic 
Race  : 

57.  "And  Fourthly,  all  the  gradations  of  Celestial  Beings, 
in  their  Orders  of  development,  from  the  Adamic  Race  to 
the  Elohistic  Race. 

58.  "Now  the  method  by  which  the  continuity  of  repro- 
duction, and  the  development  of  Microcosms,  are  attained, 
is,  as  I  have  said,  by  Generation. 

59.  "Viewing  the  Macrocosm  as  Jehovah,  in  One  Body, 
the  perfect  form  and  corporate  Being  of  the  Macrocosmic 
Person,  ye  will  perceive  the  Truth  and  significance  of  th.at 
ancient  form  of  expression,  and  symbol,  which  prevails  so 
minutely  and  persistently  in  the  ancient  Egyptian  and  Ori- 
ental presentations  of  Theurgical  Worship,  however  grossly 
these  symbolised  ideas  have  been  perverted  in  both  these 
presentations.  I  refer  to  the  symbol,  variously  represented, 
that  expresses  the  i.iea  of  cosmic  conditions  and  relations, 
under  the  figure  of  the  Organs  of  Generation,  or  of  the  Sex- 
ual Functions. 

60.  "Now,  ye  know  how  greatly  have  this  sensual  and 
licentious  race  of  mankind  abused  this  Sacred  Symbol,  and 
degraded  Marriage  and  the  nuptial  bed  into  something  that 
is  counted,  by  this  self-righteous  and  prurient  race,  a  sin  of 
moral  indecency,  a  criminal  and  abhorrent  offence  against 
virtue  and  good  morals,  to  speak  of,  or  even  dare  to  allow 
the  thoughts  to  dwell  upon  such  matters  as  have  to  do  with 
the  sexual  organs  and  relations.  Even  so  far  has  this  sacred 
subject  been  degraded  and  profaned  by  false  beliefs  and 
doctrines  concerning  Love  and  Marriage,  that  society  and 
religion  are  united  in  shutting  and  locking  the  doors  of  the 
most  essential  knowledge    concerning  Sexuality,  Gestation, 


350 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


and  even  of  Love-Affinities,  without  which  men  and  women 
live,  marry,  bring  forth  children,  and  die,  in  absolute  dark- 
ness concerning  those  Laws  of  Affinity,  Heredity,  and 
Divine  Destiny,  which  the  truth  of  Sex,  Love,  and  Mar- 
riage, divulges  and  makes   clear. 

6i.  "Let  me  here  and  now  say  that  there  is  neither 
disgrace,  shame,  nor  indecency  in  the  devout  and  reverent 
speech  and  enquiry  concerning  these  'tabooed'  subjects, 
made  by  the  pure-minded,  chaste,  and  gentle-hearted,  who, 
for  the  sake  of  the  Truth,  and  a  proper  synchrony  of  life 
with  the  Truth,   make   these  matters  a   subject  of  enquiry. 

62.  ''''The  Macrocosm^  in  its  cosmic  for7n,  is  the  iiiji7iite  Organs 
of  Reproduction  and  Generation  of  JehoTah-Ish  and  Maria- Isha. 
Hence  have  the  Ancients,  who  were  wiser  than  the  wisest 
of  this  generation,  always  symbolised  the  Macrocosm  in 
such  symbols  as  the  Horse-shoe,   the    Interlaced   Triangles, 


Q 


f 


and  many  other  symbols,  some  more,  and  some  less  obvi- 
ously expressing  this  truth,  that  the  Macrocosm  and  all  the 
Microcosms  are  the  Extension  and  Reduplication,  to  infinity,  of  the 
Organs  of  Generation  and  Reproduction,  of  fehovah. 

63.  "This  being  the  case,  Beloved  Brethren,  (apart  from 
the  causes  for  which  Microcosms  are  incarnated  and  rein- 
carnated upon  this  earth,  whicli  have  to  do  with  the  work- 
ing out  of  the  individual  Microcosm's  own  personal 
destiny  in  development  and  evolution),  what  is  the  main 
material  and  cosmic  purpose  of  human  life,  in  the  Mind  of 
Jehovah,  the  Author  of  our  being.'' 

64.  "Remember,  my  Beloved  Brethren,  that  I  ask  this 
question  simply  and  purely  in  regard  to  the  cosmic  life  in 
its  true  and  normal  conditions,  and  not  in  its  present  abnor- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JKSUS.  3^1 


nial  and  corrupt  state;  although  even  in  (his  state  the 
same  principle  obtains,  only  under  certain  limitations  and 
restrictions,  of  which    I    shall  speak  in  my  next  Discourses. 

65.  "What,  I  ask,  under  normal  conditions,  had  Jeho- 
vah in  His  Mind  and  purpose,  in  making  the  Macrocosm, 
and,  in  an  especial  sense,  in  making  this  eardi  and  forming 
man,  and  the  lower  species,  upon  this  earth?  Firstly,  of 
course,  the  development  and  evolution  of  the  species  unto 
perfection. 

66.  "But  this  purpose  could  only  be  accomplished  bv 
one  way,  and  that  way  must  be  by  the  contribution  and  the 
mutual  co-operation  of  the  Microcosms  in  fulfilling  the 
necessary  natural  conditions,  without  which  the  primary 
purpose  cannot  be  fulfilled.  The  Microcosms  need  a  wav 
of  access  into  the  world  of  incarnate  beings;  which  can 
only  be  done  by  the  use  of  the  sexual  functions  of  the  pre- 
appointed parents  of  the  Microcosms  to  be  begotten  into 
the  world. 

67.  "Therefore  the  fundamental  otVice  and  dutv  of  Man- 
kind is,  under  normal  conditions,  to  perform  their  use,  for 
which  they  are  cosniically  endowed,  in  bringing  forth 
children  unto  Jehovah-Eloiiim.  Man  and  woman  must  indu- 
bitably recognise  and  acknowledge  their  first  cosmic  dutv 
and  obligation  to  Jehovah,  their  Father-Mother,  by  becom- 
ing the  fathers  and  mothers  of  the  offspring  of  Jehovah,  so 
that  the  offspring  of  Jehovah  may  be  multiplied  upon  the 
earth,  and  the  course  of  cosmic  evolution  therebv  aided  in 
its  fulfilment,  in  one  of  the  most  essentia!  principles  and 
modi  op£7-a7idi  of  that  ultimate  purpose. 

68.  "For  this  reason,  as  it  is  recorded  in  the  ,Scrii)tures, 
Jehovah,  having  formed  the  Adamic  Race,  said  unto  them  : 
'•Be  fruitful,  aud  multiply,  and  i-epleuish  the  earth.''  For  tlie 
greater  the  population  of  the  pure  and  perfect  .Seed  of  Adam, 
or  the  Sons  of  Elohim,  the  more  perfect  in  purity,  fertility, 
productiveness  and  luxuriance  will  the  earth  become,  that 
provideth  in  abundance  (normally  conditioned)  all  that  is 
necessary   for    the     populating,     sustenance,    comtort,    and 


352  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

most  perfect  and  advanced  culture,  happiness,    wisdom  and 
health  of  all  that  live  and  move  upon  the  earth. 

69.  "Consider,  then,  O  ye  Beloved  Men  and  Women, 
how  ye  have  been  duped  and  deluded  by  Devils,  and  by  the 
Demon-possessed  authorities,  teachers,  priests,  lawyers, 
doctors,  and  scribes,  who  have  promulgated  and  laid  down 
such  accursed  doctrines  as  those  that  limit  the  birth  of 
children,  degrade  the  most  Sacred  Sacrament  of  Marriage, 
and  vitiate  with  loathsome  and  sickly  sentiment,  and  prur- 
ient suggestions  of  indecency  and  immorality,  the  most 
exquisite  and  ineffable  sanctity  of  Love  and  Marriage,  that 
the  pure  and  innocent  are  made  to  blush  with  a  false  shame 
and  mock  virtuosity,  when  so  much  as  a  reference  to  these 
things  is  made  with  our  lips,  and  when  also  all  the  natural 
instincts  of  our  being  call  out  in  protest  and  denial  against 
any  such  doctrines,  customs,  and  conventions  of  religion 
and  society  as  raise  up  false  barriers  of  intercourse  and 
communion  between  the  sexes,  by  which  latter  (only)  the 
true  affinities  of  men  and  women  can  be  determined  and 
brought  into  contact. 

)  70.    "For  what  purpose,  then,  do  ye  now  conceive  that  I, 

.S  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  the  Mediator  between  Jehovah  and  the 
S  Human  Race  of  the  Elements  of  Life,  have  come,  at  this 
time,  into  this  world?  What  is  one  of  the  great  and  fund- 
(     amental  objects  of  my  Incarnation  and  Life? 

71.  "I  have  come  to  restore  Humanity  to  the  normal  con- 
ditions from  which  Mankind  originally  fell,  so  that,  once 
again,  the  true  succession  of  the  Children  of  Jehovah  may 
descend  to  the  earth,  and  be  reincarnated  for  their  ultimate 
development  in  the  Square  and  Circle. 

72.  "1  have  come  to  purify  and  purge  the  Human  Race, 
by  my  Life-Blood,  of  the  inherent  corruption  and  evil  that 
pervade  all  Hesh,  and  the  whole  earth,  to  rid  the  world  of 
the  Demon-control,  that  has  poured  into  it  the  rottenness 
and  disease  and  death-imbuing  Aura,  which  have  vitiated, 
tainted   and  corrupted    the   whole  constitution   of  the  earth 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


353 


and  its  organisms.  i\nd  thereby  to  once  again  create  an 
Holy  Parentage,  a  Divine  Family,  and  a  pure  and  holy 
Seed,  according  to  the  nature  that  prevails  in  the  I'ni- 
verse. 

73.  "And  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  which  I  represent  and 
preach,  the  Path  that  leadeth  from  the  mire  of  this  Demon- 
arena  of  bestiality  and  evil,  to  tlie  pure  and  supernal 
Realms  of  Celestial  Glory,  is  that  method,  and  only  wav,  bv 
which  the  Microcosms  shall  be  purified  and  regenerateil  ; 
and  the  Human  Family  shall  again  become  the  normal  par- 
ents and  media  of  the  Divine  Seed,  the  Seed  of  the  Micro- 
cosms that  shall  reincarnate,  once  again,  in  the  true  and 
normal  manner. 

74.  "Now  ye  must  understand  that,  as  signified  by  the 
Six  Wings  of  the  Four  Living  Forms,  Jehovah  hath  distri- 
buted Himself  and  circulated  Himself 
in  the  Macrocosm,  in  all  Creatures,  or 
Microcosms,  to  whom  He  hath  given 
Life,  Form,  Being,  and  Existence, 
both  Male  and  Female.  The  ,Sex 
distinction  apperlaineth  unto  all 
Microcosms,  as  is  svmbolised  in  the 
ancient  symbol  of  the  Interlaced  Tri- 
4ingle  in  the  midst  of  the  Circle,  which 

is  but  an  extended  hieroglyph  of  the  simple  svm- 
bol  of  the  Sc}uare  and  Circle.  Also,  the  truth 
that  Jehovah  is  distributed  anti  circvdated  in  the 
Uni\er^e,  from  the  Centre  to  the  Circumference, 
or  from  the  Initial  Embryonic  Cell  of  Primordial 
Light,  to  the  Perfect  Microcosm,  or  Elohe,  is 
symbolised  in  the  ancient  symbol  of  the  Alpha  and 
Omega. 

75.  "Consider,  then.  Beloved  Brethren,  the  high  dignily 
and  vocation  of  Woman,  as  revealed  and  set  fortii  in  the 
light  of  the  Square  and  Circle.      She  standeth  before  you  as 


^ 


the  very  Medium  of  Jehovah,  our  Father-Mother,  by  whom 
the   Seed    of    Jehovah    find    cosmic    Being  and    Existence; 


3=^4  "^^^^    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS, 

indeed  IVoman  is  the  true  Wife   of  Jehovah    in    the    world,  as 
Maria- /sha  is  in  Heaven. 

76.  "She  is  the  pure  form  of  Maria-Isha  in  the  spheres  of 
the  Macrocosin,  representing  the  extended  and  replicated 
form  of  Maria-Isha  in  the  Celestial  Sphere.  By  her  the 
Seed  and  Family  of  Jehovah  are  begotten  in  their  various 
graduated  spheres  of  cosmic  evolutional  Being,  and  ascend 
the  Path  of  Develo{)!nent  unto  the  Perfect  Being. 

77.  "W^ithout  the  Order  of  Womanhood  the  Macrocosm 
would  be  but  a  sterile,  lifeless,  and  dark  form,  an  opaque 
mass  of  dead  substance ;  and  Jehovah  would  be  cast  in 
upon  Himself,  unproductive  and  solitary,  crushed  within 
the  barren  atrophy  of  His  own  Being;  a  teeming  aggrega- 
tion of  Cells,  incapable  of  diffusion,  or  of  freedom  to  grow 
and  develop  by  the  natural  Laws  of  the  Universe,  which 
are  based  on  the  Fundamental  Law  of  Mediation,  by  which 
organisms  reproduce  and  mediate  the  Being  of  Jehovah, 
in  the  infinite  gradations  of  organic  evolution,  by  which 
the  spheres  are  peopled  with  holy  Beings,  and  Heaven  is 
filled  with  Elohim,  the  Sons  of  Jehovah,  His  Companions 
and  Consorts  in  eternal  Union  and  Happiness. 

78.  "In  every  woman  that  liveth,  in  every  sphereof  the 
Universe,  therefore,  we  see  the  Counterpartal  and  Medi- 
atorial oifices  of  the  Eternal  Woman,  the  Mother  of  the 
Cosmos — Maria-Isha,  the  Wife  of  Jehovah-Ish,  Eternal  in 
the  Heavens.  We  worship  and  honour  the  Motherhood  of 
Woman,  as  we  worship  and  honour  Jehovah,  being  the 
most  reverential  and  worshipful  form  in  which  we  recog- 
nise, in  Woman,  the  Eternal  Maternity  of  our  Father- 
Mother,  Jehovah,  extended  in  all  grades  and  species  of 
Microcosms  in  the  Macrocosm. 

79.  '•  IVo/nan  is,  to  this  earth,  the  most  sacred  Cha/iee,  in 
which  is  conveyed  the  Oblation  of  the  pure  and  eternal 
Elements  of  the  Being  and  Life  of  Jehovah  ;  and  what  is 
Marriage,  but  the  most  venerable  and  blessed  Sacrament  of 
the  Divine  Substance  which  conveyeth  the  Being  of  Jeho- 
vah in  the  personal  forms  in  wiiich  He  is  manifested,  repli- 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUilSES    OF    JESUS.  355 


cated,  and  reproduced    in    tlie    cosmic   conditions  of  Micro- 
cosms new-born? 

80.  "The  Law  of  Generation  is  the  universal  principle 
of  Causation  and  Reproduction  in  the  Macrocosm,  pro- 
ducing every  phenomenon  in  all  the  planets  and  spiieres  of 
the  Universe.  By  this  Law  the  Cells  of  Primordial  Light 
are  begotten  in  the  cosmic  spheres,  and  bv  the  same  Law 
they  pass  through  all  the  stages  and  infinite  phases  of  their 
gradual  unfoldment  and  development,  which  are  manifested 

\      in  all   tlie    conditions    into    which   they    pass,  which  we  see 

and    recognise    in    the    infinite    phenomena    of    Force    and 
{  .  .  ( 

Matter  in  correlation.  ^ 

81.  "All  Beings  are  the  Generated  Thought  of  Jehovah,  > 
passing  from  His  Infinite  Mind,  by  the  operation  of  the  j 
Law  of  Generation,  through  the  Dual  Sexhood  of  His  Mind-  ; 
Organisation.  And  every  thought  in  the  mind  of  every 
being  is  a  generated  Cell,  begotten  by  the  Law  of  Genera- 
tion, in  the  Dual  Sexhood  of  the  Mind-Organisation  of  all 
Microcosms. 

S2.  "For  Thought,  wherever  reposing  and  generated,  is 
not  an  impersonal,  abstract,  insubstantiate  thing — a  form- 
less and  dead  Idea — it  is  a  Child,  a  living,  pulsating,  radi- 
ating and  dynamic  Cell,  of  immortal  being  and  power.  It 
passeth  from  the  Dual-Sexed  Mind  (as  of  Jehovah,  so  also 
of  all  Microcosms),  and  circulates  itself  in  ever  widening 
rings  of  spiral  progression,  as  it  enters  and  reproduces  itself 
in  the  infinitude  of  minds  it  encounters  and  penetrates  in 
its  onward  progress.  So  that  Thought  is  never  new,  never 
novel,  never  original;  it  comes  to  each  individual  mind, 
seemingly  new  and  original,  but  it  has  existed,  in  ever- 
rolling  currents,  eternally,  reincarnating,  and  re-generating, 
in  each  successive  mind  it  enters. 

83.  "In  like  manner,  all  Microcosms  are  the  substantiate 
spiritualisation  and  materialisation  of  the  Thought  of  Jeho- 
vah, and  are  likewise  never  new,  never  unprecedented. 
They  are  immortal,  the  evolved  reproductions  of  them- 
selves in  the  infinitely  countless  succession  of  transmutations 


356  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

and  reincarnations,  unto  the  highest  forms  to  which  the 
Thought  of  Jehovah  (originally  generated  and  diffused  in 
the  Dual  Mind-Organisation  of  Jehovah)  are  developed,  in 
the  radiating  and  generating  spheres  of  the  Macrocosm. 

84.  "When  the  Microcosms  attain  unto  the  cosmic  evolu- 
tional state  of  the  Human  Soul,  they,  according  to  the 
times  of  their  Destiny,  are  absorbed  in  the  organs  of  the 
male  and  female  human  Microcosms  predestined  to  receive 
them,  by  the  operation  of  the  Laws  of  At^nity,  which 
govern  the  true  relations  of  Love  and  Marriage,  and  of 
the  normal  and  proper  relations  oi  the  sexes  in  the  incar- 
nate state. 

8^.  "The  afHnity  of  the  two  sexes  having  found  realisa- 
tion, in  the  acts  of  Love  and  the  Union  of  Marriage,  the 
two  sexes  of  the  Microcosm,  thereby  brought  into  union  — 
viz.,  the  Soul  in  the  female,  and  the  Bodv  in  the  male — 
then,  in  the  act  of  conception,  the  male  imparteth  unto  the 
female  his  part  of  the  Microcosm  to  be  born,  and  the  woman 
thenceforward  is  the  repository  of  the  complete  Microcosm, 
to  which  she,  in  due  time,  gives  birtli,  as  she  giveth  form 
and  substance  and  chemical  correlation  in  the  formation  of 
the  re-materialised  carnate  shell  that  encloseth  and  func- 
tioneth  for  the  new  coming  Microcosm. 

86.  "This  being  the  case,  in  the  normal  times  of  the  true 
and  uncorrupted  governances  of  the  Square  and  Circle, 
woman  attained  her  apotheosis  ;  she  reigned  the  Qjiieen  of 
the  Earth,  (without  exception  of  any  class  or  status-distinc- 
tion) as  Maria-Isha  reignetli  the  Qjiieen  of  Heaven,  and  of 
the  Macrocosm. 

87.  "Likewise  Love  and  Marriage  were  tlie  absolutely 
spontaneous  and  unrestricted  exercise  of  the  Sacramental 
Functions  of  the  sexual  organs,  appertaining  to  the  male  and 
female.  The  coming  together  of  Man  and  Woman  (each 
recognising  the  enlightened  and  sacred  truth  of  their 
mutual  and  respective  vocation  on  the  earth,  to  be.  and  to 
replicate  the  two  sex  natures  of  the  Body  and  Soul  of  Jeho- 
vah-Ish     and     Maria-Isha)     was     reverently     and     literally 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  357 


ref^arded  as  the  predestined  fulfilment  of  a  fiindaniental 
and  hallowed  duty,  above  all  other  human  duties  and 
obligations. 

88.  "The  Love,  Marriage  and  Conception,  that  precede 
the  bringing  forth  of  a  child,  were  held  to  be  the  vicarious, 
but  nevertheless  literal  Love,  Marriage  and  Conception  of 
Jehovah-Ish  and  Maria-Isha.  For  man  and  woman  viewed 
themselves,  not  as  independent  units,  living,  loving,  marry- 
ing, and  bringing  forth  children  on  their  07vn  account  merely, 
as  being  the  sole  agents  of  their  own  intrinsic  and  separate 
marital  responsibility,  nor  for  the  mere  mutual  love  and 
afifection  they  had  the  one  for  the  other,  nor  for  the  sake  of 
raising  seed  unto  themselves  merely;  but  thev  knew  that 
they  were  the  Cosmic  Counterpartal  Forms  of  Jehovah-Ish 
and  Maria-Isha,  functioning  in  Jehovah,  as  the  organs  of 
Generation  of  Jehovah-Ish  and  Maria-Isha  in  the  Cosmic 
Sphere;  and  that  the  Issue  of  their  most  sacred  and  hallowed 
congenital  contact,  in  LoiH  and  Marriage,  was  the  Re-incarnation 
and  Re-generation  of  a  child  of  Jehovah-Ish  and  Maria-Isha,  of 
whom  they,  as  natural  and  incarnate  parents,  stood  only  as  his 
earthly  guardians,  protectors,  teachers,  and  proxies. 

89.  "Beloved  Brethren,  see  ye  not  unto  what  a  great  and 
^     momentous  Mission  I  am  sent  into  this  world,  in  which  all 

these  most  glorious  purposes  of  Jehovah  have  been  so  long 
frustrated,  marred,  and  hindered,  and  the  most  sacred  Insti- 
tutions of  the  Square  and  Circle  have  been  cast  aside  as 
things  of  naught,  and  degraded  unto  the  most  unclean  and 
unholy  uses? 

90.  "For  what  hath  been  the  chief  purpose  of  Beelzebub 
and  his  Demon-hosts  since  the  Fall  of  the  Adamic  Race? 
Hath  it  not  been  to  poison  and  corrupt  the  Fountain  of 
Life  and  Being,  which  hath  its  source  and  spring  in 
Woman,  and  thus  to  establish  a  tainted  and  corrupted  off- 
spring; and,  in  order  to  prevent  the  restoration  of  a  pure 
and  holy  .Seed,  they  have  defiled  and  vitiated  mankind  with 
their  Devil-Aura,  and  brought  evil,  corruption,  disease,  and 
sin  into  the  normality  of  the  race,  in  consequence  of  which 


358  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

it  hath  been  hitherto  impossible  for  the  race  to  recover  the 
normality  which  was  lost  in  the  Fall,  and  therefore  the 
succession  of  the  Divine  Family  upon  the  earth  hath  ceased 
to  be  brought  forth,  and  the  children  of  men  iiave  been  the 
offspring  of  Demons,  and  not  the  children  of  Elohim,  for 
the  greater  part,  so  far  as  regards  their  earthly  nativity. 

91.  "Now  hearken,  my  Beloved  Brethren,  and  let  me 
teach  you  concerning  this  present  Age,  in  relation  to  the 
past  and  to  the  future,  which  I  will  briefly  state  unto  you 
now,  but  which  I  sliall  more  fully  elucidate  in  my  next 
series  of  Discourses. 

92.  "Ye  must  know  then  that  Mankind,  the  offspring  of 
an  abnormal  Heredity  (due  to  tlie  unnatural  commingling 
of  the  Children  of  the  Adamic  Race,  and  of  the  Elemcnt- 
tary-Human  and  Animal-Human  Races,  which  consang- 
uinitv  hath  resulted  in  the  numerous  white  and  coloured 
races  of  this  age),  have  been  during  the  past  generations, 
slowly  fighting  their  way  back  unto  the  normal  constitution 
that  was  originally  lost  at  tlie  Fall. 

93.  "Slowly  hath  the  Higher  Life  struggled  against  the 
Lower,  in  constant  ebbs  and  flows  of  heredity  of  good  and 
evil.  Until  now,  at  this  period,  tiiere  are  a  vast  number  of 
Souls,  incarnate,  of  the  Ancient  Adamic  Period,  more  or 
less  prepared  by  past  vicissitudes,  victories  and  defeats,  in 
the  many  past  incarnations,  in  which  they  have  conquered 
inherited  depravity,  and  slowly  exhausted  the  Animal  and 
Elemental-Human  traits  of  their  abnormal  constitution,  to 
respond  to  the  c;dl  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  which  is  the 
Way  of  Redemption.  These  are  the  Elect  of  Jehovah,  those 
who  are  predestined  to  the  Salvation  and  Redemption  that  I 
have  come  to  give  unto  all  that  shall  respond  to  the  Call, 
and  pursue  the  Path  of  the  Cross  and  Serpent. 

94.  "And  likewise,  my  Beloved  Brethren,  ye  will  under- 
stand how  that,  with  the  founding  of  a  New  People,  the 
nucleus  of  the  Restored  Family  and  PTierarchy  of  Jehovah 
— an  Holy  People,  a  Royal  and  Divine  People — incarnate 
upon  the  earth,  there    will    follow    a    large   propagation  of 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  3C0 


that  Family,  increasing  in  purity  and  the  elements  of  the 
Divine  Nature  and  Power,  as  they  shall  more  and  more,  in 
the  course  of  ensuing  generations,  under  the  Cross  and 
Serpent,  escape  from  the  taint  and  corruption  that  is  in 
the  world. 

95.  "Verily  I  say  unto  you,  ye  that  inquire  in  your  minds 
what  is  the  true  method  of  Re-Generation  for  this  world, 
know  that  Re-Generation  cometh  by  Generation.  This 
world  can  only  be  Re-Generated  by  the  introduction  of  a  ) 
pure  and  holy  Seed  that  shall  propagate  and  multiply  upon 
the  earth  ;  bringing  with  it  vast  accessions  of  pure,  holy. 
Divine  and  potent  Aura  of  Jehovah,  which  shall  replenish, 
purify,  fertilise  and  strengthen  the  Spiritual  Elements  of 
the  Earth-Matter,  and  revivify  the  decadent  Fires  of 
Jehovah  that  uprise  in  beneficent  mists,  bringing  from  the 
interior  those  essences  and  powers  that  shall  cause  all  the 
thorns  and  briars  to  perish,  making  the  desert  to  blossom 
as  the  rose. 

96.  "Likewise,  with  the  rapid  spread  of  the  Family  of 
Jehovah,  living  and  practicing  the  Laws  and  Principles  of 
the  Square  and  Circle,  the  depraved  races  will  rapidly 
perish  ;  they  will  become  extinct ;  and  the  Animal,  the 
Animal-Human,  and  the  Elemental-Human  strains,  that 
submerged  the  Race  of  Adam  in  gross  animalism  and  de- 
praved abnormality — the  resultant  from  such  variant  and 
contrary  consanguinity — will  finally  be  destroyed;  and  the 
Demons  will  lose  all  the  control  they  had  gained,  in  the 
first  place,  by  establishing  the  fatal  correspondence  of  their 
depraved  natures  to  their  own  corrupt  and  dark-encircling 
Aura.  I 

97.  "And  first  and  foremost  of  the  happy  consequences  of     ) 
this    redemption    of    the    race,    will    be    the   restoration  of 
Woman   to   her   most   true  and  rightful  place  in  the  human 
organisation,  that  of  Qiieen  of  the  Earth. 

98.  "No  more  will  Woman  be  a  mere  chattel  of  Man, 
bought  and  sold  as  a  very  commodity  of  the  money-market, 
and   given   the   place  that  is  given  to  any    other    productive 


360  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


article.  No  more  will  Man  abuse  Woman  by  licentious  and 
depraved  lusts  of  their  bodies,  with  no  consideration  for 
their  Divine  Function,  nor  for  the  issue  that  results  from 
such  abuse.  No  more  will  Woman  be  the  drudge  and  toil- 
driven  creature  of  men's  needs  and  passions. 

99.  "Woman  will  be  worhipped  by  Man,  in  Body  and  in 
Soul,  and  as  the  world  comes  to  see  in  her  the  very  sym- 
bol of  their  God.  their  Divine  Maternity,  they  will  honor 
and  cherish    her  Womanhood  with    all   the   reverence   and 

(^     homage   that  they  pay  to  their   most   Holy    Prototype  and 
Progenitor,  Jehovah-Ish  and  Maria-Isha. 

100.  "But  of  this  at  present  I  have  no  further  word  to 
say,  except  to  emphasise  once  again,  and  finally,  that  it  is 
by  the  process  of  natural  Love  and  Union  of  Marriage  that 
the  world  is  finally  to  be  re-generated.  And  to  this  end  it 
is  necessary  that  Mankind,  the  Elect,  shall  withdraw  them- 
selves from  this  world  of  Mammon,  shall  purify  themselves 
by  the  Cross  and  Serpent,  and  shall  seek,  by  Holy  Union 
and  Love,  unfettered  by  the  abuses,  the  restrictions,  and 
the  limitations  of  the    world,   to    raise   seed    unto   Jehovah, 

)     and  to  effect   the  re-peopling  of  the  earth  by  a  Holy  Race, 

)     who  shall  restore  the  Adamic   Truths  on   the   earth,  to  the 

\  .  .  .        ^. 

)      final  subjugation  of  the  Demonuic  Kingdom  and  Hierarchy, 

and  to  the  re-instatement  of  the  Hierarchy  of  Elohim,  and  of 

the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  upon  earth. 

loi.  "Hitherto  I  have  spoken  unto  you  of  the  represent- 
ation of  the  Four  Living  Forms  as  of  the  Eternal  Woman, 
Maria-Isha,  replicated  in  Woman  throughout  the  Macro- 
cosm, and  her  most  sacred  and  holy  function  as  the  Matrix 
of  Jehovah-Ish  and  Maria-Isha  in  the  Universe.  In  this 
representation  she  is  figured  especially,  as  I  have  shewn 
you,  in  the  Wings  with  which  she  is  covered,  symbolising 
the  All-Essence  of  Jehovah  in  His  reproductive  and  gener- 
ative capacity  and  function,  in  the  Macrocosm. 

102.  "But,  as  I  have  shewn  you,  the  Four  Living  Forms 
)  have  also  a  second  representation,  as  of  the  Man,  the 
Eternal  Male,   Jehovah-Ish.     For  the   Four  Living  Forms 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  361 


represent  the  Four  Natures  of  Jehovah,  Father  and  Mother^ 
and  not  only  of  Jehovah  the  Mother,  or  Maria-Isha. 

103.  "Therefore  doth  the  same  fourfold  representation 
express  the  Male  Organs  of  Generation  as  well  as  the 
Female  Organs  of  Generation. 

104.  "You  will  rememher  that  I  said,  in  my  Discourse 
on  the  Mystery  of  Mediation  (Chapter  V,  para.  97)  that  : 
'The  Eyes,  which  cover  the  Four  Living  Forms,  represent 
tiie  Omniscience  of  Jehovah,  and  His  Omnipotence.  For  the 
Eyes  of  a  Microcosm  are  the  organs  of  Sight  and  the  organs 
of  Impression.  By  the  Eyes  are  received  the  Stimuli  that 
correspond  to  the  Optic  Nerve,  and  reflect  through  the 
Light  that  passeth  into  the  Eyes,  the  pictures  and  scenes 
upon  the  retina  that  are  within  the  focus  of  the  Eyes,  which 
are  re-transmitted  to  the  Brain  in  indelible  impressions,  and 
are  received  in  conscious  presentations  of  Thought-Aura. 
And  the  Eyes  of  the  Four  Forms  represent  the  Perfect 
Vision  of  the  Four  Natures  of  the  Constitution  of  Jehovah, 
and  His  consequent  perfect  knowledge  of  all  that  pertains 
unto  the  Universe.' 

105.  "Also  I  proceeded  to  say  (pira.  98)  :  'Likewise  do 
the  Eyes  function  as  the  main  vehicle  of  the  vSpiritual, 
Psychical,  and  Mental  Auric  Force;  for  although  it  is  true 
that  Auric  Force  emanates  from  the  Four  Natures  of  the 
Microcosms,  through  all  the  apertures  and  molecular  inter- 
stices of  their  structures,  yet  the  Eye  is  the  principal  organ 
of  Auric  transmission,  being  so  constructed  as  to  attract, 
concentrate,  an<i  reflect  the  Auric  Cells  of  Thought,  gener- 
ated, condensed,  and  discharged  from  the  Brain. 

106.  "  'Therefore  the  Thought  of  Jehovah  exercises 
omnipotent  and  omniscient  Force  in  the  Universe,  giving 
unto  Him  Almighty  Power  to  perform  every  work  that  is 
possible  of  execution,  according  to  the  Immutable  Laws  of 
the  Square  and  Circle,  which  govern  and  express  all  the 
correlations  of  Force  and  Matter,  and  the  Principles  of 
Motion  and  Energy  in  the  Universe,  which,  in  combina- 
tion, produce  all  the  phenomena  in  the  Universe. 


362  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

107.  "  'And  these  Four  Living  Forms  represent  the  infi- 
nite attributes  and  functions  of  the  Person  of  Jehovah, 
Father-Mother,  in  Eternal  Energy,  in  the  generation,  repro- 
duction, evolution,  and  sustenance  of  His  offspring,  the 
Microcosms  which  proceed  from  Him,  eternally,  in  the 
Embryonic  Cells  of  Primordial  Light.' 
)  108.    "I  have  said  that  the  Four   Living  Forms  represent 

the  Four  Natures  of  Jehovah,  Father-Mother,  as  also  the 
Organs  of  Generation,  Perception,  and  Sensation.  Now 
when  ye  consider  that  the  Elements  of  Vitality,  mediated 
by  the  Organs  of  Perception  and  Sensation,  are  the  same  in 
Substance  and  Force  as  the  Elements  that  are  mediated  by 
the  Organs  of  Generation,  ye  will  perceive  that  the  one 
includes  the  other. 

109.  "For  what  is  a  Microcosm  but  a  substantiate 
Thought  of  Jehovah,  brought  to  Cosmic  conditions  by  the 
process  of  Generation.  And  what  is  Thought,  but  the  Cel- 
lular presentment  of  a  Microcosm  in  the  Brain,  before  and 
after  it  receives  substantiate  Thought  in  the  womb  of  the 
Woman  ? 

no.  "And  herein  I  shew  you  a  great  and  wonderful 
Alystery,  the  elucidation  of  which  unfolds  the  particular 
relations  and  differentiation  that  exist  between  Man  and 
Woman.  The  knowledge  of  this  Mystery  will  assist  you  in 
the  great  problem  that  Mankind  has  failed  to  solve,  which 
is,  the  secret  of  the  determination,  of  the  sex  of  the  Children 
of  Men. 

III.  "Understand,  then,  that  the  Eyes  which  cover  the 
Four  Living  Forms  represent  these  Four  Living  Forms 
specifically  in  their  Male  sex.  But  in  this  I  would  remind 
you  that  all  mankind — Men  and  Women — are  truly  speak- 
ing both  Male  and  Female  in  certain  of  their  attributes,  and 
the  actual    sex-differentiation   enters   only   in    regard  to  the 

]     cosmic  state. 

^  112.    "Now  the  Eyes   of  a  Microcosm    are    the  organs    of 

reception  and  perceptivity,    and    tlie   organs    of  energy  and 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  363 

transmission.  That  is  to  say,  that  the  Eyes  represent  the 
instruments  by  which  the  Thought-Presentations  of  Jehovah 
are  conveyed  to  the  Brain;  and  by  which  the  Thought- 
Aura  of  Jehovah  in  the  Brain  are  transmitted  to  other 
Microcosms. 

113.  "Let  me  elucidate  this  further.  You  will  know  that, 
in  this  Vision  of  the  Four  Living  Forms,  they  are  covered 
with  Eyes,  within  and  without,  by  which  it  is  seen  that 
the  Four  Living  Forms  are,  as  it  were,  all  Eyes.  That 
means  then  that  the  organs  of  perception,  sensation,  energy 
and  transmission  are  all  over  the  Microcosms. 

114.  "Therefore,  throughout  the  Microcosm,  there  is  the 
capacity  of  receiving  and  giving  forth  of  thought,  of  gen- 
erating thought,  of  reproducing  thought.  Now  ye  know 
that  Thought  is  never  a  mere  mechanical  operation  of  word- 
painting.  It  issues  in  some  forms  in  word-painting,  but  its 
origination  is  independent  of  all  language. 

115.  "A  thought  enters  the  sensory  or  perceptive  organs 
as  a  Picture,  and  not  as  Words.  The  deepest,  noblest,  and 
loftiest  of  human  brain  conceptions  are  Pictures  of  the 
Mind,  and  irreducible  to  any  delineation  of  language.  We 
see  the  whole  thought,  unfolded  in  the  vast  tablets  of  our 
Brains,  and  Oh,  how  we  struggle  to  clothe  that  picture  in 
suitable  words!      And  Oil,  how  we  fail! 

116.  "We  enquire  not  how  that  thought  originated,  or  by 
what  process  it  framed  itself  in  our  brain-organisation.  We 
are  lost  in  the  sublimity  of  the  picture-representation  of 
a  complete  conception,  for  which  words  are  futile. 

117.  "In  early  days,  language  was  a  succession  of  pictures  \ 
and  to-day,  the  finest  conceptions  of  mind  have  been  depict- 
ed in  works  of  Art,  in  Paintings,  and  in  beautiful  imagery, 
which  conceptions  would  have  been  lost  to  us  if  stored  only 
in  words. 

118.  "And  believe  me.  Beloved  Brethren,  when  I  say, 
that  all  Production  is  the  fruit  of  Art,  a  deeper  and  more 
mysterious  Art  than  its   material   counterpart  on  the  earth. 

119.  "The  Artist  is  the  Male,  in  the  case  of  natural  Gen- 


364  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

enition  ;   though  the  Artist   is    the   Male  and  Female  in  the 
case  of  Mental,   Psychical  and  Spiritual  Generation. 

120.  "Only  on  the  Physical  Plane  is  the  Microcosm  Male 
or  Female,  in  separate  organism. 

121.  "The  art  of  wliich  I  am  speaking  is  the  art  of  pro- 
duction in  the  Generation  of  Microcosms.  The  Male  is  the 
Artist,  because  it  is  he  that  hath  the  faculty  of  reproduction, 
and  not  the  Female,  except  as  acting  in  concert  with  the 
Male.  The  Male  decides  the  issue  of  his  art.  It  is  in  his 
Brain  that  the  form  of  the  Microcosm  is  decided. 

122.  "The  Male  is  the  camera  that  reflects  the  Thought  of 
Jehovah,  in  the  re-production  of  a  Microcosm.  The  Micro- 
cosm, divided  in  its  being,  between  a  Male  and  a  Female 
Microcosm,  enters  the  Male,  in  his  Mind  and  Body  Natures, 
is  absorbed  in  the  Male;  and  until  that  part  of  the  Micro- 
cosm is  passed  into  the  Female,  that  holdeth  the  Soul  and 
Spirit  Natures,  the  Microcosm  is  not  united,  nor  is  it  cap- 
able of  birth  and  incarnation. 

123.  "And  it  is  by  the  control  of  the  Eyes  of  the  Male, 
exercised  by  Jehovah-Elohim,  that  the  Sex  is  decided. 

124.  "Sexhood  cannot  be  chosen  by  the  voluntarv  will 
of  a  parent.  It  is  decided  for  him,  and  it  is  determined  and 
accomplished  by  the  Power,  or  Will-Force,  of  Jehovah, 
imparted  through  the  perceptive  and  sensory  faculties  of 
the  man,  represented  by  the  Eyes  that  cover  the  Four  Liv- 
ing Forms,  within  and  without. 

125.  "Observe  what  I  mean.  Beloved  Brethren,  in  what 
I  have  just  said.  I  say  unto  yon  Xhai  all  the  Neri'es -dre 
Eyes,  and  that  all  the  Four  Natures  of  the  Microcosm  are  as 
full  of  Eyes  as  a  body  is  full  of  Nerves.  What  is  the  Eye, 
the  visual  organ?  It  is  simply  a  congeries  of  Cell-Nerves, 
set  in  a  particular  combination,  by  which  scenes  are  focussed 
and  reflected  on  the  retina,  which  retina  is  but  an  exten- 
sion of  the  Optic  Nerve,  by  which  the  thoughts  reflected 
are  caught  for  transmission  to  the  Brain. 

126.  "And  so  are  all  the  Nerves  of  the  whole  Body  the 
same.     They  are  Eyes,  or  certain  congeries  of  Cell-Nerves, 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  365 

set  in  all  varieties  of  combinations,  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
veying sensation,  or  sensible  thought,  to  the  Brain.  Visual 
thought,  mental  thought,  and  sensation,  or  physical 
thought,  are  the  same  in  different  forms. 

127.  "And  what  is  every  production  of  thought  but  a 
substantiate  form  of  thought.''  Every  picture,  every  sculp- 
ture, every  word  sentence,  every  verbal,  audible,  or  tele- 
pathically  communicated  suggestion,  or  idea,  is  a  substan- 
tiated thought,  generated  in  the  Brain,  and  brought  to  birth 
by  the  Nervous  System,  according  to  the  original  concep» 
tion  first  conceived,  by  Male  and  Female  Gestation  in  the 
Brain-Organisation. 

128.  "And  this  same  Principle  of  generation  and  repro- 
duction obtains  in  the  conception,  generation,  and  birth  of 
everj^  reincarnated  Microcosm  on  the  earth.  It  is  the  work 
of  the  Divine  Art  of  Production,  by  which  the  Images  of 
Jehovah,  reflected  in  the  sub-conscious,  or  Soul-Brain,  of 
the  Male,  are  reproduced  in  the  womb  of  the  Female,  are 
brought  to  fruition  and  fulfilment  in  the  childbirth  of  the 
woman,  and  are  exhibited  in  the  form  of  the  Child-Micro- 
cosm then  brought  to  birth. 

129.  "Remember  this  also,  my  Beloved  Brethren,  that  the 
sexhood  of  an  incarnate  Microcosm  is  not  by  any  means  to 
be  considered  as  the  determinate  and  actual  sexhood  of  that 
Microcosm.  Sexhood  in  the  incarnate  existence  is  purely  a 
matter  of  Destiny,  or  of  Divine  Expediency. 

130.  "A  Microcosm,  during  the  period  of  its  ^onial- 
long  course  of  transmigrations,  transmutations,  and  reincar- 
nations, (itself  eternally  dual-sexed)  enters  the  cosmic  and 
incarnate  states  in  innumerable  variations  of  sex.  At  one 
incarnation  it  is  Male,  at  another  it  is  Female;  purely 
according  to  those  Secret  Laws  of  Pre-Destiny  which  gov- 
ern the  evolution  and  incarnations  of  Microcosms. 

131.  "It  will  be  seen,  from  what  I  have  said,  that  the 
Four  Living  Forms  represent  not  only  Maria-Isha  in  the 
Macrocosm,  and  the  Female,  or  Woman,  functioning  ac- 
cording   to    her     Sex,     in     the     Macrocosm,     reproducing 


366  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

the  Macrocosmic  species — the  offspring  of  Jehovah — in 
their  various  orders  of  nature  and  evolution  ;  but  also  they 
represent  Jehovah-Ish,  in  the  Macrocosm,  and  the  Male,  or 
Man,  functioning  according  to  his  sex,  reproducing,  in  co- 
operation with  the  Woman,  the  Macrocosmic  species — the 
offspring  of  Jehovah. 

133.  "Man  is  Jehovah-Ish,  and  Woman  is  Maria-Isha,  in 
the  extended  form  in  which  Jehovah-Ish  and  Maria-Isha  are 
manifested  in  the  Macrocosm.  Both  are  the  Sacred  Chali- 
ces, or  Vehicles,  of  the  Elements  of  Vitality  which  come 
forth  originally  from  the  Person  of  Jehovah. 

133.  "They  are  also  the  functioning  Organs  of  Jehovah 
in  the  Macrocosm,  for  the  Manifestation  of  Himself  in  the 
Microcosms  that  are  eternally  produced  bv  Jehovah,  and 
are  eternally  reproduced,  in  their  innumerable  gradations 
of  evolution  and  development,  unto  the  Perfect  Microcosm, 
which  is  arrived  at  when  the  Microcosms  attain  unto  the 
Order  of  Elohim. 

134.  "And  both  Man  and  Woman  are  in  the  Macrocosm 
for  the  purpose,  among  other  functions,  of  continuing  the 
eternal  succession  of  generated  beings  by  means  of  the 
natural  organs  of  reproduction. 

135.  "But  not  only  so,  Man  and  Woman  are  in  the  Macro- 
cosm also  for  the  purpose  of  their  development,  the  fulfil- 
ment of  their  own-  Destiny,  the  attainment  of  their  own 
perfection.  And  thus  are  men  and  women  indebted  al- 
ways to  their  parents,  in  that  through  them  they,  in  each 
reincarnation,  are  given  incarnate  existence  for  the  purpose 
of  their  Destiny.  Unto  their  parents  they  owe  all  that  they 
are,  cosmically,  in  their  present  incarnation. 

136.  "Therefore  should  the  children  honour  their  parents, 
their  fathers  and  their  mothers,  who  gave  them  of  their  car- 
nate  substance,  and  the  sustenance  of  their  natures  in  their 
infancy.  For  their  fathers  and  mothers  are  unto  them 
as  Jehovah,  their  Eternal  Father  and  Mother,  and  the  con- 
duct of  children  unto  their  parents  should  be  with  the  same 
respect   and  duty  as  unto   Jehovah,    whom  they   represent 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OF    JESUS. 


unto  them,  and  of  whom  they   are  the   present  natural  and 
cosmic  representations  and  proxies. 

137.  "Likewise,  it  should  be  remembered  that  all  Micro- 
cosms, represented  in  the  Macrocosm  by  the  Eyes  of  the 
Four  Living  Forms,  possess  those  faculties  and  powers,  in 
their  own  beings,  which  are  possessed  by  Jehovah  Himself, 
of  whom  the  Four  Living  Forms  are  the  first  and  primary 
representation. 

138.  "These  Eyes  represent  all  the  Nerve-Organs  of 
Perception,  Sensation,  Receptivity,  Energy  and  Transmis- 
sion. Mankind,  under  normal  conditions,  are  the  very 
counterparts  and  replications  of  Jehovah,  in  all  His  attri- 
butes, by  the  Mediation  of  His  all-pervading  Thought- Aura, 
which  are  the  Basic  Force  and  Elemental  origin  of  all  Ac- 
tivity and  Energy  in  all  Microcosms. 

139.  "This  fact  was  perfectly'  illustrated  in  the  Adamic 
Race,  of  whom  the  present  human  race  are  the  fallen  des- 
cendants. They  were,  in  perfection,  as  incarnate  Microcosms, 
the  reflectors  and  perfect  manifestations  of  the  Thought,  or 
Mind,  of  Jehovah. 

140.  "Unless  stultified  and  obscurated  by  sin  and  corrup- 
tion, the  Mind  of  Jehovah,  the  Wisdom  of  Jehovah,  the 
Omniscience  of  Jehovah,  are  open  and  fully  revealed  unto 
the  Soul  of  man.  He  can  know  all  things;  he  hath  no 
need  of  any  man  to  be  his  teacher;  he  is  taught  of  Jehovah- 
Elohim  ;  he  knoweth  by  intuition  and  inspiration  all  that  ) 
Jehovah  Himself  knoweth,  and  such  knowledge  is  past  all 
understanding. 

141.  "And  this  brings  me,  Beloved  Brethren,  to  the  last 
word  of  this  Discourse.  Ye  will  remember  that  I  have 
spoken  of  the  Four  Living  Forms  as  '■Holy  Spirit.''  The 
Four  Living  Forms,  being  the  Media  by  which  the  Elements 
of  Primordial  Light,  the  Cells  of  Light,  pass  from  the  Fath- 
er into  the  Macrocosm,  through  tiie  First  Mediatorial  Agen- 
cy of  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  those  currents  of  Force,  Energy, 
and  Thought,  from  which  all  forms  of  Life,  Being,  Matter 
and  Force  are  created,  are  what  hath  been  denominated  the 


368  THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Holy  Spirit,  and  the  Four  Living  Forms  are  tlie  true  repre- 
sentation of  the  Holy  Spirit,  being  the  Woman,  the  most 
Holy  Wife  of  Jehovah — Maria-Isha. 

142.  "From  Maria-Isha,  then,  do  the  Wisdom  and  Power 
of  Jehovah,  Ish  and  Isha,  pass  through  the  several  Media- 
torial Circles,  enter  into  the  wider  space  of  the  Universe, 
pervade  tHe  Ether-filled  Macrocosm,  and  constitute  the 
Energy  that  secretly  and  potently  setteth  in  motion  all  the 
vast  aggregation  of  Microcosmic  Units. 

143.  "The  Wisdom  and  Power  of  Jehovah  are  one  and 
the  same;  they  are  the  Cells  of  Thought-Aura,  the  Prin- 
ciple of  Eternal  Life  and  Being:  the  Positive  and  Negative 
Poles  of  Cosmic  Attraction  and  Repulsion,  which  are  the 
Basic  Cause  of  all  Motion  and  Energy,  of  all  Matter  and 
Force. 

144.  "The  Holy  Spirit  descendeth  upon  all  spheres  of 
the  Universe,  through  the  various  Mediatorial  Channels 
and  Vehicles. 

145.  "First,  through  Jesus  Christos,  the  Eternal  and 
Cosmic  Son  of  Jehovah,  who  is  eternally  in  the  bosom  of 
the  Father,  and  Cosmically  and  Counterpartally  on  the 
Throne  of  Glory  with  the  Father,  but,  at  this  time,  is  incar- 
nate in  the  flesh  upon  the  earth. 

146.  "Secondly,  through  the  Seven  Luminaries,  of  whom 
I  shall  have  many  words  to  say,  in  a  future  Series  of 
Discourses,  which  will  elucidate  unto  you  the  vast  and 
momentous  problem  of  the  Planetary  and  Sidereal  Systems 
in  relation  to  the  Macrocosm  and  all  Microcosms. 

147.  "Thirdly,  through  the  Twenty-Four  ^ons,  of  whom 
I  shall  have  also  much  to  say,  elucidating  the  Truth  con- 
taining the  Cosmogony  of  the  Zodiacal  Signs  and  Qiiarters, 
and  the  Correlations  of  the  Solar  Systems  in  connection 
with  the  Planetary  Spheres,  the  Macrocosm,  and  the 
Microcosms. 

148.  "Then  the  Holy  Spirit  passeth  through  many 
Transmutations,  as  I  have  already  shewn  unto  you  in  my 
past  Discourses,  their  potency  being  gradually  modified  and 


THK    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS.  369 

reduced,    and    conformed   to   the    particular    Beings     unto 
whom  they  are  directed  on  the  Macrocosm. 

149.  "Finally,  entering  as  the  Thought-Aura  of  the 
Angelic  and  Paradisaical  Beings  that  compose  the  Shekinah  > 
of  each  Sphere — and  particularly  of  our  own  Earth-Sphere  ' 
— they  are  poured  down  upon  the  sphere,  in  vast  clouds  of 
Aura,  of  various  forms  and  conditions,  constituting  the  ) 
Life  of  the  World,  and  the  cohering,  sustaining,  vitalising 
and  illuminating  Force  of  all  Microcosms. 

150.  "Beloved  Brethren,  I  have  now  concluded  my  last 
Discourse  of  the  present  Series.  Ye  have  hearkened  dili- 
gently unto  me,  throughout  this  long  period  of  Instructions. 
Ye  are  now  free  to  depart  unto  your  homes  and  avocations, 
until  I  call  you,  a  second  time,  to  follow  me  again  into  the 
Wilderness  for  a  further  Course  of  Instructions." 


End  of  Volume  I. 


11  n  b  e  r . 


Abi-iibam,     need     of,    a    chosen 

people,   131 
Absnj'ption    in    God,    not    iion- 

personal,  335 
A  erednloos  Faith  not  demand- 
ed, 215 
Activity    produced   by  the  One 

Cause,  225 
Acbiin  and  Jesus  one,  319 
Adatnic,   Parents   committed  to 

the  Outer  Darkness,  109 
Adanxic   Race   wei-e   pei-fect   in 

Wisdom,  14(5.  147 
Adamic     Temples     exc^uisitely 

designed.  205 
Affinities  which  con-elate  earth 

and  man.  272 
Alic    end    of  this.  Aura  of  Elo- 

him  will  supervene.  133 
A     (nrreat    Awakening    to    take 

pla:^e,  90 
All  a  sacritice  of  Life,  289 
"  are  instruments  of  desiiny, 

290 
"  come  from  the    Father  and 

will  retui-n,  259 
"  have  sprung  fi-om  one  Pei*- 

sonal  Father,  23o 
"  Souls  have  to  i-each  Sun  of 

Suns,  2S4 
"  things  one  basic  element  ov 

substance,  273 
Ancient    Pi'iests,    Adepts,    and 

Mastei'S  of  the  Saci'ed  Wis- 
dom.  33 
Ancient  Pi'iests   learned  in  the 

Wisdom  of  the  Universe,  33 
Angel  prt^phecies  to  Daniel,  91 
Antecedent      history     of    man 

known  to  Jesus,  137 
Apostacy  Great,  rise  of,  92 
Apostrite  Hiei'archy  will  l>e  shat- 
tered, 94 
Appearance  of  Emmanuel,  49 
Asti-al    Piody,    vehicle    of  Soul 

and  Body  Natures,   144 
Astral  Demons,  dangers  of  sul)- 

mission  to,  272 


Astral  Demons,  try  toi'o-.i|M  r;tif 
with   man,  272 

Astrals  or  Phantoms,  transi- 
tory, 315 

Astral  Spirits  or  Demons,  tlieir 
cliief  desire,   269 

,  wickedness  of,  2<)9 

,   wise   in   cult  of  Divine 

Wisdom,  2(i9 

Atonemiait,  snbstituJLional,  an 
erroi-,  9() 

Aura  of  the  Spirit  incai>able  of 
defilement,  12(i 

Auric  Force  of  the  Demons.  109 

Baptism  of  Jolin  not  that  of 
Redemjition.  43 

the  First  Degree  of  Ci'oss 

and  Serpent.  28 

the  Pledge  of  Faitii  ami 

Obedience,  43 

Baptism  of  Repentance,  30 

Basic  Element  of  all  for(;e,  292 

Basis  of  the  innumerable  forces, 
269 

Being  and  Existence,  dift'ei-ence 
betwixt,  327 

Being  cometli  into  existence 
through  woman,  329 

BeelzeliuV),  jjurjiose  of,  357 

Birth  of  Jesus  Christos.  312 

Birth  of  the  first  planet,  306 

Bleeding   Lamb  described,  191 

Blooil  common,  ni)t  true  Vital 
Fluid,  175 

Ethereal,  173 

must  be  purified,  176 

of  hunum  race  contami- 
nated, 174 

Vital  Fluid   passes  into, 

174 

what  it  is,  172 

Body  consists  of  twelve  parts, 
281 

is  the  male,  2St; 

the  high.'st,   144 

with  Soul  two  dual  enti- 
ties, 143 


372                   THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 

Brain,    C(M)tre    of  attraction    in 

Consciousness  and  Intellie-ence 

Body.  188 

extend  to  Soul  an<l  Spirit, 

Bi-ain   organisation   in    eacli    of 

224 

the  four  natures,  144 

Constitution  of  Macrocosm,   181 

Brethren  of  Sqnai-e  and  Circle 

of  man  vei-y  evil,  110 

much  i'everence<i,  5,  28 

of  Microcosm,  177 

Brothers  of  Jesus  infonneil    of 

of  Mi(;rocosm  four-fold. 

His  Messiahship,  4(5 

108 

Contagion  of  temper,   etc.,  118 

Corxxireal    and    Astral    Bodies, 

Caiieriiauin,  first  Lodge  of  Neo- 

143 

phytes  at,   105 

Cosmic  bodies  original  thought- 

Causative  Force,  286,  287 

cells  of  Jehovah,  254 

Cell,    each  a  thought    of  Jeho 

Cosmic  Destiny,  326 

vah,  255 

Counter-cult  of  the  Demons,  110 

fiows    in    Spirit,     Soul, 

Craft  of  the  Demons.  Ill 

Mind,  and    Body    of  Jeho- 

Creation, the  business  of,  276 

vah,  261 

Ci-oss,  makes  heavy   demands. 

is  the  Microcosm  in  em- 

106 

bryo.  270 

Cross  and  Sei-pent.  Cult  of  in- 

 Microcosm,   when  it    en- 

stituted by  Elohim,  110 

ters  Universe,   287 

Degrees  of,  164,  165,  166 

Cells,   or  Elements  of  Vitality, 

Jesus    instructs    general 

22.5 

principles  of,  105 

all  male  and  female,  285 

are  dynamic,  240 

i-\  r»i-«i»cc"0  i«Tr    T/-iT»    .-»-»•»  ti    o    Y~kiii>i 

fication,  107 

circulation,  same    in  all 

Mici'ocosms,  289 

ndtic  f^vf^miit   "fi'mn     -iS 

the    means    of    purifica- 

 eternally  existed   in  Je- 

tion. 123 

hovah,  253 

the     mysteries    of    des- 

 finally  reach  Elohim,  255 

cribed.  158 

how  generated,  250 

the  Signs  of.   162 

male  and  female  in  one. 

Third    Degree   of,  Jesus 

281 

Initiates  in,  105 

Central    Mystery  of  Mediation 

Cult  of  Cross  and  Serpent.  110 

revealed,  208 

Cycles  of  Life  can  be  calculat- 

Central Temple  of  Universe,  184 

ed,  282- 

Centrahty,  law  of,  241 

Daniel's  Prophecy  on  dark  age. 

Centripetal      and     Centrifugal 

89 

Force,  239 

Darkness,  the  reign  of,  98 

Chavah,  or  Eve,   the  first  wo- 

Death is  Life,  291 

man,  319 

Decapolis  and    Galilee,   branch 

Childi-en,  how  to  impart  proiiei- 

Lodges  at,  105 

auric  force  to,  127 

Delusions  of  Devils,  352 

how  to  treat,  124 

Demcm  Craft,  fictionsof.  111.  112 

Tii^'flind       nf*      iii"Mf('i*        fo 

obscures  Redemption, 

112 

teach,  128 

valuable  advice  regard- 

-iKif-ifip ii'ill   l>pf*nin(»  ^^^f^'i If 

ing,  115,  120 

er,  132 

Chi-ist,    the    Great    Master  and 

Demons  and  Evil  Sjiirits  possess 

Hicrophant.  1 

their  own  ,  10. t 

College  and  Temple  of  Magi  at 

Demons     liave     deluded     man- 

Memi)his,  17 

kind,  1()4 

Conception,  Mystery  <>f,  856 

of  Asti-al  Zone  sutler  dis- 

 of  Maria-Isha,  808 

solution,  259 

THE    LIFE    AND    i^fSCOL  IfSES    OP'    JESUS. 


373 


Depiaved  Races  will  perish,  i?;")!) 

Depravity,  the  cause  of.  160,  161 

Descent  and  Ascent  of  8i)ul,  277 

Descent  of  Holy  Sjiii-jt,  lirst 
through  Jesus  Christos, 
next  throug-h  the  Seven 
Luminaries,  and  lastly 
thi-ough  the  Twenty- Four 
^ons,  368 

of  Jehovah    to    Maria- 

Isha,  308 

Destiny  of  Microcosm,  258 

Difference  between  Father  and 
Son  explained.  303 

Disciples  < if  Cljri.st ,  chosen 
through  laws  of  Predesti- 
nation, 222 

not  chosen   for  intrin-iic 

merits,  221 

what  they  suffer,  156 

Discourse  of  Jesus  to  the  twelve, 
39 

of  John  Baptist  to  Phar- 
isees, etc.,  38 

Doubles  or  Counterpai-ts  ex- 
plained, 324,  325 

Dual  Sexhood  of  Jehovah  ex- 
plained, 283 

Dual  sex  state  common  to  all 
forms,  235 

Dualism,  mistakes  of,  179 

Each    human    Soul   a  i)otential 

God,  254 
Each    Oi'ganism    a   thouglit    of 

Jehovah, 254 
Early  Universe,  304 
Earth  cmly  one  of  a  vast  system. 

234 

oi-  Isha,  bii-th  of,  306 

^ to  be   s  u  b  m  e  )•  g  e  d    in 

Darkness,  88 
Eastern    Mastei-s  custodians  of 

Sacred  Wisdom.  216 
Electi-icity,  magnetism,  etc.,  251 
Elements   of  substance   the 

same,  225 
of  Vitality   composed  of 

cells,  231 
Elixii-  of  Life,  basis  of  Vitality, 

225 
Elohim  at  call  of  the  prejiared, 

108 
rebel  Sons  of,  109 


Elmmanuel.    ajjpearance  of,  49 

sjjcech  of,  49 

Energy  of  Motion.  241,242,  249 
Eternal  punishment  exists  not, 

112 
Ethei'  the  Vital  Essence,  228 
Etheiic  Cell  a  fixed  entity,  277 
Curi  ents     sustain      Fni- 

verse,  229.  230 
Every  Bi-Millennial  Age  a  Ili- 

orophant  descends.  50 
Every  Etiieric  Cell  an  Kinl)ryo. 

208 

perfect,  289 

Everything  is  Jehovah,  292 
Evil  and    cause   of  sin    known 

only  to  the  Magi,  37 
Evil    and    coi-i-ui)tion    of  earth 

environment,  108 
Evil  Ones  original  cause  of  sin, 

114 
Evil  Spirit  again  tempts  Jesus, 

97,  100 
Existence  and  Being,  difference 

betwixt,  327 
Eyes,  detei'iniiialion   of  sex  liy, 

364 

F^all,    detrrading    conse<jnences 

of,  335 

effe(;ts  of,  149,  151 

what  it  is,  108.   109 

False  Creed    oi  Atonement.  95 
Fathers  and  Mothers,  to  bect:nie 

a  necessity,  351 , 
Fecundity,  govei-ned  by  law  of 

dual  j)arentage.  234 
Fellow-Rays  of  Sun  .)f  Suns.  289 
Fiction  of  blood-shedding.  110 
Jehovah  lieing  an  angry 

God,  111. 
=-      sulistitution    of   j.uni>h- 

ments.  111, 
^- that  ail  are  horn  in  cor- 

I'uption,  111 
Final  Cause,  no,  239 
Incai'uatioii      de.-^ci'ilx^d. 

283 

— Solar  Parailise,  285 

First     Discoui'se     of    Jesus    to 

Bi-ethi-en,  106 
Gate  of  Heaven,    how  to 

i-each,  107 
Lodge      of       Neophytes 

formed  l)y  Jesus,  lOS 


374 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOUKSES    OF    JESUS. 


First  Spirit  of  Liirht,  SOG 

Fitness  of  condition,  what  con- 
stitutes. 2-20 

Fixed  state  of  perfect  Micro- 
cosm, 287 

Flesli  and  blood  con-upt.  I7t' 

must  be  purified,  17(5 

why    they    cannot  enter 

Heaven,   174 

Force  and  matter,  oi'ii^-in  of, 
282 

Force  and  Elements,  can  be  used 
for  Curse  oi-  Blessing-,  278 

Fountain  of  Ijife  and  Being 
coriaipted,  3')7 

FourfoLi  constitution  of  man, 
142 

Four  Living  Forms  descibed, 
18(j,  200,  201.  329,  331,  338, 
342 

the  mystery  of,  337 

tlie  org-ans  of  transmis- 
sion, 200 

Four  natures,  what  they  i-e)ire- 
sent,  142,  210 

of  Father,   Son,    Spii-it, 

Macrocosm,  and  3Iici'o- 
cosms,  210 

Generation,  law  of,  35.5 

natui-al,  whei-eby    Gods 

entei-  Heaven,  346 

pi-inciples  of,  8(J5 

Generative  Organs,  symbols  of, 

3,50 
God,   search  foi-.  a  i)lea!>ure  to 

the  Almig-hty.  246 
the  Fathkk  of  the  Uni- 
verse. 229 
—  will  triumjih  over  Evil, 

2.59 
God's .Oftspi-ing-.    the    Divine 

Chalices,  2«9 
Gods,   the   strang-e   jiowers   of, 

314 
Golden  Altar  and  Sacred  Table 

of  Jehovah,  192 
Great  Crystal  Throne  and  the 

Forms  there(m,  208,  209 
Great  Master  invests  Jesus  with 

supieme  dignity,  6,  37 
of  Mag"i  does  homag^e  to 

Jesus,  6,  33 
sptH'ch  of  to  Joseph  and 

Mary,  14,  15,  16 


Great  Master  who   passes  Sev 

enth  Gate  only  safe.  57 
(Ti-eat  Soul  defined,  61 ,  63 
(ireek  Cidtureand  Superstition, 
vitiations  of,  9,  .50,  51 


lEead  not  the  orig-in  of  Vitality, 
183 

Heaven  cannot  be  reached  by 
worldly  wisdom,   1.54 

Heavenly  I5ii'th.  different  from 
Earthly,  335 

Herod  learns  of  birth  of  Jesus, 
7,  41,   42 

schemes  to  destroy  .Je- 
sus. 10,  11,  12,  55,  75 

sends  for  Great  Master, 

12.  76 

sends  soldiers  to  Bethle- 
hem to  slay  Jesus,  21 

Hierophants,  Seven   Gi-eat,  212 

Twenty-Four,  212 

Holy  Parentage,  how  to  create, 
352 

Holy  Spii'it  descends  upon  all 
the  Spheres,  368 

Holy  Uni(m  and  Love.  360- 

How  to  reach  First  Gate  of 
Heaven.  107 

j-ecover  lost  faculties  ,222. 

223 

Human  Microcosm,  when  per- 
fect, transmits  thoughts  of 
Jehovah, 145 

Race,  how  to  purify,  352 

Humanity,  how  to  be  restored, 
352 

Hiunble  men,  why  chosen  as 
Apostles,  139 


Idolatry  defined,  296 

India,  Jesus  Initiated  in.  215 

Initiates  must  pass  Sixth  Degree 
of  Sei-pent  ere  Vtil  of  Mys- 
tery is  lifted,  268 

Israelites,  departed  from  Jeho- 
vali,  153 


James,  John,  and  Zebedee,  call- 
ed by  Jesus,  135 

Jehovah  aso-ibes  no  sin  to  man- 
kind, 113 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


375 


constituted  same  as  Mic- 
rocosms, 235.  281 

Descent  of  to  Maria-Isha, 

308 
Dual   Sexhood    of    ex- 
plained, 283 

tii-st    cause   of  Motion, 

243,  244 

has  one  Wife  and  many 

Consorts,  319 

In(|uii-y    regarding:   not 

sacrilegious,  245 

is  a  Man  ,  284 

is   male    and   female   in 

one,  235,  253 

is  nevei-  Angry,  112 

is  the  All-Parent    20 

nevei'  punislies,  119 

yearns  for  His  children, 

113 
Jehovah's  people,   criterion  of, 

15G 
Jesus,  at  Nazar'eth,  44 

at  the  Teuiple  of  Jerusa- 
lem, 75 

baptised  hy  John,  47 

calls    His  Disciples   for 

ministry,  13(1 

commands  B  a  p  t  i  s  m  by 

John, 48 

commences  His  ministry, 

102 

develops   in    all  Degrees 

of  Square  and   L"ii-cle,  18 

dreams  al)Out  Wealth, 

Powei'.  etc  ,  97 

tirst     incai-uated     14,000 

years  ago.  50 

four  Bvotliei's  of,  45 

had    many    Wives   and 

Consoi'ts,  319 

held  oflice  of  Minister  or 

Delegate,  45 

His  sense  of  Hunger  in- 

supprirtahle.  73 

Initiated  in  India,  215 
''         in   the   Greater 

Degrees,  46 

i  n  s  t  )■  u  c  t  s  the  Brothers 

apart.  1015 

is  anointed  at  Memphis, 

18 

is  born,  5,  32 


Jesus  is    the    Supreme    Hiero- 

l)hant,  .50 

lived  many  generations, 

319 

not  a  Sul)stifute  for  our 

sufferings,  .54 

l)i-eaches  (iospel  of  Cross 

and  Sei-j)ent,  103 

receives  Vision  of  World 

History,  84 

replies  to  Satan,  83,  84 

seeks  Bajitism,  44 

sees    His  Spiritual    Soul, 

318 

sees  the  Future,  91 

Speech  of,  60 

spent  His  youth  in  Mem- 

pliis,  17 

strange  Dream  of,  313 

temjited  by  Satan,  nature 

of,  82,  83 

the  Genealogy  of,  1 

the  Gi'eiit  Mastei-.  will  re- 
turn, 96 

the  Ti-ee  of  Life  in  midst, 

of  Garden.  169 

Vision  of  from  the  Tem- 
ple, 75 

weeps  over  Jerusalem,  77 

who  He  is,  170 

will  endure  the  Cross,  .53 

will  teach  the  Secret  Mys- 

tei-ies,  52 
Jesus  Christos.  mediatorial 

functions  of,  327 
John  Baptist,  a  Perfect  Man,  63 

belonged  to  theEssenes, 

28 

birth  of,  23 

reaches  Sixth  Degree  of 

Square  and  Circle,  24 

i-ebukes  the   Pharisees, 

etc.,  39,  44 

woj-e    cloak   of    camel's 

hair,  cross,  etc..  36 
John's PreachiuiT  attracted  wide 
attention,  37 

the  nature  of,  25,  26 

wisdom  and  knowledge, 

24 
Joseph  counsels   with   Elohim, 

4,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23 
receives  Degree  of  Bap- 
tism, 3,  12 


376 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


seeks  Initiation,  3,  11 


Joseph's  Vision,  22 

Joseph  and  Mai-y  depart  from 

Bethlehem,   16 
marrieii,  3,  15 

Keys   of   Heaven   and  des, 

whom  given  to,  44 

Keys  of  the  Seven  Gates  of  the 
Celestial  Circles,  Jesus  re- 
ceived, 46 

who  only  can  receive,  4(5 

Kinffdom  of  Heaven,  growth  of 

by  New  Race,  131 

Lamb,  the  Son  of  Jehovah,  des- 
cribed, 191 
Law  of  Centrality,  241 
Lesser  Oi-ders  of  the  Magi  not 

Adepts,  83 
Life   and  Death,    the    steps   of 

Destiny.  291 
Life,  cells  of,  225 
'•     is  Death,  291 
"     is  eternal,  247 
"     its  conditions  seen  by  Je- 
sus, 76,  77 
"     of  Jesus  a  symbolical  one, 

168 
"     of  the  World   the   life   of 
Jehovah,  289 
Light   of  Life,  the   Eleaient  of 

Vitality,  225 
Light,  of  the  San,  zone  of  burn- 
ing gases,  265 

of  the  World,   what  it  is, 

369 

the  pui-est  is  coloni-less, 

intangible,  etc.,  266 

Lion,  Calf,  Man,  Eagle,  des- 
cribed, 187,  188 

Living  Stones,  their  transform- 
ations, 256,  257 

Lodge  of  Neophytes,  founded 
by  Jesus,  105 

Logos  of  Jehovah,  pui'e  Love, 
290 

the  Ova,  Cells,  Mind  of 

Jehovah, 286 

the  Thought  of  God   in 

aggregation,  254 

Love,  should  be  shewn  to  all, 
298 


Love    and    Marriage,    accursed 
docti'ines  regarding,  352 

how   anciently  consider- 
ed. 357 

Macrocosm    and  M  i  c  ]•  o  c  o  s  m, 
Duads,  Triads,  etc.,  213,  214 

Maci-ocosm,  Constitution  of,  181 

is  one  whole,  208 

the   Double   of  Jehovah, 

328 

Macrocosms,   comjiosed  of  Cir- 
cles and  Centres,  249 

Magi,  College  of  at  Samaria,  2 
'•     bring    Jewels,    etc.,    to 

Christ,  6.  36 
"     in  Jerusalem,  7,  40 
"     journey  to  Bethlehem,  13 
'*     many  Schools  of  in  Egypt, 
32 

Male  and  Female,  separate  only 
on  Physical  Plane,  364 

Man,  composed  of  four  natui-es, 
108,  142 

Seven  fold   constitution 

of,  142 

Man's  constitution  desperately 
evil,  110 

Many  come  to  hear  Jesus,  104 

Maria-Islia,    Descent    of    into 
matter,  322 

Double  of  Jehovah,  328 

Queen  of  all  Beings,  306 

jMai-riage,  degradation  of,  349 

Mary,  born  in  purity,  2 

considered  a   Vii-gin    by 

Jews,  3,  16 

deeply    taught    in    truth 

of  Elohim,  2 

Marj-'s  parents  Adepts  in  Scpuire 
and  Circle,  2 

go  to  the  far  East,  5,  30 

Master    the,    often    Satan's 
mouthpiece,  58 

Matter,   the   transmuted  Light- 
Cells,  275 

Matthew  called  by  Jesus,  138 

Mediation,  ^Mystei'y  of,  168 

Memjdiis,  headcj  uarte  r  s    of 
Masters,  17 

Microcosm,  an  aggregate  of 
Cell-i,  239 

constitution  of,  108,   177 

desci-ibes  a  circle.  275 

one  entity,  180 


THE    I.IFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


377 


the  seven   structures  of. 

230 
Microcosmic    Cell,    an    Elohe 
from  beg-in ning-.  263 

journeys    of  can    all    be 

known,  282 
Mici-ocosms,  ail  male  and  female 

in  one,  253 
Mind,  constitution  of,  141 
Ministry  of  John  Eajitist,  25 
Mothei',  the  chief  tiansmitter  of 

thoug-ht-aura,  ^^2i) 
Moticm,  existed  always,  247 
'*       first  centre  of  in   bi-ain, 

226 
"      is  etei-nal,  247 
"       springs    from    Centre  of 

Macrocosm,  249 
"      the  cause  of,  227,  237 
"      the  cause  of  Activity,  226 
"       there  is  no  tirst  cause  of, 
247 
Mystei-y  of  Mediation,  168 
Mystery  of  the  Logos,  2u4 
of  the   Tri  Unity    of  Je- 
hovah, 218,  264 
Mystei-ies,  of  Cross  and  Serpent, 
158 

of  Square  and  Cii-cle.  159 

possession  of,  thwarted, 

271 

the  dangers  of  if  spi-eail 

broadcast,  267 
Mutual  Reciprocity,  ought  to  be 

the  standard,  219 
Natural    Generation,    the  Mys- 
tery of,  337 

through,  the  Angels  and 

Gods  enter  Heaven,  346 
Nazarites,  an  Order  of  Masteis, 
Adepts,  and  Neojihytes, 
33 
*'      description  of.  31 
"      kept  no  purse,  ni)  store, 

34 
*'      no  death  of  ever  fortu- 
itously, 34 
*'      some    were,    from   their 

mother's  womb,  33 
"      their  elothingand  habits 

descril)ed,  35 
"      were  itinerant  jireachers, 
34 


Neither  Food,  mont^y,  etc.  to  be 

taken  by  liisciplcs,  (i4 
Neopliyte  or  Initiat^>d    Fmpliet, 

was  called  "Brother,"  33 
Neophytes   and    Initiates   rally 

to  John, 28 
Nei'ves  are  Eyes.  364 
New  Age  of  Enlightenment  now 

begins.  129 
New   People,  a    restoi-ation    of. 

858 
Normal  biith,  elevated  faculties 

of.  335 
No  eternal   Punishment  for  sin, 

112 
No  sin  ascribed  to  mankind  by 

Jehovah, 113 
No  step  or  path  hut  what  Jesus 

trod,  107 
Nucleolus  in  centre  of  each  be- 
ing is  the  Christos-Uouble, 

333 

Oldations,    Sacrifices,    Shrines, 

295 
One  Whole,  the  Maci-ocosm.  20m 
Organs  fif  Genei-alion,  symbols 

of.  350. 
Origin  of  pi-esent    Iniinan    race, 

~^233 
Outer  Darkness,    Adaniic   Pai-- 

ents  in,  109 

Parents  and  Bi-ethren,  rejiresen- 

tations  of  Jehovah.  122 
Parents  of  Jesus  go  to  Mem])lus. 

17 
Parents  to  be  respected.  366 
Past  Incarnations,  Purgatories, 

Paradises,  etc.  56 
People  to  be  called   Ity  force  of 

Elohim.  130 
People    that  Jehovah   reipiires, 

155 
Perfection  of  Adamic  Race.  14S 
Pei-fect    Life   of    Jehovah    and 

Angels,  300 
Pei'SonOf  Jehovah  represented. 

198 
FUilosophy  of  Son  of  Jehovah  not 

to  be  confounded  with    the 

History^  320 
Physical  Body,    the  instrument 

of  Mind,  etc..  144 
Planetary  Circles,  etc.,  182 


378 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


Powei-  and  Wisdom  of  Jehovah 
seizal)le,  271 

Prayer  and  Fasting,  necessary 
i'ov  pui-ification.  64 

the   g-j'eatest   i-evereiice, 

246 

Predestined  leaders  of  the  hu- 
man race.  5t4 

Predetermination,  forces  of  the 
Suns.  Stai-s,  So 

Prenatally  prejiared  Souls.  220 

Pride  mnst  give  place  to  humil- 
ity. 1.54 

Priest-Prophets  were  called 
"Fathers,"  33 

sometimes  called  ''Alas- 

tei's,"  33 

Pi'iests  abode  at  Colleges,  32 

Pi'imoi'dial  Light,  seen  only  by 
Spirit,  267 

Process  of  Cell  formation,  232 

Production,  continuity  of  by 
Generation,  349 

Progenitoi-s  of  the  New  Race, 
130 

Prophecy  of  Daniel  on  Dark 
Age,  89 

Pi'opliet  a,  is  the  V^oice  of  Jeho- 
vah, 42 

Prophets  or  Nazarites,  an  Oi-der 
of  Mastei's  and  Atlepts,  33 

Prophets,  Pi-iests.  Seers,  always 
existed,  150 

Protoplasm,  original  form  of 
organism,  274 

Punishment  not  eternal,   112 

Purgatorial  Spheres  in  Zone  of 
'Earth.  17;') 

Pui'pose  of  teonial  periods  of 
development.  274 

Purpose  of  Jehovah  in  mak- 
ing Macrocosms,  3,')1 

Queen    of    all   Beings,    Maria- 

Isha,  306 
of  Heaven,  307 

Races   lower,  how    they  raised 

themselves.  1.59 
Rebel  Sons  of  Klohim,  109 
Recij.rocity,  the  law,  240 
Regenei-ation  of  \Vorl<l,  to  come 

gi-adually,  130 
true  method  of,  3iJ9 


Reign  of  Darkness  still  amongst 

us,  150 

Great  Axiostacy,  92 

Reincarnation,  many  Souls  will 

return  to,  132 
Religion  of  Jesus  mutilated,  93 
Reply  of  Jesus  to  Satan,  74,  75, 

83,  84 
Reservation  and  not  Negation, 

the  right  mode,  219 
Results    of    Communion     with 

Asti'al  Demons,  272 
Rise  of  the  Great  Apostacy,  92 
Rites  of  Cj-ops  and  Serpent,  none 

exempt  from,  48 

Sacred    name   never    used   by 
mortal  lips,  245 

secret  unto  all  but  Mas- 
ters and  Elohim,   245 

Salvation  of    Soul,  to  acquire, 
169 

Satan,  an  Angel  of  Light,  55 

tempts  Jesus,  73,  82,  83, 

97,  100 

the  great  artificer  of  the 

Universe,  54 

Scribes  and  Sectaries  threaten 
revenge  on  John,   27 

Scroll  of  Heaven,  open  to  Jesus, 
86,  87 

Secret  Mysteries,   will  be  pub- 
lished broadcast,  217 

Self  of  Jesus,  316 

Sense-Gi-ititication,  child's  first 
thought,  117 

Seven  Brain  Oi-ganisations,  230 

Sevenfold  constitution   of  man, 
142 

Seven   Gi-eat  Hierophants  who 
rule  the  Universe,  150 

Seven  Ijuminaries,  195,  196,  199 
211 

Seven    Sjiirits  of  Jehovah    de- 
scribed, 202 

Sex  of  Children,   to   determine, 
362 

varies    in    incai-nations, 

365 

Sexhood,  the  Mystery  of.  337 

Sexual    Organs,    parents    of 
]\Iici-0(!osm,  351 

svmbols  of,  353 


THE    LIFE    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


379 


Simon  Peter  and  And)-evv  call- 
ed by  Jesus,  137 
Sin  and  Evil    do    not  frustrate 
mind  of  God,  258 
"    caused  by  evil  aura,  121 
"    how  to  remedy,    122 
"   is  an  or^ranic  disease,  no*  a 

mental  state,  120 
"    is  non-et(»rnal,  248 
"    its  two  causes,  113 
"   the   Evil  Ones  the  orig-iiuil 
cause  of,  114 
Soliloquy    of  Jesus   at  Temple, 

79,  «2 
Son  of  Jehovah,  described,  302 

has  privilege   of  eternal 

session,  304 

oui-     Elder  ^  Br  ot.h  ei-, 

Priest,  King,  etc.,  201 

the  Arch- Leader,  303 

the  Bleeding  Lamb,  199 

the  First-Begotten,  304 

Sons  of  God,  the  Elohini,  302 
S(ms   of  Jehovah,    have    many 

Wives,  284 
Soul  and  Body,  composition  of, 

178 
mistaken    ideas    regard- 
ing, 177 
Soul, consists  of  twelvr  parts,28l 
is  the  female,  28(5 
"    its  absoi'plion  in  male  and 

female,  856 
"    its  pilgi'images.  283 
'•    male.  Body  female.  205 
"    of  Jesus  ci'ies  against  the 

Priests,  281 
"    salvation    of,    how    to   ac- 
quire. 169 
Soul-sense,   in  state  of  inertia, 

224 
Souls  ])i-enatally  prepared,  220 
Speech     of   Emmanuel    to    the 
multitude,  49 
"     of  Jehovah  to  Maria-lsha, 

308-312 
'•     of  Jesus,  60 

of  Jesus   to  111?    Brethren 
at  Memphis,  18.  19,  20,  21 
Spii-al  Path   of  Angelic  Ascen- 
sion, 59 
Sj^irit.  is  born  pure,  113 

''        of  all  men  humanly  pei'- 

fect,  108 
"        of  Truth   will   reveal  all 
things,  278,  288  ,  j 


"  Voice  can  only  be  heard 
through  i>hysi;al  body, 
144 

Spirit-Nature  of  man,  commu- 
nicates cnly  through  Soul. 

144 
not    exercised,    man    in 

darkness.  149 
^  the  Spirit  of  Eloliim,  145 

Spirits    of 'all    men    known    to 

Jesus,  137 
Spi}-itual  afflatus  becomes  con- 
scious realisaticm,  64 

"     gifts  alone  riMpiired,  140 
Scjuare  and  Circle,  Mysteries  of 

des(.ribed,  159.  160 

signs  of,  160 

Stars  i'efiectthe  world's  historv, 

86  ^ 

Substance,    the     foundation    of 

Vitality,   175 
Substitutional     Atonement    an 

eri'or.  96 
Supreme  Beatitication,  348 
S\rens  of  Pleasure,  fieshly  lusts, 

57 

Teachings   of  Jesus   will  exert 

much  influencre,  217 
Temple  of  Jehovah    desci-ihcd. 

185 
Temptation  of  Jesus,  60 

Satan's  Hi-st,  73 

The  Seven   natures  of  Jehovah, 

279 
The    Wicked    One's    work    ac- 

comi)lished,  91 
The  Word  to  be  i-estoi-ed  as  or- 
iginally, 90 
Third  Dt^gree  of  Cross  and  Ser- 
pent,  Jesus'   Initiation   in, 
105 
Thought,  as  much  substance  as 
mattei-.  254 
"        Aura  of  l<>lohini.  how  to 

gain,  126,  343,  3(i5 
"        conceived    by  male  and 
female  liraiii  gesiation, 
365 
"        consists  of  Ether  Cells, 

146 
'•        every,    a   livin<;-    child, 
355 

in  normal  con<l)tions. 
the  tlnnight  of  Jeho- 
vah, 145 


38o 


THE    LIFK    AND    DISCOURSES    OF    JESUS. 


"       is  organic,  146 
"       of  Jehovah  the  Temple 
of  the  Universe,  256 
Thoughts,  the  deepest,  are  pic- 
tures, 368 
Thi-one  of  Jehovah   described, 

186 
Time  will  be  when  Religion  and 

Science  will  unite,  96 
Times  of  reviving  and  i-efresh- 

ing,  95 
Trance  of  Jesus.  315 
Translation  of  Maria- Isha,   313 
Transmission    of  Light- (^erms 

into  Sun  of  Jehovah,  199 
Transmutation     of   the    Micro- 

cosni.  333 
Tree  of  Life  in  midst  of  garden, 

169 
Tri-Une  Godhead,  Mysterv  of, 

207 
Triunity  one,  323 
True  story  of  Ijirth  of  Jesus,  1 
True  worship,  292.  293,  294 
Truth,  early  known  in  Schools 
of  Magi,  37 
"     ol)litei'ated  bv  the  Apos- 

tacy,  92 
"     rt  aching  higher  and  high- 
er, 153 
Twelve  Brethren  selected,  137 

"        parts  of  Jehovah,  286 
Twenty- four    Hierophants   de- 
scribed, 192,  103 
Twenty-four  Hierojdiants,   the 
Gods  of  the  twelve  Zodiacal 
Angles,  199 
Two   Hierophants  for  each  Zo- 
diacal Angle,  204 

United  Cry  of  Mediatoj-ial  Hier- 
archies, 197 

Universe,  always  existed,  247 
"     an  aggregation  of  Cells, 

247 
"     Central  Temple,  of,  184 
"     never  cieated,  247 
"     one  complete  wliole,   171 
"     one  organism,  338 
"     shut  out  frc-m   man,  218 
"     when  tJell  Mici-oc.osm  en- 
ters, 287 

Visi(m  of  Jesua,   very   sadden- 
ing, 97 


"    of    the    futuj-e.     Ages     of 
eai'th,  S5,  96 
Vital  Enei'gy,  what  it  is,  226 
Vitality,    blood    the    vehicle    of 
the  essences  of,  175  '' 
"     substance,     the    founda- 
tion of,  175 

\S' hy  ]\Iysteiies are  safeguarded, 

267 
Wicked    Spirits  or  Demons  can 
qualify    for    Lesser  Myste- 
ries, 271 
Wicked     the,    pei-verted    forms 

of  Jehovah.  297,"29S 
Wings    and    E\es  of  the    Four 

Forms,  189,  344 
Wisdom  and  Power  of  Jehovah, 

one  and  the  same,  367 
Wisdom  of  this  world  untitled 

for  Apostleship,   140 
Woman,    the    Counterpart  of 
the    Eternal     Motlier,    354 
Woman  the,  proceeds  from  Je- 

s>is,'318  -^ 
Woman    the    most  sacred  cha- 
lice ot  earth,  354 
Woman  the  i-estoration  of,  359, 

360 
Woman  the    true  Wife  of  Jeho- 
vah, 3.54  . 
Word  of    (-rod,     or    Logos,    the 
aggregate  thought   of  God, 
254 
Words    of  the  Pi-ophet  fultilled 
r    in  this    Age,,  133,  "^134,    135 
Worlil-History,     .V  i  s^i  o  n     of, 
shewn      to    Jesus,,  84.    85 
Woild  the.  how  to  be_j-egener- 

ated,  360 
Worship,  how  to.  2.r2,  2,13,2.14 

297,  298,  299 
Worship  is  Love,  299 
W<irihiness  of  Disciples  tlirough 

Predestination,   221 
W^)rthy  S.iuls,    the  true  mean- 
ing of,   220. 
Zachai'iah        and         ElizaV)eth, 
Adepts  in    the  Sacred   Wis 
dom  23 
Zodiac,  jirogress  of  Microcosms 

through, 333 
Zodiac  the  mighty  Sei-aphs  i-ule, 
•295 


DATE  DUE 

— «ttpp 

^, 

-^^u^ 

Demco,  Inc.  38-29 

3 

BS2420.7.S19 

The  life  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the 

Princeton  Theological  Semmary-Speer  Library 


1    1012  00028  9985 


